<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1652/index.xml"/>
    <title>Listen to the Best Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp;amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2025 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2025 01:47:17 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1652/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Listen to the Best Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1652/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Jose Bahringer II</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1652/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp;amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness">
      <itunes:category text="Fitness"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>Your Workout Motivation Affirmations by Bright Soul Words</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Workout Motivation Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you will naturally want to work out regularly. It&amp;#039;s good to understand this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it rewires your thoughts to get excited about exercise. As you consider the benefits of working out regularly, you might like to think of how you will feel healthier and more fit with regular exercise. This program is designed to help you: 	Easily find the motivation to exercise 	Get excited about working out 	Rewire your thoughts to think positively about regular exercise This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</description>
      <author>Bright Soul Words</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982773571.mp3" length="1481049" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982773571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Workout Motivation Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you will naturally want to work out regularly. It&amp;#039;s good to understand this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it rewires your thoughts to get excited about exercise. As you consider the benefits of working out regularly, you might like to think of how you will feel healthier and more fit with regular exercise. This program is designed to help you: 	Easily find the motivation to exercise 	Get excited about working out 	Rewire your thoughts to think positively about regular exercise This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Workout Motivation Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you will naturally want to work out regularly. It&amp;#039;s good to understand this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it rewires your thoughts to get excited about exercise. As you consider the benefits of working out regularly, you might like to think of how you will feel healthier and more fit with regular exercise. This program is designed to help you: 	Easily find the motivation to exercise 	Get excited about working out 	Rewire your thoughts to think positively about regular exercise This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Regular Exercise Affirmations by Bright Soul Words</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Regular Exercise Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you finally start exercising consistently with ease. It&amp;#039;s good to realize this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help motivate you to move your body and enjoy the process of regular exercise. As you consider the benefits of being active, you might like to think of how great you will feel once your lifestyle becomes more active. This program is designed to help you: 	Get motivated about exercise 	Feel excited about working out 	Enjoy a more active lifestyle  This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</description>
      <author>Bright Soul Words</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982773434.mp3" length="1597109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982773434.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Regular Exercise Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you finally start exercising consistently with ease. It&amp;#039;s good to realize this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help motivate you to move your body and enjoy the process of regular exercise. As you consider the benefits of being active, you might like to think of how great you will feel once your lifestyle becomes more active. This program is designed to help you: 	Get motivated about exercise 	Feel excited about working out 	Enjoy a more active lifestyle  This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Regular Exercise Affirmations
Author: Bright Soul Words
Narrator: Bright Soul Words
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine how great you&amp;#039;ll feel when you finally start exercising consistently with ease. It&amp;#039;s good to realize this is possible for you, isn&amp;#039;t it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help motivate you to move your body and enjoy the process of regular exercise. As you consider the benefits of being active, you might like to think of how great you will feel once your lifestyle becomes more active. This program is designed to help you: 	Get motivated about exercise 	Feel excited about working out 	Enjoy a more active lifestyle  This audiobook includes: 	Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations 	Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ayurveda and the Mind: The Healing of Consciousness by Dr. David Frawley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda and the Mind: The Healing of Consciousness
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ayurveda and the Mind explores how to heal our minds on all levels, from the subconscious to the superconscious, along with the role of diet, impressions, mantra, meditation, and yoga in creating wholeness. In this book, Dr. Frawley once again illuminates the practical applications of Ayurveda and yoga as applied to the mind. Through his clear exposition of the Vedic principles of consciousness and its expressions, a simple, yet profound approach to psychological and emotional healing is elucidated. This book reminds us that the mind is a subtle organ, whose health depends upon its ability to extract nourishment from the environment. If we have accumulated toxicity in the form of emotional wounds, frustrations, disappointments, or wrong beliefs, eliminating these impurities from our mental and emotional layers is essential, if we are to have true emotional and spiritual freedom.</description>
      <author>Dr. David Frawley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515944430.mp3" length="8290969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515944430.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda and the Mind: The Healing of Consciousness
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ayurveda and the Mind explores how to heal our minds on all levels, from the subconscious to the superconscious, along with the role of diet, impressions, mantra, meditation, and yoga in creating wholeness. In this book, Dr. Frawley once again illuminates the practical applications of Ayurveda and yoga as applied to the mind. Through his clear exposition of the Vedic principles of consciousness and its expressions, a simple, yet profound approach to psychological and emotional healing is elucidated. This book reminds us that the mind is a subtle organ, whose health depends upon its ability to extract nourishment from the environment. If we have accumulated toxicity in the form of emotional wounds, frustrations, disappointments, or wrong beliefs, eliminating these impurities from our mental and emotional layers is essential, if we are to have true emotional and spiritual freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda and the Mind: The Healing of Consciousness
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ayurveda and the Mind explores how to heal our minds on all levels, from the subconscious to the superconscious, along with the role of diet, impressions, mantra, meditation, and yoga in creating wholeness. In this book, Dr. Frawley once again illuminates the practical applications of Ayurveda and yoga as applied to the mind. Through his clear exposition of the Vedic principles of consciousness and its expressions, a simple, yet profound approach to psychological and emotional healing is elucidated. This book reminds us that the mind is a subtle organ, whose health depends upon its ability to extract nourishment from the environment. If we have accumulated toxicity in the form of emotional wounds, frustrations, disappointments, or wrong beliefs, eliminating these impurities from our mental and emotional layers is essential, if we are to have true emotional and spiritual freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda: Self-Healing and Self-Realization by Dr. David Frawley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda: Self-Healing and Self-Realization
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga and Ayurveda together form a complete approach for optimal health, vitality, and higher awareness. Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda reveals to us the secret powers of the body, breath, senses, mind, and chakras. More importantly, it unfolds transformational methods to work on them through diet, herbs, asana, pranayama, and meditation. This is the first book published in the West on these two extraordinary subjects and their interface. It has the power to change the lives of those who listen to and apply it.</description>
      <author>Dr. David Frawley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515944416.mp3" length="8416388" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515944416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda: Self-Healing and Self-Realization
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga and Ayurveda together form a complete approach for optimal health, vitality, and higher awareness. Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda reveals to us the secret powers of the body, breath, senses, mind, and chakras. More importantly, it unfolds transformational methods to work on them through diet, herbs, asana, pranayama, and meditation. This is the first book published in the West on these two extraordinary subjects and their interface. It has the power to change the lives of those who listen to and apply it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda: Self-Healing and Self-Realization
Author: Dr. David Frawley
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga and Ayurveda together form a complete approach for optimal health, vitality, and higher awareness. Yoga &amp;amp; Ayurveda reveals to us the secret powers of the body, breath, senses, mind, and chakras. More importantly, it unfolds transformational methods to work on them through diet, herbs, asana, pranayama, and meditation. This is the first book published in the West on these two extraordinary subjects and their interface. It has the power to change the lives of those who listen to and apply it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola: Reprograma tus genes para perder peso y gozar de una buena salud by Mark Sisson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola: Reprograma tus genes para perder peso y gozar de una buena salud
Author: Mark Sisson
Narrator: Beto Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Reprograma tus genes para perder peso, gozar de una salud excepcional y llenarte de energía. Olvídate de todo lo que crees saber sobre dietas, ejercicio y salud: ¡es hora de remontarnos al origen!  Del autor bestseller de The Wall Street Journal Mark Sisson y con más de 300,000 ejemplares vendidos en Estados Unidos, Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola nos ofrece un plan sencillo y flexible para ayudarnos a vernos y sentirnos como siempre soñamos sin necesidad de sufrir.  Mark Sisson, líder indiscutible del movimiento paleo, con miles de seguidores alrededor del mundo, nos presenta una premisa extraordinaria e irrefutable: es posible reprogramar tus genes para la pérdida de peso, la salud y la longevidad a través de diez mandamientos inmutables, validados por dos millones de años de evolución.  Aprende que perder peso es cuestión de moderar tu producción de insulina por medio de la eliminación del azúcar y los granos. Hacer esto también mejorará tu nivel de energía, reducirá la inflamación y eliminará el riesgo de padecer enfermedades. También descubrirás que comer carne, huevos y una dieta alta en grasa no sólo es saludable sino que es la clave para la pérdida de peso sin esfuerzo, un sistema inmunológico saludable y energía sin límites. Asimismo, verás que bajar el ritmo de tus entrenamientos cardiovasculares diarios e incorporar sesiones breves e intensas de fuerza, así como carreras pequeñas a gran velocidad, puede producir beneficios de salud muy superiores a los entrenamientos largos y sumamente agotadores.  En síntesis, Mark Sisson te ofrece un decálogo validado por dos millones de años de evolución que mejorará tu vida:  1. Come plantas y animales  2. Evita cosas venenosas  3. Muévete con frecuencia, pero despacio  4. Levanta objetos pesados  5. Corre a toda velocidad de vez en cuando  6. Duerme lo suficiente  7. Juega  8. Incrementa tu exposición al sol  9. Evita los errores estúpidos  10. Usa el cerebro</description>
      <author>Mark Sisson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073183109.mp3" length="1479525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073183109.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola: Reprograma tus genes para perder peso y gozar de una buena salud
Author: Mark Sisson
Narrator: Beto Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Reprograma tus genes para perder peso, gozar de una salud excepcional y llenarte de energía. Olvídate de todo lo que crees saber sobre dietas, ejercicio y salud: ¡es hora de remontarnos al origen!  Del autor bestseller de The Wall Street Journal Mark Sisson y con más de 300,000 ejemplares vendidos en Estados Unidos, Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola nos ofrece un plan sencillo y flexible para ayudarnos a vernos y sentirnos como siempre soñamos sin necesidad de sufrir.  Mark Sisson, líder indiscutible del movimiento paleo, con miles de seguidores alrededor del mundo, nos presenta una premisa extraordinaria e irrefutable: es posible reprogramar tus genes para la pérdida de peso, la salud y la longevidad a través de diez mandamientos inmutables, validados por dos millones de años de evolución.  Aprende que perder peso es cuestión de moderar tu producción de insulina por medio de la eliminación del azúcar y los granos. Hacer esto también mejorará tu nivel de energía, reducirá la inflamación y eliminará el riesgo de padecer enfermedades. También descubrirás que comer carne, huevos y una dieta alta en grasa no sólo es saludable sino que es la clave para la pérdida de peso sin esfuerzo, un sistema inmunológico saludable y energía sin límites. Asimismo, verás que bajar el ritmo de tus entrenamientos cardiovasculares diarios e incorporar sesiones breves e intensas de fuerza, así como carreras pequeñas a gran velocidad, puede producir beneficios de salud muy superiores a los entrenamientos largos y sumamente agotadores.  En síntesis, Mark Sisson te ofrece un decálogo validado por dos millones de años de evolución que mejorará tu vida:  1. Come plantas y animales  2. Evita cosas venenosas  3. Muévete con frecuencia, pero despacio  4. Levanta objetos pesados  5. Corre a toda velocidad de vez en cuando  6. Duerme lo suficiente  7. Juega  8. Incrementa tu exposición al sol  9. Evita los errores estúpidos  10. Usa el cerebro</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola: Reprograma tus genes para perder peso y gozar de una buena salud
Author: Mark Sisson
Narrator: Beto Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Reprograma tus genes para perder peso, gozar de una salud excepcional y llenarte de energía. Olvídate de todo lo que crees saber sobre dietas, ejercicio y salud: ¡es hora de remontarnos al origen!  Del autor bestseller de The Wall Street Journal Mark Sisson y con más de 300,000 ejemplares vendidos en Estados Unidos, Los diez mandamientos del cavernícola nos ofrece un plan sencillo y flexible para ayudarnos a vernos y sentirnos como siempre soñamos sin necesidad de sufrir.  Mark Sisson, líder indiscutible del movimiento paleo, con miles de seguidores alrededor del mundo, nos presenta una premisa extraordinaria e irrefutable: es posible reprogramar tus genes para la pérdida de peso, la salud y la longevidad a través de diez mandamientos inmutables, validados por dos millones de años de evolución.  Aprende que perder peso es cuestión de moderar tu producción de insulina por medio de la eliminación del azúcar y los granos. Hacer esto también mejorará tu nivel de energía, reducirá la inflamación y eliminará el riesgo de padecer enfermedades. También descubrirás que comer carne, huevos y una dieta alta en grasa no sólo es saludable sino que es la clave para la pérdida de peso sin esfuerzo, un sistema inmunológico saludable y energía sin límites. Asimismo, verás que bajar el ritmo de tus entrenamientos cardiovasculares diarios e incorporar sesiones breves e intensas de fuerza, así como carreras pequeñas a gran velocidad, puede producir beneficios de salud muy superiores a los entrenamientos largos y sumamente agotadores.  En síntesis, Mark Sisson te ofrece un decálogo validado por dos millones de años de evolución que mejorará tu vida:  1. Come plantas y animales  2. Evita cosas venenosas  3. Muévete con frecuencia, pero despacio  4. Levanta objetos pesados  5. Corre a toda velocidad de vez en cuando  6. Duerme lo suficiente  7. Juega  8. Incrementa tu exposición al sol  9. Evita los errores estúpidos  10. Usa el cerebro</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La felicidad de correr: Cómo vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente by Gonzalo Zapata</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad de correr: Cómo vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente
Author: Gonzalo Zapata
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Como vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una  adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente.     Gonzalo Zapata es el más grande de los maratonistas amateur de Chile.  Tras un cambio en su vida, pasó de trabajar siete días a la semana a  encontrar el equilibrio a través de la práctica del running. Se plateó  un desafió singular: correr, durante un año, las seis grandes maratones del mundo.  A través del relato de su experiencia en Tokio, Boston, Londres, Berlín,  Chicago y New York, nos comparte su testimonio y además, nos entrega las  claves para abandonar la vida sedentaria y atreverse a experimentar el placer del running.  &amp;#039;Hay personas que dicen &amp;#039;no tengo tiempo para hacer deporte&amp;#039;. Yo quiero  demostrar que es una cuestión de actitud.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Gonzalo Zapata</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789569582943.mp3" length="1284824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789569582943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad de correr: Cómo vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente
Author: Gonzalo Zapata
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Como vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una  adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente.     Gonzalo Zapata es el más grande de los maratonistas amateur de Chile.  Tras un cambio en su vida, pasó de trabajar siete días a la semana a  encontrar el equilibrio a través de la práctica del running. Se plateó  un desafió singular: correr, durante un año, las seis grandes maratones del mundo.  A través del relato de su experiencia en Tokio, Boston, Londres, Berlín,  Chicago y New York, nos comparte su testimonio y además, nos entrega las  claves para abandonar la vida sedentaria y atreverse a experimentar el placer del running.  &amp;#039;Hay personas que dicen &amp;#039;no tengo tiempo para hacer deporte&amp;#039;. Yo quiero  demostrar que es una cuestión de actitud.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad de correr: Cómo vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente
Author: Gonzalo Zapata
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Como vivir en plenitud a través de la práctica del deporte, una  adecuada alimentación, el debido descanso y el entrenamiento de la mente.     Gonzalo Zapata es el más grande de los maratonistas amateur de Chile.  Tras un cambio en su vida, pasó de trabajar siete días a la semana a  encontrar el equilibrio a través de la práctica del running. Se plateó  un desafió singular: correr, durante un año, las seis grandes maratones del mundo.  A través del relato de su experiencia en Tokio, Boston, Londres, Berlín,  Chicago y New York, nos comparte su testimonio y además, nos entrega las  claves para abandonar la vida sedentaria y atreverse a experimentar el placer del running.  &amp;#039;Hay personas que dicen &amp;#039;no tengo tiempo para hacer deporte&amp;#039;. Yo quiero  demostrar que es una cuestión de actitud.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keto-Green 16: The Fat-Burning Power of Ketogenic Eating + The Nourishing Strength of Alkaline Foods = Rapid Weight Loss and Hormone Balance by Anna Cabeca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto-Green 16: The Fat-Burning Power of Ketogenic Eating + The Nourishing Strength of Alkaline Foods = Rapid Weight Loss and Hormone Balance
Author: Anna Cabeca
Narrator: Anna Cabeca
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An innovative 16-day plan that combines the fat-burning benefits of a ketogenic diet with the brain-clearing and keto-flu protection of alkaline food, by the USA Today bestselling author of The Hormone Fix.    There is no question that going keto really works. This strict high-fat/low-carb diet denies the body glucose as a main source of energy and instead promotes the production and use of ketone bodies as fuel. It’s a great way to move you off a weight plateau, gain willpower, and get results fast. But going keto also often results in gastrointestinal discomfort, low energy, and moodiness—known as the “keto flu”—which makes the diet and its proven results hard to sustain.    The solution? Add alkaline foods—leafy greens, other vegetables, broths, healthy oils, nuts, and seeds—to your plate for a lifestyle that’s more sustainable and easier on your body. In other words: Go Keto-Green and thrive!   A triple-board-certified physician, Dr. Anna Cabeca developed her method through years of careful patient and test-panel research. In Keto-Green 16, she explains the science behind her innovation: Hormone production dips as a woman ages, leading to increased visceral fat. By pairing keto-diet staples with foods that bring the body&amp;#039;s pH to a more alkaline level, you’ll shed belly fat while balancing the hormones responsible for that bulkier midsection in the first place. And by fueling your brain with ketones—like rocket fuel instead of gasoline—you’ll make better decisions, including healthier choices for what to eat. An added bonus: The unique nutritional balance of the Keto-Green 16 diet also boosts mood.   With 16 days of what-to-eat instructions (including a version for vegetarians and vegans); more than 50 delicious breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack recipes; information about the 16 best alkaline foods; a 16-hour intermittent-fasting strategy; 16-minute HIIT exercise routines; and a chapter outlining the specifics of the nutritional plan just for men; Keto-Green 16 will ensure that you skip the flu and get on with rapid and amazing weight loss. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of charts, exercise routines, meal plans, and recipes.</description>
      <author>Anna Cabeca</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593210161.mp3" length="2858614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593210161.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto-Green 16: The Fat-Burning Power of Ketogenic Eating + The Nourishing Strength of Alkaline Foods = Rapid Weight Loss and Hormone Balance
Author: Anna Cabeca
Narrator: Anna Cabeca
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An innovative 16-day plan that combines the fat-burning benefits of a ketogenic diet with the brain-clearing and keto-flu protection of alkaline food, by the USA Today bestselling author of The Hormone Fix.    There is no question that going keto really works. This strict high-fat/low-carb diet denies the body glucose as a main source of energy and instead promotes the production and use of ketone bodies as fuel. It’s a great way to move you off a weight plateau, gain willpower, and get results fast. But going keto also often results in gastrointestinal discomfort, low energy, and moodiness—known as the “keto flu”—which makes the diet and its proven results hard to sustain.    The solution? Add alkaline foods—leafy greens, other vegetables, broths, healthy oils, nuts, and seeds—to your plate for a lifestyle that’s more sustainable and easier on your body. In other words: Go Keto-Green and thrive!   A triple-board-certified physician, Dr. Anna Cabeca developed her method through years of careful patient and test-panel research. In Keto-Green 16, she explains the science behind her innovation: Hormone production dips as a woman ages, leading to increased visceral fat. By pairing keto-diet staples with foods that bring the body&amp;#039;s pH to a more alkaline level, you’ll shed belly fat while balancing the hormones responsible for that bulkier midsection in the first place. And by fueling your brain with ketones—like rocket fuel instead of gasoline—you’ll make better decisions, including healthier choices for what to eat. An added bonus: The unique nutritional balance of the Keto-Green 16 diet also boosts mood.   With 16 days of what-to-eat instructions (including a version for vegetarians and vegans); more than 50 delicious breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack recipes; information about the 16 best alkaline foods; a 16-hour intermittent-fasting strategy; 16-minute HIIT exercise routines; and a chapter outlining the specifics of the nutritional plan just for men; Keto-Green 16 will ensure that you skip the flu and get on with rapid and amazing weight loss. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of charts, exercise routines, meal plans, and recipes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto-Green 16: The Fat-Burning Power of Ketogenic Eating + The Nourishing Strength of Alkaline Foods = Rapid Weight Loss and Hormone Balance
Author: Anna Cabeca
Narrator: Anna Cabeca
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An innovative 16-day plan that combines the fat-burning benefits of a ketogenic diet with the brain-clearing and keto-flu protection of alkaline food, by the USA Today bestselling author of The Hormone Fix.    There is no question that going keto really works. This strict high-fat/low-carb diet denies the body glucose as a main source of energy and instead promotes the production and use of ketone bodies as fuel. It’s a great way to move you off a weight plateau, gain willpower, and get results fast. But going keto also often results in gastrointestinal discomfort, low energy, and moodiness—known as the “keto flu”—which makes the diet and its proven results hard to sustain.    The solution? Add alkaline foods—leafy greens, other vegetables, broths, healthy oils, nuts, and seeds—to your plate for a lifestyle that’s more sustainable and easier on your body. In other words: Go Keto-Green and thrive!   A triple-board-certified physician, Dr. Anna Cabeca developed her method through years of careful patient and test-panel research. In Keto-Green 16, she explains the science behind her innovation: Hormone production dips as a woman ages, leading to increased visceral fat. By pairing keto-diet staples with foods that bring the body&amp;#039;s pH to a more alkaline level, you’ll shed belly fat while balancing the hormones responsible for that bulkier midsection in the first place. And by fueling your brain with ketones—like rocket fuel instead of gasoline—you’ll make better decisions, including healthier choices for what to eat. An added bonus: The unique nutritional balance of the Keto-Green 16 diet also boosts mood.   With 16 days of what-to-eat instructions (including a version for vegetarians and vegans); more than 50 delicious breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack recipes; information about the 16 best alkaline foods; a 16-hour intermittent-fasting strategy; 16-minute HIIT exercise routines; and a chapter outlining the specifics of the nutritional plan just for men; Keto-Green 16 will ensure that you skip the flu and get on with rapid and amazing weight loss. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of charts, exercise routines, meal plans, and recipes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto&amp;#039;s, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism by Marianne Teitelbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto&amp;#039;s, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism
Author: Marianne Teitelbaum
Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition  • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice  • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection  • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth  In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease.  Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss.  Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach.</description>
      <author>Marianne Teitelbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644110690.mp3" length="814372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644110690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto&amp;#039;s, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism
Author: Marianne Teitelbaum
Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition  • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice  • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection  • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth  In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease.  Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss.  Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto&amp;#039;s, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism
Author: Marianne Teitelbaum
Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition  • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice  • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection  • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth  In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease.  Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss.  Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Antidepressants Aren&amp;#039;t Enough: Harnessing the Power of Mindfulness to Alleviate Depression by Zindel V. Segal, Stuart J. Eisendraft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Antidepressants Aren&amp;#039;t Enough: Harnessing the Power of Mindfulness to Alleviate Depression
Author: Zindel V. Segal, Stuart J. Eisendraft
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For the past seventeen years, Dr. Stuart Eisendrath has piloted research into the therapeutic effects of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) on people experiencing clinical depression. Since then, by helping people recognize that they don&amp;#039;t have to change the content of their thoughts but can find relief simply by changing how they relate to their thoughts, Eisendrath has seen dramatic improvements in people&amp;#039;s symptoms and quality of life nearly every day. Eisendrath and his team worked for nearly a decade to extend MBCT&amp;#039;s reach to sufferers who had not recovered through treatment or who wanted an alternative approach to conventional treatments. Through this program actual, measurable brain changes occur. Easily practiced breath exercises, meditations, and innovative visualizations release readers from what can often feel like the tyranny of their thoughts. Freedom of thought, feeling, and action is the life-altering result.</description>
      <author>Zindel V. Segal, Stuart J. Eisendraft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980062530.mp3" length="1380546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980062530.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Antidepressants Aren&amp;#039;t Enough: Harnessing the Power of Mindfulness to Alleviate Depression
Author: Zindel V. Segal, Stuart J. Eisendraft
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For the past seventeen years, Dr. Stuart Eisendrath has piloted research into the therapeutic effects of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) on people experiencing clinical depression. Since then, by helping people recognize that they don&amp;#039;t have to change the content of their thoughts but can find relief simply by changing how they relate to their thoughts, Eisendrath has seen dramatic improvements in people&amp;#039;s symptoms and quality of life nearly every day. Eisendrath and his team worked for nearly a decade to extend MBCT&amp;#039;s reach to sufferers who had not recovered through treatment or who wanted an alternative approach to conventional treatments. Through this program actual, measurable brain changes occur. Easily practiced breath exercises, meditations, and innovative visualizations release readers from what can often feel like the tyranny of their thoughts. Freedom of thought, feeling, and action is the life-altering result.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Antidepressants Aren&amp;#039;t Enough: Harnessing the Power of Mindfulness to Alleviate Depression
Author: Zindel V. Segal, Stuart J. Eisendraft
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For the past seventeen years, Dr. Stuart Eisendrath has piloted research into the therapeutic effects of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) on people experiencing clinical depression. Since then, by helping people recognize that they don&amp;#039;t have to change the content of their thoughts but can find relief simply by changing how they relate to their thoughts, Eisendrath has seen dramatic improvements in people&amp;#039;s symptoms and quality of life nearly every day. Eisendrath and his team worked for nearly a decade to extend MBCT&amp;#039;s reach to sufferers who had not recovered through treatment or who wanted an alternative approach to conventional treatments. Through this program actual, measurable brain changes occur. Easily practiced breath exercises, meditations, and innovative visualizations release readers from what can often feel like the tyranny of their thoughts. Freedom of thought, feeling, and action is the life-altering result.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breathing Space for New Mothers: Rest, Stretch, and Smile--One Yoga Minute at a Time by Alison Rogers, Erin O. White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathing Space for New Mothers: Rest, Stretch, and Smile--One Yoga Minute at a Time
Author: Alison Rogers, Erin O. White
Narrator: Mandy Kaplan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A gentle and novel guide to new motherhood—one that encourages women to take time to breathe, embrace their experiences, and be &amp;#039;good enough&amp;#039;—one yoga minute at a time Yoga instructor Alison Rogers and coauthor Erin O. White forge a new path through contemporary motherhood with their collection of gentle suggestions for beginning and deepening a home yoga practice for new mothers. From the warm-up of first days with a newborn to the wobbly-but-standing postures of confident new motherhood, Breathing Space for New Mothers encourages women to notice and nurture their feelings and foster self-compassion to approach motherhood with curiosity instead of fear, improvisation instead of rigidity, and humor instead of worry. The authors offer mothers a singular message: your well-being matters as much as your baby’s. Each chapter ends with a one-minute mindful yoga practice, which can be done in a sequence to create a relaxing and balancing support for the incredibly demanding first nine months with a baby.</description>
      <author>Alison Rogers, Erin O. White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623174965.mp3" length="2694540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623174965.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathing Space for New Mothers: Rest, Stretch, and Smile--One Yoga Minute at a Time
Author: Alison Rogers, Erin O. White
Narrator: Mandy Kaplan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A gentle and novel guide to new motherhood—one that encourages women to take time to breathe, embrace their experiences, and be &amp;#039;good enough&amp;#039;—one yoga minute at a time Yoga instructor Alison Rogers and coauthor Erin O. White forge a new path through contemporary motherhood with their collection of gentle suggestions for beginning and deepening a home yoga practice for new mothers. From the warm-up of first days with a newborn to the wobbly-but-standing postures of confident new motherhood, Breathing Space for New Mothers encourages women to notice and nurture their feelings and foster self-compassion to approach motherhood with curiosity instead of fear, improvisation instead of rigidity, and humor instead of worry. The authors offer mothers a singular message: your well-being matters as much as your baby’s. Each chapter ends with a one-minute mindful yoga practice, which can be done in a sequence to create a relaxing and balancing support for the incredibly demanding first nine months with a baby.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathing Space for New Mothers: Rest, Stretch, and Smile--One Yoga Minute at a Time
Author: Alison Rogers, Erin O. White
Narrator: Mandy Kaplan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A gentle and novel guide to new motherhood—one that encourages women to take time to breathe, embrace their experiences, and be &amp;#039;good enough&amp;#039;—one yoga minute at a time Yoga instructor Alison Rogers and coauthor Erin O. White forge a new path through contemporary motherhood with their collection of gentle suggestions for beginning and deepening a home yoga practice for new mothers. From the warm-up of first days with a newborn to the wobbly-but-standing postures of confident new motherhood, Breathing Space for New Mothers encourages women to notice and nurture their feelings and foster self-compassion to approach motherhood with curiosity instead of fear, improvisation instead of rigidity, and humor instead of worry. The authors offer mothers a singular message: your well-being matters as much as your baby’s. Each chapter ends with a one-minute mindful yoga practice, which can be done in a sequence to create a relaxing and balancing support for the incredibly demanding first nine months with a baby.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease by David A. Kessler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease
Author: David A. Kessler
Narrator: Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>David A. Kessler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062997005.mp3" length="1440171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062997005.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease
Author: David A. Kessler
Narrator: Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease
Author: David A. Kessler
Narrator: Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Well: What We Need to Talk About When We Talk About Health by Sandro Galea</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Well: What We Need to Talk About When We Talk About Health
Author: Sandro Galea
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In Well, physician Sandro Galea examines what Americans miss when they fixate on healthcare: health.   Americans spend more money on health than people anywhere else in the world. And what do they get for it? Statistically, not much. Americans today live shorter, less healthy lives than citizens of other rich countries, and these trends show no signs of letting up.   The problem, Sandro Galea argues, is that Americans focus on the wrong things when they think about health. Our national understanding of what constitutes &amp;#039;being well&amp;#039; is centered on medicine—the lifestyles we adopt to stay healthy, and the insurance plans and prescriptions we fall back on when we&amp;#039;re not. While all these things are important, they&amp;#039;ve not proven to be the difference between healthy and unhealthy on the large scale.    Well is a radical examination of the subtle and not-so-subtle factors that determine who gets to be healthy in America. Galea shows how the country&amp;#039;s failing health is a product of American history and character—and how refocusing on our national health can usher enlightenment across American life and politics.</description>
      <author>Sandro Galea</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684574384.mp3" length="8106387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684574384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Well: What We Need to Talk About When We Talk About Health
Author: Sandro Galea
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In Well, physician Sandro Galea examines what Americans miss when they fixate on healthcare: health.   Americans spend more money on health than people anywhere else in the world. And what do they get for it? Statistically, not much. Americans today live shorter, less healthy lives than citizens of other rich countries, and these trends show no signs of letting up.   The problem, Sandro Galea argues, is that Americans focus on the wrong things when they think about health. Our national understanding of what constitutes &amp;#039;being well&amp;#039; is centered on medicine—the lifestyles we adopt to stay healthy, and the insurance plans and prescriptions we fall back on when we&amp;#039;re not. While all these things are important, they&amp;#039;ve not proven to be the difference between healthy and unhealthy on the large scale.    Well is a radical examination of the subtle and not-so-subtle factors that determine who gets to be healthy in America. Galea shows how the country&amp;#039;s failing health is a product of American history and character—and how refocusing on our national health can usher enlightenment across American life and politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Well: What We Need to Talk About When We Talk About Health
Author: Sandro Galea
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In Well, physician Sandro Galea examines what Americans miss when they fixate on healthcare: health.   Americans spend more money on health than people anywhere else in the world. And what do they get for it? Statistically, not much. Americans today live shorter, less healthy lives than citizens of other rich countries, and these trends show no signs of letting up.   The problem, Sandro Galea argues, is that Americans focus on the wrong things when they think about health. Our national understanding of what constitutes &amp;#039;being well&amp;#039; is centered on medicine—the lifestyles we adopt to stay healthy, and the insurance plans and prescriptions we fall back on when we&amp;#039;re not. While all these things are important, they&amp;#039;ve not proven to be the difference between healthy and unhealthy on the large scale.    Well is a radical examination of the subtle and not-so-subtle factors that determine who gets to be healthy in America. Galea shows how the country&amp;#039;s failing health is a product of American history and character—and how refocusing on our national health can usher enlightenment across American life and politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times by Peter Catapano, Rosemarie Carland-Thomson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times
Author: Peter Catapano, Rosemarie Carland-Thomson
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times &amp;#039;Disability&amp;#039; column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, &amp;#039;Nothing about us without us,&amp;#039; this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says &amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think of you as disabled,&amp;#039; to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, &amp;#039;Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?&amp;#039;—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as &amp;#039;disabled&amp;#039; by the broader public.</description>
      <author>Peter Catapano, Rosemarie Carland-Thomson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684573820.mp3" length="7617977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684573820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times
Author: Peter Catapano, Rosemarie Carland-Thomson
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times &amp;#039;Disability&amp;#039; column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, &amp;#039;Nothing about us without us,&amp;#039; this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says &amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think of you as disabled,&amp;#039; to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, &amp;#039;Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?&amp;#039;—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as &amp;#039;disabled&amp;#039; by the broader public.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times
Author: Peter Catapano, Rosemarie Carland-Thomson
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times &amp;#039;Disability&amp;#039; column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, &amp;#039;Nothing about us without us,&amp;#039; this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says &amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think of you as disabled,&amp;#039; to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, &amp;#039;Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?&amp;#039;—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as &amp;#039;disabled&amp;#039; by the broader public.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blood Sugar 101: What They Don&amp;#039;t Tell You About Diabetes by Jenny Ruhl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don&amp;#039;t Tell You About Diabetes
Author: Jenny Ruhl
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop?  ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications?  ● Must you deteriorate?  ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work?  ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health.</description>
      <author>Jenny Ruhl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684413355.mp3" length="8581036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684413355.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don&amp;#039;t Tell You About Diabetes
Author: Jenny Ruhl
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop?  ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications?  ● Must you deteriorate?  ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work?  ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don&amp;#039;t Tell You About Diabetes
Author: Jenny Ruhl
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop?  ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications?  ● Must you deteriorate?  ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work?  ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance by Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance
Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
What is syndrome X? It&amp;#039;s a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it.</description>
      <author>Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541431935.mp3" length="8423384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541431935.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance
Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
What is syndrome X? It&amp;#039;s a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance
Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
What is syndrome X? It&amp;#039;s a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes: The Unstoppable Growth of Prescription Drug Prices by Robin Feldman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes: The Unstoppable Growth of Prescription Drug Prices
Author: Robin Feldman
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In the warped world of prescription drug pricing, generic drugs can cost more than branded ones, old drugs can be relaunched at astronomical prices, and low-cost options are shut out of the market. In Drugs, Money and Secret Handshakes, Robin Feldman shines a light into the dark corners of the pharmaceutical industry to expose a web of shadowy deals in which higher-priced drugs receive favorable treatment and patients are channeled toward the most expensive medicines. At the center of this web are the highly secretive middle players who establish coverage levels for patients and negotiate with drug companies. By offering lucrative payments to these middle players (as well as to doctors and hospitals), drug companies ensure that inexpensive drugs never gain traction. This system of perverse incentives has delivered the kind of exorbitant drug prices—and profits—that everyone loves except for those who pay the bills.</description>
      <author>Robin Feldman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515941651.mp3" length="1450329" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515941651.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes: The Unstoppable Growth of Prescription Drug Prices
Author: Robin Feldman
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In the warped world of prescription drug pricing, generic drugs can cost more than branded ones, old drugs can be relaunched at astronomical prices, and low-cost options are shut out of the market. In Drugs, Money and Secret Handshakes, Robin Feldman shines a light into the dark corners of the pharmaceutical industry to expose a web of shadowy deals in which higher-priced drugs receive favorable treatment and patients are channeled toward the most expensive medicines. At the center of this web are the highly secretive middle players who establish coverage levels for patients and negotiate with drug companies. By offering lucrative payments to these middle players (as well as to doctors and hospitals), drug companies ensure that inexpensive drugs never gain traction. This system of perverse incentives has delivered the kind of exorbitant drug prices—and profits—that everyone loves except for those who pay the bills.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes: The Unstoppable Growth of Prescription Drug Prices
Author: Robin Feldman
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In the warped world of prescription drug pricing, generic drugs can cost more than branded ones, old drugs can be relaunched at astronomical prices, and low-cost options are shut out of the market. In Drugs, Money and Secret Handshakes, Robin Feldman shines a light into the dark corners of the pharmaceutical industry to expose a web of shadowy deals in which higher-priced drugs receive favorable treatment and patients are channeled toward the most expensive medicines. At the center of this web are the highly secretive middle players who establish coverage levels for patients and negotiate with drug companies. By offering lucrative payments to these middle players (as well as to doctors and hospitals), drug companies ensure that inexpensive drugs never gain traction. This system of perverse incentives has delivered the kind of exorbitant drug prices—and profits—that everyone loves except for those who pay the bills.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Real Food On Trial: How The Diet Dictators Tried To Destroy A Top Scientist by Dr Tim Noakes, Marika Sboros</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Food On Trial: How The Diet Dictators Tried To Destroy A Top Scientist
Author: Dr Tim Noakes, Marika Sboros
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman, Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Real Food On Trial  continues the true and shocking story of a world-first: the unprecedented prosecution and persecution of Professor Tim Noakes, a distinguished scientist and medical doctor, in a case that stretched over more than four years. All for a single tweet giving his opinion on nutrition. Noakes and investigative journalist Marika Sboros have added up-to-date, robust scientific evidence in support of his views that launched the case against him.</description>
      <author>Dr Tim Noakes, Marika Sboros</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515940418.mp3" length="7997540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515940418.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Food On Trial: How The Diet Dictators Tried To Destroy A Top Scientist
Author: Dr Tim Noakes, Marika Sboros
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman, Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Real Food On Trial  continues the true and shocking story of a world-first: the unprecedented prosecution and persecution of Professor Tim Noakes, a distinguished scientist and medical doctor, in a case that stretched over more than four years. All for a single tweet giving his opinion on nutrition. Noakes and investigative journalist Marika Sboros have added up-to-date, robust scientific evidence in support of his views that launched the case against him.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Food On Trial: How The Diet Dictators Tried To Destroy A Top Scientist
Author: Dr Tim Noakes, Marika Sboros
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman, Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Real Food On Trial  continues the true and shocking story of a world-first: the unprecedented prosecution and persecution of Professor Tim Noakes, a distinguished scientist and medical doctor, in a case that stretched over more than four years. All for a single tweet giving his opinion on nutrition. Noakes and investigative journalist Marika Sboros have added up-to-date, robust scientific evidence in support of his views that launched the case against him.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes by Jack Challem, Ron Hunninghake MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes
Author: Jack Challem, Ron Hunninghake MD
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you&amp;#039;ll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life.</description>
      <author>Jack Challem, Ron Hunninghake MD</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541431928.mp3" length="7991499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541431928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes
Author: Jack Challem, Ron Hunninghake MD
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you&amp;#039;ll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes
Author: Jack Challem, Ron Hunninghake MD
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you&amp;#039;ll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Complete Guide for Patients and Families, Third Edition by Anthony E. Lang MD FRCP, William J. Weiner MD, Lisa M. Shulman MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Complete Guide for Patients and Families, Third Edition
Author: Anthony E. Lang MD FRCP, William J. Weiner MD, Lisa M. Shulman MD
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent innovations, including deep brain stimulation and new medications, have significantly improved the lives of people who have Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. Nevertheless, patients and families continue to face many challenges. They have long relied on this book for reliable advice about medical, emotional, and physical issues. Bringing this trusted guide up to date, three expert neurologists describe new understandings gained by five years of additional research on Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. They give a new focus to the importance of exercise, share new information about imaging techniques such as SPECT Scan and DATScan that are aiding in the diagnosis, and detail new findings about the genetics of the disease and promising uses of new technologies such as tablet devices for people who have trouble communicating. The authors also provide information about impulse control disorders caused by some drugs used to address the symptoms of the disease, as well as a complete update on treatments such as medications, surgery, and more.</description>
      <author>Anthony E. Lang MD FRCP, William J. Weiner MD, Lisa M. Shulman MD</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515949695.mp3" length="9168978" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515949695.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Complete Guide for Patients and Families, Third Edition
Author: Anthony E. Lang MD FRCP, William J. Weiner MD, Lisa M. Shulman MD
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent innovations, including deep brain stimulation and new medications, have significantly improved the lives of people who have Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. Nevertheless, patients and families continue to face many challenges. They have long relied on this book for reliable advice about medical, emotional, and physical issues. Bringing this trusted guide up to date, three expert neurologists describe new understandings gained by five years of additional research on Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. They give a new focus to the importance of exercise, share new information about imaging techniques such as SPECT Scan and DATScan that are aiding in the diagnosis, and detail new findings about the genetics of the disease and promising uses of new technologies such as tablet devices for people who have trouble communicating. The authors also provide information about impulse control disorders caused by some drugs used to address the symptoms of the disease, as well as a complete update on treatments such as medications, surgery, and more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Complete Guide for Patients and Families, Third Edition
Author: Anthony E. Lang MD FRCP, William J. Weiner MD, Lisa M. Shulman MD
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent innovations, including deep brain stimulation and new medications, have significantly improved the lives of people who have Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. Nevertheless, patients and families continue to face many challenges. They have long relied on this book for reliable advice about medical, emotional, and physical issues. Bringing this trusted guide up to date, three expert neurologists describe new understandings gained by five years of additional research on Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease. They give a new focus to the importance of exercise, share new information about imaging techniques such as SPECT Scan and DATScan that are aiding in the diagnosis, and detail new findings about the genetics of the disease and promising uses of new technologies such as tablet devices for people who have trouble communicating. The authors also provide information about impulse control disorders caused by some drugs used to address the symptoms of the disease, as well as a complete update on treatments such as medications, surgery, and more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eat Real to Heal: Using Food As Medicine to Reverse Chronic Diseases from Diabetes, Arthritis, Cancer and More by Nicolette Richer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Real to Heal: Using Food As Medicine to Reverse Chronic Diseases from Diabetes, Arthritis, Cancer and More
Author: Nicolette Richer
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to feel active, clear-minded. and strong enough to fight off disease, it all starts with the food you put into your body. Eat Real to Heal shows you the organic, plant-based foods you should be eating. Focusing on diet, nutrition, and meditation, this book teaches you how to power up your immune system and give yourself the best possible chance at beating chronic diseases like diabetes, arthritis, acne, psoriasis, fibromyalgia, and even cancer. Eat Real to Heal shows you how to create and follow a meal plan that utilizes nutritious, vegan recipes, made with pure and organic ingredients, that are quick, easy, and delicious! Also, learn about juicing, managing stress, detoxifying your home, breathing exercises, and yoga that connect you with your body, and the Gerson Therapy. If you&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with a serious or a non-life-threatening illness, you&amp;#039;re in remission, you want to stop taking medications or you&amp;#039;re just looking to feel better this book is for you! The easy-to-follow advice and instructions in Eat Real to Heal will get you feeling vibrant, strong, and energized, and give you the best possible chance at preventing and beating all kinds of chronic diseases—from acne to diabetes to cancer in just five weeks!</description>
      <author>Nicolette Richer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947998.mp3" length="8022413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Real to Heal: Using Food As Medicine to Reverse Chronic Diseases from Diabetes, Arthritis, Cancer and More
Author: Nicolette Richer
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to feel active, clear-minded. and strong enough to fight off disease, it all starts with the food you put into your body. Eat Real to Heal shows you the organic, plant-based foods you should be eating. Focusing on diet, nutrition, and meditation, this book teaches you how to power up your immune system and give yourself the best possible chance at beating chronic diseases like diabetes, arthritis, acne, psoriasis, fibromyalgia, and even cancer. Eat Real to Heal shows you how to create and follow a meal plan that utilizes nutritious, vegan recipes, made with pure and organic ingredients, that are quick, easy, and delicious! Also, learn about juicing, managing stress, detoxifying your home, breathing exercises, and yoga that connect you with your body, and the Gerson Therapy. If you&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with a serious or a non-life-threatening illness, you&amp;#039;re in remission, you want to stop taking medications or you&amp;#039;re just looking to feel better this book is for you! The easy-to-follow advice and instructions in Eat Real to Heal will get you feeling vibrant, strong, and energized, and give you the best possible chance at preventing and beating all kinds of chronic diseases—from acne to diabetes to cancer in just five weeks!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Real to Heal: Using Food As Medicine to Reverse Chronic Diseases from Diabetes, Arthritis, Cancer and More
Author: Nicolette Richer
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to feel active, clear-minded. and strong enough to fight off disease, it all starts with the food you put into your body. Eat Real to Heal shows you the organic, plant-based foods you should be eating. Focusing on diet, nutrition, and meditation, this book teaches you how to power up your immune system and give yourself the best possible chance at beating chronic diseases like diabetes, arthritis, acne, psoriasis, fibromyalgia, and even cancer. Eat Real to Heal shows you how to create and follow a meal plan that utilizes nutritious, vegan recipes, made with pure and organic ingredients, that are quick, easy, and delicious! Also, learn about juicing, managing stress, detoxifying your home, breathing exercises, and yoga that connect you with your body, and the Gerson Therapy. If you&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with a serious or a non-life-threatening illness, you&amp;#039;re in remission, you want to stop taking medications or you&amp;#039;re just looking to feel better this book is for you! The easy-to-follow advice and instructions in Eat Real to Heal will get you feeling vibrant, strong, and energized, and give you the best possible chance at preventing and beating all kinds of chronic diseases—from acne to diabetes to cancer in just five weeks!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies by Consumer Dummies</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies
Author: Consumer Dummies
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, it&amp;#039;s only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don&amp;#039;t have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you&amp;#039;ll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one&amp;#039;s memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease can&amp;#039;t be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn&amp;#039;t mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you&amp;#039;ll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are.</description>
      <author>Consumer Dummies</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947332.mp3" length="8417193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947332.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies
Author: Consumer Dummies
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, it&amp;#039;s only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don&amp;#039;t have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you&amp;#039;ll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one&amp;#039;s memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease can&amp;#039;t be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn&amp;#039;t mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you&amp;#039;ll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies
Author: Consumer Dummies
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, it&amp;#039;s only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don&amp;#039;t have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you&amp;#039;ll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one&amp;#039;s memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease can&amp;#039;t be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn&amp;#039;t mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you&amp;#039;ll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Celiac Disease For Dummies by Sheila Crowe MD, Ian Blumer MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies
Author: Sheila Crowe MD, Ian Blumer MD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members.   The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies.    Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge.</description>
      <author>Sheila Crowe MD, Ian Blumer MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947165.mp3" length="8365285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies
Author: Sheila Crowe MD, Ian Blumer MD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members.   The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies.    Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies
Author: Sheila Crowe MD, Ian Blumer MD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members.   The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies.    Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn&amp;#039;t mean your life is over. Everyone&amp;#039;s MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS.</description>
      <author>Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947097.mp3" length="8190648" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947097.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn&amp;#039;t mean your life is over. Everyone&amp;#039;s MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn&amp;#039;t mean your life is over. Everyone&amp;#039;s MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Diet Hack: Why 95% of diets fail and how you can succeed by Tim Steele MSc</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diet Hack: Why 95% of diets fail and how you can succeed
Author: Tim Steele MSc
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ditch those extra pounds and your frustration. This is the last and only diet instruction manual you&amp;#039;ll ever need!   Researchers have noted for decades that approximately 95% of dieters will fail to lose and keep weight off (Brown, 2015) (Mann, 2018) (Montesi, 2015). Learn what they know and lose the weight forever.    ● Have you struggled for years to lose weight without dropping even an inch from your waistline?     ● Do you watch others succeed in their health and lifestyle goals and wonder how they do it, while fighting back tears in the dressing room?     ● Do you feel lost at the gym and grocery store because you just have no idea how to approach dieting and exercise?    If you said yes to any of these questions, it&amp;#039;s time to lay down your fear and anxiety about dieting. Bestselling author Tim Steele is here with his new book, The Diet Hack: Why 95% of Diets Fail and How You Can Succeed. Based on hundreds of research citations and in-depth understanding of the most recent industry studies, Steele helps listeners deal with even the most resistant weight problems in a language they can understand.</description>
      <author>Tim Steele MSc</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515944577.mp3" length="8270462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515944577.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diet Hack: Why 95% of diets fail and how you can succeed
Author: Tim Steele MSc
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ditch those extra pounds and your frustration. This is the last and only diet instruction manual you&amp;#039;ll ever need!   Researchers have noted for decades that approximately 95% of dieters will fail to lose and keep weight off (Brown, 2015) (Mann, 2018) (Montesi, 2015). Learn what they know and lose the weight forever.    ● Have you struggled for years to lose weight without dropping even an inch from your waistline?     ● Do you watch others succeed in their health and lifestyle goals and wonder how they do it, while fighting back tears in the dressing room?     ● Do you feel lost at the gym and grocery store because you just have no idea how to approach dieting and exercise?    If you said yes to any of these questions, it&amp;#039;s time to lay down your fear and anxiety about dieting. Bestselling author Tim Steele is here with his new book, The Diet Hack: Why 95% of Diets Fail and How You Can Succeed. Based on hundreds of research citations and in-depth understanding of the most recent industry studies, Steele helps listeners deal with even the most resistant weight problems in a language they can understand.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diet Hack: Why 95% of diets fail and how you can succeed
Author: Tim Steele MSc
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ditch those extra pounds and your frustration. This is the last and only diet instruction manual you&amp;#039;ll ever need!   Researchers have noted for decades that approximately 95% of dieters will fail to lose and keep weight off (Brown, 2015) (Mann, 2018) (Montesi, 2015). Learn what they know and lose the weight forever.    ● Have you struggled for years to lose weight without dropping even an inch from your waistline?     ● Do you watch others succeed in their health and lifestyle goals and wonder how they do it, while fighting back tears in the dressing room?     ● Do you feel lost at the gym and grocery store because you just have no idea how to approach dieting and exercise?    If you said yes to any of these questions, it&amp;#039;s time to lay down your fear and anxiety about dieting. Bestselling author Tim Steele is here with his new book, The Diet Hack: Why 95% of Diets Fail and How You Can Succeed. Based on hundreds of research citations and in-depth understanding of the most recent industry studies, Steele helps listeners deal with even the most resistant weight problems in a language they can understand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mescaline: A Global History of the First Psychedelic by Mike Jay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mescaline: A Global History of the First Psychedelic
Author: Mike Jay
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A definitive history of mescaline that explores its mind-altering effects across cultures, from ancient America to Western modernity Mescaline became a popular sensation in the mid-twentieth century through Aldous Huxley&amp;#039;s The Doors of Perception, after which the word &amp;#039;psychedelic&amp;#039; was coined to describe it. Its story, however, extends deep into prehistory: the earliest Andean cultures depicted mescaline-containing cacti in their temples.   Mescaline was isolated in 1897 from the peyote cactus, first encountered by Europeans during the Spanish conquest of Mexico. During the twentieth century it was used by psychologists investigating the secrets of consciousness, spiritual seekers from Aleister Crowley to the president of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, artists exploring the creative process, and psychiatrists looking to cure schizophrenia. Meanwhile peyote played a vital role in preserving and shaping Native American identity. Drawing on botany, pharmacology, ethnography, and the mind sciences and examining the mescaline experiences of figures from William James to Walter Benjamin to Hunter S. Thompson, this is an enthralling narrative of mescaline&amp;#039;s many lives.</description>
      <author>Mike Jay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515944232.mp3" length="2851525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515944232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mescaline: A Global History of the First Psychedelic
Author: Mike Jay
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A definitive history of mescaline that explores its mind-altering effects across cultures, from ancient America to Western modernity Mescaline became a popular sensation in the mid-twentieth century through Aldous Huxley&amp;#039;s The Doors of Perception, after which the word &amp;#039;psychedelic&amp;#039; was coined to describe it. Its story, however, extends deep into prehistory: the earliest Andean cultures depicted mescaline-containing cacti in their temples.   Mescaline was isolated in 1897 from the peyote cactus, first encountered by Europeans during the Spanish conquest of Mexico. During the twentieth century it was used by psychologists investigating the secrets of consciousness, spiritual seekers from Aleister Crowley to the president of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, artists exploring the creative process, and psychiatrists looking to cure schizophrenia. Meanwhile peyote played a vital role in preserving and shaping Native American identity. Drawing on botany, pharmacology, ethnography, and the mind sciences and examining the mescaline experiences of figures from William James to Walter Benjamin to Hunter S. Thompson, this is an enthralling narrative of mescaline&amp;#039;s many lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mescaline: A Global History of the First Psychedelic
Author: Mike Jay
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A definitive history of mescaline that explores its mind-altering effects across cultures, from ancient America to Western modernity Mescaline became a popular sensation in the mid-twentieth century through Aldous Huxley&amp;#039;s The Doors of Perception, after which the word &amp;#039;psychedelic&amp;#039; was coined to describe it. Its story, however, extends deep into prehistory: the earliest Andean cultures depicted mescaline-containing cacti in their temples.   Mescaline was isolated in 1897 from the peyote cactus, first encountered by Europeans during the Spanish conquest of Mexico. During the twentieth century it was used by psychologists investigating the secrets of consciousness, spiritual seekers from Aleister Crowley to the president of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, artists exploring the creative process, and psychiatrists looking to cure schizophrenia. Meanwhile peyote played a vital role in preserving and shaping Native American identity. Drawing on botany, pharmacology, ethnography, and the mind sciences and examining the mescaline experiences of figures from William James to Walter Benjamin to Hunter S. Thompson, this is an enthralling narrative of mescaline&amp;#039;s many lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hair Story: Untangling the Roots of Black Hair in America by Ayana D. Byrd, Lori L. Tharps</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hair Story: Untangling the Roots of Black Hair in America
Author: Ayana D. Byrd, Lori L. Tharps
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Two world wars, the Civil Rights movement, and a Jheri curl later, Blacks in America continue to have a complex and convoluted relationship with their hair. From the antebellum practice of shaving the head in an attempt to pass as a &amp;#039;free&amp;#039; person to the 2013 uproar over an Ohio school that banned Afro puffs, the issues surrounding Black hair continue to linger as we move through the twenty-first century. Tying the personal to the political and the popular, Hair Story takes a chronological look at the culture behind the ever-changing state of Black hair—from fifteenth-century Africa to the present-day United States. Hair Story is the book Black Americans can use as a benchmark for tracing a unique aspect of their history, and that people of any background will celebrate as the reference guide for understanding Black hair.</description>
      <author>Ayana D. Byrd, Lori L. Tharps</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943624.mp3" length="8318062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hair Story: Untangling the Roots of Black Hair in America
Author: Ayana D. Byrd, Lori L. Tharps
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Two world wars, the Civil Rights movement, and a Jheri curl later, Blacks in America continue to have a complex and convoluted relationship with their hair. From the antebellum practice of shaving the head in an attempt to pass as a &amp;#039;free&amp;#039; person to the 2013 uproar over an Ohio school that banned Afro puffs, the issues surrounding Black hair continue to linger as we move through the twenty-first century. Tying the personal to the political and the popular, Hair Story takes a chronological look at the culture behind the ever-changing state of Black hair—from fifteenth-century Africa to the present-day United States. Hair Story is the book Black Americans can use as a benchmark for tracing a unique aspect of their history, and that people of any background will celebrate as the reference guide for understanding Black hair.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hair Story: Untangling the Roots of Black Hair in America
Author: Ayana D. Byrd, Lori L. Tharps
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Two world wars, the Civil Rights movement, and a Jheri curl later, Blacks in America continue to have a complex and convoluted relationship with their hair. From the antebellum practice of shaving the head in an attempt to pass as a &amp;#039;free&amp;#039; person to the 2013 uproar over an Ohio school that banned Afro puffs, the issues surrounding Black hair continue to linger as we move through the twenty-first century. Tying the personal to the political and the popular, Hair Story takes a chronological look at the culture behind the ever-changing state of Black hair—from fifteenth-century Africa to the present-day United States. Hair Story is the book Black Americans can use as a benchmark for tracing a unique aspect of their history, and that people of any background will celebrate as the reference guide for understanding Black hair.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Awakening Shakti: The Transformative Power of the Goddesses of Yoga by Sally Kempton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awakening Shakti: The Transformative Power of the Goddesses of Yoga
Author: Sally Kempton
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The sages of Tantra have known for centuries that when you follow the path of Shakti—the sacred feminine principle personified by the goddesses of yoga—these gifts can manifest spontaneously. Yet most of us, women as well as men, have yet to experience the full potential of our inner feminine energies. When you know these powers for what they are, they heighten your capacity to open spiritually, love more deeply and fearlessly, create with greater mastery, and move through the world with skill and delight. In Awakening Shakti, you will learn how to recognize and invite: ● Kali, bringer of strength, fierce love, and untamed freedom ● Lakshmi, who confers prosperity and beauty ● Saraswati, for clarity of communication and intuition ● Radha, who carries the divine energy of spiritual longing ● And more With a wealth of meditations, visualizations, mantras, teachings, and beautifully told stories, Awakening Shakti provides a practical guide for activating the currents of the divine feminine in every aspect of your life.</description>
      <author>Sally Kempton</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943266.mp3" length="2805482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awakening Shakti: The Transformative Power of the Goddesses of Yoga
Author: Sally Kempton
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The sages of Tantra have known for centuries that when you follow the path of Shakti—the sacred feminine principle personified by the goddesses of yoga—these gifts can manifest spontaneously. Yet most of us, women as well as men, have yet to experience the full potential of our inner feminine energies. When you know these powers for what they are, they heighten your capacity to open spiritually, love more deeply and fearlessly, create with greater mastery, and move through the world with skill and delight. In Awakening Shakti, you will learn how to recognize and invite: ● Kali, bringer of strength, fierce love, and untamed freedom ● Lakshmi, who confers prosperity and beauty ● Saraswati, for clarity of communication and intuition ● Radha, who carries the divine energy of spiritual longing ● And more With a wealth of meditations, visualizations, mantras, teachings, and beautifully told stories, Awakening Shakti provides a practical guide for activating the currents of the divine feminine in every aspect of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awakening Shakti: The Transformative Power of the Goddesses of Yoga
Author: Sally Kempton
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The sages of Tantra have known for centuries that when you follow the path of Shakti—the sacred feminine principle personified by the goddesses of yoga—these gifts can manifest spontaneously. Yet most of us, women as well as men, have yet to experience the full potential of our inner feminine energies. When you know these powers for what they are, they heighten your capacity to open spiritually, love more deeply and fearlessly, create with greater mastery, and move through the world with skill and delight. In Awakening Shakti, you will learn how to recognize and invite: ● Kali, bringer of strength, fierce love, and untamed freedom ● Lakshmi, who confers prosperity and beauty ● Saraswati, for clarity of communication and intuition ● Radha, who carries the divine energy of spiritual longing ● And more With a wealth of meditations, visualizations, mantras, teachings, and beautifully told stories, Awakening Shakti provides a practical guide for activating the currents of the divine feminine in every aspect of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Grain of Salt: The Science and Pseudoscience of What We Eat by Dr. Joe Schwarcz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grain of Salt: The Science and Pseudoscience of What We Eat
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A curated collection of new and updated Dr. Joe essays on food and nutrition   Of all the dietary and nutritional claims pitched to us, what can we believe? How does cinnamon affect your health? How splendid is Splenda? Should you buy farmed, wild, or canned food? What&amp;#039;s fishy about fish-oil supplements? Will a diet of Twinkies and M&amp;amp;M&amp;#039;s lead to weight loss? Water from a tap or from a plastic bottle—which should you choose, and which is better for the environment? Should you carry your groceries home in plastic or brown paper? We all have questions, and Dr. Joe Schwarcz has the answers, some of which will astonish you.   Guaranteed to satisfy your hunger for palatable and relevant scientific information, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz separates fact from fiction in this collection of new and updated articles about what to eat, what not to eat, and how to recognize the scientific basis of food chemistry.</description>
      <author>Dr. Joe Schwarcz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515942139.mp3" length="8498290" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515942139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grain of Salt: The Science and Pseudoscience of What We Eat
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A curated collection of new and updated Dr. Joe essays on food and nutrition   Of all the dietary and nutritional claims pitched to us, what can we believe? How does cinnamon affect your health? How splendid is Splenda? Should you buy farmed, wild, or canned food? What&amp;#039;s fishy about fish-oil supplements? Will a diet of Twinkies and M&amp;amp;M&amp;#039;s lead to weight loss? Water from a tap or from a plastic bottle—which should you choose, and which is better for the environment? Should you carry your groceries home in plastic or brown paper? We all have questions, and Dr. Joe Schwarcz has the answers, some of which will astonish you.   Guaranteed to satisfy your hunger for palatable and relevant scientific information, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz separates fact from fiction in this collection of new and updated articles about what to eat, what not to eat, and how to recognize the scientific basis of food chemistry.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grain of Salt: The Science and Pseudoscience of What We Eat
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A curated collection of new and updated Dr. Joe essays on food and nutrition   Of all the dietary and nutritional claims pitched to us, what can we believe? How does cinnamon affect your health? How splendid is Splenda? Should you buy farmed, wild, or canned food? What&amp;#039;s fishy about fish-oil supplements? Will a diet of Twinkies and M&amp;amp;M&amp;#039;s lead to weight loss? Water from a tap or from a plastic bottle—which should you choose, and which is better for the environment? Should you carry your groceries home in plastic or brown paper? We all have questions, and Dr. Joe Schwarcz has the answers, some of which will astonish you.   Guaranteed to satisfy your hunger for palatable and relevant scientific information, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz separates fact from fiction in this collection of new and updated articles about what to eat, what not to eat, and how to recognize the scientific basis of food chemistry.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities by Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities
Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington
Narrator: Joel Froomkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community.   You&amp;#039;ll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400122721.mp3" length="7848213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400122721.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities
Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington
Narrator: Joel Froomkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community.   You&amp;#039;ll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities
Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington
Narrator: Joel Froomkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community.   You&amp;#039;ll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, Dementia, and Memory Loss by Richard Furman Md Facs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, Dementia, and Memory Loss
Author: Richard Furman Md Facs
Narrator: Mike Carnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there&amp;#039;s hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis.</description>
      <author>Richard Furman Md Facs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913376.mp3" length="1357018" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, Dementia, and Memory Loss
Author: Richard Furman Md Facs
Narrator: Mike Carnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there&amp;#039;s hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, Dementia, and Memory Loss
Author: Richard Furman Md Facs
Narrator: Mike Carnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there&amp;#039;s hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life in the Fasting Lane: How to Make Intermittent Fasting a Lifestyle—and Reap the Benefits of Weight Loss and Better Health by Dr. Jason Fung, Megan Ramos, Eve Mayer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Fasting Lane: How to Make Intermittent Fasting a Lifestyle—and Reap the Benefits of Weight Loss and Better Health
Author: Dr. Jason Fung, Megan Ramos, Eve Mayer
Narrator: Piper Goodeve, Brian Nishii, Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 55 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Take the guesswork (and fear) out of fasting with real-life and expert advice. In recent years, intermittent fasting—restricting calorie intake for a set number of hours or days—has become an increasingly popular diet strategy. While some in the medical community initially dismissed the idea as a dangerous fad, recent research not only validates the safety of fasting for weight loss but also offers compelling evidence of wide-ranging health benefits, from reversal of diabetes and other metabolic disorders to enhanced cognitive function and increased longevity. But for many who are eager to try out fasting, the regimen can feel a bit intimidating. After all, abstaining from food doesn’t sound like much fun. People rightly wonder: How often can I eat? Will I be able to focus at work? Will I have enough energy to exercise? And perhaps the most concerning question of all: Won’t I be hungry all the time?! Enter Dr. Jason Fung—world-renowned fasting expert—his colleague, Megan Ramos, and Eve Mayer, who has experienced the life-changing benefits of fasting through Dr. Fung’s program. Together, they’ve teamed up to write a one-of-a-kind guide that answers the most common questions people have about fasting—and offers a customizable program that provides real results. In Life in the Fasting Lane, Dr. Fung, Ramos, and Mayer take the reader by the hand and walk them through the basics of a fasting lifestyle—from the science behind fasting as a health and weight loss strategy to the real-life choices and dilemmas people commonly encounter. While Dr. Fung and Ramos explain the fundamentals of fasting and offer a customizable approach, Mayer shares her in-the-trenches perspective and hard-won knowledge as a success story who turned her life around with fasting. With chapters that address everything from meal planning to mental strategies; exercise to socializing, Life in the Fasting Lane is a unique and accessible guide to developing a sustainable and beneficial fasting routine that offers dramatic, lifelong results. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Dr. Jason Fung, Megan Ramos, Eve Mayer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062988560.mp3" length="1395024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062988560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Fasting Lane: How to Make Intermittent Fasting a Lifestyle—and Reap the Benefits of Weight Loss and Better Health
Author: Dr. Jason Fung, Megan Ramos, Eve Mayer
Narrator: Piper Goodeve, Brian Nishii, Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 55 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Take the guesswork (and fear) out of fasting with real-life and expert advice. In recent years, intermittent fasting—restricting calorie intake for a set number of hours or days—has become an increasingly popular diet strategy. While some in the medical community initially dismissed the idea as a dangerous fad, recent research not only validates the safety of fasting for weight loss but also offers compelling evidence of wide-ranging health benefits, from reversal of diabetes and other metabolic disorders to enhanced cognitive function and increased longevity. But for many who are eager to try out fasting, the regimen can feel a bit intimidating. After all, abstaining from food doesn’t sound like much fun. People rightly wonder: How often can I eat? Will I be able to focus at work? Will I have enough energy to exercise? And perhaps the most concerning question of all: Won’t I be hungry all the time?! Enter Dr. Jason Fung—world-renowned fasting expert—his colleague, Megan Ramos, and Eve Mayer, who has experienced the life-changing benefits of fasting through Dr. Fung’s program. Together, they’ve teamed up to write a one-of-a-kind guide that answers the most common questions people have about fasting—and offers a customizable program that provides real results. In Life in the Fasting Lane, Dr. Fung, Ramos, and Mayer take the reader by the hand and walk them through the basics of a fasting lifestyle—from the science behind fasting as a health and weight loss strategy to the real-life choices and dilemmas people commonly encounter. While Dr. Fung and Ramos explain the fundamentals of fasting and offer a customizable approach, Mayer shares her in-the-trenches perspective and hard-won knowledge as a success story who turned her life around with fasting. With chapters that address everything from meal planning to mental strategies; exercise to socializing, Life in the Fasting Lane is a unique and accessible guide to developing a sustainable and beneficial fasting routine that offers dramatic, lifelong results. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Fasting Lane: How to Make Intermittent Fasting a Lifestyle—and Reap the Benefits of Weight Loss and Better Health
Author: Dr. Jason Fung, Megan Ramos, Eve Mayer
Narrator: Piper Goodeve, Brian Nishii, Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 55 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Take the guesswork (and fear) out of fasting with real-life and expert advice. In recent years, intermittent fasting—restricting calorie intake for a set number of hours or days—has become an increasingly popular diet strategy. While some in the medical community initially dismissed the idea as a dangerous fad, recent research not only validates the safety of fasting for weight loss but also offers compelling evidence of wide-ranging health benefits, from reversal of diabetes and other metabolic disorders to enhanced cognitive function and increased longevity. But for many who are eager to try out fasting, the regimen can feel a bit intimidating. After all, abstaining from food doesn’t sound like much fun. People rightly wonder: How often can I eat? Will I be able to focus at work? Will I have enough energy to exercise? And perhaps the most concerning question of all: Won’t I be hungry all the time?! Enter Dr. Jason Fung—world-renowned fasting expert—his colleague, Megan Ramos, and Eve Mayer, who has experienced the life-changing benefits of fasting through Dr. Fung’s program. Together, they’ve teamed up to write a one-of-a-kind guide that answers the most common questions people have about fasting—and offers a customizable program that provides real results. In Life in the Fasting Lane, Dr. Fung, Ramos, and Mayer take the reader by the hand and walk them through the basics of a fasting lifestyle—from the science behind fasting as a health and weight loss strategy to the real-life choices and dilemmas people commonly encounter. While Dr. Fung and Ramos explain the fundamentals of fasting and offer a customizable approach, Mayer shares her in-the-trenches perspective and hard-won knowledge as a success story who turned her life around with fasting. With chapters that address everything from meal planning to mental strategies; exercise to socializing, Life in the Fasting Lane is a unique and accessible guide to developing a sustainable and beneficial fasting routine that offers dramatic, lifelong results. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life by Rangan Chatterjee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life
Author: Rangan Chatterjee
Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 21 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Read by Dr Rangan Chatterjee.  THE #1 BESTSELLER  &amp;#039;One of the most influential doctors in the country&amp;#039; Chris Evans    It only takes 5 minutes to start changing your life. For good.  Feel Better in 5 is the first daily 5-minute plan that is easy to maintain, easy-to-follow and requires only the smallest amount of willpower.   Top tips include:   · A strength workout that you can do anywhere  · Gut-boosting snacks you can eat on the go   · Yoga moves to relax and stay supple   · Breathing exercises to calm the mind   Drawing on Dr Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s twenty years of experience and real-life case studies from his GP practice, Feel Better in 5 is your daily plan for a happier, healthier you at no extra cost. This audio edition contains extracts from Dr. Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s podcast &amp;#039;Feel Better, Live More&amp;#039;, along with an exclusive audio-only interview with BJ Fogg, author of Tiny Habits. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our Desktop Site. © Rangan Chatterjee 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</description>
      <author>Rangan Chatterjee</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241987735.mp3" length="1377106" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241987735.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life
Author: Rangan Chatterjee
Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 21 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Read by Dr Rangan Chatterjee.  THE #1 BESTSELLER  &amp;#039;One of the most influential doctors in the country&amp;#039; Chris Evans    It only takes 5 minutes to start changing your life. For good.  Feel Better in 5 is the first daily 5-minute plan that is easy to maintain, easy-to-follow and requires only the smallest amount of willpower.   Top tips include:   · A strength workout that you can do anywhere  · Gut-boosting snacks you can eat on the go   · Yoga moves to relax and stay supple   · Breathing exercises to calm the mind   Drawing on Dr Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s twenty years of experience and real-life case studies from his GP practice, Feel Better in 5 is your daily plan for a happier, healthier you at no extra cost. This audio edition contains extracts from Dr. Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s podcast &amp;#039;Feel Better, Live More&amp;#039;, along with an exclusive audio-only interview with BJ Fogg, author of Tiny Habits. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our Desktop Site. © Rangan Chatterjee 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life
Author: Rangan Chatterjee
Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 21 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Read by Dr Rangan Chatterjee.  THE #1 BESTSELLER  &amp;#039;One of the most influential doctors in the country&amp;#039; Chris Evans    It only takes 5 minutes to start changing your life. For good.  Feel Better in 5 is the first daily 5-minute plan that is easy to maintain, easy-to-follow and requires only the smallest amount of willpower.   Top tips include:   · A strength workout that you can do anywhere  · Gut-boosting snacks you can eat on the go   · Yoga moves to relax and stay supple   · Breathing exercises to calm the mind   Drawing on Dr Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s twenty years of experience and real-life case studies from his GP practice, Feel Better in 5 is your daily plan for a happier, healthier you at no extra cost. This audio edition contains extracts from Dr. Rangan Chatterjee&amp;#039;s podcast &amp;#039;Feel Better, Live More&amp;#039;, along with an exclusive audio-only interview with BJ Fogg, author of Tiny Habits. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our Desktop Site. © Rangan Chatterjee 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find Your Path: Honor Your Body, Fuel Your Soul, and Get Strong with the Fit52 Life by Carrie Underwood</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Path: Honor Your Body, Fuel Your Soul, and Get Strong with the Fit52 Life
Author: Carrie Underwood
Narrator: Carrie Underwood, Eve Overland, Cara Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I want to be healthy and fit 52 weeks of the year, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean I have to be perfect every day. This philosophy is a year-round common-sense approach to health and fitness that involves doing your best most of the time—and by that I don&amp;#039;t mean being naughty for three days and good for four. I mean doing your absolute best most of the time during every week, 52 weeks of the year.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Carrie Underwood Carrie Underwood believes that fitness is a lifelong journey. She wasn’t born with the toned arms and strong legs that fans know her for. Like all of us, she has to work hard every day to look the way that she does! In FIND YOUR PATH she shares her secrets with readers, with the ultimate goal of being the strongest version of themselves, and looking as good as they feel. Carrie’s book will share secrets for fitting diet and exercise into a packed routine—she’s not only a multi-Platinum singer, she’s a businesswoman and busy mom with two young children. Based on her own active lifestyle, diet, and workouts, FIND YOUR PATH is packed with meal plans, recipes, weekly workout programs, and guidelines for keeping a weekly food and workout journal. It also introduces readers to Carrie&amp;#039;s signature Fit52 workout, which involves a deck of cards and exercises that can be done at home—and it sets her fans on a path to sustainable health and fitness for life. Fit52 begins with embracing the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pleasure Principle&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in eating, making healthy swaps in your favorite recipes, and embracing a long view approach to health—so that a cheat a day won&amp;#039;t derail you. Throughout the book, Carrie shares her personal journey towards optimal health, from her passion for sports as a kid, to the pressure to look perfect and fit the mold as she launched her career after winning American Idol, to eventually discovering the importance of balance and the meaning of true health. For Carrie, being fit isn&amp;#039;t about crash diets or a workout routine that you&amp;#039;re going to dread. It’s about healthy choices and simple meals that you can put together from the ingredients in your local grocery store, and making the time, every day, to move, to love your body, and to be the best version of yourself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Carrie Underwood</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062690975.mp3" length="1417547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062690975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Path: Honor Your Body, Fuel Your Soul, and Get Strong with the Fit52 Life
Author: Carrie Underwood
Narrator: Carrie Underwood, Eve Overland, Cara Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I want to be healthy and fit 52 weeks of the year, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean I have to be perfect every day. This philosophy is a year-round common-sense approach to health and fitness that involves doing your best most of the time—and by that I don&amp;#039;t mean being naughty for three days and good for four. I mean doing your absolute best most of the time during every week, 52 weeks of the year.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Carrie Underwood Carrie Underwood believes that fitness is a lifelong journey. She wasn’t born with the toned arms and strong legs that fans know her for. Like all of us, she has to work hard every day to look the way that she does! In FIND YOUR PATH she shares her secrets with readers, with the ultimate goal of being the strongest version of themselves, and looking as good as they feel. Carrie’s book will share secrets for fitting diet and exercise into a packed routine—she’s not only a multi-Platinum singer, she’s a businesswoman and busy mom with two young children. Based on her own active lifestyle, diet, and workouts, FIND YOUR PATH is packed with meal plans, recipes, weekly workout programs, and guidelines for keeping a weekly food and workout journal. It also introduces readers to Carrie&amp;#039;s signature Fit52 workout, which involves a deck of cards and exercises that can be done at home—and it sets her fans on a path to sustainable health and fitness for life. Fit52 begins with embracing the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pleasure Principle&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in eating, making healthy swaps in your favorite recipes, and embracing a long view approach to health—so that a cheat a day won&amp;#039;t derail you. Throughout the book, Carrie shares her personal journey towards optimal health, from her passion for sports as a kid, to the pressure to look perfect and fit the mold as she launched her career after winning American Idol, to eventually discovering the importance of balance and the meaning of true health. For Carrie, being fit isn&amp;#039;t about crash diets or a workout routine that you&amp;#039;re going to dread. It’s about healthy choices and simple meals that you can put together from the ingredients in your local grocery store, and making the time, every day, to move, to love your body, and to be the best version of yourself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Path: Honor Your Body, Fuel Your Soul, and Get Strong with the Fit52 Life
Author: Carrie Underwood
Narrator: Carrie Underwood, Eve Overland, Cara Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I want to be healthy and fit 52 weeks of the year, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean I have to be perfect every day. This philosophy is a year-round common-sense approach to health and fitness that involves doing your best most of the time—and by that I don&amp;#039;t mean being naughty for three days and good for four. I mean doing your absolute best most of the time during every week, 52 weeks of the year.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Carrie Underwood Carrie Underwood believes that fitness is a lifelong journey. She wasn’t born with the toned arms and strong legs that fans know her for. Like all of us, she has to work hard every day to look the way that she does! In FIND YOUR PATH she shares her secrets with readers, with the ultimate goal of being the strongest version of themselves, and looking as good as they feel. Carrie’s book will share secrets for fitting diet and exercise into a packed routine—she’s not only a multi-Platinum singer, she’s a businesswoman and busy mom with two young children. Based on her own active lifestyle, diet, and workouts, FIND YOUR PATH is packed with meal plans, recipes, weekly workout programs, and guidelines for keeping a weekly food and workout journal. It also introduces readers to Carrie&amp;#039;s signature Fit52 workout, which involves a deck of cards and exercises that can be done at home—and it sets her fans on a path to sustainable health and fitness for life. Fit52 begins with embracing the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pleasure Principle&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in eating, making healthy swaps in your favorite recipes, and embracing a long view approach to health—so that a cheat a day won&amp;#039;t derail you. Throughout the book, Carrie shares her personal journey towards optimal health, from her passion for sports as a kid, to the pressure to look perfect and fit the mold as she launched her career after winning American Idol, to eventually discovering the importance of balance and the meaning of true health. For Carrie, being fit isn&amp;#039;t about crash diets or a workout routine that you&amp;#039;re going to dread. It’s about healthy choices and simple meals that you can put together from the ingredients in your local grocery store, and making the time, every day, to move, to love your body, and to be the best version of yourself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease by Lisa Mosconi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease
Author: Lisa Mosconi
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women&amp;#039;s Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women&amp;#039;s Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on &amp;#039;bikini medicine,&amp;#039; assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women&amp;#039;s health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women&amp;#039;s health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes.</description>
      <author>Lisa Mosconi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165119.mp3" length="2746938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease
Author: Lisa Mosconi
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women&amp;#039;s Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women&amp;#039;s Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on &amp;#039;bikini medicine,&amp;#039; assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women&amp;#039;s health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women&amp;#039;s health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease
Author: Lisa Mosconi
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer&amp;#039;s prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women&amp;#039;s Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women&amp;#039;s Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on &amp;#039;bikini medicine,&amp;#039; assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women&amp;#039;s health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women&amp;#039;s health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevitiy: The Macrobiotic Way to Live a Long, Healthy, and Happy Life by Susan Waxman, Denny Waxman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevitiy: The Macrobiotic Way to Live a Long, Healthy, and Happy Life
Author: Susan Waxman, Denny Waxman
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
With modern healthy diets constantly flip-flopping on what foods to eat and focusing on restricting calories, individuals can be left confused, defeated, and unsatisfied. This new book from acclaimed macrobiotic health and nutritional experts Denny and Susan Waxman leaves all negativity behind and brings to light a positive outlook on building one healthy habit at a time. Listeners will find healthy living easier than ever by learning how to apply these principles into a broad range of modern lifestyles and by being able to do so at their own pace. With new recipes from Susan Waxman, this book clears up misinformation about food, which allows you to better understand how to achieve your best physical, spiritual, and mental health. The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevity is not a diet fad; it&amp;#039;s a nutritional guide based on the world&amp;#039;s longest-standing civilizations, civilizations which have changed very little over time and have proven that it’s possible to live a long, healthy life.</description>
      <author>Susan Waxman, Denny Waxman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666578089.mp3" length="826871" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666578089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevitiy: The Macrobiotic Way to Live a Long, Healthy, and Happy Life
Author: Susan Waxman, Denny Waxman
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
With modern healthy diets constantly flip-flopping on what foods to eat and focusing on restricting calories, individuals can be left confused, defeated, and unsatisfied. This new book from acclaimed macrobiotic health and nutritional experts Denny and Susan Waxman leaves all negativity behind and brings to light a positive outlook on building one healthy habit at a time. Listeners will find healthy living easier than ever by learning how to apply these principles into a broad range of modern lifestyles and by being able to do so at their own pace. With new recipes from Susan Waxman, this book clears up misinformation about food, which allows you to better understand how to achieve your best physical, spiritual, and mental health. The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevity is not a diet fad; it&amp;#039;s a nutritional guide based on the world&amp;#039;s longest-standing civilizations, civilizations which have changed very little over time and have proven that it’s possible to live a long, healthy life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevitiy: The Macrobiotic Way to Live a Long, Healthy, and Happy Life
Author: Susan Waxman, Denny Waxman
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
With modern healthy diets constantly flip-flopping on what foods to eat and focusing on restricting calories, individuals can be left confused, defeated, and unsatisfied. This new book from acclaimed macrobiotic health and nutritional experts Denny and Susan Waxman leaves all negativity behind and brings to light a positive outlook on building one healthy habit at a time. Listeners will find healthy living easier than ever by learning how to apply these principles into a broad range of modern lifestyles and by being able to do so at their own pace. With new recipes from Susan Waxman, this book clears up misinformation about food, which allows you to better understand how to achieve your best physical, spiritual, and mental health. The Ultimate Guide to Eating for Longevity is not a diet fad; it&amp;#039;s a nutritional guide based on the world&amp;#039;s longest-standing civilizations, civilizations which have changed very little over time and have proven that it’s possible to live a long, healthy life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ultimate Keto Fasting Clarity Guide: Complete Beginner&amp;#039;s Plan to Quick Weight Loss by Intermittent Fasting on a Ketogenic Diet by Eric Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Keto Fasting Clarity Guide: Complete Beginner&amp;#039;s Plan to Quick Weight Loss by Intermittent Fasting on a Ketogenic Diet
Author: Eric Moore
Narrator: Ronald Hillman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Keto fasting is one of the most effective diets to date. The idea of retraining your body to burn fat rather than glucose has made success stories for all sorts of people. If you&amp;#039;re looking for the secret to effective weight loss, a strategy that will improve your health, stave off the growing epidemic of diabetes and helping people through a whole host of medical conditions, then this book is it. Want to try a new way of eating that will get rid of those gnawing cravings experienced on other diets? Looking for a way to boost your energy, build muscle, and lose fat all at the same time? Keto Fasting is how you can do it all. Learn how to eat in a way that will help your body transform into a well-oiled machine, efficient in every way. If you are a person who is tired of not being able to perform at your peak, then you are ready to join the millions of others who have found success in one of the simplest possible ways, through Keto Fasting. In this book you will learn: 	What is involved in a ketogenic diet, 	How to do intermittent fasting, 	Why the combination is so effective, 	How to control your insulin better, 	How to get started, 	How to avoid the common mistakes so many make on the keto fast, 	And much, much more. This is a book that can change your life not just physically, but mentally and emotionally as well. If you are ready for a serious change in your life, download this book today and get yourself on a new path to a whole new you.</description>
      <author>Eric Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982769437.mp3" length="1441824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982769437.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Keto Fasting Clarity Guide: Complete Beginner&amp;#039;s Plan to Quick Weight Loss by Intermittent Fasting on a Ketogenic Diet
Author: Eric Moore
Narrator: Ronald Hillman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Keto fasting is one of the most effective diets to date. The idea of retraining your body to burn fat rather than glucose has made success stories for all sorts of people. If you&amp;#039;re looking for the secret to effective weight loss, a strategy that will improve your health, stave off the growing epidemic of diabetes and helping people through a whole host of medical conditions, then this book is it. Want to try a new way of eating that will get rid of those gnawing cravings experienced on other diets? Looking for a way to boost your energy, build muscle, and lose fat all at the same time? Keto Fasting is how you can do it all. Learn how to eat in a way that will help your body transform into a well-oiled machine, efficient in every way. If you are a person who is tired of not being able to perform at your peak, then you are ready to join the millions of others who have found success in one of the simplest possible ways, through Keto Fasting. In this book you will learn: 	What is involved in a ketogenic diet, 	How to do intermittent fasting, 	Why the combination is so effective, 	How to control your insulin better, 	How to get started, 	How to avoid the common mistakes so many make on the keto fast, 	And much, much more. This is a book that can change your life not just physically, but mentally and emotionally as well. If you are ready for a serious change in your life, download this book today and get yourself on a new path to a whole new you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Keto Fasting Clarity Guide: Complete Beginner&amp;#039;s Plan to Quick Weight Loss by Intermittent Fasting on a Ketogenic Diet
Author: Eric Moore
Narrator: Ronald Hillman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Keto fasting is one of the most effective diets to date. The idea of retraining your body to burn fat rather than glucose has made success stories for all sorts of people. If you&amp;#039;re looking for the secret to effective weight loss, a strategy that will improve your health, stave off the growing epidemic of diabetes and helping people through a whole host of medical conditions, then this book is it. Want to try a new way of eating that will get rid of those gnawing cravings experienced on other diets? Looking for a way to boost your energy, build muscle, and lose fat all at the same time? Keto Fasting is how you can do it all. Learn how to eat in a way that will help your body transform into a well-oiled machine, efficient in every way. If you are a person who is tired of not being able to perform at your peak, then you are ready to join the millions of others who have found success in one of the simplest possible ways, through Keto Fasting. In this book you will learn: 	What is involved in a ketogenic diet, 	How to do intermittent fasting, 	Why the combination is so effective, 	How to control your insulin better, 	How to get started, 	How to avoid the common mistakes so many make on the keto fast, 	And much, much more. This is a book that can change your life not just physically, but mentally and emotionally as well. If you are ready for a serious change in your life, download this book today and get yourself on a new path to a whole new you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Body by Science: A Research Based Program for Strength Training, Body building, and Complete Fitness in 12 Minutes a Week by John Little, Doug McGuff MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body by Science: A Research Based Program for Strength Training, Body building, and Complete Fitness in 12 Minutes a Week
Author: John Little, Doug McGuff MD
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Building muscle has never been faster or easier than with this revolutionary once-a-week training program. In Body By Science, bodybuilding powerhouse John Little teams up with fitness medicine expert Dr. Doug McGuff to present a scientifically proven formula for maximizing muscle development in just twelve minutes a week. Backed by rigorous research, the authors prescribe a weekly high-intensity program for increasing strength, revving metabolism, and building muscle for a total fitness experience.</description>
      <author>John Little, Doug McGuff MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515942788.mp3" length="1406385" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515942788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body by Science: A Research Based Program for Strength Training, Body building, and Complete Fitness in 12 Minutes a Week
Author: John Little, Doug McGuff MD
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Building muscle has never been faster or easier than with this revolutionary once-a-week training program. In Body By Science, bodybuilding powerhouse John Little teams up with fitness medicine expert Dr. Doug McGuff to present a scientifically proven formula for maximizing muscle development in just twelve minutes a week. Backed by rigorous research, the authors prescribe a weekly high-intensity program for increasing strength, revving metabolism, and building muscle for a total fitness experience.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body by Science: A Research Based Program for Strength Training, Body building, and Complete Fitness in 12 Minutes a Week
Author: John Little, Doug McGuff MD
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Building muscle has never been faster or easier than with this revolutionary once-a-week training program. In Body By Science, bodybuilding powerhouse John Little teams up with fitness medicine expert Dr. Doug McGuff to present a scientifically proven formula for maximizing muscle development in just twelve minutes a week. Backed by rigorous research, the authors prescribe a weekly high-intensity program for increasing strength, revving metabolism, and building muscle for a total fitness experience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide To Exercise At Home, Get Fit With This  Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching by Matthew J. Tozzi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide To Exercise At Home, Get Fit With This  Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching
Author: Matthew J. Tozzi
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide to Exercise at Home, Get Fit with This Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching &amp;quot;You won&amp;#039;t always love the workout, but you&amp;#039;ll always love the results&amp;quot;. ~Elite Daily Exercise is an essential piece to having good health.  It offers a variety of activities that can attract a large audience.  Gym memberships are expensive and often go unused after a few months of purchase.  Home workouts can offer a flexible method to include exercise into your busy schedule and cost very little to start-up and maintain. This audiobook explores all that&amp;#039;s required to set up and make an effective and beneficial home workout program; one that fits your own schedule.  It will explore the many ways a person can do weight training, cardio, core and stretching.  Each technique offers many health benefits. Develop a home workout program that&amp;#039;s geared towards your needs and schedule.  This audiobook will show you can leave the sweating gym behind and enjoy your exercise program in the comfort of your own home.  You owe it to yourself to invest in the greatest asset you have which is yourself!</description>
      <author>Matthew J. Tozzi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982768379.mp3" length="883228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982768379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide To Exercise At Home, Get Fit With This  Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching
Author: Matthew J. Tozzi
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide to Exercise at Home, Get Fit with This Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching &amp;quot;You won&amp;#039;t always love the workout, but you&amp;#039;ll always love the results&amp;quot;. ~Elite Daily Exercise is an essential piece to having good health.  It offers a variety of activities that can attract a large audience.  Gym memberships are expensive and often go unused after a few months of purchase.  Home workouts can offer a flexible method to include exercise into your busy schedule and cost very little to start-up and maintain. This audiobook explores all that&amp;#039;s required to set up and make an effective and beneficial home workout program; one that fits your own schedule.  It will explore the many ways a person can do weight training, cardio, core and stretching.  Each technique offers many health benefits. Develop a home workout program that&amp;#039;s geared towards your needs and schedule.  This audiobook will show you can leave the sweating gym behind and enjoy your exercise program in the comfort of your own home.  You owe it to yourself to invest in the greatest asset you have which is yourself!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide To Exercise At Home, Get Fit With This  Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching
Author: Matthew J. Tozzi
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Home Workout: The Ultimate Guide to Exercise at Home, Get Fit with This Effective Program for Weight Training, Cardio, Core &amp;amp; Stretching &amp;quot;You won&amp;#039;t always love the workout, but you&amp;#039;ll always love the results&amp;quot;. ~Elite Daily Exercise is an essential piece to having good health.  It offers a variety of activities that can attract a large audience.  Gym memberships are expensive and often go unused after a few months of purchase.  Home workouts can offer a flexible method to include exercise into your busy schedule and cost very little to start-up and maintain. This audiobook explores all that&amp;#039;s required to set up and make an effective and beneficial home workout program; one that fits your own schedule.  It will explore the many ways a person can do weight training, cardio, core and stretching.  Each technique offers many health benefits. Develop a home workout program that&amp;#039;s geared towards your needs and schedule.  This audiobook will show you can leave the sweating gym behind and enjoy your exercise program in the comfort of your own home.  You owe it to yourself to invest in the greatest asset you have which is yourself!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength by Lauquen B. Noris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength
Author: Lauquen B. Noris
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to improve your functional strength? Do you want to learn the 7 primal movements that will increase it beyond your expectations? This guide will improve your functional strength quickly and seamlessly! Functional strength is the strength that we are born with that is designed to help us survive each day. Going back as far into history as we can, it could literally mean the difference between life and death if you didn&amp;#039;t possess enough strength and it was central to our continuation as a species. In this audiobook, Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength, we examine the core principles that will help you to build on and maximize your functional strength, with chapters that provide: -	What is Functional Strength? -	The 7 Primal Movements -	Relax Into Stretch &amp;amp; Foam Falling -	Functional Strength Training Tools: Kettlebells, Indian Clubs and More With the training methods and movements that are included inside these pages, you could increase your functional strength in less time than it would normally take if you simply went to the gym for a workout. Download a copy now and start to improve your functional strength today!</description>
      <author>Lauquen B. Noris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982768706.mp3" length="861084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982768706.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength
Author: Lauquen B. Noris
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to improve your functional strength? Do you want to learn the 7 primal movements that will increase it beyond your expectations? This guide will improve your functional strength quickly and seamlessly! Functional strength is the strength that we are born with that is designed to help us survive each day. Going back as far into history as we can, it could literally mean the difference between life and death if you didn&amp;#039;t possess enough strength and it was central to our continuation as a species. In this audiobook, Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength, we examine the core principles that will help you to build on and maximize your functional strength, with chapters that provide: -	What is Functional Strength? -	The 7 Primal Movements -	Relax Into Stretch &amp;amp; Foam Falling -	Functional Strength Training Tools: Kettlebells, Indian Clubs and More With the training methods and movements that are included inside these pages, you could increase your functional strength in less time than it would normally take if you simply went to the gym for a workout. Download a copy now and start to improve your functional strength today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength
Author: Lauquen B. Noris
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to improve your functional strength? Do you want to learn the 7 primal movements that will increase it beyond your expectations? This guide will improve your functional strength quickly and seamlessly! Functional strength is the strength that we are born with that is designed to help us survive each day. Going back as far into history as we can, it could literally mean the difference between life and death if you didn&amp;#039;t possess enough strength and it was central to our continuation as a species. In this audiobook, Starting Strength: The Ultimate Guide To Functional Strength, we examine the core principles that will help you to build on and maximize your functional strength, with chapters that provide: -	What is Functional Strength? -	The 7 Primal Movements -	Relax Into Stretch &amp;amp; Foam Falling -	Functional Strength Training Tools: Kettlebells, Indian Clubs and More With the training methods and movements that are included inside these pages, you could increase your functional strength in less time than it would normally take if you simply went to the gym for a workout. Download a copy now and start to improve your functional strength today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners by Harold P. Cope</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners
Author: Harold P. Cope
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a fan of American Football? Do you want to start following or playing the game and need to know more? This audiobook is perfect for beginners to this great game! American Football is one of the most popular sports on the planet and is played and watched every week by millions of people. From high schools and colleges, through to local and professional league, its popularity never ceases to diminish. Playing and watching is one thing, but mastering the game is another matter altogether. In this audiobook, Football: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners, even a complete novice can get to grips with the sport, with chapters that help with: -	Playing The Game -	Rules And Regulations -	The Quarterbacking Ground Rules -	Passing Game Essentials -	Mastering The Ground Running Game -	Pulling Off A Great Offensive Line Play -	Discover The Killer Strategies To Win The Game -	Great Tactics For The Defensive Lineman -	Dealing With Line-Backers -	Playing At The Last Line Of Defense If you want to know much more about the game and be knowledgeable about the tactics and plays that make it such a spectacle, then dowload a copy of Football and learn it from very first kick of the ball.</description>
      <author>Harold P. Cope</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982768300.mp3" length="566960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982768300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners
Author: Harold P. Cope
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a fan of American Football? Do you want to start following or playing the game and need to know more? This audiobook is perfect for beginners to this great game! American Football is one of the most popular sports on the planet and is played and watched every week by millions of people. From high schools and colleges, through to local and professional league, its popularity never ceases to diminish. Playing and watching is one thing, but mastering the game is another matter altogether. In this audiobook, Football: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners, even a complete novice can get to grips with the sport, with chapters that help with: -	Playing The Game -	Rules And Regulations -	The Quarterbacking Ground Rules -	Passing Game Essentials -	Mastering The Ground Running Game -	Pulling Off A Great Offensive Line Play -	Discover The Killer Strategies To Win The Game -	Great Tactics For The Defensive Lineman -	Dealing With Line-Backers -	Playing At The Last Line Of Defense If you want to know much more about the game and be knowledgeable about the tactics and plays that make it such a spectacle, then dowload a copy of Football and learn it from very first kick of the ball.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners
Author: Harold P. Cope
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a fan of American Football? Do you want to start following or playing the game and need to know more? This audiobook is perfect for beginners to this great game! American Football is one of the most popular sports on the planet and is played and watched every week by millions of people. From high schools and colleges, through to local and professional league, its popularity never ceases to diminish. Playing and watching is one thing, but mastering the game is another matter altogether. In this audiobook, Football: The Ultimate Guide to Football Rules, Concepts, and Strategy for Beginners, even a complete novice can get to grips with the sport, with chapters that help with: -	Playing The Game -	Rules And Regulations -	The Quarterbacking Ground Rules -	Passing Game Essentials -	Mastering The Ground Running Game -	Pulling Off A Great Offensive Line Play -	Discover The Killer Strategies To Win The Game -	Great Tactics For The Defensive Lineman -	Dealing With Line-Backers -	Playing At The Last Line Of Defense If you want to know much more about the game and be knowledgeable about the tactics and plays that make it such a spectacle, then dowload a copy of Football and learn it from very first kick of the ball.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting for Beginners: A Complete Guide to the Keto Fasting Lifestyle Gain the Weight Loss Clarity You Need by Jimmy Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting for Beginners: A Complete Guide to the Keto Fasting Lifestyle Gain the Weight Loss Clarity You Need
Author: Jimmy Clark
Narrator: Jason Belvill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover How to Maximize Your Weight Loss and Health Potential with the Science of Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting Are you looking for a way to shed off that excess weight faster with sustained energy levels? Do you want to maximize the benefits and accelerate the effects of being on both Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting? Reaching your goals does not have to be such a difficult and stressful process. Not only is there an abundance of anecdotal evidence for the health benefits and weight loss effects of the Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting, but there are numerous studies that prove these beneficial effects as well. And, more studies are continuing to come out every day. This guide will teach you everything to help you decide if Keto and Intermittent Fasting is right for you, how to follow it properly, and will give you tips to ensure your success. Eating less often or eating fewer carbohydrates does not have to mean you are enjoying your food less, but rather more!  Here&amp;#039;s what you&amp;#039;ll get from this book: 	The History and Science Behind the Ketogenic Diet 	The Health Benefits of Going Keto 	The Fundamentals of the Ketogenic Diet 	What You Can and Cannot Eat 	The History and Science Behind Intermittent Fasting 	The Fundamentals of Intermittent Fasting 	Combining Intermittent Fasting and the Ketogenic Diet 	Common Mistakes and How to Avoid Them While crash diets come and go the Ketogenic diet has been around, helping people not only lose weight but gain health, for nearly a century. Likewise, intermittent fasting has been around for weight loss, religion, health, and as a necessity for thousands of years!  Take your time and learn why Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting stands out when compared to other fad diets. Grab your copy of this guide today and get started with Ketogenic and intermittent fasting lifestyle for ultimate health and wellbeing!</description>
      <author>Jimmy Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982768508.mp3" length="1335742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982768508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting for Beginners: A Complete Guide to the Keto Fasting Lifestyle Gain the Weight Loss Clarity You Need
Author: Jimmy Clark
Narrator: Jason Belvill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover How to Maximize Your Weight Loss and Health Potential with the Science of Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting Are you looking for a way to shed off that excess weight faster with sustained energy levels? Do you want to maximize the benefits and accelerate the effects of being on both Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting? Reaching your goals does not have to be such a difficult and stressful process. Not only is there an abundance of anecdotal evidence for the health benefits and weight loss effects of the Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting, but there are numerous studies that prove these beneficial effects as well. And, more studies are continuing to come out every day. This guide will teach you everything to help you decide if Keto and Intermittent Fasting is right for you, how to follow it properly, and will give you tips to ensure your success. Eating less often or eating fewer carbohydrates does not have to mean you are enjoying your food less, but rather more!  Here&amp;#039;s what you&amp;#039;ll get from this book: 	The History and Science Behind the Ketogenic Diet 	The Health Benefits of Going Keto 	The Fundamentals of the Ketogenic Diet 	What You Can and Cannot Eat 	The History and Science Behind Intermittent Fasting 	The Fundamentals of Intermittent Fasting 	Combining Intermittent Fasting and the Ketogenic Diet 	Common Mistakes and How to Avoid Them While crash diets come and go the Ketogenic diet has been around, helping people not only lose weight but gain health, for nearly a century. Likewise, intermittent fasting has been around for weight loss, religion, health, and as a necessity for thousands of years!  Take your time and learn why Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting stands out when compared to other fad diets. Grab your copy of this guide today and get started with Ketogenic and intermittent fasting lifestyle for ultimate health and wellbeing!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting for Beginners: A Complete Guide to the Keto Fasting Lifestyle Gain the Weight Loss Clarity You Need
Author: Jimmy Clark
Narrator: Jason Belvill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover How to Maximize Your Weight Loss and Health Potential with the Science of Ketogenic Diet and Intermittent Fasting Are you looking for a way to shed off that excess weight faster with sustained energy levels? Do you want to maximize the benefits and accelerate the effects of being on both Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting? Reaching your goals does not have to be such a difficult and stressful process. Not only is there an abundance of anecdotal evidence for the health benefits and weight loss effects of the Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting, but there are numerous studies that prove these beneficial effects as well. And, more studies are continuing to come out every day. This guide will teach you everything to help you decide if Keto and Intermittent Fasting is right for you, how to follow it properly, and will give you tips to ensure your success. Eating less often or eating fewer carbohydrates does not have to mean you are enjoying your food less, but rather more!  Here&amp;#039;s what you&amp;#039;ll get from this book: 	The History and Science Behind the Ketogenic Diet 	The Health Benefits of Going Keto 	The Fundamentals of the Ketogenic Diet 	What You Can and Cannot Eat 	The History and Science Behind Intermittent Fasting 	The Fundamentals of Intermittent Fasting 	Combining Intermittent Fasting and the Ketogenic Diet 	Common Mistakes and How to Avoid Them While crash diets come and go the Ketogenic diet has been around, helping people not only lose weight but gain health, for nearly a century. Likewise, intermittent fasting has been around for weight loss, religion, health, and as a necessity for thousands of years!  Take your time and learn why Ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting stands out when compared to other fad diets. Grab your copy of this guide today and get started with Ketogenic and intermittent fasting lifestyle for ultimate health and wellbeing!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life by James W. Clement</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter autophagy, an ancient mechanism built into our cells that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat-burning, and protects cells against stress. Best-known for being triggered by intermittent fasting, the complex process not only slows down the ageing process, but optimises biological function as a whole, staving off all manner of disease - from diabetes to dementia - and affording us the healthy lifespan we never thought possible.  So how can we activate autophagy? It’s as simple as flipping a switch. The Switch unpacks the revolutionary research on the body&amp;#039;s natural process for maintaining health and youthfulness, as well as the “dial” that controls it. Backed by a synthesis of the data, and with a foreword by renowned Harvard geneticists Drs. George Church and David Sinclair, The Switch not only decodes the science of autophagy, but also teaches readers how to control it and benefit from its profound impact.</description>
      <author>James W. Clement</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781471191107.mp3" length="869869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781471191107.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter autophagy, an ancient mechanism built into our cells that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat-burning, and protects cells against stress. Best-known for being triggered by intermittent fasting, the complex process not only slows down the ageing process, but optimises biological function as a whole, staving off all manner of disease - from diabetes to dementia - and affording us the healthy lifespan we never thought possible.  So how can we activate autophagy? It’s as simple as flipping a switch. The Switch unpacks the revolutionary research on the body&amp;#039;s natural process for maintaining health and youthfulness, as well as the “dial” that controls it. Backed by a synthesis of the data, and with a foreword by renowned Harvard geneticists Drs. George Church and David Sinclair, The Switch not only decodes the science of autophagy, but also teaches readers how to control it and benefit from its profound impact.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter autophagy, an ancient mechanism built into our cells that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat-burning, and protects cells against stress. Best-known for being triggered by intermittent fasting, the complex process not only slows down the ageing process, but optimises biological function as a whole, staving off all manner of disease - from diabetes to dementia - and affording us the healthy lifespan we never thought possible.  So how can we activate autophagy? It’s as simple as flipping a switch. The Switch unpacks the revolutionary research on the body&amp;#039;s natural process for maintaining health and youthfulness, as well as the “dial” that controls it. Backed by a synthesis of the data, and with a foreword by renowned Harvard geneticists Drs. George Church and David Sinclair, The Switch not only decodes the science of autophagy, but also teaches readers how to control it and benefit from its profound impact.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life: Practical Solutions for Improving Your Health and Performance by Inna Khazan PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life: Practical Solutions for Improving Your Health and Performance
Author: Inna Khazan PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A mind-body approach to taking control of your physical and emotional health. Biofeedback is the process of training your body to control its involuntary actions, such as breathing and heart rate. Minor changes to these actions can significantly improve physical and emotional well-being. In Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life, Harvard Medical School faculty member Inna Khazan pairs biofeedback techniques with mindfulness practice to address some of life&amp;#039;s most common ailments—from anxiety and fear to stress and insomnia. She begins with a description of basic physiological information, explaining concepts such as breathing and overbreathing. In Part Two she dives into the practice of mindfulness. And in Part Three she zeroes in on applying this mind-body approach to an array of common problems. Khazan&amp;#039;s approach outlines simple solutions for listeners who want to improve the way they respond to challenges. She guides them through increasing their resilience and emotional flexibility while empowering them to take back control of their overall health.</description>
      <author>Inna Khazan PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684574889.mp3" length="8435850" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684574889.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life: Practical Solutions for Improving Your Health and Performance
Author: Inna Khazan PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A mind-body approach to taking control of your physical and emotional health. Biofeedback is the process of training your body to control its involuntary actions, such as breathing and heart rate. Minor changes to these actions can significantly improve physical and emotional well-being. In Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life, Harvard Medical School faculty member Inna Khazan pairs biofeedback techniques with mindfulness practice to address some of life&amp;#039;s most common ailments—from anxiety and fear to stress and insomnia. She begins with a description of basic physiological information, explaining concepts such as breathing and overbreathing. In Part Two she dives into the practice of mindfulness. And in Part Three she zeroes in on applying this mind-body approach to an array of common problems. Khazan&amp;#039;s approach outlines simple solutions for listeners who want to improve the way they respond to challenges. She guides them through increasing their resilience and emotional flexibility while empowering them to take back control of their overall health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391033</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life: Practical Solutions for Improving Your Health and Performance
Author: Inna Khazan PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A mind-body approach to taking control of your physical and emotional health. Biofeedback is the process of training your body to control its involuntary actions, such as breathing and heart rate. Minor changes to these actions can significantly improve physical and emotional well-being. In Biofeedback and Mindfulness in Everyday Life, Harvard Medical School faculty member Inna Khazan pairs biofeedback techniques with mindfulness practice to address some of life&amp;#039;s most common ailments—from anxiety and fear to stress and insomnia. She begins with a description of basic physiological information, explaining concepts such as breathing and overbreathing. In Part Two she dives into the practice of mindfulness. And in Part Three she zeroes in on applying this mind-body approach to an array of common problems. Khazan&amp;#039;s approach outlines simple solutions for listeners who want to improve the way they respond to challenges. She guides them through increasing their resilience and emotional flexibility while empowering them to take back control of their overall health.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wellness Remodel: A Guide to Rebooting How You Eat, Move, and Feed Your Soul by Cara Clark, Christina Anstead</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wellness Remodel: A Guide to Rebooting How You Eat, Move, and Feed Your Soul
Author: Cara Clark, Christina Anstead
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya, Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop Christina Anstead partners with celebrity nutritionist Cara Clark to help women remodel their lives—in mind, body and spirit.  Christina Anstead, star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop and Christina on the Coast, is known for her boundless energy, positive attitude, and radiant looks. But what was hidden from fans of her popular television shows was a very real health crisis, including a diagnosis of autoimmune disease, infertility, and the emotional and physical exhaustion of going through a divorce with two young children—all in the public eye. The stress of managing it all wreaked even more havoc on her already strained body. It wasn’t until Christina met nutritionist Cara Clark that she discovered a path that allowed her to regain her health and heal in body and mind.   In The Wellness Remodel, Christina chronicles her health journey and shares what she’s learned about the importance of creating balance and prioritizing physical and mental self-care. Divided into three parts—”Gut Rehab” (food and nutrition); “Building a Strong Foundation” (exercise); and “The Rewire” (mindfulness)—the book will be an accessible guide to full-body wellness, offering simple strategies anyone can put into action for immediate results. Christina and Cara will also share their simple cooking strategies built for the real word of working parents and busy weeknights, including sixty of their favorite recipes, complete with easy-to-follow instructions.  Inspiring, informative, fun, and empowering, The Wellness Remodel will give readers everything they need to nourish the body, keep it strong, and help their spirit flourish. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Cara Clark, Christina Anstead</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062961464.mp3" length="1409803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062961464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wellness Remodel: A Guide to Rebooting How You Eat, Move, and Feed Your Soul
Author: Cara Clark, Christina Anstead
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya, Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop Christina Anstead partners with celebrity nutritionist Cara Clark to help women remodel their lives—in mind, body and spirit.  Christina Anstead, star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop and Christina on the Coast, is known for her boundless energy, positive attitude, and radiant looks. But what was hidden from fans of her popular television shows was a very real health crisis, including a diagnosis of autoimmune disease, infertility, and the emotional and physical exhaustion of going through a divorce with two young children—all in the public eye. The stress of managing it all wreaked even more havoc on her already strained body. It wasn’t until Christina met nutritionist Cara Clark that she discovered a path that allowed her to regain her health and heal in body and mind.   In The Wellness Remodel, Christina chronicles her health journey and shares what she’s learned about the importance of creating balance and prioritizing physical and mental self-care. Divided into three parts—”Gut Rehab” (food and nutrition); “Building a Strong Foundation” (exercise); and “The Rewire” (mindfulness)—the book will be an accessible guide to full-body wellness, offering simple strategies anyone can put into action for immediate results. Christina and Cara will also share their simple cooking strategies built for the real word of working parents and busy weeknights, including sixty of their favorite recipes, complete with easy-to-follow instructions.  Inspiring, informative, fun, and empowering, The Wellness Remodel will give readers everything they need to nourish the body, keep it strong, and help their spirit flourish. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wellness Remodel: A Guide to Rebooting How You Eat, Move, and Feed Your Soul
Author: Cara Clark, Christina Anstead
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya, Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop Christina Anstead partners with celebrity nutritionist Cara Clark to help women remodel their lives—in mind, body and spirit.  Christina Anstead, star of HGTV’s Flip or Flop and Christina on the Coast, is known for her boundless energy, positive attitude, and radiant looks. But what was hidden from fans of her popular television shows was a very real health crisis, including a diagnosis of autoimmune disease, infertility, and the emotional and physical exhaustion of going through a divorce with two young children—all in the public eye. The stress of managing it all wreaked even more havoc on her already strained body. It wasn’t until Christina met nutritionist Cara Clark that she discovered a path that allowed her to regain her health and heal in body and mind.   In The Wellness Remodel, Christina chronicles her health journey and shares what she’s learned about the importance of creating balance and prioritizing physical and mental self-care. Divided into three parts—”Gut Rehab” (food and nutrition); “Building a Strong Foundation” (exercise); and “The Rewire” (mindfulness)—the book will be an accessible guide to full-body wellness, offering simple strategies anyone can put into action for immediate results. Christina and Cara will also share their simple cooking strategies built for the real word of working parents and busy weeknights, including sixty of their favorite recipes, complete with easy-to-follow instructions.  Inspiring, informative, fun, and empowering, The Wellness Remodel will give readers everything they need to nourish the body, keep it strong, and help their spirit flourish. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes by Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes
Author: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta
Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance.  Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you&amp;#039;ve felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations.</description>
      <author>Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169070.mp3" length="2835166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes
Author: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta
Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance.  Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you&amp;#039;ve felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes
Author: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta
Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance.  Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you&amp;#039;ve felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - De gordita a mamacita: Un plan de alimentaci¢n y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana by Ingrid Macher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De gordita a mamacita: Un plan de alimentaci¢n y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana
Author: Ingrid Macher
Narrator: Ingrid Macher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un completo plan de alimentación y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana.    &amp;#039;Todo es posible para quien cree&amp;#039;.Con este poderoso mensaje, Ingrid Macher, conocida en las redes sociales como adelgaza20 #donde cuenta con millones de seguidores# nos presenta un completo plan de nutrición para lograr un cuerpo saludable.  No importa si la meta es bajar 2 ó 20 libras, con la información, los consejos y la motivación de Macher, cualquier mujer puede convertirse en una mamacita (¡y de paso mejorar la salud de toda su familia!).    El libro trata temas que van desde vencer la cultura de lo frito y cómo engañar a la mente para no comer en exceso, hasta por qué somos adictos al azúcar, cuáles son los alimentos saludables que engordan y los secretos para eliminar la celulitis y aplanar el estómago.    Además, la autora comparte un plan de alimentación de 21 días con lista de compras y recetas, y una guía ilustrada a todo color con sencillos ejercicios para lograr una figura envidiable.</description>
      <author>Ingrid Macher</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781949061147.mp3" length="1333690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781949061147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De gordita a mamacita: Un plan de alimentaci¢n y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana
Author: Ingrid Macher
Narrator: Ingrid Macher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un completo plan de alimentación y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana.    &amp;#039;Todo es posible para quien cree&amp;#039;.Con este poderoso mensaje, Ingrid Macher, conocida en las redes sociales como adelgaza20 #donde cuenta con millones de seguidores# nos presenta un completo plan de nutrición para lograr un cuerpo saludable.  No importa si la meta es bajar 2 ó 20 libras, con la información, los consejos y la motivación de Macher, cualquier mujer puede convertirse en una mamacita (¡y de paso mejorar la salud de toda su familia!).    El libro trata temas que van desde vencer la cultura de lo frito y cómo engañar a la mente para no comer en exceso, hasta por qué somos adictos al azúcar, cuáles son los alimentos saludables que engordan y los secretos para eliminar la celulitis y aplanar el estómago.    Además, la autora comparte un plan de alimentación de 21 días con lista de compras y recetas, y una guía ilustrada a todo color con sencillos ejercicios para lograr una figura envidiable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De gordita a mamacita: Un plan de alimentaci¢n y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana
Author: Ingrid Macher
Narrator: Ingrid Macher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un completo plan de alimentación y ejercicios para volverte irresistiblemente sana.    &amp;#039;Todo es posible para quien cree&amp;#039;.Con este poderoso mensaje, Ingrid Macher, conocida en las redes sociales como adelgaza20 #donde cuenta con millones de seguidores# nos presenta un completo plan de nutrición para lograr un cuerpo saludable.  No importa si la meta es bajar 2 ó 20 libras, con la información, los consejos y la motivación de Macher, cualquier mujer puede convertirse en una mamacita (¡y de paso mejorar la salud de toda su familia!).    El libro trata temas que van desde vencer la cultura de lo frito y cómo engañar a la mente para no comer en exceso, hasta por qué somos adictos al azúcar, cuáles son los alimentos saludables que engordan y los secretos para eliminar la celulitis y aplanar el estómago.    Además, la autora comparte un plan de alimentación de 21 días con lista de compras y recetas, y una guía ilustrada a todo color con sencillos ejercicios para lograr una figura envidiable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night&amp;#039;s Sleep Without Relying on Medication by Shelby Harris PsyD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night&amp;#039;s Sleep Without Relying on Medication
Author: Shelby Harris PsyD
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For every woman who &amp;#039;does it all&amp;#039; . . . except get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn&amp;#039;t surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night&amp;#039;s sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format.</description>
      <author>Shelby Harris PsyD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977319128.mp3" length="8566033" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977319128.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night&amp;#039;s Sleep Without Relying on Medication
Author: Shelby Harris PsyD
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For every woman who &amp;#039;does it all&amp;#039; . . . except get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn&amp;#039;t surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night&amp;#039;s sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night&amp;#039;s Sleep Without Relying on Medication
Author: Shelby Harris PsyD
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For every woman who &amp;#039;does it all&amp;#039; . . . except get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn&amp;#039;t surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women&amp;#039;s Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night&amp;#039;s sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not a Diet Book: Take Control. Gain Confidence. Change Your Life. by James Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not a Diet Book: Take Control. Gain Confidence. Change Your Life.
Author: James Smith
Narrator: James Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*The No.1 Sunday Times Bestseller                          Are you ready to change your life?                                   Are you sick of always wearing black and getting undressed in the dark?                                   Are you fixated with a number on the scales?                                   Are you afraid to step into the gym and commit to a routine?                                   Is your confidence at an all-time low?                                   Is all of this having a negative impact on your life, relationships and happiness?                      James Smith is armed with every tool you’ll ever need to achieve incredible results – from dieting, training and staying in shape to identifying the fads, cons and nonsense that get in the way of genuine lasting progress.           Learn to reset your current mindset and attitude towards your diet and training, with chapters covering: • Fat loss versus muscle gain • Metabolism and ‘body types’ • Protein targets and calorie tracking • Common fitness fallacies • Female fat loss • Supplements • Training versus exercising • The importance of sleep • Forming habits           This book will put you back in control. It is not a fad diet or a short-term training plan. It will empower you to adopt better habits that will allow you to take charge of your life.</description>
      <author>James Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008374310.mp3" length="1381808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008374310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not a Diet Book: Take Control. Gain Confidence. Change Your Life.
Author: James Smith
Narrator: James Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*The No.1 Sunday Times Bestseller                          Are you ready to change your life?                                   Are you sick of always wearing black and getting undressed in the dark?                                   Are you fixated with a number on the scales?                                   Are you afraid to step into the gym and commit to a routine?                                   Is your confidence at an all-time low?                                   Is all of this having a negative impact on your life, relationships and happiness?                      James Smith is armed with every tool you’ll ever need to achieve incredible results – from dieting, training and staying in shape to identifying the fads, cons and nonsense that get in the way of genuine lasting progress.           Learn to reset your current mindset and attitude towards your diet and training, with chapters covering: • Fat loss versus muscle gain • Metabolism and ‘body types’ • Protein targets and calorie tracking • Common fitness fallacies • Female fat loss • Supplements • Training versus exercising • The importance of sleep • Forming habits           This book will put you back in control. It is not a fad diet or a short-term training plan. It will empower you to adopt better habits that will allow you to take charge of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not a Diet Book: Take Control. Gain Confidence. Change Your Life.
Author: James Smith
Narrator: James Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*The No.1 Sunday Times Bestseller                          Are you ready to change your life?                                   Are you sick of always wearing black and getting undressed in the dark?                                   Are you fixated with a number on the scales?                                   Are you afraid to step into the gym and commit to a routine?                                   Is your confidence at an all-time low?                                   Is all of this having a negative impact on your life, relationships and happiness?                      James Smith is armed with every tool you’ll ever need to achieve incredible results – from dieting, training and staying in shape to identifying the fads, cons and nonsense that get in the way of genuine lasting progress.           Learn to reset your current mindset and attitude towards your diet and training, with chapters covering: • Fat loss versus muscle gain • Metabolism and ‘body types’ • Protein targets and calorie tracking • Common fitness fallacies • Female fat loss • Supplements • Training versus exercising • The importance of sleep • Forming habits           This book will put you back in control. It is not a fad diet or a short-term training plan. It will empower you to adopt better habits that will allow you to take charge of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eat Like the Animals: What Nature Teaches Us About Healthy Eating by David Raubenheimer, Stephen J. Simpson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Like the Animals: What Nature Teaches Us About Healthy Eating
Author: David Raubenheimer, Stephen J. Simpson
Narrator: Paul Panting
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A New Scientist Best Book of 2020           How is it that a baboon and a blob of slime mould instinctively know what to eat for optimal health, balancing their protein, fat and carb intake in perfect proportions?           In new, groundbreaking research that is transforming our understanding of nutrition, animals from locusts to lions and yes, humans too, demonstrate the remarkable science behind appetite.           Appetite communicates the body&amp;#039;s nutritional needs to the brain, and eating in accordance with your body&amp;#039;s demands, like the animals, should ensure optimal health, but the modern fast food world wreaks havoc on this evolutionarily honed system.           In several landmark studies, Raubenheimer and Simpson prove that appetite can be hacked – we can eat for optimal health, for increased fertility or for a longer lifespan. Understanding the science of the appetite offers tremendous power in shaping our bodies and controlling our lives.</description>
      <author>David Raubenheimer, Stephen J. Simpson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008359249.mp3" length="1371645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008359249.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Like the Animals: What Nature Teaches Us About Healthy Eating
Author: David Raubenheimer, Stephen J. Simpson
Narrator: Paul Panting
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A New Scientist Best Book of 2020           How is it that a baboon and a blob of slime mould instinctively know what to eat for optimal health, balancing their protein, fat and carb intake in perfect proportions?           In new, groundbreaking research that is transforming our understanding of nutrition, animals from locusts to lions and yes, humans too, demonstrate the remarkable science behind appetite.           Appetite communicates the body&amp;#039;s nutritional needs to the brain, and eating in accordance with your body&amp;#039;s demands, like the animals, should ensure optimal health, but the modern fast food world wreaks havoc on this evolutionarily honed system.           In several landmark studies, Raubenheimer and Simpson prove that appetite can be hacked – we can eat for optimal health, for increased fertility or for a longer lifespan. Understanding the science of the appetite offers tremendous power in shaping our bodies and controlling our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Like the Animals: What Nature Teaches Us About Healthy Eating
Author: David Raubenheimer, Stephen J. Simpson
Narrator: Paul Panting
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A New Scientist Best Book of 2020           How is it that a baboon and a blob of slime mould instinctively know what to eat for optimal health, balancing their protein, fat and carb intake in perfect proportions?           In new, groundbreaking research that is transforming our understanding of nutrition, animals from locusts to lions and yes, humans too, demonstrate the remarkable science behind appetite.           Appetite communicates the body&amp;#039;s nutritional needs to the brain, and eating in accordance with your body&amp;#039;s demands, like the animals, should ensure optimal health, but the modern fast food world wreaks havoc on this evolutionarily honed system.           In several landmark studies, Raubenheimer and Simpson prove that appetite can be hacked – we can eat for optimal health, for increased fertility or for a longer lifespan. Understanding the science of the appetite offers tremendous power in shaping our bodies and controlling our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Libera tu cerebro by Susan Peirce Thomson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Libera tu cerebro
Author: Susan Peirce Thomson
Narrator: Eddie Rojas, Lorena Portillo, Xhiu Conde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las cuatro reglas de oro para romper tu adicción a la comida, alcanzar tu peso ideal ¡y ser feliz!  A unas semanas de su lanzamiento, Libera tu cerebro revolucionó la literatura médica al demostrar científicamente que el cerebro es el verdadero rehén de la comida moderna y que es posible romper con la adicción a los alimentos dañinos, convirtiéndose en un bestseller instantáneo y vendiendo cientos de miles de copias alrededor del mundo.    Libera tu cerebro es el primer programa que ataca a la obesidad como una adicción a la comida, fácil de seguir gracias a las cuatro reglas de oro que rompen con los impulsos adictivos. Un libro que cambiará la vida de las millones de personas que a pesar de seguir programas alimenticios y rutinas de entrenamiento físico no logran perder esos kilos de más, y en el que la doctora Susan Peirce Thompson explica que la imposibilidad de alcanzar el peso ideal no está relacionada con la falta de voluntad ni de conocimiento: la clave está en el cerebro.  Además de hablar de su experiencia personal, la doctora Peirce suma los testimonios de quienes han conseguido ser felices, delgados y libres a través de su método.</description>
      <author>Susan Peirce Thomson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073183147.mp3" length="1356219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073183147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Libera tu cerebro
Author: Susan Peirce Thomson
Narrator: Eddie Rojas, Lorena Portillo, Xhiu Conde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las cuatro reglas de oro para romper tu adicción a la comida, alcanzar tu peso ideal ¡y ser feliz!  A unas semanas de su lanzamiento, Libera tu cerebro revolucionó la literatura médica al demostrar científicamente que el cerebro es el verdadero rehén de la comida moderna y que es posible romper con la adicción a los alimentos dañinos, convirtiéndose en un bestseller instantáneo y vendiendo cientos de miles de copias alrededor del mundo.    Libera tu cerebro es el primer programa que ataca a la obesidad como una adicción a la comida, fácil de seguir gracias a las cuatro reglas de oro que rompen con los impulsos adictivos. Un libro que cambiará la vida de las millones de personas que a pesar de seguir programas alimenticios y rutinas de entrenamiento físico no logran perder esos kilos de más, y en el que la doctora Susan Peirce Thompson explica que la imposibilidad de alcanzar el peso ideal no está relacionada con la falta de voluntad ni de conocimiento: la clave está en el cerebro.  Además de hablar de su experiencia personal, la doctora Peirce suma los testimonios de quienes han conseguido ser felices, delgados y libres a través de su método.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Libera tu cerebro
Author: Susan Peirce Thomson
Narrator: Eddie Rojas, Lorena Portillo, Xhiu Conde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las cuatro reglas de oro para romper tu adicción a la comida, alcanzar tu peso ideal ¡y ser feliz!  A unas semanas de su lanzamiento, Libera tu cerebro revolucionó la literatura médica al demostrar científicamente que el cerebro es el verdadero rehén de la comida moderna y que es posible romper con la adicción a los alimentos dañinos, convirtiéndose en un bestseller instantáneo y vendiendo cientos de miles de copias alrededor del mundo.    Libera tu cerebro es el primer programa que ataca a la obesidad como una adicción a la comida, fácil de seguir gracias a las cuatro reglas de oro que rompen con los impulsos adictivos. Un libro que cambiará la vida de las millones de personas que a pesar de seguir programas alimenticios y rutinas de entrenamiento físico no logran perder esos kilos de más, y en el que la doctora Susan Peirce Thompson explica que la imposibilidad de alcanzar el peso ideal no está relacionada con la falta de voluntad ni de conocimiento: la clave está en el cerebro.  Además de hablar de su experiencia personal, la doctora Peirce suma los testimonios de quienes han conseguido ser felices, delgados y libres a través de su método.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare by Mark Britnell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare
Author: Mark Britnell
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
By 2030, the world will be short of approximately fifteen million health workers—a fifth of the workforce needed to keep healthcare systems going. Global healthcare leader and award-winning author, Dr. Mark Britnell, uses his unique insights from advising governments, executives, and clinicians in more than seventy countries, to present solutions to this impending crisis.   Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare calls for a reframing of the global debate about health and national wealth, and invites us to deal with this problem in new and adaptive ways that drive economic and human prosperity. Harnessing technology, it asks us to reimagine new models of care and levels of workforce agility.   Drawing on experiences ranging from the world&amp;#039;s most advanced hospitals to revolutionary new approaches in India and Africa, Dr. Mark Britnell makes it clear what works—and what does not. Short and concise, this book gives a truly global perspective on the fundamental workforce issues facing health systems today.</description>
      <author>Mark Britnell</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933427.mp3" length="7806750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare
Author: Mark Britnell
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
By 2030, the world will be short of approximately fifteen million health workers—a fifth of the workforce needed to keep healthcare systems going. Global healthcare leader and award-winning author, Dr. Mark Britnell, uses his unique insights from advising governments, executives, and clinicians in more than seventy countries, to present solutions to this impending crisis.   Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare calls for a reframing of the global debate about health and national wealth, and invites us to deal with this problem in new and adaptive ways that drive economic and human prosperity. Harnessing technology, it asks us to reimagine new models of care and levels of workforce agility.   Drawing on experiences ranging from the world&amp;#039;s most advanced hospitals to revolutionary new approaches in India and Africa, Dr. Mark Britnell makes it clear what works—and what does not. Short and concise, this book gives a truly global perspective on the fundamental workforce issues facing health systems today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare
Author: Mark Britnell
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
By 2030, the world will be short of approximately fifteen million health workers—a fifth of the workforce needed to keep healthcare systems going. Global healthcare leader and award-winning author, Dr. Mark Britnell, uses his unique insights from advising governments, executives, and clinicians in more than seventy countries, to present solutions to this impending crisis.   Human: Solving the Global Workforce Crisis in Healthcare calls for a reframing of the global debate about health and national wealth, and invites us to deal with this problem in new and adaptive ways that drive economic and human prosperity. Harnessing technology, it asks us to reimagine new models of care and levels of workforce agility.   Drawing on experiences ranging from the world&amp;#039;s most advanced hospitals to revolutionary new approaches in India and Africa, Dr. Mark Britnell makes it clear what works—and what does not. Short and concise, this book gives a truly global perspective on the fundamental workforce issues facing health systems today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Atrial Fibrillation Explained: Understanding The Next Cardiac Epidemic by Warrick Bishop</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Atrial Fibrillation Explained: Understanding The Next Cardiac Epidemic
Author: Warrick Bishop
Narrator: Simon P Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It is very likely that you or someone you love is one of the 30 million people worldwide who has the &amp;#039;irregularly irregular&amp;#039; heartbeat of atrial fibrillation. Or, it is possible that you may be among the people who do not realise they have this highly unpredictable condition, the impact of which can range from inconvenience to blackout, heart failure or stroke. An ageing population and our Western lifestyle are ensuring that the prevalence of atrial fibrillation, often referred to by its initials, AF, is increasing at such a rate that it is predicted to be the next cardiac epidemic. Despite it being so widespread, AF does not allow a one-treatment-for-all approach. While it can be managed, currently AF cannot be cured, so you could have it for a long time. Atrial Fibrillation Explained is a must-read for sufferers and those who care about them, medical practitioners and anyone planning to live into a healthy, old age. Having a better understanding of AF as a disease and learning about its treatment will open up meaningful conversations between patients and their medical practitioners, leading to greater insight into the best way to look after the condition in personal sets of circumstances. This book is a must-read for you.</description>
      <author>Warrick Bishop</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982762803.mp3" length="1377507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982762803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Atrial Fibrillation Explained: Understanding The Next Cardiac Epidemic
Author: Warrick Bishop
Narrator: Simon P Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It is very likely that you or someone you love is one of the 30 million people worldwide who has the &amp;#039;irregularly irregular&amp;#039; heartbeat of atrial fibrillation. Or, it is possible that you may be among the people who do not realise they have this highly unpredictable condition, the impact of which can range from inconvenience to blackout, heart failure or stroke. An ageing population and our Western lifestyle are ensuring that the prevalence of atrial fibrillation, often referred to by its initials, AF, is increasing at such a rate that it is predicted to be the next cardiac epidemic. Despite it being so widespread, AF does not allow a one-treatment-for-all approach. While it can be managed, currently AF cannot be cured, so you could have it for a long time. Atrial Fibrillation Explained is a must-read for sufferers and those who care about them, medical practitioners and anyone planning to live into a healthy, old age. Having a better understanding of AF as a disease and learning about its treatment will open up meaningful conversations between patients and their medical practitioners, leading to greater insight into the best way to look after the condition in personal sets of circumstances. This book is a must-read for you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Atrial Fibrillation Explained: Understanding The Next Cardiac Epidemic
Author: Warrick Bishop
Narrator: Simon P Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It is very likely that you or someone you love is one of the 30 million people worldwide who has the &amp;#039;irregularly irregular&amp;#039; heartbeat of atrial fibrillation. Or, it is possible that you may be among the people who do not realise they have this highly unpredictable condition, the impact of which can range from inconvenience to blackout, heart failure or stroke. An ageing population and our Western lifestyle are ensuring that the prevalence of atrial fibrillation, often referred to by its initials, AF, is increasing at such a rate that it is predicted to be the next cardiac epidemic. Despite it being so widespread, AF does not allow a one-treatment-for-all approach. While it can be managed, currently AF cannot be cured, so you could have it for a long time. Atrial Fibrillation Explained is a must-read for sufferers and those who care about them, medical practitioners and anyone planning to live into a healthy, old age. Having a better understanding of AF as a disease and learning about its treatment will open up meaningful conversations between patients and their medical practitioners, leading to greater insight into the best way to look after the condition in personal sets of circumstances. This book is a must-read for you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life by Andy Abril, Barbara K. Bruce</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life
Author: Andy Abril, Barbara K. Bruce
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive.</description>
      <author>Andy Abril, Barbara K. Bruce</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980047063.mp3" length="1266610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980047063.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life
Author: Andy Abril, Barbara K. Bruce
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life
Author: Andy Abril, Barbara K. Bruce
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, 5th Edition by Scott C. Litin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, 5th Edition
Author: Scott C. Litin
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 111 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing upon the research and expertise of more than 4,500 renowned physicians, this reference manual provides a clear look at the causes, symptoms, and treatment options for hundreds of potential health conditions. With almost 1,400 pages of updated content, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book is a comprehensive health guide for the whole family.In the completely revised fifth edition of the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, the experts at Mayo Clinic bring you in-depth information about health issues that can affect you at any age. From offering medical guidance for treating minor cuts, bruises, bites, or blisters, to identifying warning signs of more serious medical issues, this book gives a helpful overview for health conditions you may encounter as a parent, caretaker, or regular healthy adult.The book is broken down into 5 convenient sections:·       Injuries and Symptoms·       Pregnancy and Healthy Children·       Healthy Adults·       Diseases and Disorders·       Tests and TreatmentsAs a busy adult, it can be difficult to track down information about living a healthy lifestyle. In addition to outlining medical guidance concerning vaccinations, nutrition and fitness, managing stress, and overcoming unhealthy behaviors, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book explains diseases and disorders that can develop as we age, like sleep disorders, diabetes, mental illnesses, digestive problems, and different types of cancers.And just as adult health conditions change with age, the same can be said for children. Whether it&amp;#039;s healthcare for infants and toddlers or preteens and teenagers, this comprehensive manual helps give parents insight into every health condition their kids may face during all stages of childhood. While the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book serves as a helpful tool to keep and reference throughout life, the book also provides essential medical information that may be needed in emergency situations. With detailed descriptions for performing CPR, the Heimlich Maneuver, and treating severe bleeds and burns, this book is an invaluable resource to study to help you prepare for the worst-case scenario.</description>
      <author>Scott C. Litin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038696.mp3" length="1324316" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038696.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>111:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, 5th Edition
Author: Scott C. Litin
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 111 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing upon the research and expertise of more than 4,500 renowned physicians, this reference manual provides a clear look at the causes, symptoms, and treatment options for hundreds of potential health conditions. With almost 1,400 pages of updated content, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book is a comprehensive health guide for the whole family.In the completely revised fifth edition of the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, the experts at Mayo Clinic bring you in-depth information about health issues that can affect you at any age. From offering medical guidance for treating minor cuts, bruises, bites, or blisters, to identifying warning signs of more serious medical issues, this book gives a helpful overview for health conditions you may encounter as a parent, caretaker, or regular healthy adult.The book is broken down into 5 convenient sections:·       Injuries and Symptoms·       Pregnancy and Healthy Children·       Healthy Adults·       Diseases and Disorders·       Tests and TreatmentsAs a busy adult, it can be difficult to track down information about living a healthy lifestyle. In addition to outlining medical guidance concerning vaccinations, nutrition and fitness, managing stress, and overcoming unhealthy behaviors, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book explains diseases and disorders that can develop as we age, like sleep disorders, diabetes, mental illnesses, digestive problems, and different types of cancers.And just as adult health conditions change with age, the same can be said for children. Whether it&amp;#039;s healthcare for infants and toddlers or preteens and teenagers, this comprehensive manual helps give parents insight into every health condition their kids may face during all stages of childhood. While the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book serves as a helpful tool to keep and reference throughout life, the book also provides essential medical information that may be needed in emergency situations. With detailed descriptions for performing CPR, the Heimlich Maneuver, and treating severe bleeds and burns, this book is an invaluable resource to study to help you prepare for the worst-case scenario.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, 5th Edition
Author: Scott C. Litin
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 111 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing upon the research and expertise of more than 4,500 renowned physicians, this reference manual provides a clear look at the causes, symptoms, and treatment options for hundreds of potential health conditions. With almost 1,400 pages of updated content, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book is a comprehensive health guide for the whole family.In the completely revised fifth edition of the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book, the experts at Mayo Clinic bring you in-depth information about health issues that can affect you at any age. From offering medical guidance for treating minor cuts, bruises, bites, or blisters, to identifying warning signs of more serious medical issues, this book gives a helpful overview for health conditions you may encounter as a parent, caretaker, or regular healthy adult.The book is broken down into 5 convenient sections:·       Injuries and Symptoms·       Pregnancy and Healthy Children·       Healthy Adults·       Diseases and Disorders·       Tests and TreatmentsAs a busy adult, it can be difficult to track down information about living a healthy lifestyle. In addition to outlining medical guidance concerning vaccinations, nutrition and fitness, managing stress, and overcoming unhealthy behaviors, the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book explains diseases and disorders that can develop as we age, like sleep disorders, diabetes, mental illnesses, digestive problems, and different types of cancers.And just as adult health conditions change with age, the same can be said for children. Whether it&amp;#039;s healthcare for infants and toddlers or preteens and teenagers, this comprehensive manual helps give parents insight into every health condition their kids may face during all stages of childhood. While the Mayo Clinic Family Health Book serves as a helpful tool to keep and reference throughout life, the book also provides essential medical information that may be needed in emergency situations. With detailed descriptions for performing CPR, the Heimlich Maneuver, and treating severe bleeds and burns, this book is an invaluable resource to study to help you prepare for the worst-case scenario.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Big Problems: A Former Fat Guy&amp;#039;s Look at Why We&amp;#039;re Getting Fatter and What You Can Do to Fix It by Andy Boyle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Problems: A Former Fat Guy&amp;#039;s Look at Why We&amp;#039;re Getting Fatter and What You Can Do to Fix It
Author: Andy Boyle
Narrator: Andy Boyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A smart, funny dive into the weight-loss industry, from a journalist on a quest to master healthy living Like many of us, Andy Boyle struggled with his weight all his life. But it wasn&amp;#039;t until one fateful pants-splitting incident that he realized he really ought to do something about it. Since then he has lost the weight. And put it back on. And lost it again. As he fumbled through his weight-loss journey, Andy learned the hard way that there&amp;#039;s a difference between real, effective methods and the crap that big businesses are trying to sell you. In Big Problems, Andy explores the reasons why we&amp;#039;ve gotten fat in the first place as well as real ways to lose those extra pounds. Through interviews with health experts, doctors, runners, bodybuilders and more, he unpacks the truths hidden beneath the hype, including: - Are superfoods really all that super? - Why the heck are you so hungry all the time? - Is it better to go for a run or lift weights? - Does dieting work? (Spoiler alert: No) While he is by no means an expert, Andy Boyle&amp;#039;s hands-on experience and insightful research cuts through the bullshit and gives it to you straight. This funny and useful book will have you lacing up your workout shoes and saying &amp;#039;no&amp;#039; to that second beer. (Well, maybe sometimes...)</description>
      <author>Andy Boyle</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593166697.mp3" length="2683185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593166697.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Problems: A Former Fat Guy&amp;#039;s Look at Why We&amp;#039;re Getting Fatter and What You Can Do to Fix It
Author: Andy Boyle
Narrator: Andy Boyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A smart, funny dive into the weight-loss industry, from a journalist on a quest to master healthy living Like many of us, Andy Boyle struggled with his weight all his life. But it wasn&amp;#039;t until one fateful pants-splitting incident that he realized he really ought to do something about it. Since then he has lost the weight. And put it back on. And lost it again. As he fumbled through his weight-loss journey, Andy learned the hard way that there&amp;#039;s a difference between real, effective methods and the crap that big businesses are trying to sell you. In Big Problems, Andy explores the reasons why we&amp;#039;ve gotten fat in the first place as well as real ways to lose those extra pounds. Through interviews with health experts, doctors, runners, bodybuilders and more, he unpacks the truths hidden beneath the hype, including: - Are superfoods really all that super? - Why the heck are you so hungry all the time? - Is it better to go for a run or lift weights? - Does dieting work? (Spoiler alert: No) While he is by no means an expert, Andy Boyle&amp;#039;s hands-on experience and insightful research cuts through the bullshit and gives it to you straight. This funny and useful book will have you lacing up your workout shoes and saying &amp;#039;no&amp;#039; to that second beer. (Well, maybe sometimes...)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Problems: A Former Fat Guy&amp;#039;s Look at Why We&amp;#039;re Getting Fatter and What You Can Do to Fix It
Author: Andy Boyle
Narrator: Andy Boyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A smart, funny dive into the weight-loss industry, from a journalist on a quest to master healthy living Like many of us, Andy Boyle struggled with his weight all his life. But it wasn&amp;#039;t until one fateful pants-splitting incident that he realized he really ought to do something about it. Since then he has lost the weight. And put it back on. And lost it again. As he fumbled through his weight-loss journey, Andy learned the hard way that there&amp;#039;s a difference between real, effective methods and the crap that big businesses are trying to sell you. In Big Problems, Andy explores the reasons why we&amp;#039;ve gotten fat in the first place as well as real ways to lose those extra pounds. Through interviews with health experts, doctors, runners, bodybuilders and more, he unpacks the truths hidden beneath the hype, including: - Are superfoods really all that super? - Why the heck are you so hungry all the time? - Is it better to go for a run or lift weights? - Does dieting work? (Spoiler alert: No) While he is by no means an expert, Andy Boyle&amp;#039;s hands-on experience and insightful research cuts through the bullshit and gives it to you straight. This funny and useful book will have you lacing up your workout shoes and saying &amp;#039;no&amp;#039; to that second beer. (Well, maybe sometimes...)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Seven Weeks to Sobriety: The Proven Program to Fight Alcoholism through Nutrition by Joan Matthews Larson PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seven Weeks to Sobriety: The Proven Program to Fight Alcoholism through Nutrition
Author: Joan Matthews Larson PhD
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to this book and you will embark on a groundbreaking seven-week journey that will change your life. You will learn how to break your addiction to alcohol and end your cravings—and do it under your own power. Here, step-by-step, is a proven, seven-week program developed by Dr. Joan Matthews Larson at the innovative Health Recovery Center in Minneapolis, that subdues your body&amp;#039;s addictive chemistry and puts you on the path to full recovery.</description>
      <author>Joan Matthews Larson PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155490.mp3" length="8683950" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155490.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seven Weeks to Sobriety: The Proven Program to Fight Alcoholism through Nutrition
Author: Joan Matthews Larson PhD
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to this book and you will embark on a groundbreaking seven-week journey that will change your life. You will learn how to break your addiction to alcohol and end your cravings—and do it under your own power. Here, step-by-step, is a proven, seven-week program developed by Dr. Joan Matthews Larson at the innovative Health Recovery Center in Minneapolis, that subdues your body&amp;#039;s addictive chemistry and puts you on the path to full recovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seven Weeks to Sobriety: The Proven Program to Fight Alcoholism through Nutrition
Author: Joan Matthews Larson PhD
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to this book and you will embark on a groundbreaking seven-week journey that will change your life. You will learn how to break your addiction to alcohol and end your cravings—and do it under your own power. Here, step-by-step, is a proven, seven-week program developed by Dr. Joan Matthews Larson at the innovative Health Recovery Center in Minneapolis, that subdues your body&amp;#039;s addictive chemistry and puts you on the path to full recovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nutrition For Dummies: 6th Edition by Carol Ann Rinzler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nutrition For Dummies: 6th Edition
Author: Carol Ann Rinzler
Narrator: Rebecca Rush
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the straight facts on nutrition, slim down, and feel great You&amp;#039;ve been hearing it since you were a kid: &amp;#039;You are what you eat.&amp;#039; And this wise saying is true! Good nutrition is the key to achieving and maintaining a healthy weight and lifelong good health—no matter how you slice it. Nutrition For Dummies, 6th Edition is a one-size-fits-all guide to nutrition that shows you how to manage your diet so you get the most bang for your buck. This book gives you the know-how to put together a shopping list, prepare healthy foods, and easily cut calories. The latest edition of The Dietary Guidelines for Americans encourages individuals to eat a healthful diet—one that focuses on foods and beverages that help achieve and maintain a healthy weight, promote health, and prevent chronic disease. This updated edition of Nutrition For Dummies reflects the latest suggested guidelines and details in plain English so you can incorporate these recommendations for living a nutritionally sound life. You&amp;#039;ll get updated RDAs on vitamins and nutritional supplements; find out why you should eat more fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, and other plant-based foods; understand the importance of cholesterol for brain health; get the latest information on obesity; and more.</description>
      <author>Carol Ann Rinzler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151133.mp3" length="8057599" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151133.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nutrition For Dummies: 6th Edition
Author: Carol Ann Rinzler
Narrator: Rebecca Rush
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the straight facts on nutrition, slim down, and feel great You&amp;#039;ve been hearing it since you were a kid: &amp;#039;You are what you eat.&amp;#039; And this wise saying is true! Good nutrition is the key to achieving and maintaining a healthy weight and lifelong good health—no matter how you slice it. Nutrition For Dummies, 6th Edition is a one-size-fits-all guide to nutrition that shows you how to manage your diet so you get the most bang for your buck. This book gives you the know-how to put together a shopping list, prepare healthy foods, and easily cut calories. The latest edition of The Dietary Guidelines for Americans encourages individuals to eat a healthful diet—one that focuses on foods and beverages that help achieve and maintain a healthy weight, promote health, and prevent chronic disease. This updated edition of Nutrition For Dummies reflects the latest suggested guidelines and details in plain English so you can incorporate these recommendations for living a nutritionally sound life. You&amp;#039;ll get updated RDAs on vitamins and nutritional supplements; find out why you should eat more fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, and other plant-based foods; understand the importance of cholesterol for brain health; get the latest information on obesity; and more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387322</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nutrition For Dummies: 6th Edition
Author: Carol Ann Rinzler
Narrator: Rebecca Rush
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the straight facts on nutrition, slim down, and feel great You&amp;#039;ve been hearing it since you were a kid: &amp;#039;You are what you eat.&amp;#039; And this wise saying is true! Good nutrition is the key to achieving and maintaining a healthy weight and lifelong good health—no matter how you slice it. Nutrition For Dummies, 6th Edition is a one-size-fits-all guide to nutrition that shows you how to manage your diet so you get the most bang for your buck. This book gives you the know-how to put together a shopping list, prepare healthy foods, and easily cut calories. The latest edition of The Dietary Guidelines for Americans encourages individuals to eat a healthful diet—one that focuses on foods and beverages that help achieve and maintain a healthy weight, promote health, and prevent chronic disease. This updated edition of Nutrition For Dummies reflects the latest suggested guidelines and details in plain English so you can incorporate these recommendations for living a nutritionally sound life. You&amp;#039;ll get updated RDAs on vitamins and nutritional supplements; find out why you should eat more fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, and other plant-based foods; understand the importance of cholesterol for brain health; get the latest information on obesity; and more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional&amp;#039;s Guide to a Fulfilling Career by Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional&amp;#039;s Guide to a Fulfilling Career
Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD
Narrator: Amy Ippoliti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga.</description>
      <author>Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346803.mp3" length="7762647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional&amp;#039;s Guide to a Fulfilling Career
Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD
Narrator: Amy Ippoliti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional&amp;#039;s Guide to a Fulfilling Career
Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD
Narrator: Amy Ippoliti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes by Roy Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Roy Taylor
Narrator: Roy Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Roy Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062988973.mp3" length="1286195" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062988973.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Roy Taylor
Narrator: Roy Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Roy Taylor
Narrator: Roy Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding by Teresa Pitman, Dr. Jack Newman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding
Author: Teresa Pitman, Dr. Jack Newman
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Breastfeeding is the natural and healthy way to nourish your baby, yet it&amp;#039;s not always easy. New mothers need practical information about getting off to a good start and solving breastfeeding challenges. Health professionals need this information too, because it is rarely taught in medical school. Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding covers the most common problems and questions that mothers encounter: How do I help my baby to get a good latch? How can I know if my baby is getting enough milk? How can I help him get more? Can I avoid sore nipples? Will my medication affect my baby? How do I fit breastfeeding into my life when I&amp;#039;m so busy? The answers are here. Dr. Jack Newman and Teresa Pitman are two of the foremost lactation experts in Canada and have helped tens of thousands of new mothers find solutions that work. In this comprehensive guide, they share the most current information about breastfeeding and provide new, effective strategies and solutions to make breastfeeding work for you.</description>
      <author>Teresa Pitman, Dr. Jack Newman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933496.mp3" length="8206113" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding
Author: Teresa Pitman, Dr. Jack Newman
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Breastfeeding is the natural and healthy way to nourish your baby, yet it&amp;#039;s not always easy. New mothers need practical information about getting off to a good start and solving breastfeeding challenges. Health professionals need this information too, because it is rarely taught in medical school. Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding covers the most common problems and questions that mothers encounter: How do I help my baby to get a good latch? How can I know if my baby is getting enough milk? How can I help him get more? Can I avoid sore nipples? Will my medication affect my baby? How do I fit breastfeeding into my life when I&amp;#039;m so busy? The answers are here. Dr. Jack Newman and Teresa Pitman are two of the foremost lactation experts in Canada and have helped tens of thousands of new mothers find solutions that work. In this comprehensive guide, they share the most current information about breastfeeding and provide new, effective strategies and solutions to make breastfeeding work for you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding
Author: Teresa Pitman, Dr. Jack Newman
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Breastfeeding is the natural and healthy way to nourish your baby, yet it&amp;#039;s not always easy. New mothers need practical information about getting off to a good start and solving breastfeeding challenges. Health professionals need this information too, because it is rarely taught in medical school. Dr. Jack Newman&amp;#039;s Guide to Breastfeeding covers the most common problems and questions that mothers encounter: How do I help my baby to get a good latch? How can I know if my baby is getting enough milk? How can I help him get more? Can I avoid sore nipples? Will my medication affect my baby? How do I fit breastfeeding into my life when I&amp;#039;m so busy? The answers are here. Dr. Jack Newman and Teresa Pitman are two of the foremost lactation experts in Canada and have helped tens of thousands of new mothers find solutions that work. In this comprehensive guide, they share the most current information about breastfeeding and provide new, effective strategies and solutions to make breastfeeding work for you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Season Solution: A Groundbreaking New Plan for Feeling Better, Living Well, and Powering Down Our Always-On Lives by Dallas Hartwig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Season Solution: A Groundbreaking New Plan for Feeling Better, Living Well, and Powering Down Our Always-On Lives
Author: Dallas Hartwig
Narrator: Dallas Hartwig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“A revolutionary new paradigm for better health, and a brilliant practical remedy for our current epidemics of stress, fatigue, and poor health” (Dr. Ranjan Chatterjee, bestselling author of How to Make Disease Disappear). From the New York Times bestselling coauthor of The Whole30 and It Starts With Food comes a groundbreaking model for living in sync with the natural world. By making small but meaningful changes to the four keys of wellness—how you sleep, eat, move, and connect—over the course of the year, you will reclaim your health, regain your vitality, and let go of excess weight. But it doesn’t take 365 days to feel results—better sleep, more energy, and a brighter outlook come within just a few days of living seasonally.   It is time to reconnect with the natural rhythms that make our bodies healthy. At once a bold new philosophy and an accessible plan to live well all year long, The 4 Season Solution is “the answer to our stressful, unbalanced lives” (Robb Wolf, New York Times bestselling author) and a new health paradigm for an increasingly unhealthy world.</description>
      <author>Dallas Hartwig</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299653.mp3" length="886554" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299653.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Season Solution: A Groundbreaking New Plan for Feeling Better, Living Well, and Powering Down Our Always-On Lives
Author: Dallas Hartwig
Narrator: Dallas Hartwig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“A revolutionary new paradigm for better health, and a brilliant practical remedy for our current epidemics of stress, fatigue, and poor health” (Dr. Ranjan Chatterjee, bestselling author of How to Make Disease Disappear). From the New York Times bestselling coauthor of The Whole30 and It Starts With Food comes a groundbreaking model for living in sync with the natural world. By making small but meaningful changes to the four keys of wellness—how you sleep, eat, move, and connect—over the course of the year, you will reclaim your health, regain your vitality, and let go of excess weight. But it doesn’t take 365 days to feel results—better sleep, more energy, and a brighter outlook come within just a few days of living seasonally.   It is time to reconnect with the natural rhythms that make our bodies healthy. At once a bold new philosophy and an accessible plan to live well all year long, The 4 Season Solution is “the answer to our stressful, unbalanced lives” (Robb Wolf, New York Times bestselling author) and a new health paradigm for an increasingly unhealthy world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Season Solution: A Groundbreaking New Plan for Feeling Better, Living Well, and Powering Down Our Always-On Lives
Author: Dallas Hartwig
Narrator: Dallas Hartwig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“A revolutionary new paradigm for better health, and a brilliant practical remedy for our current epidemics of stress, fatigue, and poor health” (Dr. Ranjan Chatterjee, bestselling author of How to Make Disease Disappear). From the New York Times bestselling coauthor of The Whole30 and It Starts With Food comes a groundbreaking model for living in sync with the natural world. By making small but meaningful changes to the four keys of wellness—how you sleep, eat, move, and connect—over the course of the year, you will reclaim your health, regain your vitality, and let go of excess weight. But it doesn’t take 365 days to feel results—better sleep, more energy, and a brighter outlook come within just a few days of living seasonally.   It is time to reconnect with the natural rhythms that make our bodies healthy. At once a bold new philosophy and an accessible plan to live well all year long, The 4 Season Solution is “the answer to our stressful, unbalanced lives” (Robb Wolf, New York Times bestselling author) and a new health paradigm for an increasingly unhealthy world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Switch: Ignite Your Metabolism with Intermittent Fasting, Protein Cycling, and Keto by James W. Clement</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Ignite Your Metabolism with Intermittent Fasting, Protein Cycling, and Keto
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you lose weight, ease chronic conditions, and stay healthier longer? Discover how to “rewrite your health destiny” (David Perlmutter, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain) with this accessible book that teaches you how to flip the switch on your metabolism with intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and keto.  Within each of us is an ancient mechanism that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat burning, and protects cells from becoming dysfunctional—or turning cancerous. It’s called autophagy, and when it’s turned on, the complex operation not only can slow down the aging process, it can optimize biological function as a whole, helping to stave off all manner of diseases and affording us the healthy life spans we never thought possible. It’s the body’s ultimate switch to life.   So how can we positively activate this switch? How frequently should we fast and for how long? Which foods dial up autophagy or, conversely, turn it down? How much exercise and what types are recommended? What’s the sweet spot between intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and ketogenic eating?   Backed by a wealth of scientific data and featuring a gallery of guidelines to follow for lasting results, “The Switch offers a paradigm shift in the way we think about health—and how to avoid decline and illness. This is a must read” (Mark Hyman, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</description>
      <author>James W. Clement</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797100449.mp3" length="869868" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797100449.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Ignite Your Metabolism with Intermittent Fasting, Protein Cycling, and Keto
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you lose weight, ease chronic conditions, and stay healthier longer? Discover how to “rewrite your health destiny” (David Perlmutter, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain) with this accessible book that teaches you how to flip the switch on your metabolism with intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and keto.  Within each of us is an ancient mechanism that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat burning, and protects cells from becoming dysfunctional—or turning cancerous. It’s called autophagy, and when it’s turned on, the complex operation not only can slow down the aging process, it can optimize biological function as a whole, helping to stave off all manner of diseases and affording us the healthy life spans we never thought possible. It’s the body’s ultimate switch to life.   So how can we positively activate this switch? How frequently should we fast and for how long? Which foods dial up autophagy or, conversely, turn it down? How much exercise and what types are recommended? What’s the sweet spot between intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and ketogenic eating?   Backed by a wealth of scientific data and featuring a gallery of guidelines to follow for lasting results, “The Switch offers a paradigm shift in the way we think about health—and how to avoid decline and illness. This is a must read” (Mark Hyman, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Switch: Ignite Your Metabolism with Intermittent Fasting, Protein Cycling, and Keto
Author: James W. Clement
Narrator: Michael David Axtell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you lose weight, ease chronic conditions, and stay healthier longer? Discover how to “rewrite your health destiny” (David Perlmutter, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain) with this accessible book that teaches you how to flip the switch on your metabolism with intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and keto.  Within each of us is an ancient mechanism that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat burning, and protects cells from becoming dysfunctional—or turning cancerous. It’s called autophagy, and when it’s turned on, the complex operation not only can slow down the aging process, it can optimize biological function as a whole, helping to stave off all manner of diseases and affording us the healthy life spans we never thought possible. It’s the body’s ultimate switch to life.   So how can we positively activate this switch? How frequently should we fast and for how long? Which foods dial up autophagy or, conversely, turn it down? How much exercise and what types are recommended? What’s the sweet spot between intermittent fasting, protein cycling, and ketogenic eating?   Backed by a wealth of scientific data and featuring a gallery of guidelines to follow for lasting results, “The Switch offers a paradigm shift in the way we think about health—and how to avoid decline and illness. This is a must read” (Mark Hyman, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Activate Your Vagus Nerve: Unleash Your Body’s Natural Ability to Overcome Gut Sensitivities, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Brain Fog, Anxiety and Depression by Dr. Navaz Habib</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Activate Your Vagus Nerve: Unleash Your Body’s Natural Ability to Overcome Gut Sensitivities, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Brain Fog, Anxiety and Depression
Author: Dr. Navaz Habib
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Repair your vagus nerve and experience amazing health and wellness benefits Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart, and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve&amp;#039;s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this book will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance.</description>
      <author>Dr. Navaz Habib</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630157470.mp3" length="8536309" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630157470.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Activate Your Vagus Nerve: Unleash Your Body’s Natural Ability to Overcome Gut Sensitivities, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Brain Fog, Anxiety and Depression
Author: Dr. Navaz Habib
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Repair your vagus nerve and experience amazing health and wellness benefits Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart, and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve&amp;#039;s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this book will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Activate Your Vagus Nerve: Unleash Your Body’s Natural Ability to Overcome Gut Sensitivities, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Brain Fog, Anxiety and Depression
Author: Dr. Navaz Habib
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Repair your vagus nerve and experience amazing health and wellness benefits Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart, and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve&amp;#039;s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this book will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing with Hemp CBD Oil: A Simple Guide to Using Powerful and Proven Health Benefits of CBD by Earl Mindell RPh MH PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing with Hemp CBD Oil: A Simple Guide to Using Powerful and Proven Health Benefits of CBD
Author: Earl Mindell RPh MH PhD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The health benefits of marijuana are now getting a good deal of attention. Yet hemp—a close relative of marijuana—is actually a far richer source of CBD, the compound responsible for effectively treating dozens of disorders, and contains very little THC, the substance responsible for marijuana&amp;#039;s highs. Sounds like growing and using hemp is a win-win situation, right? Not quite, because the U.S. government, which holds the patent for CBD specifically because of its healing abilities, has unfairly classified hemp as a Class 1 drug, thereby banning people in the United States from growing it commercially. If you find this confusing, you&amp;#039;re not alone. That&amp;#039;s why bestselling author Earl Mindell has written Healing with Hemp CBD Oil, a straightforward book that will first help you understand what&amp;#039;s going on with hemp oil in the United States, and then teach you how to use this valuable natural remedy to improve your health. Although the United States has given CBD-rich hemp a problematic legal status, fortunately, this product—sourced from other countries—is readily available. Healing with Hemp CBD Oil guides you in using this all-natural substance as a safe, side effect-free remedy.</description>
      <author>Earl Mindell RPh MH PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151270.mp3" length="8417960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151270.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing with Hemp CBD Oil: A Simple Guide to Using Powerful and Proven Health Benefits of CBD
Author: Earl Mindell RPh MH PhD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The health benefits of marijuana are now getting a good deal of attention. Yet hemp—a close relative of marijuana—is actually a far richer source of CBD, the compound responsible for effectively treating dozens of disorders, and contains very little THC, the substance responsible for marijuana&amp;#039;s highs. Sounds like growing and using hemp is a win-win situation, right? Not quite, because the U.S. government, which holds the patent for CBD specifically because of its healing abilities, has unfairly classified hemp as a Class 1 drug, thereby banning people in the United States from growing it commercially. If you find this confusing, you&amp;#039;re not alone. That&amp;#039;s why bestselling author Earl Mindell has written Healing with Hemp CBD Oil, a straightforward book that will first help you understand what&amp;#039;s going on with hemp oil in the United States, and then teach you how to use this valuable natural remedy to improve your health. Although the United States has given CBD-rich hemp a problematic legal status, fortunately, this product—sourced from other countries—is readily available. Healing with Hemp CBD Oil guides you in using this all-natural substance as a safe, side effect-free remedy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing with Hemp CBD Oil: A Simple Guide to Using Powerful and Proven Health Benefits of CBD
Author: Earl Mindell RPh MH PhD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The health benefits of marijuana are now getting a good deal of attention. Yet hemp—a close relative of marijuana—is actually a far richer source of CBD, the compound responsible for effectively treating dozens of disorders, and contains very little THC, the substance responsible for marijuana&amp;#039;s highs. Sounds like growing and using hemp is a win-win situation, right? Not quite, because the U.S. government, which holds the patent for CBD specifically because of its healing abilities, has unfairly classified hemp as a Class 1 drug, thereby banning people in the United States from growing it commercially. If you find this confusing, you&amp;#039;re not alone. That&amp;#039;s why bestselling author Earl Mindell has written Healing with Hemp CBD Oil, a straightforward book that will first help you understand what&amp;#039;s going on with hemp oil in the United States, and then teach you how to use this valuable natural remedy to improve your health. Although the United States has given CBD-rich hemp a problematic legal status, fortunately, this product—sourced from other countries—is readily available. Healing with Hemp CBD Oil guides you in using this all-natural substance as a safe, side effect-free remedy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Marina S. Kurian MD, Barbara Thompson, Brian K. Davidson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Marina S. Kurian MD, Barbara Thompson, Brian K. Davidson
Narrator: Emily Durante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Sixty percent of individuals over the age of twenty—or 58 million people in the U.S.—are overweight. As the obesity epidemic continues to grow, many Americans are researching the benefits and complications of weight-loss surgeries. Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the most up-to-date and authoritative guide to understanding the impact of surgical weight-loss before, during, and after surgery. Weight-loss surgery is often an overweight person&amp;#039;s last resort, and it comes with many risks, questions, and fears. So how do you know if it&amp;#039;s right for you? Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you expert guidance on knowing whether you qualify for the procedures, advice on choosing the best center and doctor, and trusted information on evaluating the risks involved. Plus, it helps you plan to finance the procedure, prepare for surgery, and achieve the best results as you adjust to a new diet and lifestyle post-surgery. If you or a loved one is considering gastric bypass surgery, Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you everything you need to decide if it&amp;#039;s the right course of action, what to expect during recovery, and how to ensure the best results through healthy eating behaviors and regular physical activity.</description>
      <author>Marina S. Kurian MD, Barbara Thompson, Brian K. Davidson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151256.mp3" length="7684333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151256.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Marina S. Kurian MD, Barbara Thompson, Brian K. Davidson
Narrator: Emily Durante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Sixty percent of individuals over the age of twenty—or 58 million people in the U.S.—are overweight. As the obesity epidemic continues to grow, many Americans are researching the benefits and complications of weight-loss surgeries. Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the most up-to-date and authoritative guide to understanding the impact of surgical weight-loss before, during, and after surgery. Weight-loss surgery is often an overweight person&amp;#039;s last resort, and it comes with many risks, questions, and fears. So how do you know if it&amp;#039;s right for you? Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you expert guidance on knowing whether you qualify for the procedures, advice on choosing the best center and doctor, and trusted information on evaluating the risks involved. Plus, it helps you plan to finance the procedure, prepare for surgery, and achieve the best results as you adjust to a new diet and lifestyle post-surgery. If you or a loved one is considering gastric bypass surgery, Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you everything you need to decide if it&amp;#039;s the right course of action, what to expect during recovery, and how to ensure the best results through healthy eating behaviors and regular physical activity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Marina S. Kurian MD, Barbara Thompson, Brian K. Davidson
Narrator: Emily Durante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Sixty percent of individuals over the age of twenty—or 58 million people in the U.S.—are overweight. As the obesity epidemic continues to grow, many Americans are researching the benefits and complications of weight-loss surgeries. Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the most up-to-date and authoritative guide to understanding the impact of surgical weight-loss before, during, and after surgery. Weight-loss surgery is often an overweight person&amp;#039;s last resort, and it comes with many risks, questions, and fears. So how do you know if it&amp;#039;s right for you? Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you expert guidance on knowing whether you qualify for the procedures, advice on choosing the best center and doctor, and trusted information on evaluating the risks involved. Plus, it helps you plan to finance the procedure, prepare for surgery, and achieve the best results as you adjust to a new diet and lifestyle post-surgery. If you or a loved one is considering gastric bypass surgery, Weight Loss Surgery For Dummies gives you everything you need to decide if it&amp;#039;s the right course of action, what to expect during recovery, and how to ensure the best results through healthy eating behaviors and regular physical activity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running That Doesn&amp;#039;t Suck: How to Love Running (Even If You Think You Hate It) by Lisa Jhung</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running That Doesn&amp;#039;t Suck: How to Love Running (Even If You Think You Hate It)
Author: Lisa Jhung
Narrator: Christie Moreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Running doesn&amp;#039;t have to suck. Ease yourself into a comfortable routine (promise!) with this hilarious and approachable guide to workouts and nutrition from an experienced athlete. We&amp;#039;ve all side-eyed the chipper runners jogging by in their short-shorts and &amp;#039;Fun Run&amp;#039;-finisher tops and felt a little envious. How do they get out there and do it every day? How did they become Runners? Though it&amp;#039;s theoretically one of the most natural sports for humans, the general response to running tends to be, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s hard. It sucks. I wish I could do it.&amp;#039; If you want to enjoy running, this helpful and humorous guide will get you started, keep you going, and teach you to &amp;#039;embrace the suckiness&amp;#039; (Hint: You don&amp;#039;t have to run at 6 a.m. and you definitely don&amp;#039;t have to wear short-shorts). You&amp;#039;ll also find body maintenance tips, nutritional guidance, and running etiquette pointers. And, when you&amp;#039;re feeling discouraged, Jhung&amp;#039;s down-to-earth advice will help you stay motivated and confident. With smartly organized chapters that you can read in any order, this book includes insights from professional runners, sports psychologists, coaches, physical therapists, and Jhung&amp;#039;s own two-decade writing and running career. Whether you&amp;#039;re looking for inspiration or setting specific goals, this book has everything you need to get hooked on the sport.</description>
      <author>Lisa Jhung</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549176012.mp3" length="843392" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549176012.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running That Doesn&amp;#039;t Suck: How to Love Running (Even If You Think You Hate It)
Author: Lisa Jhung
Narrator: Christie Moreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Running doesn&amp;#039;t have to suck. Ease yourself into a comfortable routine (promise!) with this hilarious and approachable guide to workouts and nutrition from an experienced athlete. We&amp;#039;ve all side-eyed the chipper runners jogging by in their short-shorts and &amp;#039;Fun Run&amp;#039;-finisher tops and felt a little envious. How do they get out there and do it every day? How did they become Runners? Though it&amp;#039;s theoretically one of the most natural sports for humans, the general response to running tends to be, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s hard. It sucks. I wish I could do it.&amp;#039; If you want to enjoy running, this helpful and humorous guide will get you started, keep you going, and teach you to &amp;#039;embrace the suckiness&amp;#039; (Hint: You don&amp;#039;t have to run at 6 a.m. and you definitely don&amp;#039;t have to wear short-shorts). You&amp;#039;ll also find body maintenance tips, nutritional guidance, and running etiquette pointers. And, when you&amp;#039;re feeling discouraged, Jhung&amp;#039;s down-to-earth advice will help you stay motivated and confident. With smartly organized chapters that you can read in any order, this book includes insights from professional runners, sports psychologists, coaches, physical therapists, and Jhung&amp;#039;s own two-decade writing and running career. Whether you&amp;#039;re looking for inspiration or setting specific goals, this book has everything you need to get hooked on the sport.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running That Doesn&amp;#039;t Suck: How to Love Running (Even If You Think You Hate It)
Author: Lisa Jhung
Narrator: Christie Moreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Running doesn&amp;#039;t have to suck. Ease yourself into a comfortable routine (promise!) with this hilarious and approachable guide to workouts and nutrition from an experienced athlete. We&amp;#039;ve all side-eyed the chipper runners jogging by in their short-shorts and &amp;#039;Fun Run&amp;#039;-finisher tops and felt a little envious. How do they get out there and do it every day? How did they become Runners? Though it&amp;#039;s theoretically one of the most natural sports for humans, the general response to running tends to be, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s hard. It sucks. I wish I could do it.&amp;#039; If you want to enjoy running, this helpful and humorous guide will get you started, keep you going, and teach you to &amp;#039;embrace the suckiness&amp;#039; (Hint: You don&amp;#039;t have to run at 6 a.m. and you definitely don&amp;#039;t have to wear short-shorts). You&amp;#039;ll also find body maintenance tips, nutritional guidance, and running etiquette pointers. And, when you&amp;#039;re feeling discouraged, Jhung&amp;#039;s down-to-earth advice will help you stay motivated and confident. With smartly organized chapters that you can read in any order, this book includes insights from professional runners, sports psychologists, coaches, physical therapists, and Jhung&amp;#039;s own two-decade writing and running career. Whether you&amp;#039;re looking for inspiration or setting specific goals, this book has everything you need to get hooked on the sport.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps by Gianluca Pistore, Oreste Maria Petrillo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps
Author: Gianluca Pistore, Oreste Maria Petrillo
Narrator: Houria E.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Histoire de formation et motivation qui accompagne le lecteur par la main à la recherche des dépassements de ses peurs et de l&amp;#039;achèvement de ses rêves. Le livre raconte l&amp;#039;histoire, sous la forme d&amp;#039;un récit de sport et motivation, d&amp;#039;un garçon pauvre des favelas du Brésil qui doit faire face à un défi: échapper de son monde de pauvreté et laideur et devenir un homme et un champion dans la vie et dans le sport. Il sera aidé par deux entraîneurs particuliers...Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps est l&amp;#039;histoire que tous ont vécu quand la force de l&amp;#039;esprit qui poussait vers le haut était plus forte des poids qui nous tiraient vers le bas. C&amp;#039;est une histoire qui fait mal....un récit pour ceux qui n&amp;#039;acceptent pas d&amp;#039;excuses. Pour ceux qui décident et atteignent leurs propres objectifs. C&amp;#039;est une histoire pour ceux qui souffrent mais veulent encore espérer et surtout réussir. C&amp;#039;est une histoire commune à plusieurs personnes puisque nous aussi dans la vie avons été maitrisés par quelqu&amp;#039;un ou quelque chose. Et quelques-uns entre nous ont eu la force de relever la tête et revenir à combattre. Cette histoire est dédiée à toi, n&amp;#039;importe quelle bataille tu es en train de combattre. Grâce à Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps tu peux la vaincre. Voilà ce que tu découvriras vraiment dans l&amp;#039;histoire. En particulier tu verras comme un simple récit peut changer ta vie. Comment a fait-il Carlos à échapper de Rocinha ? Comment a fait-il George à le faire devenir un champion ? Quel programme d&amp;#039;entraînement a utilisé Carlos pour vaincre sa compétition ? Comment a entrainé-t-il son esprit ? Et toi, quelle est la bataille que tu vaincras ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Gianluca Pistore, Oreste Maria Petrillo</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788893985383.mp3" length="1516079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788893985383.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps
Author: Gianluca Pistore, Oreste Maria Petrillo
Narrator: Houria E.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Histoire de formation et motivation qui accompagne le lecteur par la main à la recherche des dépassements de ses peurs et de l&amp;#039;achèvement de ses rêves. Le livre raconte l&amp;#039;histoire, sous la forme d&amp;#039;un récit de sport et motivation, d&amp;#039;un garçon pauvre des favelas du Brésil qui doit faire face à un défi: échapper de son monde de pauvreté et laideur et devenir un homme et un champion dans la vie et dans le sport. Il sera aidé par deux entraîneurs particuliers...Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps est l&amp;#039;histoire que tous ont vécu quand la force de l&amp;#039;esprit qui poussait vers le haut était plus forte des poids qui nous tiraient vers le bas. C&amp;#039;est une histoire qui fait mal....un récit pour ceux qui n&amp;#039;acceptent pas d&amp;#039;excuses. Pour ceux qui décident et atteignent leurs propres objectifs. C&amp;#039;est une histoire pour ceux qui souffrent mais veulent encore espérer et surtout réussir. C&amp;#039;est une histoire commune à plusieurs personnes puisque nous aussi dans la vie avons été maitrisés par quelqu&amp;#039;un ou quelque chose. Et quelques-uns entre nous ont eu la force de relever la tête et revenir à combattre. Cette histoire est dédiée à toi, n&amp;#039;importe quelle bataille tu es en train de combattre. Grâce à Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps tu peux la vaincre. Voilà ce que tu découvriras vraiment dans l&amp;#039;histoire. En particulier tu verras comme un simple récit peut changer ta vie. Comment a fait-il Carlos à échapper de Rocinha ? Comment a fait-il George à le faire devenir un champion ? Quel programme d&amp;#039;entraînement a utilisé Carlos pour vaincre sa compétition ? Comment a entrainé-t-il son esprit ? Et toi, quelle est la bataille que tu vaincras ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps
Author: Gianluca Pistore, Oreste Maria Petrillo
Narrator: Houria E.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Histoire de formation et motivation qui accompagne le lecteur par la main à la recherche des dépassements de ses peurs et de l&amp;#039;achèvement de ses rêves. Le livre raconte l&amp;#039;histoire, sous la forme d&amp;#039;un récit de sport et motivation, d&amp;#039;un garçon pauvre des favelas du Brésil qui doit faire face à un défi: échapper de son monde de pauvreté et laideur et devenir un homme et un champion dans la vie et dans le sport. Il sera aidé par deux entraîneurs particuliers...Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps est l&amp;#039;histoire que tous ont vécu quand la force de l&amp;#039;esprit qui poussait vers le haut était plus forte des poids qui nous tiraient vers le bas. C&amp;#039;est une histoire qui fait mal....un récit pour ceux qui n&amp;#039;acceptent pas d&amp;#039;excuses. Pour ceux qui décident et atteignent leurs propres objectifs. C&amp;#039;est une histoire pour ceux qui souffrent mais veulent encore espérer et surtout réussir. C&amp;#039;est une histoire commune à plusieurs personnes puisque nous aussi dans la vie avons été maitrisés par quelqu&amp;#039;un ou quelque chose. Et quelques-uns entre nous ont eu la force de relever la tête et revenir à combattre. Cette histoire est dédiée à toi, n&amp;#039;importe quelle bataille tu es en train de combattre. Grâce à Le Secret De L&amp;#039;Esprit Et Du Corps tu peux la vaincre. Voilà ce que tu découvriras vraiment dans l&amp;#039;histoire. En particulier tu verras comme un simple récit peut changer ta vie. Comment a fait-il Carlos à échapper de Rocinha ? Comment a fait-il George à le faire devenir un champion ? Quel programme d&amp;#039;entraînement a utilisé Carlos pour vaincre sa compétition ? Comment a entrainé-t-il son esprit ? Et toi, quelle est la bataille que tu vaincras ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living Gluten-Free For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Danna Korn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Gluten-Free For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Danna Korn
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Practical, delicious ways to manage a gluten-free diet If you have a wheat allergy, gluten intolerance, celiac disease, or you just want to enjoy the benefits of a diet free of wheat, barley, and rye, then this guide is for you. Trusted author Danna Korn explains the medical problems associated with gluten and shows you step by step how to make the transition to a gluten-free lifestyle—and love it! With new and revised content, this easy-to-understand reference includes coverage of the most recent testing methods, an updated section on the link between a gluten-free diet and improving behaviors in the autistic, new information about the genetics of celiac disease, expanded coverage on the gluten-free certification process, increased nutritional information, and updated recipes. ● Sixty-five delicious recipes plus tips on eating out ● Guidance on how to shop and decipher food labels ● Advice on how to raise happy gluten-free kids Covering the practical, medical, and emotional aspects of the lifestyle, Living Gluten-Free For Dummies, 2nd Edition offers hope and inspiration as you make the switch to a life free of gluten.</description>
      <author>Danna Korn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151195.mp3" length="8337450" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151195.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Gluten-Free For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Danna Korn
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Practical, delicious ways to manage a gluten-free diet If you have a wheat allergy, gluten intolerance, celiac disease, or you just want to enjoy the benefits of a diet free of wheat, barley, and rye, then this guide is for you. Trusted author Danna Korn explains the medical problems associated with gluten and shows you step by step how to make the transition to a gluten-free lifestyle—and love it! With new and revised content, this easy-to-understand reference includes coverage of the most recent testing methods, an updated section on the link between a gluten-free diet and improving behaviors in the autistic, new information about the genetics of celiac disease, expanded coverage on the gluten-free certification process, increased nutritional information, and updated recipes. ● Sixty-five delicious recipes plus tips on eating out ● Guidance on how to shop and decipher food labels ● Advice on how to raise happy gluten-free kids Covering the practical, medical, and emotional aspects of the lifestyle, Living Gluten-Free For Dummies, 2nd Edition offers hope and inspiration as you make the switch to a life free of gluten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Gluten-Free For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Danna Korn
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Practical, delicious ways to manage a gluten-free diet If you have a wheat allergy, gluten intolerance, celiac disease, or you just want to enjoy the benefits of a diet free of wheat, barley, and rye, then this guide is for you. Trusted author Danna Korn explains the medical problems associated with gluten and shows you step by step how to make the transition to a gluten-free lifestyle—and love it! With new and revised content, this easy-to-understand reference includes coverage of the most recent testing methods, an updated section on the link between a gluten-free diet and improving behaviors in the autistic, new information about the genetics of celiac disease, expanded coverage on the gluten-free certification process, increased nutritional information, and updated recipes. ● Sixty-five delicious recipes plus tips on eating out ● Guidance on how to shop and decipher food labels ● Advice on how to raise happy gluten-free kids Covering the practical, medical, and emotional aspects of the lifestyle, Living Gluten-Free For Dummies, 2nd Edition offers hope and inspiration as you make the switch to a life free of gluten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Genius Life: Heal Your Mind, Strengthen Your Body, and Become Extraordinary by Max Lugavere</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Life: Heal Your Mind, Strengthen Your Body, and Become Extraordinary
Series: #2 of Genius Living
Author: Max Lugavere
Narrator: Max Lugavere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestselling Genius Foods is back with a lifestyle program for resetting your brain and body to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;factory settings,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to help fight fatigue, anxiety, and depression and to optimize cognitive health for a longer and healthier life. The human body was honed under unique conditions that no longer exist. The modern world has changed dramatically since our days as hunter gatherers, and it has caused widespread anxiety, stress, and disease, leaving our brains in disrepair. But science proves that the body and brain can be healed with the intervention of lifestyle protocols that help us to regain our cognitive birthright.  In the Genius Life, Lugavere expands the Genius Foods plan, which focused on nutrition and how it affects brain health, and expands it to encompass a full lifestyle protocol. We know now that the health of our brains—including our cognitive function and emotional wellness—depend on the health of our gut, endocrine, cardiac and nervous systems as there is a constant feedback loop between all systems. Drawing on globe-spanning research into circadian biology, psychology, dementia prevention, cognitive optimization, and exercise physiology, the Genius Life shows how to integrate healthy choices in all aspects of our daily routines: eating, exercising, sleeping, detoxing, and more to create a healthy foundation for optimal cognitive health and performance. Among Max’s groundbreaking findings, you will discover: - A trick that gives you the equivalent of a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;marathon&amp;#039;&amp;#039; workout, in 10 minutes - How to get the benefits of an extra 1-2 extra servings of veggies daily without eating them - The hidden everyday chemicals that could be making you fat and sick - How to boost melatonin levels by up to 60% for deeper sleep without supplements The book features an achievable prescriptive 21-day plan for Genius Living that includes daily workouts, meal plans, and meal prep tips, and accompanied with helpful suggestions for healthy swaps and snacks.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Max Lugavere</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062984838.mp3" length="1297665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062984838.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Life: Heal Your Mind, Strengthen Your Body, and Become Extraordinary
Series: #2 of Genius Living
Author: Max Lugavere
Narrator: Max Lugavere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestselling Genius Foods is back with a lifestyle program for resetting your brain and body to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;factory settings,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to help fight fatigue, anxiety, and depression and to optimize cognitive health for a longer and healthier life. The human body was honed under unique conditions that no longer exist. The modern world has changed dramatically since our days as hunter gatherers, and it has caused widespread anxiety, stress, and disease, leaving our brains in disrepair. But science proves that the body and brain can be healed with the intervention of lifestyle protocols that help us to regain our cognitive birthright.  In the Genius Life, Lugavere expands the Genius Foods plan, which focused on nutrition and how it affects brain health, and expands it to encompass a full lifestyle protocol. We know now that the health of our brains—including our cognitive function and emotional wellness—depend on the health of our gut, endocrine, cardiac and nervous systems as there is a constant feedback loop between all systems. Drawing on globe-spanning research into circadian biology, psychology, dementia prevention, cognitive optimization, and exercise physiology, the Genius Life shows how to integrate healthy choices in all aspects of our daily routines: eating, exercising, sleeping, detoxing, and more to create a healthy foundation for optimal cognitive health and performance. Among Max’s groundbreaking findings, you will discover: - A trick that gives you the equivalent of a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;marathon&amp;#039;&amp;#039; workout, in 10 minutes - How to get the benefits of an extra 1-2 extra servings of veggies daily without eating them - The hidden everyday chemicals that could be making you fat and sick - How to boost melatonin levels by up to 60% for deeper sleep without supplements The book features an achievable prescriptive 21-day plan for Genius Living that includes daily workouts, meal plans, and meal prep tips, and accompanied with helpful suggestions for healthy swaps and snacks.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Life: Heal Your Mind, Strengthen Your Body, and Become Extraordinary
Series: #2 of Genius Living
Author: Max Lugavere
Narrator: Max Lugavere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestselling Genius Foods is back with a lifestyle program for resetting your brain and body to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;factory settings,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to help fight fatigue, anxiety, and depression and to optimize cognitive health for a longer and healthier life. The human body was honed under unique conditions that no longer exist. The modern world has changed dramatically since our days as hunter gatherers, and it has caused widespread anxiety, stress, and disease, leaving our brains in disrepair. But science proves that the body and brain can be healed with the intervention of lifestyle protocols that help us to regain our cognitive birthright.  In the Genius Life, Lugavere expands the Genius Foods plan, which focused on nutrition and how it affects brain health, and expands it to encompass a full lifestyle protocol. We know now that the health of our brains—including our cognitive function and emotional wellness—depend on the health of our gut, endocrine, cardiac and nervous systems as there is a constant feedback loop between all systems. Drawing on globe-spanning research into circadian biology, psychology, dementia prevention, cognitive optimization, and exercise physiology, the Genius Life shows how to integrate healthy choices in all aspects of our daily routines: eating, exercising, sleeping, detoxing, and more to create a healthy foundation for optimal cognitive health and performance. Among Max’s groundbreaking findings, you will discover: - A trick that gives you the equivalent of a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;marathon&amp;#039;&amp;#039; workout, in 10 minutes - How to get the benefits of an extra 1-2 extra servings of veggies daily without eating them - The hidden everyday chemicals that could be making you fat and sick - How to boost melatonin levels by up to 60% for deeper sleep without supplements The book features an achievable prescriptive 21-day plan for Genius Living that includes daily workouts, meal plans, and meal prep tips, and accompanied with helpful suggestions for healthy swaps and snacks.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dad&amp;#039;s Guide To Pregnancy For Dummies by Sharon Perkins RN, Mathew Miller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dad&amp;#039;s Guide To Pregnancy For Dummies
Author: Sharon Perkins RN, Mathew Miller
Narrator: Joe Hempel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Every father-to-be&amp;#039;s handbook for knowing what to expect when expecting! In today&amp;#039;s world, men are more involved in their wives&amp;#039; pregnancies than ever before. This 2nd Edition of Dad&amp;#039;s Guide to Pregnancy For Dummies gives new fathers a hands-on guide that covers all of the logistical, physical, and emotional aspects of pregnancy. It is a wealth of information on topics, such as setting up the nursery, childbirth 101, and how to take care of your newborn. The book includes ideas for knowing the right time to break the news and the pregnancy timeline. Once the baby arrives, this handbook gives you the low-down on what you can expect during the first six months, such as how to change diapers and feed the little one. You&amp;#039;ll also explore much more in-depth topics such as the new technology behind ultrasounds, and the information that is gleaned from them, the lowdown on vaccination updates, information to take the fear out of cesarean sections, tips on prenatal depression, new developments on infertility treatments, and so much more! If you&amp;#039;re going to be a new dad, this survival guide of what to expect as your bundle of joy is on the way is the complete, accessible resource for preparing with your partner.</description>
      <author>Sharon Perkins RN, Mathew Miller</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151010.mp3" length="7562654" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151010.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dad&amp;#039;s Guide To Pregnancy For Dummies
Author: Sharon Perkins RN, Mathew Miller
Narrator: Joe Hempel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Every father-to-be&amp;#039;s handbook for knowing what to expect when expecting! In today&amp;#039;s world, men are more involved in their wives&amp;#039; pregnancies than ever before. This 2nd Edition of Dad&amp;#039;s Guide to Pregnancy For Dummies gives new fathers a hands-on guide that covers all of the logistical, physical, and emotional aspects of pregnancy. It is a wealth of information on topics, such as setting up the nursery, childbirth 101, and how to take care of your newborn. The book includes ideas for knowing the right time to break the news and the pregnancy timeline. Once the baby arrives, this handbook gives you the low-down on what you can expect during the first six months, such as how to change diapers and feed the little one. You&amp;#039;ll also explore much more in-depth topics such as the new technology behind ultrasounds, and the information that is gleaned from them, the lowdown on vaccination updates, information to take the fear out of cesarean sections, tips on prenatal depression, new developments on infertility treatments, and so much more! If you&amp;#039;re going to be a new dad, this survival guide of what to expect as your bundle of joy is on the way is the complete, accessible resource for preparing with your partner.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dad&amp;#039;s Guide To Pregnancy For Dummies
Author: Sharon Perkins RN, Mathew Miller
Narrator: Joe Hempel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Every father-to-be&amp;#039;s handbook for knowing what to expect when expecting! In today&amp;#039;s world, men are more involved in their wives&amp;#039; pregnancies than ever before. This 2nd Edition of Dad&amp;#039;s Guide to Pregnancy For Dummies gives new fathers a hands-on guide that covers all of the logistical, physical, and emotional aspects of pregnancy. It is a wealth of information on topics, such as setting up the nursery, childbirth 101, and how to take care of your newborn. The book includes ideas for knowing the right time to break the news and the pregnancy timeline. Once the baby arrives, this handbook gives you the low-down on what you can expect during the first six months, such as how to change diapers and feed the little one. You&amp;#039;ll also explore much more in-depth topics such as the new technology behind ultrasounds, and the information that is gleaned from them, the lowdown on vaccination updates, information to take the fear out of cesarean sections, tips on prenatal depression, new developments on infertility treatments, and so much more! If you&amp;#039;re going to be a new dad, this survival guide of what to expect as your bundle of joy is on the way is the complete, accessible resource for preparing with your partner.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss by Joel Fuhrman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss
Author: Joel Fuhrman
Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed.  Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Joel Fuhrman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062984043.mp3" length="1353323" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062984043.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss
Author: Joel Fuhrman
Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed.  Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss
Author: Joel Fuhrman
Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed.  Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Quémalo: Por qué tu báscula se estancó y qué comer para resolverlo by Eve Adamson, Haylie Pomroy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quémalo: Por qué tu báscula se estancó y qué comer para resolverlo
Author: Eve Adamson, Haylie Pomroy
Narrator: Carla Barreto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Haylie Pomroy crea un plan basado en comida y en objetivos específicos de pérdida de peso dirigido a todos aquellos que desean adelgazar rápidamente y que no cuentan con 28 días para generar el cambio.  La autora de La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, éxito instantáneo de ventas, te dice qué comer cuando tienes que perder peso rápido.  Pierde 5 kilos en 10 días. No importa cuál sea el problema: Quémalo te ayudará a alcanzar tus metas.  Éste es un libro para gente que necesita una intervención urgente para perder peso rápido. Es para aquellos que están atascados y no logran deshacerse de los kilos que les sobran para llegar a su objetivo.  En vez de seleccionar comidas con base en sus micronutrientes o su índice glicémico, como en La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, en Quémalo Haylie Pomroy ha seleccionado comidas, hierbas, tes, especias y combinaciones específicas con base en su índice termogénico o su habilidad para quemar grasa, a pesar de la resistencia que opone el cuerpo.  Quémalo puede intervenir con una microreparación poderosa para tres disfunciones específicas:  1. Inflamación, que es un problema con la reacción inmediata de tu cuerpo hacia la comida que ingieres.  2. Problemas digestivos, que es un problema con tu forma de procesar la comida.  3. Desequilibrio hormonal, que es un problema con el equilibrio de tu cuerpo entre la producción y la síntesis de las hormonas.  www.ladietadelmetabolismoacelerado.com</description>
      <author>Eve Adamson, Haylie Pomroy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073182836.mp3" length="3073734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073182836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quémalo: Por qué tu báscula se estancó y qué comer para resolverlo
Author: Eve Adamson, Haylie Pomroy
Narrator: Carla Barreto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Haylie Pomroy crea un plan basado en comida y en objetivos específicos de pérdida de peso dirigido a todos aquellos que desean adelgazar rápidamente y que no cuentan con 28 días para generar el cambio.  La autora de La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, éxito instantáneo de ventas, te dice qué comer cuando tienes que perder peso rápido.  Pierde 5 kilos en 10 días. No importa cuál sea el problema: Quémalo te ayudará a alcanzar tus metas.  Éste es un libro para gente que necesita una intervención urgente para perder peso rápido. Es para aquellos que están atascados y no logran deshacerse de los kilos que les sobran para llegar a su objetivo.  En vez de seleccionar comidas con base en sus micronutrientes o su índice glicémico, como en La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, en Quémalo Haylie Pomroy ha seleccionado comidas, hierbas, tes, especias y combinaciones específicas con base en su índice termogénico o su habilidad para quemar grasa, a pesar de la resistencia que opone el cuerpo.  Quémalo puede intervenir con una microreparación poderosa para tres disfunciones específicas:  1. Inflamación, que es un problema con la reacción inmediata de tu cuerpo hacia la comida que ingieres.  2. Problemas digestivos, que es un problema con tu forma de procesar la comida.  3. Desequilibrio hormonal, que es un problema con el equilibrio de tu cuerpo entre la producción y la síntesis de las hormonas.  www.ladietadelmetabolismoacelerado.com</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quémalo: Por qué tu báscula se estancó y qué comer para resolverlo
Author: Eve Adamson, Haylie Pomroy
Narrator: Carla Barreto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Haylie Pomroy crea un plan basado en comida y en objetivos específicos de pérdida de peso dirigido a todos aquellos que desean adelgazar rápidamente y que no cuentan con 28 días para generar el cambio.  La autora de La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, éxito instantáneo de ventas, te dice qué comer cuando tienes que perder peso rápido.  Pierde 5 kilos en 10 días. No importa cuál sea el problema: Quémalo te ayudará a alcanzar tus metas.  Éste es un libro para gente que necesita una intervención urgente para perder peso rápido. Es para aquellos que están atascados y no logran deshacerse de los kilos que les sobran para llegar a su objetivo.  En vez de seleccionar comidas con base en sus micronutrientes o su índice glicémico, como en La dieta del metabolismo acelerado, en Quémalo Haylie Pomroy ha seleccionado comidas, hierbas, tes, especias y combinaciones específicas con base en su índice termogénico o su habilidad para quemar grasa, a pesar de la resistencia que opone el cuerpo.  Quémalo puede intervenir con una microreparación poderosa para tres disfunciones específicas:  1. Inflamación, que es un problema con la reacción inmediata de tu cuerpo hacia la comida que ingieres.  2. Problemas digestivos, que es un problema con tu forma de procesar la comida.  3. Desequilibrio hormonal, que es un problema con el equilibrio de tu cuerpo entre la producción y la síntesis de las hormonas.  www.ladietadelmetabolismoacelerado.com</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Reprográmate: El (infalible) plan neuroayurvédico para perder peso y desintoxicarte by Kulreet Chaudhary, Eve Adamson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Reprográmate: El (infalible) plan neuroayurvédico para perder peso y desintoxicarte
Author: Kulreet Chaudhary, Eve Adamson
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Deja de hacer dietas al revés!  The New York Times Bestseller.  ¿Ninguna dieta te funciona? Este libro te ofrece las claves para desintoxicar tu cuerpo a fondo y perder peso con un programa de alimentación único en su tipo, que tiende un puente entre el ayurveda -el sistema de curación natural más antiguo de la humanidad- y la vanguardia de la medicina occidental.  La neuróloga Kulreet Chaudhary descubrió un maravilloso efecto secundario de los suplementos ayurvédicos y las recomendaciones de alimentación y estilo de vida que recetaba a sus pacientes: espontáneamente perdían los kilos de más. Ahora, en su primer libro, nos revela ese sistema neuroayurvédico que comienza por equilibrar el sistema digestivo para deshacerte de las toxinas, quemar la grasa extra y agilizar la mente.  Reprográmate te explica por qué cuando el cuerpo está intoxicado es imposible bajar de peso de manera duradera. La solución es una profunda limpieza interna y algunos sencillos ajustes en tus hábitos cotidianos para acabar con los antojos poco saludables (no te preocupes, no se requiere de fuerza de voluntad), adelgazar y llenarte de energía.  El plan de la doctora Chaudhary no se basa en prohibiciones ni en comidas obligadas: Reprográmate le da un vuelco de 180 grados a todo lo que creíamos saber sobre salud y alimentación para dejar de hacer dietas al revés, recuperar nuestra salud neurológica y comenzar a perder peso instantáneamente.  Otros autores han opinado:  &amp;#039;Reprográmate es una extraordinaria fusión de la sabiduría ancestral y la ciencia de vanguardia&amp;#039; Dr. David Pelmutter, autor de Cerebro de pan</description>
      <author>Kulreet Chaudhary, Eve Adamson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073179942.mp3" length="1454996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073179942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Reprográmate: El (infalible) plan neuroayurvédico para perder peso y desintoxicarte
Author: Kulreet Chaudhary, Eve Adamson
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Deja de hacer dietas al revés!  The New York Times Bestseller.  ¿Ninguna dieta te funciona? Este libro te ofrece las claves para desintoxicar tu cuerpo a fondo y perder peso con un programa de alimentación único en su tipo, que tiende un puente entre el ayurveda -el sistema de curación natural más antiguo de la humanidad- y la vanguardia de la medicina occidental.  La neuróloga Kulreet Chaudhary descubrió un maravilloso efecto secundario de los suplementos ayurvédicos y las recomendaciones de alimentación y estilo de vida que recetaba a sus pacientes: espontáneamente perdían los kilos de más. Ahora, en su primer libro, nos revela ese sistema neuroayurvédico que comienza por equilibrar el sistema digestivo para deshacerte de las toxinas, quemar la grasa extra y agilizar la mente.  Reprográmate te explica por qué cuando el cuerpo está intoxicado es imposible bajar de peso de manera duradera. La solución es una profunda limpieza interna y algunos sencillos ajustes en tus hábitos cotidianos para acabar con los antojos poco saludables (no te preocupes, no se requiere de fuerza de voluntad), adelgazar y llenarte de energía.  El plan de la doctora Chaudhary no se basa en prohibiciones ni en comidas obligadas: Reprográmate le da un vuelco de 180 grados a todo lo que creíamos saber sobre salud y alimentación para dejar de hacer dietas al revés, recuperar nuestra salud neurológica y comenzar a perder peso instantáneamente.  Otros autores han opinado:  &amp;#039;Reprográmate es una extraordinaria fusión de la sabiduría ancestral y la ciencia de vanguardia&amp;#039; Dr. David Pelmutter, autor de Cerebro de pan</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Reprográmate: El (infalible) plan neuroayurvédico para perder peso y desintoxicarte
Author: Kulreet Chaudhary, Eve Adamson
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Deja de hacer dietas al revés!  The New York Times Bestseller.  ¿Ninguna dieta te funciona? Este libro te ofrece las claves para desintoxicar tu cuerpo a fondo y perder peso con un programa de alimentación único en su tipo, que tiende un puente entre el ayurveda -el sistema de curación natural más antiguo de la humanidad- y la vanguardia de la medicina occidental.  La neuróloga Kulreet Chaudhary descubrió un maravilloso efecto secundario de los suplementos ayurvédicos y las recomendaciones de alimentación y estilo de vida que recetaba a sus pacientes: espontáneamente perdían los kilos de más. Ahora, en su primer libro, nos revela ese sistema neuroayurvédico que comienza por equilibrar el sistema digestivo para deshacerte de las toxinas, quemar la grasa extra y agilizar la mente.  Reprográmate te explica por qué cuando el cuerpo está intoxicado es imposible bajar de peso de manera duradera. La solución es una profunda limpieza interna y algunos sencillos ajustes en tus hábitos cotidianos para acabar con los antojos poco saludables (no te preocupes, no se requiere de fuerza de voluntad), adelgazar y llenarte de energía.  El plan de la doctora Chaudhary no se basa en prohibiciones ni en comidas obligadas: Reprográmate le da un vuelco de 180 grados a todo lo que creíamos saber sobre salud y alimentación para dejar de hacer dietas al revés, recuperar nuestra salud neurológica y comenzar a perder peso instantáneamente.  Otros autores han opinado:  &amp;#039;Reprográmate es una extraordinaria fusión de la sabiduría ancestral y la ciencia de vanguardia&amp;#039; Dr. David Pelmutter, autor de Cerebro de pan</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feed Your Soul: Nutritional Wisdom to Lose Weight Permanently and Live Fulfilled by Carly Pollack</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feed Your Soul: Nutritional Wisdom to Lose Weight Permanently and Live Fulfilled
Author: Carly Pollack
Narrator: Carly Robins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DISCOVER LONG-TERM SATISFACTION AND VITALITY Countless diets, cleanses, and thirty-day challenges are geared to help people lose weight, heal their digestion, and have more energy. Yet these temporary protocols fall short when it comes to true transformation. Nutritionist Carly Pollack lived a vicious cycle of weight ups and downs until trial and error, and over a decade of formal study in health and healing, led her to the insights she has since shared with thousands. In Feed Your Soul, she presents her unique understanding of body science, brain wiring, and spiritual principles to facilitate real, lasting change. Carly helps you reframe your thinking to, for example, see comfort foods as the numbing toxins they truly are and focus on long-term goals rather than immediate gratification. This no-nonsense guide will show you how feeding your soul can change your life, your health, and your body.</description>
      <author>Carly Pollack</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933861.mp3" length="7618681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933861.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feed Your Soul: Nutritional Wisdom to Lose Weight Permanently and Live Fulfilled
Author: Carly Pollack
Narrator: Carly Robins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DISCOVER LONG-TERM SATISFACTION AND VITALITY Countless diets, cleanses, and thirty-day challenges are geared to help people lose weight, heal their digestion, and have more energy. Yet these temporary protocols fall short when it comes to true transformation. Nutritionist Carly Pollack lived a vicious cycle of weight ups and downs until trial and error, and over a decade of formal study in health and healing, led her to the insights she has since shared with thousands. In Feed Your Soul, she presents her unique understanding of body science, brain wiring, and spiritual principles to facilitate real, lasting change. Carly helps you reframe your thinking to, for example, see comfort foods as the numbing toxins they truly are and focus on long-term goals rather than immediate gratification. This no-nonsense guide will show you how feeding your soul can change your life, your health, and your body.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feed Your Soul: Nutritional Wisdom to Lose Weight Permanently and Live Fulfilled
Author: Carly Pollack
Narrator: Carly Robins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DISCOVER LONG-TERM SATISFACTION AND VITALITY Countless diets, cleanses, and thirty-day challenges are geared to help people lose weight, heal their digestion, and have more energy. Yet these temporary protocols fall short when it comes to true transformation. Nutritionist Carly Pollack lived a vicious cycle of weight ups and downs until trial and error, and over a decade of formal study in health and healing, led her to the insights she has since shared with thousands. In Feed Your Soul, she presents her unique understanding of body science, brain wiring, and spiritual principles to facilitate real, lasting change. Carly helps you reframe your thinking to, for example, see comfort foods as the numbing toxins they truly are and focus on long-term goals rather than immediate gratification. This no-nonsense guide will show you how feeding your soul can change your life, your health, and your body.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease For Dummies by Gary N. Guten MD MA, Jo Horne MA, Michele Tagliati MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease For Dummies
Author: Gary N. Guten MD MA, Jo Horne MA, Michele Tagliati MD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you or someone you love has been diagnosed with Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease you&amp;#039;re probably wrestling with fear, despair, and countless questions about the future. It’s brighter than you think. In Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease for Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to keep a positive attitude and lead an active, productive life as this user-friendly, guide pilots you through the important steps toward taking charge of your condition. It helps you: ● Make sure you have an accurate diagnosis ● Assemble and work with your health care team ● Inform others about your condition ● Choose the most effective medications ● And more This one-stop resource provides proven coping skills, first-hand advice, and practical tools, such as worksheets to assess care options, questions to ask doctors, and current listings of care providers.</description>
      <author>Gary N. Guten MD MA, Jo Horne MA, Michele Tagliati MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151119.mp3" length="7498749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease For Dummies
Author: Gary N. Guten MD MA, Jo Horne MA, Michele Tagliati MD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you or someone you love has been diagnosed with Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease you&amp;#039;re probably wrestling with fear, despair, and countless questions about the future. It’s brighter than you think. In Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease for Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to keep a positive attitude and lead an active, productive life as this user-friendly, guide pilots you through the important steps toward taking charge of your condition. It helps you: ● Make sure you have an accurate diagnosis ● Assemble and work with your health care team ● Inform others about your condition ● Choose the most effective medications ● And more This one-stop resource provides proven coping skills, first-hand advice, and practical tools, such as worksheets to assess care options, questions to ask doctors, and current listings of care providers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease For Dummies
Author: Gary N. Guten MD MA, Jo Horne MA, Michele Tagliati MD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
If you or someone you love has been diagnosed with Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease you&amp;#039;re probably wrestling with fear, despair, and countless questions about the future. It’s brighter than you think. In Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease for Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to keep a positive attitude and lead an active, productive life as this user-friendly, guide pilots you through the important steps toward taking charge of your condition. It helps you: ● Make sure you have an accurate diagnosis ● Assemble and work with your health care team ● Inform others about your condition ● Choose the most effective medications ● And more This one-stop resource provides proven coping skills, first-hand advice, and practical tools, such as worksheets to assess care options, questions to ask doctors, and current listings of care providers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fibromyalgia for Dummies: 2nd Edition by Roland Staud MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fibromyalgia for Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Roland Staud MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The pain you suffer from fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS) is not in your imagination. FMS is a real medical problem that can be as debilitating and demoralizing as it is mysterious. Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition, brings you the latest scientific findings on the symptoms and causes of this disease and guides you toward proven, practical steps you can take to reduce or eliminate FMS-related pain. This plain-English guide is fully updated with the latest fibromyalgia treatment options, and evaluations of new medications that have shown great promise in reducing pain. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to spot an array of symptoms and their possible causes, work with your physician to develop a treatment plan, and manage your pain at home and in the office.   Featuring moving and inspiring stories from fellow FMS sufferers who share their stories and offer invaluable tips on working your way back to wellness, Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition offers serious and sensitive guidance to help you overcome FMS and start being yourself again.</description>
      <author>Roland Staud MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630150662.mp3" length="8386819" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630150662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fibromyalgia for Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Roland Staud MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The pain you suffer from fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS) is not in your imagination. FMS is a real medical problem that can be as debilitating and demoralizing as it is mysterious. Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition, brings you the latest scientific findings on the symptoms and causes of this disease and guides you toward proven, practical steps you can take to reduce or eliminate FMS-related pain. This plain-English guide is fully updated with the latest fibromyalgia treatment options, and evaluations of new medications that have shown great promise in reducing pain. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to spot an array of symptoms and their possible causes, work with your physician to develop a treatment plan, and manage your pain at home and in the office.   Featuring moving and inspiring stories from fellow FMS sufferers who share their stories and offer invaluable tips on working your way back to wellness, Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition offers serious and sensitive guidance to help you overcome FMS and start being yourself again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fibromyalgia for Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Roland Staud MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The pain you suffer from fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS) is not in your imagination. FMS is a real medical problem that can be as debilitating and demoralizing as it is mysterious. Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition, brings you the latest scientific findings on the symptoms and causes of this disease and guides you toward proven, practical steps you can take to reduce or eliminate FMS-related pain. This plain-English guide is fully updated with the latest fibromyalgia treatment options, and evaluations of new medications that have shown great promise in reducing pain. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to spot an array of symptoms and their possible causes, work with your physician to develop a treatment plan, and manage your pain at home and in the office.   Featuring moving and inspiring stories from fellow FMS sufferers who share their stories and offer invaluable tips on working your way back to wellness, Fibromyalgia For Dummies, Second Edition offers serious and sensitive guidance to help you overcome FMS and start being yourself again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hero Maker: 12 Weeks to Superhero Fit: A Hollywood Trainer&amp;#039;s REAL Guide to Getting the Body You&amp;#039;ve Always Wanted by Duffy Gaver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hero Maker: 12 Weeks to Superhero Fit: A Hollywood Trainer&amp;#039;s REAL Guide to Getting the Body You&amp;#039;ve Always Wanted
Author: Duffy Gaver
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A breakout training and fitness audiobook by Hollywood trainer and former Navy SEAL, Duffy Gaver, featuring the tried and true workouts used by movie stars like Chris Pratt and Brad Pitt. Former Marine sniper and ex-navy Seal, Duffy Gaver is the unsung hero of Hollywood.  As a master trainer to the stars, he has transformed the bodies of actors such as Chris Hemsworth, Chris Pratt, Scarlett Johanson, Brad Pitt and many others.  He is a Hero-Maker.  Duffy is the owner of his own gym in Santa Monica. He gets the most out of his clients by making them rethink their lives.  For Duffy, the fitness industry sells a myth:  it&amp;#039;s all about the latest and greatest fads.  Back in 1965, Larry Scott won the first Mr. Olympia. There was no Nike. No thermogenic products. No supplement industry.  How did he do it then? With his will, his discipline, his desire. The things that big businesses can&amp;#039;t manufacture. The first four minute mile, the first iron man triathlon, and the first world&amp;#039;s strongest man all took place before 99% of today&amp;#039;s companies even existed. What does this prove? None of this stuff is necessary.   Inside Hero Maker, Duffy Gaver shares the knowledge and motivational sit-downs that get his stars to take hold of their own bodies. None of these stars bought their way to their impressive physiques; they earned it with old fashioned work and dedication. He will tell you what you need to do to look super heroic, and he will show you how you too can do this if you put yourself to the task. Inside, you will also find some of his game-changing workouts to help get you there. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Griffin</description>
      <author>Duffy Gaver</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250263872.mp3" length="1506135" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250263872.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hero Maker: 12 Weeks to Superhero Fit: A Hollywood Trainer&amp;#039;s REAL Guide to Getting the Body You&amp;#039;ve Always Wanted
Author: Duffy Gaver
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A breakout training and fitness audiobook by Hollywood trainer and former Navy SEAL, Duffy Gaver, featuring the tried and true workouts used by movie stars like Chris Pratt and Brad Pitt. Former Marine sniper and ex-navy Seal, Duffy Gaver is the unsung hero of Hollywood.  As a master trainer to the stars, he has transformed the bodies of actors such as Chris Hemsworth, Chris Pratt, Scarlett Johanson, Brad Pitt and many others.  He is a Hero-Maker.  Duffy is the owner of his own gym in Santa Monica. He gets the most out of his clients by making them rethink their lives.  For Duffy, the fitness industry sells a myth:  it&amp;#039;s all about the latest and greatest fads.  Back in 1965, Larry Scott won the first Mr. Olympia. There was no Nike. No thermogenic products. No supplement industry.  How did he do it then? With his will, his discipline, his desire. The things that big businesses can&amp;#039;t manufacture. The first four minute mile, the first iron man triathlon, and the first world&amp;#039;s strongest man all took place before 99% of today&amp;#039;s companies even existed. What does this prove? None of this stuff is necessary.   Inside Hero Maker, Duffy Gaver shares the knowledge and motivational sit-downs that get his stars to take hold of their own bodies. None of these stars bought their way to their impressive physiques; they earned it with old fashioned work and dedication. He will tell you what you need to do to look super heroic, and he will show you how you too can do this if you put yourself to the task. Inside, you will also find some of his game-changing workouts to help get you there. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Griffin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hero Maker: 12 Weeks to Superhero Fit: A Hollywood Trainer&amp;#039;s REAL Guide to Getting the Body You&amp;#039;ve Always Wanted
Author: Duffy Gaver
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A breakout training and fitness audiobook by Hollywood trainer and former Navy SEAL, Duffy Gaver, featuring the tried and true workouts used by movie stars like Chris Pratt and Brad Pitt. Former Marine sniper and ex-navy Seal, Duffy Gaver is the unsung hero of Hollywood.  As a master trainer to the stars, he has transformed the bodies of actors such as Chris Hemsworth, Chris Pratt, Scarlett Johanson, Brad Pitt and many others.  He is a Hero-Maker.  Duffy is the owner of his own gym in Santa Monica. He gets the most out of his clients by making them rethink their lives.  For Duffy, the fitness industry sells a myth:  it&amp;#039;s all about the latest and greatest fads.  Back in 1965, Larry Scott won the first Mr. Olympia. There was no Nike. No thermogenic products. No supplement industry.  How did he do it then? With his will, his discipline, his desire. The things that big businesses can&amp;#039;t manufacture. The first four minute mile, the first iron man triathlon, and the first world&amp;#039;s strongest man all took place before 99% of today&amp;#039;s companies even existed. What does this prove? None of this stuff is necessary.   Inside Hero Maker, Duffy Gaver shares the knowledge and motivational sit-downs that get his stars to take hold of their own bodies. None of these stars bought their way to their impressive physiques; they earned it with old fashioned work and dedication. He will tell you what you need to do to look super heroic, and he will show you how you too can do this if you put yourself to the task. Inside, you will also find some of his game-changing workouts to help get you there. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Griffin</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mind over Weight: Curb Cravings, Find Motivation, and Hit Your Number in 7 Simple Steps by Ian K. Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind over Weight: Curb Cravings, Find Motivation, and Hit Your Number in 7 Simple Steps
Author: Ian K. Smith
Narrator: Ian K. Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A motivational guide to losing weight and maintaining success by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Clean &amp;amp; Lean Every day of every year, thousands of people start some type of weight loss/transformation journey. Mind over Weight is an important weapon to add to their arsenals. While eating the right food and exercising is critical to weight loss success, Mind over Weight helps listeners win the battle by getting everything in order above the neck. It will guide readers to find their motivation, stick to a plan, and set the right goals. There are a million diet plans out there, but few address issues equally critical to weight loss success: they&amp;#039;re all in the six inches between your ears! Written by Ian K. Smith, MD, bestselling author of SHRED and The Clean 20, Mind over Weight is an easy listen with concrete steps dieters will be able to follow. Each chapter ends with a takeaway action item for listeners to complete to help create an overall strategy for body and life transformation. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</description>
      <author>Ian K. Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250260376.mp3" length="1455139" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250260376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind over Weight: Curb Cravings, Find Motivation, and Hit Your Number in 7 Simple Steps
Author: Ian K. Smith
Narrator: Ian K. Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A motivational guide to losing weight and maintaining success by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Clean &amp;amp; Lean Every day of every year, thousands of people start some type of weight loss/transformation journey. Mind over Weight is an important weapon to add to their arsenals. While eating the right food and exercising is critical to weight loss success, Mind over Weight helps listeners win the battle by getting everything in order above the neck. It will guide readers to find their motivation, stick to a plan, and set the right goals. There are a million diet plans out there, but few address issues equally critical to weight loss success: they&amp;#039;re all in the six inches between your ears! Written by Ian K. Smith, MD, bestselling author of SHRED and The Clean 20, Mind over Weight is an easy listen with concrete steps dieters will be able to follow. Each chapter ends with a takeaway action item for listeners to complete to help create an overall strategy for body and life transformation. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind over Weight: Curb Cravings, Find Motivation, and Hit Your Number in 7 Simple Steps
Author: Ian K. Smith
Narrator: Ian K. Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A motivational guide to losing weight and maintaining success by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Clean &amp;amp; Lean Every day of every year, thousands of people start some type of weight loss/transformation journey. Mind over Weight is an important weapon to add to their arsenals. While eating the right food and exercising is critical to weight loss success, Mind over Weight helps listeners win the battle by getting everything in order above the neck. It will guide readers to find their motivation, stick to a plan, and set the right goals. There are a million diet plans out there, but few address issues equally critical to weight loss success: they&amp;#039;re all in the six inches between your ears! Written by Ian K. Smith, MD, bestselling author of SHRED and The Clean 20, Mind over Weight is an easy listen with concrete steps dieters will be able to follow. Each chapter ends with a takeaway action item for listeners to complete to help create an overall strategy for body and life transformation. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Degree Revolution: How Small Shifts Lead to Big Changes by Coby Kozlowski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Degree Revolution: How Small Shifts Lead to Big Changes
Author: Coby Kozlowski
Narrator: Coby Kozlowski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. Innovative, accessible, and easily implemented, One Degree Revolution is acclaimed yoga educator and leadership coach Coby Kozlowski&amp;#039;s holistic program for self-inquiry and personal transformation. Her philosophy is deeply connected to living yoga—not just doing yoga. In fact, listeners don’t need to have ever attended a yoga class to dive into this audiobook: her thoughtful teachings are for anybody interested in learning to navigate the waves of life more skillfully and gracefully.   Imagine sailing a boat with a course set for a lifetime. If that route changes by just one navigational degree, what would happen to the journey? How far from the original trajectory would we be in one year? Five years? Ten years? Twenty years? Well, we would end up in a totally different place. In much the same way, we can change the course of our life by making a one degree shift. In other words, we don’t have to change everything about ourselves or our world to make a difference. Coby inspires listeners to dig deep, to ask powerful questions and to dive into the insights, experiments, and inquiries of living yoga: how can I best be with life?  How can the teachings of yoga direct us to see the most aligned choices, let go of past hurts, and discover deep and meaningful connections? And what are the most skillful ways we can learn to savor all that life presents? These yoga philosophies are infused with practical strategies for creating the life you truly want and having a positive impact on the world.   One Degree Revolution will guide listeners to: -access infinite personal possibilities -celebrate their authentic selves and start listening to their calling -find meaning and purpose -learn to let go and trust the unfolding of life -value taking a pause and making a fresh start when needed -challenge long-held beliefs and foster transformational change -get comfortable with being uncomfortable, and -develop their community One degree at a time.</description>
      <author>Coby Kozlowski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250264152.mp3" length="1445379" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250264152.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Degree Revolution: How Small Shifts Lead to Big Changes
Author: Coby Kozlowski
Narrator: Coby Kozlowski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. Innovative, accessible, and easily implemented, One Degree Revolution is acclaimed yoga educator and leadership coach Coby Kozlowski&amp;#039;s holistic program for self-inquiry and personal transformation. Her philosophy is deeply connected to living yoga—not just doing yoga. In fact, listeners don’t need to have ever attended a yoga class to dive into this audiobook: her thoughtful teachings are for anybody interested in learning to navigate the waves of life more skillfully and gracefully.   Imagine sailing a boat with a course set for a lifetime. If that route changes by just one navigational degree, what would happen to the journey? How far from the original trajectory would we be in one year? Five years? Ten years? Twenty years? Well, we would end up in a totally different place. In much the same way, we can change the course of our life by making a one degree shift. In other words, we don’t have to change everything about ourselves or our world to make a difference. Coby inspires listeners to dig deep, to ask powerful questions and to dive into the insights, experiments, and inquiries of living yoga: how can I best be with life?  How can the teachings of yoga direct us to see the most aligned choices, let go of past hurts, and discover deep and meaningful connections? And what are the most skillful ways we can learn to savor all that life presents? These yoga philosophies are infused with practical strategies for creating the life you truly want and having a positive impact on the world.   One Degree Revolution will guide listeners to: -access infinite personal possibilities -celebrate their authentic selves and start listening to their calling -find meaning and purpose -learn to let go and trust the unfolding of life -value taking a pause and making a fresh start when needed -challenge long-held beliefs and foster transformational change -get comfortable with being uncomfortable, and -develop their community One degree at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Degree Revolution: How Small Shifts Lead to Big Changes
Author: Coby Kozlowski
Narrator: Coby Kozlowski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. Innovative, accessible, and easily implemented, One Degree Revolution is acclaimed yoga educator and leadership coach Coby Kozlowski&amp;#039;s holistic program for self-inquiry and personal transformation. Her philosophy is deeply connected to living yoga—not just doing yoga. In fact, listeners don’t need to have ever attended a yoga class to dive into this audiobook: her thoughtful teachings are for anybody interested in learning to navigate the waves of life more skillfully and gracefully.   Imagine sailing a boat with a course set for a lifetime. If that route changes by just one navigational degree, what would happen to the journey? How far from the original trajectory would we be in one year? Five years? Ten years? Twenty years? Well, we would end up in a totally different place. In much the same way, we can change the course of our life by making a one degree shift. In other words, we don’t have to change everything about ourselves or our world to make a difference. Coby inspires listeners to dig deep, to ask powerful questions and to dive into the insights, experiments, and inquiries of living yoga: how can I best be with life?  How can the teachings of yoga direct us to see the most aligned choices, let go of past hurts, and discover deep and meaningful connections? And what are the most skillful ways we can learn to savor all that life presents? These yoga philosophies are infused with practical strategies for creating the life you truly want and having a positive impact on the world.   One Degree Revolution will guide listeners to: -access infinite personal possibilities -celebrate their authentic selves and start listening to their calling -find meaning and purpose -learn to let go and trust the unfolding of life -value taking a pause and making a fresh start when needed -challenge long-held beliefs and foster transformational change -get comfortable with being uncomfortable, and -develop their community One degree at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco.: Una guía completa de bienestar para ti y tu familia by Dr. Juan Rivera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco.: Una guía completa de bienestar para ti y tu familia
Author: Dr. Juan Rivera
Narrator: Rudy Leschhorn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Quieres ser saludable a largo plazo y para siempre? Aquí tienes la respuesta: El doctor Juan Rivera revela su plan de acción metódico y realista para que puedas lograrlo.  Olvídate de las dietas de moda y los planes de ejercicios que intimidan. En estas páginas, y con el mismo estilo ameno, sencillo y directo con que lo ves en la televisión, el doctor Juan te explica los siete mandamientos para mejorar tu salud:  Con la dieta de poquito a poco aprenderás a alimentarte bien y lograr el peso que deseas, sin trucos ni medidas extremas.    El que no camina, se oxida, por eso el doctor Juan ha diseñado un sencillo programa que te ayudará a ponerte en forma, a tu ritmo.    ¡Dormir no es un lujo, es bienestar! Aprende cómo disfrutar de un sueño reparador y a desengancharte de las pastillas para dormir con alternativas sanas.    El estrés es la epidemia del siglo y sus consecuencias son dramáticas. El doctor Juan te propone cinco pasos para manejarlo.    Descubre los efectos positivos del sexo en tu cuerpo y cómo solucionar los problemas que deterioran la vida sexual.    Cuida de la salud de tu bebé antes de concebirlo y sigue los cuatro pasos del doctor Juan para un embarazo saludable.    ¡Toma las riendas de tu salud! El doctor Juan te dice cómo evitar los errores médicos y protegerte de procedimientos innecesarios.    &amp;#039;Muchas de las personas que me ven por televisión, me escriben o me saludan en la calle creen que, en cuanto a salud y estilo de vida, soy perfecto. ¡No lo soy! Vas a encontrar en este libro historias muy personales, entre ellas algunas que hago públicas por primera vez&amp;#039;. # Doctor Juan Rivera      Conocido por la comunidad hispana por ser el corresponsal médico de la cadena Univision, el doctor Juan Rivera ha creado un completo plan de salud y bienestar para la comunidad hispana en Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco. &amp;#039;Este libro representa mi compromiso de servirle a todos los latinos que en los últimos años se han convertido en mis pacientes virtuales&amp;#039;, asegura el doctor Juan. &amp;#039;Todo mi conocimiento médico, al igual que mi pasión por mejorar la salud de nuestra comunidad, han quedado plasmados en este libro&amp;#039;.    La primera parte de Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco explica las cuatro enfermedades que amenazan la salud de los hispanos: la obesidad, la diabetes, las enfermedades del corazón y el cáncer. La segunda detalla los siete mandamientos para lograr una buena salud a largo plazo, no solo promoviendo una alimentación balanceada y ejercicio regular, pero también la importancia del descanso, el control del estrés, la vida sexual, como procrear bebés saludables y finalmente cómo evitar los errores médicos.</description>
      <author>Dr. Juan Rivera</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781949061185.mp3" length="1316041" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781949061185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco.: Una guía completa de bienestar para ti y tu familia
Author: Dr. Juan Rivera
Narrator: Rudy Leschhorn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Quieres ser saludable a largo plazo y para siempre? Aquí tienes la respuesta: El doctor Juan Rivera revela su plan de acción metódico y realista para que puedas lograrlo.  Olvídate de las dietas de moda y los planes de ejercicios que intimidan. En estas páginas, y con el mismo estilo ameno, sencillo y directo con que lo ves en la televisión, el doctor Juan te explica los siete mandamientos para mejorar tu salud:  Con la dieta de poquito a poco aprenderás a alimentarte bien y lograr el peso que deseas, sin trucos ni medidas extremas.    El que no camina, se oxida, por eso el doctor Juan ha diseñado un sencillo programa que te ayudará a ponerte en forma, a tu ritmo.    ¡Dormir no es un lujo, es bienestar! Aprende cómo disfrutar de un sueño reparador y a desengancharte de las pastillas para dormir con alternativas sanas.    El estrés es la epidemia del siglo y sus consecuencias son dramáticas. El doctor Juan te propone cinco pasos para manejarlo.    Descubre los efectos positivos del sexo en tu cuerpo y cómo solucionar los problemas que deterioran la vida sexual.    Cuida de la salud de tu bebé antes de concebirlo y sigue los cuatro pasos del doctor Juan para un embarazo saludable.    ¡Toma las riendas de tu salud! El doctor Juan te dice cómo evitar los errores médicos y protegerte de procedimientos innecesarios.    &amp;#039;Muchas de las personas que me ven por televisión, me escriben o me saludan en la calle creen que, en cuanto a salud y estilo de vida, soy perfecto. ¡No lo soy! Vas a encontrar en este libro historias muy personales, entre ellas algunas que hago públicas por primera vez&amp;#039;. # Doctor Juan Rivera      Conocido por la comunidad hispana por ser el corresponsal médico de la cadena Univision, el doctor Juan Rivera ha creado un completo plan de salud y bienestar para la comunidad hispana en Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco. &amp;#039;Este libro representa mi compromiso de servirle a todos los latinos que en los últimos años se han convertido en mis pacientes virtuales&amp;#039;, asegura el doctor Juan. &amp;#039;Todo mi conocimiento médico, al igual que mi pasión por mejorar la salud de nuestra comunidad, han quedado plasmados en este libro&amp;#039;.    La primera parte de Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco explica las cuatro enfermedades que amenazan la salud de los hispanos: la obesidad, la diabetes, las enfermedades del corazón y el cáncer. La segunda detalla los siete mandamientos para lograr una buena salud a largo plazo, no solo promoviendo una alimentación balanceada y ejercicio regular, pero también la importancia del descanso, el control del estrés, la vida sexual, como procrear bebés saludables y finalmente cómo evitar los errores médicos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco.: Una guía completa de bienestar para ti y tu familia
Author: Dr. Juan Rivera
Narrator: Rudy Leschhorn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Quieres ser saludable a largo plazo y para siempre? Aquí tienes la respuesta: El doctor Juan Rivera revela su plan de acción metódico y realista para que puedas lograrlo.  Olvídate de las dietas de moda y los planes de ejercicios que intimidan. En estas páginas, y con el mismo estilo ameno, sencillo y directo con que lo ves en la televisión, el doctor Juan te explica los siete mandamientos para mejorar tu salud:  Con la dieta de poquito a poco aprenderás a alimentarte bien y lograr el peso que deseas, sin trucos ni medidas extremas.    El que no camina, se oxida, por eso el doctor Juan ha diseñado un sencillo programa que te ayudará a ponerte en forma, a tu ritmo.    ¡Dormir no es un lujo, es bienestar! Aprende cómo disfrutar de un sueño reparador y a desengancharte de las pastillas para dormir con alternativas sanas.    El estrés es la epidemia del siglo y sus consecuencias son dramáticas. El doctor Juan te propone cinco pasos para manejarlo.    Descubre los efectos positivos del sexo en tu cuerpo y cómo solucionar los problemas que deterioran la vida sexual.    Cuida de la salud de tu bebé antes de concebirlo y sigue los cuatro pasos del doctor Juan para un embarazo saludable.    ¡Toma las riendas de tu salud! El doctor Juan te dice cómo evitar los errores médicos y protegerte de procedimientos innecesarios.    &amp;#039;Muchas de las personas que me ven por televisión, me escriben o me saludan en la calle creen que, en cuanto a salud y estilo de vida, soy perfecto. ¡No lo soy! Vas a encontrar en este libro historias muy personales, entre ellas algunas que hago públicas por primera vez&amp;#039;. # Doctor Juan Rivera      Conocido por la comunidad hispana por ser el corresponsal médico de la cadena Univision, el doctor Juan Rivera ha creado un completo plan de salud y bienestar para la comunidad hispana en Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco. &amp;#039;Este libro representa mi compromiso de servirle a todos los latinos que en los últimos años se han convertido en mis pacientes virtuales&amp;#039;, asegura el doctor Juan. &amp;#039;Todo mi conocimiento médico, al igual que mi pasión por mejorar la salud de nuestra comunidad, han quedado plasmados en este libro&amp;#039;.    La primera parte de Mejora tu salud de poquito a poco explica las cuatro enfermedades que amenazan la salud de los hispanos: la obesidad, la diabetes, las enfermedades del corazón y el cáncer. La segunda detalla los siete mandamientos para lograr una buena salud a largo plazo, no solo promoviendo una alimentación balanceada y ejercicio regular, pero también la importancia del descanso, el control del estrés, la vida sexual, como procrear bebés saludables y finalmente cómo evitar los errores médicos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Intermittent Fasting Diet Plan: Burn Fat, Stay Healthy and Live Longer! by Charles Kelso</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intermittent Fasting Diet Plan: Burn Fat, Stay Healthy and Live Longer!
Author: Charles Kelso
Narrator: Jeremy Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Choose Intermittent Fasting? The reason is actually quite simple when you think about it. You should choose intermittent fasting because it will help you achieve your weight loss goals. Even though all calories are not equal, restricting them is the key to losing weight. When you fast, you make it a whole lot easier to restrict your calorie intake. It&amp;#039;s probably the easiest dieting method to follow because it simplifies your day. Rather than having to plan three to four meals every day, you will only need to plan a couple. This cuts your effort in half! It means that you have to make fewer decisions every day. You can also use these meals to enjoy larger portions, as long as you stay below your targeted daily calorie count. Intermittent fasting will also save you money because you will be preparing fewer meals per day. More importantly, it saves you time. You only have to prepare two meals per day. That means you only need to do dishes twice per day. You only have to stop and eat twice per day. Intermittent fasting also improves your insulin resistance and growth hormone secretion. These are two key elements to losing weight and building up muscle mass. The human body is designed to fast for certain periods of time, so it is actually beneficial.</description>
      <author>Charles Kelso</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982749514.mp3" length="1470670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982749514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intermittent Fasting Diet Plan: Burn Fat, Stay Healthy and Live Longer!
Author: Charles Kelso
Narrator: Jeremy Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Choose Intermittent Fasting? The reason is actually quite simple when you think about it. You should choose intermittent fasting because it will help you achieve your weight loss goals. Even though all calories are not equal, restricting them is the key to losing weight. When you fast, you make it a whole lot easier to restrict your calorie intake. It&amp;#039;s probably the easiest dieting method to follow because it simplifies your day. Rather than having to plan three to four meals every day, you will only need to plan a couple. This cuts your effort in half! It means that you have to make fewer decisions every day. You can also use these meals to enjoy larger portions, as long as you stay below your targeted daily calorie count. Intermittent fasting will also save you money because you will be preparing fewer meals per day. More importantly, it saves you time. You only have to prepare two meals per day. That means you only need to do dishes twice per day. You only have to stop and eat twice per day. Intermittent fasting also improves your insulin resistance and growth hormone secretion. These are two key elements to losing weight and building up muscle mass. The human body is designed to fast for certain periods of time, so it is actually beneficial.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intermittent Fasting Diet Plan: Burn Fat, Stay Healthy and Live Longer!
Author: Charles Kelso
Narrator: Jeremy Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Choose Intermittent Fasting? The reason is actually quite simple when you think about it. You should choose intermittent fasting because it will help you achieve your weight loss goals. Even though all calories are not equal, restricting them is the key to losing weight. When you fast, you make it a whole lot easier to restrict your calorie intake. It&amp;#039;s probably the easiest dieting method to follow because it simplifies your day. Rather than having to plan three to four meals every day, you will only need to plan a couple. This cuts your effort in half! It means that you have to make fewer decisions every day. You can also use these meals to enjoy larger portions, as long as you stay below your targeted daily calorie count. Intermittent fasting will also save you money because you will be preparing fewer meals per day. More importantly, it saves you time. You only have to prepare two meals per day. That means you only need to do dishes twice per day. You only have to stop and eat twice per day. Intermittent fasting also improves your insulin resistance and growth hormone secretion. These are two key elements to losing weight and building up muscle mass. The human body is designed to fast for certain periods of time, so it is actually beneficial.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DASH Diet Cookbook: Decrease Blood Pressure Naturally with Delicious Everyday Recipes by Jennifer Stone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet Cookbook: Decrease Blood Pressure Naturally with Delicious Everyday Recipes
Author: Jennifer Stone
Narrator: Eva Longfellow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DASH is short for Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension. People who desire a control over their hypertension are recommended the DASH diet. Hypertension is a condition of HBP (high blood pressure) in a person. A consistent struggle with high blood pressure can usually lead to heart diseases, which is why the DASH diet becomes an extremely important solution for people. In the DASH diet plan, a person focuses on a combination of nutritious ingredients, such as whole grains, lean meats, vegetables, and fruits. Lean meat protein includes fish and chicken; however, vegans or vegetarians can choose beans in order to get lean protein. This diet plan reduces the amount of red meat, added sugars, fat and salt in meals. These are the ingredients that provide threats of hypertension in the human body.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Stone</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982749538.mp3" length="1380983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982749538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet Cookbook: Decrease Blood Pressure Naturally with Delicious Everyday Recipes
Author: Jennifer Stone
Narrator: Eva Longfellow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DASH is short for Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension. People who desire a control over their hypertension are recommended the DASH diet. Hypertension is a condition of HBP (high blood pressure) in a person. A consistent struggle with high blood pressure can usually lead to heart diseases, which is why the DASH diet becomes an extremely important solution for people. In the DASH diet plan, a person focuses on a combination of nutritious ingredients, such as whole grains, lean meats, vegetables, and fruits. Lean meat protein includes fish and chicken; however, vegans or vegetarians can choose beans in order to get lean protein. This diet plan reduces the amount of red meat, added sugars, fat and salt in meals. These are the ingredients that provide threats of hypertension in the human body.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet Cookbook: Decrease Blood Pressure Naturally with Delicious Everyday Recipes
Author: Jennifer Stone
Narrator: Eva Longfellow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
DASH is short for Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension. People who desire a control over their hypertension are recommended the DASH diet. Hypertension is a condition of HBP (high blood pressure) in a person. A consistent struggle with high blood pressure can usually lead to heart diseases, which is why the DASH diet becomes an extremely important solution for people. In the DASH diet plan, a person focuses on a combination of nutritious ingredients, such as whole grains, lean meats, vegetables, and fruits. Lean meat protein includes fish and chicken; however, vegans or vegetarians can choose beans in order to get lean protein. This diet plan reduces the amount of red meat, added sugars, fat and salt in meals. These are the ingredients that provide threats of hypertension in the human body.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking Up With Sugar: Divorce the Diets, Drop the Pounds, and Live Your Best Life by Molly Carmel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Up With Sugar: Divorce the Diets, Drop the Pounds, and Live Your Best Life
Author: Molly Carmel
Narrator: Molly Carmel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A proven plan to break free from your unhealthy relationship with Sugar - and reclaim your health and your life for good. The solution to your food and weight problems isn&amp;#039;t willpower or the next fad diet - it&amp;#039;s breaking up with Sugar. Molly Carmel, an eating disorder therapist with a thriving clinic in New York City, discovered the devastating role Sugar played in her own 20-year struggle with disordered eating. After reaching a peak weight of 325 pounds and trying every diet imaginable, Molly was finally able to dramatically transform her life--and find her happy weight-by breaking up with Sugar. Molly has since helped thousands of people overcome compulsive overeating, repetitive dieting, and Sugar addiction to reinvent their lives. Here, she shares her empowering 66-day blueprint for kicking Sugar to the curb - once and for all. Molly explains how Sugar is not only bad for your health, it&amp;#039;s also a substance with highly addictive potential - one that creates physical, neurological, and hormonal changes that often make moderation impossible. This is the first book to address the emotional, spiritual, chemical, and physical components of this toxic relationship and help guide you through the steps to create a new and lasting relationship with food...and with yourself. Breaking Up with Sugar includes step-by-step meal plans to take the guesswork out of going Sugar-free, as well as seven key self-affirming vows you can rely on to help end the overeating and dieting cycle and release unhealthy weight. With empathy, honesty, and humor as your trusted coach and friend, Molly gives you essential tools to navigate this new way of eating when life gets &amp;#039;life-y&amp;#039; or times get tough. Her sustainable roadmap will put you on the path to true freedom. *Includes a PDF of worksheets and activities.</description>
      <author>Molly Carmel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593153642.mp3" length="2669360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593153642.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Up With Sugar: Divorce the Diets, Drop the Pounds, and Live Your Best Life
Author: Molly Carmel
Narrator: Molly Carmel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A proven plan to break free from your unhealthy relationship with Sugar - and reclaim your health and your life for good. The solution to your food and weight problems isn&amp;#039;t willpower or the next fad diet - it&amp;#039;s breaking up with Sugar. Molly Carmel, an eating disorder therapist with a thriving clinic in New York City, discovered the devastating role Sugar played in her own 20-year struggle with disordered eating. After reaching a peak weight of 325 pounds and trying every diet imaginable, Molly was finally able to dramatically transform her life--and find her happy weight-by breaking up with Sugar. Molly has since helped thousands of people overcome compulsive overeating, repetitive dieting, and Sugar addiction to reinvent their lives. Here, she shares her empowering 66-day blueprint for kicking Sugar to the curb - once and for all. Molly explains how Sugar is not only bad for your health, it&amp;#039;s also a substance with highly addictive potential - one that creates physical, neurological, and hormonal changes that often make moderation impossible. This is the first book to address the emotional, spiritual, chemical, and physical components of this toxic relationship and help guide you through the steps to create a new and lasting relationship with food...and with yourself. Breaking Up with Sugar includes step-by-step meal plans to take the guesswork out of going Sugar-free, as well as seven key self-affirming vows you can rely on to help end the overeating and dieting cycle and release unhealthy weight. With empathy, honesty, and humor as your trusted coach and friend, Molly gives you essential tools to navigate this new way of eating when life gets &amp;#039;life-y&amp;#039; or times get tough. Her sustainable roadmap will put you on the path to true freedom. *Includes a PDF of worksheets and activities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Up With Sugar: Divorce the Diets, Drop the Pounds, and Live Your Best Life
Author: Molly Carmel
Narrator: Molly Carmel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A proven plan to break free from your unhealthy relationship with Sugar - and reclaim your health and your life for good. The solution to your food and weight problems isn&amp;#039;t willpower or the next fad diet - it&amp;#039;s breaking up with Sugar. Molly Carmel, an eating disorder therapist with a thriving clinic in New York City, discovered the devastating role Sugar played in her own 20-year struggle with disordered eating. After reaching a peak weight of 325 pounds and trying every diet imaginable, Molly was finally able to dramatically transform her life--and find her happy weight-by breaking up with Sugar. Molly has since helped thousands of people overcome compulsive overeating, repetitive dieting, and Sugar addiction to reinvent their lives. Here, she shares her empowering 66-day blueprint for kicking Sugar to the curb - once and for all. Molly explains how Sugar is not only bad for your health, it&amp;#039;s also a substance with highly addictive potential - one that creates physical, neurological, and hormonal changes that often make moderation impossible. This is the first book to address the emotional, spiritual, chemical, and physical components of this toxic relationship and help guide you through the steps to create a new and lasting relationship with food...and with yourself. Breaking Up with Sugar includes step-by-step meal plans to take the guesswork out of going Sugar-free, as well as seven key self-affirming vows you can rely on to help end the overeating and dieting cycle and release unhealthy weight. With empathy, honesty, and humor as your trusted coach and friend, Molly gives you essential tools to navigate this new way of eating when life gets &amp;#039;life-y&amp;#039; or times get tough. Her sustainable roadmap will put you on the path to true freedom. *Includes a PDF of worksheets and activities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fitness Over 40: How to live a healthy lifestyle with a full time Job (Limited) by Mary June Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fitness Over 40: How to live a healthy lifestyle with a full time Job (Limited)
Author: Mary June Smith
Narrator: Nikki Delgado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Living Healthy After 40 Do you work a full time job? Does it seem like you have no time to workout?  This book is for you.  Most American don&amp;#039;t have time to workout or live a healthy lifestyle.  This book will give you researched information that will help you. This book can be a guide that can help you reach your goals. This book lifestyle book includes: The foods to eat How to manage your time Food to stay away from More tips to Maintain Healthy Lifestyle While Working Full-Time 10 Ways to Live a Balanced Lifestyle And much more..</description>
      <author>Mary June Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982748784.mp3" length="1442396" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982748784.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fitness Over 40: How to live a healthy lifestyle with a full time Job (Limited)
Author: Mary June Smith
Narrator: Nikki Delgado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Living Healthy After 40 Do you work a full time job? Does it seem like you have no time to workout?  This book is for you.  Most American don&amp;#039;t have time to workout or live a healthy lifestyle.  This book will give you researched information that will help you. This book can be a guide that can help you reach your goals. This book lifestyle book includes: The foods to eat How to manage your time Food to stay away from More tips to Maintain Healthy Lifestyle While Working Full-Time 10 Ways to Live a Balanced Lifestyle And much more..</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fitness Over 40: How to live a healthy lifestyle with a full time Job (Limited)
Author: Mary June Smith
Narrator: Nikki Delgado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Living Healthy After 40 Do you work a full time job? Does it seem like you have no time to workout?  This book is for you.  Most American don&amp;#039;t have time to workout or live a healthy lifestyle.  This book will give you researched information that will help you. This book can be a guide that can help you reach your goals. This book lifestyle book includes: The foods to eat How to manage your time Food to stay away from More tips to Maintain Healthy Lifestyle While Working Full-Time 10 Ways to Live a Balanced Lifestyle And much more..</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shape Up with Gabby Allen: Your Personal Trainer, Transform Your Body in 4 Weeks by Gabby Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shape Up with Gabby Allen: Your Personal Trainer, Transform Your Body in 4 Weeks
Author: Gabby Allen
Narrator: Gabby Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audio edition of Shape Up with Gabby Allen, written and read by Gabby Allen.  Get Love Island ready with experienced personal trainer Gabby Allen. You know Gabby from Love Island, Big Brother and instagram, you&amp;#039;ve worked out with her bestselling Shape Up app - now get to know ALL her fitness secrets. And transform your body with Gabby ready for your summer adventures...  -Work out to get visible results fast -Find out how to keep your social life without falling off the fitness wagon!! You&amp;#039;re going to work hard for 4 weeks but it will be worth it. Afterwards, you&amp;#039;ll have the knowledge to stay fit and lean for life. You can do Gabby&amp;#039;s quick HIIT workouts at home or on holiday, fitting them around your daily routine. They are tailored to all fitness levels and require no special equipment.  Find your body confidence with Gabby.</description>
      <author>Gabby Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473573970.mp3" length="1323517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473573970.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shape Up with Gabby Allen: Your Personal Trainer, Transform Your Body in 4 Weeks
Author: Gabby Allen
Narrator: Gabby Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audio edition of Shape Up with Gabby Allen, written and read by Gabby Allen.  Get Love Island ready with experienced personal trainer Gabby Allen. You know Gabby from Love Island, Big Brother and instagram, you&amp;#039;ve worked out with her bestselling Shape Up app - now get to know ALL her fitness secrets. And transform your body with Gabby ready for your summer adventures...  -Work out to get visible results fast -Find out how to keep your social life without falling off the fitness wagon!! You&amp;#039;re going to work hard for 4 weeks but it will be worth it. Afterwards, you&amp;#039;ll have the knowledge to stay fit and lean for life. You can do Gabby&amp;#039;s quick HIIT workouts at home or on holiday, fitting them around your daily routine. They are tailored to all fitness levels and require no special equipment.  Find your body confidence with Gabby.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shape Up with Gabby Allen: Your Personal Trainer, Transform Your Body in 4 Weeks
Author: Gabby Allen
Narrator: Gabby Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audio edition of Shape Up with Gabby Allen, written and read by Gabby Allen.  Get Love Island ready with experienced personal trainer Gabby Allen. You know Gabby from Love Island, Big Brother and instagram, you&amp;#039;ve worked out with her bestselling Shape Up app - now get to know ALL her fitness secrets. And transform your body with Gabby ready for your summer adventures...  -Work out to get visible results fast -Find out how to keep your social life without falling off the fitness wagon!! You&amp;#039;re going to work hard for 4 weeks but it will be worth it. Afterwards, you&amp;#039;ll have the knowledge to stay fit and lean for life. You can do Gabby&amp;#039;s quick HIIT workouts at home or on holiday, fitting them around your daily routine. They are tailored to all fitness levels and require no special equipment.  Find your body confidence with Gabby.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CBD: A Patient&amp;#039;s Guide to Medicinal Cannabis--Healing without the High by Leonard Leinow, Juliana Birnbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CBD: A Patient&amp;#039;s Guide to Medicinal Cannabis--Healing without the High
Author: Leonard Leinow, Juliana Birnbaum
Narrator: Julie Slater
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential book on CBD as medicine This practical, accessible guide to using CBD-dominant cannabis contains a wealth of information for both first-time explorers and experienced patients who want to know more about safely treating a number of health conditions with remarkable results and low to no psychoactivity or negative side effects. CBD (cannabidiol) is a component of cannabis that can provide relief for conditions such as seizures, pain, inflammation, anxiety, depression, arthritis, and a number of other issues. This book offers guidance on various forms of the medicine such as oil infusions, alcohol-based tinctures, capsules, and CO2 concentrated extracts. The information is organized by health condition and also by recommended CBD-rich strains, which do not produce the &amp;#039;highs&amp;#039; associated with THC. With dosage suggestions, potential side effects and contraindications, and the pharmacology of the plant, this is an essential guide for both doctors and patients looking for a nontoxic alternative to opiate-based pain medications and other pharmaceuticals. While cannabis has been used for medicinal and recreational purposes for thousands of years, only in the last fifty years have scientists begun to shed light on the chemistry of the plant and its interactions with the human body. Research has led to the discovery of a whole new system in the body, the endocannabinoid system, which plays a role in mediating functions such as appetite, immunity, mood, pain response, and memory. The authors present case studies, interviews with doctors who prescribe cannabidiol products, and the latest research regarding other active phytocannabinoids and terpenoids present in cannabis that are being studied for medical use. They also address the difference between CBD products derived from industrial hemp or in a lab, versus those made from medical marijuana using the whole plant.  In addition to offering the most up-to-date and comprehensive information on CBD-dominant cannabis therapy for humans, this book is the first to offer guidance for using the medicine for animals, with suggestions for dosage and delivery and useful forms and strains for common health issues in pets. Finally, the authors take a look at the future of cannabis medicine, charting trends in the legalization movement and suggesting how CBD might be used to fight the opioid epidemic.</description>
      <author>Leonard Leinow, Juliana Birnbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623174613.mp3" length="2862877" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623174613.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CBD: A Patient&amp;#039;s Guide to Medicinal Cannabis--Healing without the High
Author: Leonard Leinow, Juliana Birnbaum
Narrator: Julie Slater
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential book on CBD as medicine This practical, accessible guide to using CBD-dominant cannabis contains a wealth of information for both first-time explorers and experienced patients who want to know more about safely treating a number of health conditions with remarkable results and low to no psychoactivity or negative side effects. CBD (cannabidiol) is a component of cannabis that can provide relief for conditions such as seizures, pain, inflammation, anxiety, depression, arthritis, and a number of other issues. This book offers guidance on various forms of the medicine such as oil infusions, alcohol-based tinctures, capsules, and CO2 concentrated extracts. The information is organized by health condition and also by recommended CBD-rich strains, which do not produce the &amp;#039;highs&amp;#039; associated with THC. With dosage suggestions, potential side effects and contraindications, and the pharmacology of the plant, this is an essential guide for both doctors and patients looking for a nontoxic alternative to opiate-based pain medications and other pharmaceuticals. While cannabis has been used for medicinal and recreational purposes for thousands of years, only in the last fifty years have scientists begun to shed light on the chemistry of the plant and its interactions with the human body. Research has led to the discovery of a whole new system in the body, the endocannabinoid system, which plays a role in mediating functions such as appetite, immunity, mood, pain response, and memory. The authors present case studies, interviews with doctors who prescribe cannabidiol products, and the latest research regarding other active phytocannabinoids and terpenoids present in cannabis that are being studied for medical use. They also address the difference between CBD products derived from industrial hemp or in a lab, versus those made from medical marijuana using the whole plant.  In addition to offering the most up-to-date and comprehensive information on CBD-dominant cannabis therapy for humans, this book is the first to offer guidance for using the medicine for animals, with suggestions for dosage and delivery and useful forms and strains for common health issues in pets. Finally, the authors take a look at the future of cannabis medicine, charting trends in the legalization movement and suggesting how CBD might be used to fight the opioid epidemic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381157</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CBD: A Patient&amp;#039;s Guide to Medicinal Cannabis--Healing without the High
Author: Leonard Leinow, Juliana Birnbaum
Narrator: Julie Slater
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential book on CBD as medicine This practical, accessible guide to using CBD-dominant cannabis contains a wealth of information for both first-time explorers and experienced patients who want to know more about safely treating a number of health conditions with remarkable results and low to no psychoactivity or negative side effects. CBD (cannabidiol) is a component of cannabis that can provide relief for conditions such as seizures, pain, inflammation, anxiety, depression, arthritis, and a number of other issues. This book offers guidance on various forms of the medicine such as oil infusions, alcohol-based tinctures, capsules, and CO2 concentrated extracts. The information is organized by health condition and also by recommended CBD-rich strains, which do not produce the &amp;#039;highs&amp;#039; associated with THC. With dosage suggestions, potential side effects and contraindications, and the pharmacology of the plant, this is an essential guide for both doctors and patients looking for a nontoxic alternative to opiate-based pain medications and other pharmaceuticals. While cannabis has been used for medicinal and recreational purposes for thousands of years, only in the last fifty years have scientists begun to shed light on the chemistry of the plant and its interactions with the human body. Research has led to the discovery of a whole new system in the body, the endocannabinoid system, which plays a role in mediating functions such as appetite, immunity, mood, pain response, and memory. The authors present case studies, interviews with doctors who prescribe cannabidiol products, and the latest research regarding other active phytocannabinoids and terpenoids present in cannabis that are being studied for medical use. They also address the difference between CBD products derived from industrial hemp or in a lab, versus those made from medical marijuana using the whole plant.  In addition to offering the most up-to-date and comprehensive information on CBD-dominant cannabis therapy for humans, this book is the first to offer guidance for using the medicine for animals, with suggestions for dosage and delivery and useful forms and strains for common health issues in pets. Finally, the authors take a look at the future of cannabis medicine, charting trends in the legalization movement and suggesting how CBD might be used to fight the opioid epidemic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Jin Shin: The Japanese Practice of Healing with Your Fingertips by Alexis Brink</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Jin Shin: The Japanese Practice of Healing with Your Fingertips
Author: Alexis Brink
Narrator: Alexis Brink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Balance your body, mind, and spirit and heal yourself with your own hands using this clear, step-by-step illustrated guide to the practice of the ancient Japanese healing art of Jin Shin—written by a trained expert with nearly three decades of experience.  You might be surprised to learn that the majority of today’s most common ailments including anxiety, backaches, colds and flu, digestive issues, immune disorders, migraines, and insomnia, can be alleviated naturally by restoring and harmonizing blocked, stagnant energy. The art of Jin Shin, based on the Japanese healing art of energy medicine, is practiced throughout the world. While related to acupressure and massage therapy, this holistic practice uses only minimal pressure and gentle touching with the fingers and hands to redirect or unblock the flow of energy along the body’s fifty-two points (twenty-six on each side of the body)—called Safety Energy Locations, or SELs—areas where energy tends to get congested. This simple, non-invasive process allows your body’s energy to flow smoothly, and with balance restored, you will experience a sense of wellbeing and calm.    The Art of Jin Shin explains all the basics of this healing art and provides you with the knowledge you need to practice it on yourself—with exercises ranging from simply holding a finger for a few minutes to spending twenty minutes to harmonize a specific circulation pattern. Whether you desire a deeper understanding of the body/mind/spirit connection or want to create a daily Jin Shin maintenance routine the power is literally at your fingertips.</description>
      <author>Alexis Brink</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299660.mp3" length="807889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299660.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Jin Shin: The Japanese Practice of Healing with Your Fingertips
Author: Alexis Brink
Narrator: Alexis Brink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Balance your body, mind, and spirit and heal yourself with your own hands using this clear, step-by-step illustrated guide to the practice of the ancient Japanese healing art of Jin Shin—written by a trained expert with nearly three decades of experience.  You might be surprised to learn that the majority of today’s most common ailments including anxiety, backaches, colds and flu, digestive issues, immune disorders, migraines, and insomnia, can be alleviated naturally by restoring and harmonizing blocked, stagnant energy. The art of Jin Shin, based on the Japanese healing art of energy medicine, is practiced throughout the world. While related to acupressure and massage therapy, this holistic practice uses only minimal pressure and gentle touching with the fingers and hands to redirect or unblock the flow of energy along the body’s fifty-two points (twenty-six on each side of the body)—called Safety Energy Locations, or SELs—areas where energy tends to get congested. This simple, non-invasive process allows your body’s energy to flow smoothly, and with balance restored, you will experience a sense of wellbeing and calm.    The Art of Jin Shin explains all the basics of this healing art and provides you with the knowledge you need to practice it on yourself—with exercises ranging from simply holding a finger for a few minutes to spending twenty minutes to harmonize a specific circulation pattern. Whether you desire a deeper understanding of the body/mind/spirit connection or want to create a daily Jin Shin maintenance routine the power is literally at your fingertips.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Jin Shin: The Japanese Practice of Healing with Your Fingertips
Author: Alexis Brink
Narrator: Alexis Brink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Balance your body, mind, and spirit and heal yourself with your own hands using this clear, step-by-step illustrated guide to the practice of the ancient Japanese healing art of Jin Shin—written by a trained expert with nearly three decades of experience.  You might be surprised to learn that the majority of today’s most common ailments including anxiety, backaches, colds and flu, digestive issues, immune disorders, migraines, and insomnia, can be alleviated naturally by restoring and harmonizing blocked, stagnant energy. The art of Jin Shin, based on the Japanese healing art of energy medicine, is practiced throughout the world. While related to acupressure and massage therapy, this holistic practice uses only minimal pressure and gentle touching with the fingers and hands to redirect or unblock the flow of energy along the body’s fifty-two points (twenty-six on each side of the body)—called Safety Energy Locations, or SELs—areas where energy tends to get congested. This simple, non-invasive process allows your body’s energy to flow smoothly, and with balance restored, you will experience a sense of wellbeing and calm.    The Art of Jin Shin explains all the basics of this healing art and provides you with the knowledge you need to practice it on yourself—with exercises ranging from simply holding a finger for a few minutes to spending twenty minutes to harmonize a specific circulation pattern. Whether you desire a deeper understanding of the body/mind/spirit connection or want to create a daily Jin Shin maintenance routine the power is literally at your fingertips.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Kundalini: An Experiential Guide to the Process of Awakening by Mary Mueller Shutan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Working with Kundalini: An Experiential Guide to the Process of Awakening
Author: Mary Mueller Shutan
Narrator: Mary Mueller Shutan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide to moving gracefully through the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening  • Explains the three phases of Kundalini awakening, the effects of pre-Kundalini and neuro-Kundalini, and Kundalini’s connection to the chakras and the spiritual heart  • Describes the physical, emotional, and spiritual effects of Kundalini energy, including the rerouting of digestive fire, which can lead to food allergies and sensitivities  • Explores supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting, paleo, keto, vegetarian, and mono diets, herbal allies, and meditation  Kundalini awakenings can have profound physical, emotional, and mental effects, making it difficult to cope with everyday life, yet these powerful awakenings can also allow you to release past trauma, see past the illusions of the false self, and awaken your spiritual heart, enabling you to recognize the divine self.  In this step-by-step guide to the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening, Mary Shutan delivers practical information on how to deal with such a spiritual emergence in our modern world. Starting with her own story, she describes the nature of Kundalini energy, the reasons for the energy rising, and the connection to the chakra system. Debunking the myths associated with Kundalini awakening, she explains how the first phase of Kundalini rising involves a surging up of fire--the fire of purification. It releases the past, liberates you from past bondages and beliefs, and disrupts the neuro-endocrine systems of the body. The second phase involves expansive experiences of ecstasy, peace, bliss, and emptiness states as the upper chakras open, greater perspective on life comes in, and you connect with cosmic consciousness. The third phase, the opening of the spiritual heart, is a shift from upward-flowing energy to a downward flow of grace into the heart center, leading to compassion, re-anchoring in the world, and the embodiment of light.  Exploring how Kundalini profoundly rewires the physical body and the mind, the author describes the rerouting of digestive fire during the rising of Kundalini energy. She explores the relationship between Kundalini and food allergies and sensitivities as well as supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting; paleo, keto, vegetarian, vegan, and mono diets; herbal allies; and mineral supplements. She also explores sexual practices that may help or hinder the process and meditation techniques to facilitate Kundalini awakening during each phase.  Providing detailed guidance for each phase of Kundalini awakening, this experiential guide supports you as you transform not only emotionally and spiritually but also physically and socially into your divine self.</description>
      <author>Mary Mueller Shutan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781620559963.mp3" length="866686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781620559963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Working with Kundalini: An Experiential Guide to the Process of Awakening
Author: Mary Mueller Shutan
Narrator: Mary Mueller Shutan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide to moving gracefully through the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening  • Explains the three phases of Kundalini awakening, the effects of pre-Kundalini and neuro-Kundalini, and Kundalini’s connection to the chakras and the spiritual heart  • Describes the physical, emotional, and spiritual effects of Kundalini energy, including the rerouting of digestive fire, which can lead to food allergies and sensitivities  • Explores supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting, paleo, keto, vegetarian, and mono diets, herbal allies, and meditation  Kundalini awakenings can have profound physical, emotional, and mental effects, making it difficult to cope with everyday life, yet these powerful awakenings can also allow you to release past trauma, see past the illusions of the false self, and awaken your spiritual heart, enabling you to recognize the divine self.  In this step-by-step guide to the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening, Mary Shutan delivers practical information on how to deal with such a spiritual emergence in our modern world. Starting with her own story, she describes the nature of Kundalini energy, the reasons for the energy rising, and the connection to the chakra system. Debunking the myths associated with Kundalini awakening, she explains how the first phase of Kundalini rising involves a surging up of fire--the fire of purification. It releases the past, liberates you from past bondages and beliefs, and disrupts the neuro-endocrine systems of the body. The second phase involves expansive experiences of ecstasy, peace, bliss, and emptiness states as the upper chakras open, greater perspective on life comes in, and you connect with cosmic consciousness. The third phase, the opening of the spiritual heart, is a shift from upward-flowing energy to a downward flow of grace into the heart center, leading to compassion, re-anchoring in the world, and the embodiment of light.  Exploring how Kundalini profoundly rewires the physical body and the mind, the author describes the rerouting of digestive fire during the rising of Kundalini energy. She explores the relationship between Kundalini and food allergies and sensitivities as well as supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting; paleo, keto, vegetarian, vegan, and mono diets; herbal allies; and mineral supplements. She also explores sexual practices that may help or hinder the process and meditation techniques to facilitate Kundalini awakening during each phase.  Providing detailed guidance for each phase of Kundalini awakening, this experiential guide supports you as you transform not only emotionally and spiritually but also physically and socially into your divine self.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Working with Kundalini: An Experiential Guide to the Process of Awakening
Author: Mary Mueller Shutan
Narrator: Mary Mueller Shutan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide to moving gracefully through the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening  • Explains the three phases of Kundalini awakening, the effects of pre-Kundalini and neuro-Kundalini, and Kundalini’s connection to the chakras and the spiritual heart  • Describes the physical, emotional, and spiritual effects of Kundalini energy, including the rerouting of digestive fire, which can lead to food allergies and sensitivities  • Explores supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting, paleo, keto, vegetarian, and mono diets, herbal allies, and meditation  Kundalini awakenings can have profound physical, emotional, and mental effects, making it difficult to cope with everyday life, yet these powerful awakenings can also allow you to release past trauma, see past the illusions of the false self, and awaken your spiritual heart, enabling you to recognize the divine self.  In this step-by-step guide to the 3-phase process of Kundalini awakening, Mary Shutan delivers practical information on how to deal with such a spiritual emergence in our modern world. Starting with her own story, she describes the nature of Kundalini energy, the reasons for the energy rising, and the connection to the chakra system. Debunking the myths associated with Kundalini awakening, she explains how the first phase of Kundalini rising involves a surging up of fire--the fire of purification. It releases the past, liberates you from past bondages and beliefs, and disrupts the neuro-endocrine systems of the body. The second phase involves expansive experiences of ecstasy, peace, bliss, and emptiness states as the upper chakras open, greater perspective on life comes in, and you connect with cosmic consciousness. The third phase, the opening of the spiritual heart, is a shift from upward-flowing energy to a downward flow of grace into the heart center, leading to compassion, re-anchoring in the world, and the embodiment of light.  Exploring how Kundalini profoundly rewires the physical body and the mind, the author describes the rerouting of digestive fire during the rising of Kundalini energy. She explores the relationship between Kundalini and food allergies and sensitivities as well as supportive dietary and alternative health modalities, including fasting; paleo, keto, vegetarian, vegan, and mono diets; herbal allies; and mineral supplements. She also explores sexual practices that may help or hinder the process and meditation techniques to facilitate Kundalini awakening during each phase.  Providing detailed guidance for each phase of Kundalini awakening, this experiential guide supports you as you transform not only emotionally and spiritually but also physically and socially into your divine self.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Way We Eat Now: How the Food Revolution Has Transformed Our Lives, Our Bodies, and Our World by Bee Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way We Eat Now: How the Food Revolution Has Transformed Our Lives, Our Bodies, and Our World
Author: Bee Wilson
Narrator: Bee Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning food writer takes us on a global tour of what the world eats--and shows us how we can change it for the better Food is one of life&amp;#039;s great joys. So why has eating become such a source of anxiety and confusion? Bee Wilson shows that in two generations the world has undergone a massive shift from traditional, limited diets to more globalized ways of eating, from bubble tea to quinoa, from Soylent to meal kits.  Paradoxically, our diets are getting healthier and less healthy at the same time. For some, there has never been a happier food era than today: a time of unusual herbs, farmers&amp;#039; markets, and internet recipe swaps. Yet modern food also kills--diabetes and heart disease are on the rise everywhere on earth. This is a book about the good, the terrible, and the avocado toast. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how this food revolution has transformed our bodies, our social lives, and the world we live in.</description>
      <author>Bee Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549175558.mp3" length="856742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549175558.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way We Eat Now: How the Food Revolution Has Transformed Our Lives, Our Bodies, and Our World
Author: Bee Wilson
Narrator: Bee Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning food writer takes us on a global tour of what the world eats--and shows us how we can change it for the better Food is one of life&amp;#039;s great joys. So why has eating become such a source of anxiety and confusion? Bee Wilson shows that in two generations the world has undergone a massive shift from traditional, limited diets to more globalized ways of eating, from bubble tea to quinoa, from Soylent to meal kits.  Paradoxically, our diets are getting healthier and less healthy at the same time. For some, there has never been a happier food era than today: a time of unusual herbs, farmers&amp;#039; markets, and internet recipe swaps. Yet modern food also kills--diabetes and heart disease are on the rise everywhere on earth. This is a book about the good, the terrible, and the avocado toast. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how this food revolution has transformed our bodies, our social lives, and the world we live in.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way We Eat Now: How the Food Revolution Has Transformed Our Lives, Our Bodies, and Our World
Author: Bee Wilson
Narrator: Bee Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning food writer takes us on a global tour of what the world eats--and shows us how we can change it for the better Food is one of life&amp;#039;s great joys. So why has eating become such a source of anxiety and confusion? Bee Wilson shows that in two generations the world has undergone a massive shift from traditional, limited diets to more globalized ways of eating, from bubble tea to quinoa, from Soylent to meal kits.  Paradoxically, our diets are getting healthier and less healthy at the same time. For some, there has never been a happier food era than today: a time of unusual herbs, farmers&amp;#039; markets, and internet recipe swaps. Yet modern food also kills--diabetes and heart disease are on the rise everywhere on earth. This is a book about the good, the terrible, and the avocado toast. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how this food revolution has transformed our bodies, our social lives, and the world we live in.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancer Hacks: A Holistic Guide to Overcoming your Fears and Healing Cancer by Elissa Goodman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Hacks: A Holistic Guide to Overcoming your Fears and Healing Cancer
Author: Elissa Goodman
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
After being diagnosed with cancer when she was thirty-two, Elissa Goodman explored holistic alternatives and combined them with traditional treatments and was able to beat the disease. Her husband wasn&amp;#039;t as fortunate; he succumbed to Non-Hodgkins Lymphoma when he was only forty-five after a regimen of doctor-prescribed chemotherapy and two bone marrow transplants. Her personal experience led her to realize the many ways in which nutrition and lifestyle affect our ability to deal with health challenges. In Cancer Hacks, Goodman has put together a comprehensive plan designed to offer some common-sense, natural, and holistic advice to deal with the fear and uncertainty so many people face when confronted by this terrible disease. The various &amp;#039;hacks&amp;#039; described in the book are intended to help those dealing with cancer, or those whose loved ones may be facing the battle. Her suggestions are practical and easily incorporated into day-to-day living.   Also included is a seven-day cleanse regimen for those looking to reset their bodies and refocus their energies on a fuller and healthier lifestyle.</description>
      <author>Elissa Goodman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977348456.mp3" length="7137618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977348456.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Hacks: A Holistic Guide to Overcoming your Fears and Healing Cancer
Author: Elissa Goodman
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
After being diagnosed with cancer when she was thirty-two, Elissa Goodman explored holistic alternatives and combined them with traditional treatments and was able to beat the disease. Her husband wasn&amp;#039;t as fortunate; he succumbed to Non-Hodgkins Lymphoma when he was only forty-five after a regimen of doctor-prescribed chemotherapy and two bone marrow transplants. Her personal experience led her to realize the many ways in which nutrition and lifestyle affect our ability to deal with health challenges. In Cancer Hacks, Goodman has put together a comprehensive plan designed to offer some common-sense, natural, and holistic advice to deal with the fear and uncertainty so many people face when confronted by this terrible disease. The various &amp;#039;hacks&amp;#039; described in the book are intended to help those dealing with cancer, or those whose loved ones may be facing the battle. Her suggestions are practical and easily incorporated into day-to-day living.   Also included is a seven-day cleanse regimen for those looking to reset their bodies and refocus their energies on a fuller and healthier lifestyle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Hacks: A Holistic Guide to Overcoming your Fears and Healing Cancer
Author: Elissa Goodman
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
After being diagnosed with cancer when she was thirty-two, Elissa Goodman explored holistic alternatives and combined them with traditional treatments and was able to beat the disease. Her husband wasn&amp;#039;t as fortunate; he succumbed to Non-Hodgkins Lymphoma when he was only forty-five after a regimen of doctor-prescribed chemotherapy and two bone marrow transplants. Her personal experience led her to realize the many ways in which nutrition and lifestyle affect our ability to deal with health challenges. In Cancer Hacks, Goodman has put together a comprehensive plan designed to offer some common-sense, natural, and holistic advice to deal with the fear and uncertainty so many people face when confronted by this terrible disease. The various &amp;#039;hacks&amp;#039; described in the book are intended to help those dealing with cancer, or those whose loved ones may be facing the battle. Her suggestions are practical and easily incorporated into day-to-day living.   Also included is a seven-day cleanse regimen for those looking to reset their bodies and refocus their energies on a fuller and healthier lifestyle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Joy of Movement: How exercise helps us find happiness, hope, connection, and courage by Kelly McGonigal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Joy of Movement: How exercise helps us find happiness, hope, connection, and courage
Author: Kelly McGonigal
Narrator: Kelly McGonigal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of The Willpower Instinct introduces a surprising science-based book that doesn&amp;#039;t tell us why we should exercise but instead shows us how to fall in love with movement. Exercise is health-enhancing and life-extending, yet many of us feel it&amp;#039;s a chore. But, as Kelly McGonigal reveals, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be. Movement can and should be a source of joy. Through her trademark blend of science and storytelling, McGonigal draws on insights from neuroscience, psychology, anthropology, and evolutionary biology, as well as memoirs, ethnographies, and philosophers. She shows how movement is intertwined with some of the most basic human joys, including self-expression, social connection, and mastery--and why it is a powerful antidote to the modern epidemics of depression, anxiety, and loneliness. McGonigal tells the stories of people who have found fulfillment and belonging through running, walking, dancing, swimming, weightlifting, and more, with examples that span the globe, from Tanzania, where one of the last hunter-gatherer tribes on the planet live, to a dance class at Juilliard for people with Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, to the streets of London, where volunteers combine fitness and community service, to races in the remote wilderness, where athletes push the limits of what a human can endure. Along the way, McGonigal paints a portrait of human nature that highlights our capacity for hope, cooperation, and self-transcendence. The result is a revolutionary narrative that goes beyond familiar arguments in favor of exercise, to illustrate why movement is integral to both our happiness and our humanity. Readers will learn what they can do in their own lives and communities to harness the power of movement to create happiness, meaning, and connection.</description>
      <author>Kelly McGonigal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593151457.mp3" length="2744288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593151457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Joy of Movement: How exercise helps us find happiness, hope, connection, and courage
Author: Kelly McGonigal
Narrator: Kelly McGonigal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of The Willpower Instinct introduces a surprising science-based book that doesn&amp;#039;t tell us why we should exercise but instead shows us how to fall in love with movement. Exercise is health-enhancing and life-extending, yet many of us feel it&amp;#039;s a chore. But, as Kelly McGonigal reveals, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be. Movement can and should be a source of joy. Through her trademark blend of science and storytelling, McGonigal draws on insights from neuroscience, psychology, anthropology, and evolutionary biology, as well as memoirs, ethnographies, and philosophers. She shows how movement is intertwined with some of the most basic human joys, including self-expression, social connection, and mastery--and why it is a powerful antidote to the modern epidemics of depression, anxiety, and loneliness. McGonigal tells the stories of people who have found fulfillment and belonging through running, walking, dancing, swimming, weightlifting, and more, with examples that span the globe, from Tanzania, where one of the last hunter-gatherer tribes on the planet live, to a dance class at Juilliard for people with Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, to the streets of London, where volunteers combine fitness and community service, to races in the remote wilderness, where athletes push the limits of what a human can endure. Along the way, McGonigal paints a portrait of human nature that highlights our capacity for hope, cooperation, and self-transcendence. The result is a revolutionary narrative that goes beyond familiar arguments in favor of exercise, to illustrate why movement is integral to both our happiness and our humanity. Readers will learn what they can do in their own lives and communities to harness the power of movement to create happiness, meaning, and connection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Joy of Movement: How exercise helps us find happiness, hope, connection, and courage
Author: Kelly McGonigal
Narrator: Kelly McGonigal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of The Willpower Instinct introduces a surprising science-based book that doesn&amp;#039;t tell us why we should exercise but instead shows us how to fall in love with movement. Exercise is health-enhancing and life-extending, yet many of us feel it&amp;#039;s a chore. But, as Kelly McGonigal reveals, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be. Movement can and should be a source of joy. Through her trademark blend of science and storytelling, McGonigal draws on insights from neuroscience, psychology, anthropology, and evolutionary biology, as well as memoirs, ethnographies, and philosophers. She shows how movement is intertwined with some of the most basic human joys, including self-expression, social connection, and mastery--and why it is a powerful antidote to the modern epidemics of depression, anxiety, and loneliness. McGonigal tells the stories of people who have found fulfillment and belonging through running, walking, dancing, swimming, weightlifting, and more, with examples that span the globe, from Tanzania, where one of the last hunter-gatherer tribes on the planet live, to a dance class at Juilliard for people with Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, to the streets of London, where volunteers combine fitness and community service, to races in the remote wilderness, where athletes push the limits of what a human can endure. Along the way, McGonigal paints a portrait of human nature that highlights our capacity for hope, cooperation, and self-transcendence. The result is a revolutionary narrative that goes beyond familiar arguments in favor of exercise, to illustrate why movement is integral to both our happiness and our humanity. Readers will learn what they can do in their own lives and communities to harness the power of movement to create happiness, meaning, and connection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La clave está en la tiroides: Adiós al cansancio, la neblina mental y el sobrepeso... para siempre by Amy Myers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La clave está en la tiroides: Adiós al cansancio, la neblina mental y el sobrepeso... para siempre
Author: Amy Myers
Narrator: Rocío Olivares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía científica, accesible y comprensiva para identificar, prevenir y tratar la enfermedad tiroidea.  La doctora Amy Myers te enseña cómo tomar el control de tu salud tiroidea de manera activa.  ¿Estás cansada todo el tiempo? ¿Mareada? ¿Te es imposible perder peso de manera duradera? ¿Sufres de insomnio o ataques de pánico? Y, sin embargo, tu doctor insiste en que tus estudios médicos son normales y te dice que lo único que necesitas es comer menos y ejercitarte más, ¿cierto? No hay nada más frustrante que la sensación de sentirte mal y que nadie, ni siquiera tu médico, acepte que tu sufrimiento es real.  La causa de tus síntomas podría ser un desorden en la tiroides: una serie de problemas de salud que afectan a millones de personas en todo el mundo y que pueden amenazar tu vida. Portadora de una enfermedad tiroidea mal diagnosticada en el pasado, la doctora Amy Myers comprende a la perfección lo que es sufrir un padecimiento de esta magnitud sin que nadie acepte su existencia. También sabe qué tan fácil es recuperarse y cómo es que tú también puedes lograrlo.  En este extraordinario libro descubrirás:  - Cómo trabajar de la mano con tu doctor para lograr un diagnóstico correcto.  - Qué análisis de sangre son los adecuados para este tipo de padecimientos y qué significan.  - Cómo encontrar el tipo correcto y la dosis perfecta de un suplemento de hormonas tiroideas.  - El papel que tienen la salud intestinal, la dieta, las toxinas, las infecciones y el estrés en la disfunción tiroidea.  - Un plan de 28 días para optimizar tu salud y revertir los síntomas.  Además, tendrás a tu alcance un sinfín de consejos sobre dieta, nutrición, suplementos, ejercicio, sueño y disminución del estrés. Este es el libro que te devolverá una vida más feliz y más saludable ahora mismo.</description>
      <author>Amy Myers</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Apr 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073178938.mp3" length="1359519" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073178938.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La clave está en la tiroides: Adiós al cansancio, la neblina mental y el sobrepeso... para siempre
Author: Amy Myers
Narrator: Rocío Olivares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía científica, accesible y comprensiva para identificar, prevenir y tratar la enfermedad tiroidea.  La doctora Amy Myers te enseña cómo tomar el control de tu salud tiroidea de manera activa.  ¿Estás cansada todo el tiempo? ¿Mareada? ¿Te es imposible perder peso de manera duradera? ¿Sufres de insomnio o ataques de pánico? Y, sin embargo, tu doctor insiste en que tus estudios médicos son normales y te dice que lo único que necesitas es comer menos y ejercitarte más, ¿cierto? No hay nada más frustrante que la sensación de sentirte mal y que nadie, ni siquiera tu médico, acepte que tu sufrimiento es real.  La causa de tus síntomas podría ser un desorden en la tiroides: una serie de problemas de salud que afectan a millones de personas en todo el mundo y que pueden amenazar tu vida. Portadora de una enfermedad tiroidea mal diagnosticada en el pasado, la doctora Amy Myers comprende a la perfección lo que es sufrir un padecimiento de esta magnitud sin que nadie acepte su existencia. También sabe qué tan fácil es recuperarse y cómo es que tú también puedes lograrlo.  En este extraordinario libro descubrirás:  - Cómo trabajar de la mano con tu doctor para lograr un diagnóstico correcto.  - Qué análisis de sangre son los adecuados para este tipo de padecimientos y qué significan.  - Cómo encontrar el tipo correcto y la dosis perfecta de un suplemento de hormonas tiroideas.  - El papel que tienen la salud intestinal, la dieta, las toxinas, las infecciones y el estrés en la disfunción tiroidea.  - Un plan de 28 días para optimizar tu salud y revertir los síntomas.  Además, tendrás a tu alcance un sinfín de consejos sobre dieta, nutrición, suplementos, ejercicio, sueño y disminución del estrés. Este es el libro que te devolverá una vida más feliz y más saludable ahora mismo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La clave está en la tiroides: Adiós al cansancio, la neblina mental y el sobrepeso... para siempre
Author: Amy Myers
Narrator: Rocío Olivares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía científica, accesible y comprensiva para identificar, prevenir y tratar la enfermedad tiroidea.  La doctora Amy Myers te enseña cómo tomar el control de tu salud tiroidea de manera activa.  ¿Estás cansada todo el tiempo? ¿Mareada? ¿Te es imposible perder peso de manera duradera? ¿Sufres de insomnio o ataques de pánico? Y, sin embargo, tu doctor insiste en que tus estudios médicos son normales y te dice que lo único que necesitas es comer menos y ejercitarte más, ¿cierto? No hay nada más frustrante que la sensación de sentirte mal y que nadie, ni siquiera tu médico, acepte que tu sufrimiento es real.  La causa de tus síntomas podría ser un desorden en la tiroides: una serie de problemas de salud que afectan a millones de personas en todo el mundo y que pueden amenazar tu vida. Portadora de una enfermedad tiroidea mal diagnosticada en el pasado, la doctora Amy Myers comprende a la perfección lo que es sufrir un padecimiento de esta magnitud sin que nadie acepte su existencia. También sabe qué tan fácil es recuperarse y cómo es que tú también puedes lograrlo.  En este extraordinario libro descubrirás:  - Cómo trabajar de la mano con tu doctor para lograr un diagnóstico correcto.  - Qué análisis de sangre son los adecuados para este tipo de padecimientos y qué significan.  - Cómo encontrar el tipo correcto y la dosis perfecta de un suplemento de hormonas tiroideas.  - El papel que tienen la salud intestinal, la dieta, las toxinas, las infecciones y el estrés en la disfunción tiroidea.  - Un plan de 28 días para optimizar tu salud y revertir los síntomas.  Además, tendrás a tu alcance un sinfín de consejos sobre dieta, nutrición, suplementos, ejercicio, sueño y disminución del estrés. Este es el libro que te devolverá una vida más feliz y más saludable ahora mismo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick with healthy eating by Lynda Hudson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with healthy eating
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute in the face of temptation and in control of your eating habits? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your decision to eat healthily. This is not about faddy diets because they don&amp;#039;t work! It motivates you to stick with it even through temptation and gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda&amp;#039;s gentle, yet motivating, voice calms, re-assures, encourages and reaffirms your decision as you relax Former teacher and now a clinical hypnotherapist of many years standing, Lynda has helped thousands of people world-wide through her audios. She has featured in the press, TV and radio and is author of two widely acclaimed books on hypnotherapy with children and adults.</description>
      <author>Lynda Hudson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781908740649.mp3" length="311418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781908740649.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with healthy eating
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute in the face of temptation and in control of your eating habits? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your decision to eat healthily. This is not about faddy diets because they don&amp;#039;t work! It motivates you to stick with it even through temptation and gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda&amp;#039;s gentle, yet motivating, voice calms, re-assures, encourages and reaffirms your decision as you relax Former teacher and now a clinical hypnotherapist of many years standing, Lynda has helped thousands of people world-wide through her audios. She has featured in the press, TV and radio and is author of two widely acclaimed books on hypnotherapy with children and adults.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with healthy eating
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute in the face of temptation and in control of your eating habits? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your decision to eat healthily. This is not about faddy diets because they don&amp;#039;t work! It motivates you to stick with it even through temptation and gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda&amp;#039;s gentle, yet motivating, voice calms, re-assures, encourages and reaffirms your decision as you relax Former teacher and now a clinical hypnotherapist of many years standing, Lynda has helped thousands of people world-wide through her audios. She has featured in the press, TV and radio and is author of two widely acclaimed books on hypnotherapy with children and adults.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick with your fitness regime by Lynda Hudson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with your fitness regime
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute about exercising in the face of temptation? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your resolve to exercise regularly! Fitness just becomes a part of your life. It motivates you to stick with it even when about of laziness strikes! We&amp;#039;ve all been there but listening to this keeps you feeling more upbeat and keen to get on with it. This gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda’s voice manages to calm and re-assure as well as motivate, encourage and reaffirm your decision. Regular listening is the key to success. The recording uses state of the art technology.</description>
      <author>Lynda Hudson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781908740656.mp3" length="314149" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781908740656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with your fitness regime
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute about exercising in the face of temptation? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your resolve to exercise regularly! Fitness just becomes a part of your life. It motivates you to stick with it even when about of laziness strikes! We&amp;#039;ve all been there but listening to this keeps you feeling more upbeat and keen to get on with it. This gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda’s voice manages to calm and re-assure as well as motivate, encourage and reaffirm your decision. Regular listening is the key to success. The recording uses state of the art technology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stick with your fitness regime
Author: Lynda Hudson
Narrator: Lynda Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want some instant help to be resolute about exercising in the face of temptation? This self-help hypnosis recording contains powerful suggestions for sticking with your resolve to exercise regularly! Fitness just becomes a part of your life. It motivates you to stick with it even when about of laziness strikes! We&amp;#039;ve all been there but listening to this keeps you feeling more upbeat and keen to get on with it. This gives an instant boost to your self-esteem, confidence and staying power. Play the recording at a quiet time where you won&amp;#039;t be disturbed and never listen while driving or when you need to concentrate on something else. Simply relax and focus on the voice to derive full benefit from the hypnotic recording. Lynda’s voice manages to calm and re-assure as well as motivate, encourage and reaffirm your decision. Regular listening is the key to success. The recording uses state of the art technology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 45 Recetas De Comidas Para Solucionar La Osteoporosis by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas De Comidas Para Solucionar La Osteoporosis
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una colección de recetas deliciosas que están repletas de calcio, vitamina D, proteínas y otros nutrientes críticos para mantener y construir huesos fuertes y saludables. La osteoporosis es una enfermedad en la que sus huesos se vuelven débiles y es más probable que se esguince o fracturen. Muchos factores de riesgo afectan la ocurrencia de la pérdida de hueso y osteoporosis. Esto incluye el género, edad, tamaño corporal, etnia (mujeres blancas y asiáticas tienen mayor riesgo, negras e hispánicas tienen menor), e historia familiar. Otros factores incluyen bajos niveles de estrógenos, bajas ingestas de calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, y el uso de esteroides en medicamentos, fumar y el consumo de alcohol Comer una dieta balanceada rica en calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, puede mejorar la salud ósea y prevenir la osteoporosis. Encuestas de nutrición nacionales han demostrado que la mayoría de las personas no ingieren la cantidad diaria requerida de calcio necesario para desarrollar y mantener huesos saludables. Los adultos entre 19 y 50 años, necesitan 1,000mg diarios de calcio. Las mujeres entre 51 y 70 años deberían consumir 1,200mg de calcio diario, mientras que los hombres en este rango necesitan 1,000mg. Los alimentos ricos en calcio incluyen vegetales verdes de hojas oscuras y productos lácteos. Una dieta rica en granos, semillas y mariscos, contiene altas cantidades de magnesio, que es esencial para la absorción y retención de calcio.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745752.mp3" length="798372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas De Comidas Para Solucionar La Osteoporosis
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una colección de recetas deliciosas que están repletas de calcio, vitamina D, proteínas y otros nutrientes críticos para mantener y construir huesos fuertes y saludables. La osteoporosis es una enfermedad en la que sus huesos se vuelven débiles y es más probable que se esguince o fracturen. Muchos factores de riesgo afectan la ocurrencia de la pérdida de hueso y osteoporosis. Esto incluye el género, edad, tamaño corporal, etnia (mujeres blancas y asiáticas tienen mayor riesgo, negras e hispánicas tienen menor), e historia familiar. Otros factores incluyen bajos niveles de estrógenos, bajas ingestas de calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, y el uso de esteroides en medicamentos, fumar y el consumo de alcohol Comer una dieta balanceada rica en calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, puede mejorar la salud ósea y prevenir la osteoporosis. Encuestas de nutrición nacionales han demostrado que la mayoría de las personas no ingieren la cantidad diaria requerida de calcio necesario para desarrollar y mantener huesos saludables. Los adultos entre 19 y 50 años, necesitan 1,000mg diarios de calcio. Las mujeres entre 51 y 70 años deberían consumir 1,200mg de calcio diario, mientras que los hombres en este rango necesitan 1,000mg. Los alimentos ricos en calcio incluyen vegetales verdes de hojas oscuras y productos lácteos. Una dieta rica en granos, semillas y mariscos, contiene altas cantidades de magnesio, que es esencial para la absorción y retención de calcio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas De Comidas Para Solucionar La Osteoporosis
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una colección de recetas deliciosas que están repletas de calcio, vitamina D, proteínas y otros nutrientes críticos para mantener y construir huesos fuertes y saludables. La osteoporosis es una enfermedad en la que sus huesos se vuelven débiles y es más probable que se esguince o fracturen. Muchos factores de riesgo afectan la ocurrencia de la pérdida de hueso y osteoporosis. Esto incluye el género, edad, tamaño corporal, etnia (mujeres blancas y asiáticas tienen mayor riesgo, negras e hispánicas tienen menor), e historia familiar. Otros factores incluyen bajos niveles de estrógenos, bajas ingestas de calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, y el uso de esteroides en medicamentos, fumar y el consumo de alcohol Comer una dieta balanceada rica en calcio, magnesio y vitamina D, puede mejorar la salud ósea y prevenir la osteoporosis. Encuestas de nutrición nacionales han demostrado que la mayoría de las personas no ingieren la cantidad diaria requerida de calcio necesario para desarrollar y mantener huesos saludables. Los adultos entre 19 y 50 años, necesitan 1,000mg diarios de calcio. Las mujeres entre 51 y 70 años deberían consumir 1,200mg de calcio diario, mientras que los hombres en este rango necesitan 1,000mg. Los alimentos ricos en calcio incluyen vegetales verdes de hojas oscuras y productos lácteos. Una dieta rica en granos, semillas y mariscos, contiene altas cantidades de magnesio, que es esencial para la absorción y retención de calcio.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 45 Recetas de Jugos Efectivas Para Controlar Naturalmente su Presión Sanguínea Alta by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas de Jugos Efectivas Para Controlar Naturalmente su Presión Sanguínea Alta
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas recetas lo ayudarán a reducir su presión sanguínea rápida y naturalmente en solo unas horas. La presión alta es una condición de salud seria que todos debemos enfrentar en algún momento. Algunas personas tienen la tendencia a desarrollarla antes que otros (la mayoría) una vez que pasan los 50 años. La presión alta no es algo a lo que debamos temer, simplemente debemos aprender a controlarla, cuanto antes mejor. Es por estas razones que hemos preparado una selección de recetas de jugos poderosos. Tenga en mente lo valioso que su cuerpo es y que no deberíamos esperar hasta que esta condición empeore. ¡La prevención es la clave! Hemos incluido jugos con combinaciones de frutas como frutillas, arándanos, limones, y muchas otras, por su alto contenido de vitamina C y los efectos poderosos en la dilatación de los vasos sanguíneos. También hemos incluido jugos con sandía, linaza, banana y otros, por sus altos niveles de potasio, que es esencial para controlar la hipertensión. Algunas recetas de jugos tienen apio y perejil por sus fotoquímicos, y su capacidad de eliminar toxinas del cuerpo y ayudar a controlar los niveles altos de presión. Asegúrese de tomar la presión alta en serio y tome una decisión consciente para reducirla al controlar lo que come diariamente.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745776.mp3" length="288905" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745776.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas de Jugos Efectivas Para Controlar Naturalmente su Presión Sanguínea Alta
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas recetas lo ayudarán a reducir su presión sanguínea rápida y naturalmente en solo unas horas. La presión alta es una condición de salud seria que todos debemos enfrentar en algún momento. Algunas personas tienen la tendencia a desarrollarla antes que otros (la mayoría) una vez que pasan los 50 años. La presión alta no es algo a lo que debamos temer, simplemente debemos aprender a controlarla, cuanto antes mejor. Es por estas razones que hemos preparado una selección de recetas de jugos poderosos. Tenga en mente lo valioso que su cuerpo es y que no deberíamos esperar hasta que esta condición empeore. ¡La prevención es la clave! Hemos incluido jugos con combinaciones de frutas como frutillas, arándanos, limones, y muchas otras, por su alto contenido de vitamina C y los efectos poderosos en la dilatación de los vasos sanguíneos. También hemos incluido jugos con sandía, linaza, banana y otros, por sus altos niveles de potasio, que es esencial para controlar la hipertensión. Algunas recetas de jugos tienen apio y perejil por sus fotoquímicos, y su capacidad de eliminar toxinas del cuerpo y ayudar a controlar los niveles altos de presión. Asegúrese de tomar la presión alta en serio y tome una decisión consciente para reducirla al controlar lo que come diariamente.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 45 Recetas de Jugos Efectivas Para Controlar Naturalmente su Presión Sanguínea Alta
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas recetas lo ayudarán a reducir su presión sanguínea rápida y naturalmente en solo unas horas. La presión alta es una condición de salud seria que todos debemos enfrentar en algún momento. Algunas personas tienen la tendencia a desarrollarla antes que otros (la mayoría) una vez que pasan los 50 años. La presión alta no es algo a lo que debamos temer, simplemente debemos aprender a controlarla, cuanto antes mejor. Es por estas razones que hemos preparado una selección de recetas de jugos poderosos. Tenga en mente lo valioso que su cuerpo es y que no deberíamos esperar hasta que esta condición empeore. ¡La prevención es la clave! Hemos incluido jugos con combinaciones de frutas como frutillas, arándanos, limones, y muchas otras, por su alto contenido de vitamina C y los efectos poderosos en la dilatación de los vasos sanguíneos. También hemos incluido jugos con sandía, linaza, banana y otros, por sus altos niveles de potasio, que es esencial para controlar la hipertensión. Algunas recetas de jugos tienen apio y perejil por sus fotoquímicos, y su capacidad de eliminar toxinas del cuerpo y ayudar a controlar los niveles altos de presión. Asegúrese de tomar la presión alta en serio y tome una decisión consciente para reducirla al controlar lo que come diariamente.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar Sus Problemas de Sobrepeso by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar Sus Problemas de Sobrepeso
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mantenerse en forma y saludable se ha vuelto la prioridad número uno en la vida para la mayoría de las personas. El fin debería ser tener una buena nutrición y un plan de pérdida de peso. Combinar una dieta apropiada con una actividad física bien organizada y una desintoxicación completa del cuerpo ha sido reconocido en ser la forma más efectiva de alcanzar el objetivo de perder los kilos extra. Desafortunadamente, usualmente no parecemos tener suficiente tiempo para cocinar y preparar comidas, lo que significa que no estamos obteniendo los nutrientes que necesitamos. Además de eso, tener un plan de desintoxicación apropiado es necesario para la pérdida de peso, y esto es casi imposible sin implementar los jugos a su dieta.  Es por ello que la mayoría de los nutricionistas concuerdan en que los jugos son la opción número uno para la pérdida de peso y la desintoxicación completa del cuerpo.  Primero, veamos los beneficios que los jugos tienen en general. Si no es el tipo de persona que disfruta comiendo frutas y vegetales a lo largo del día, los jugos pueden darle grandes cantidades de nutrientes y minerales en solo una bebida. Un jugo simple de col rizada, zanahoria, jengibre, perejil y manzana con su almuerzo le dará los nutrientes necesarios. Incluso, si reemplaza su desayuno o cena con uno de estos jugos ricos en nutrientes, sus resultados de pérdida de peso serán inevitables.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745639.mp3" length="851035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745639.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar Sus Problemas de Sobrepeso
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mantenerse en forma y saludable se ha vuelto la prioridad número uno en la vida para la mayoría de las personas. El fin debería ser tener una buena nutrición y un plan de pérdida de peso. Combinar una dieta apropiada con una actividad física bien organizada y una desintoxicación completa del cuerpo ha sido reconocido en ser la forma más efectiva de alcanzar el objetivo de perder los kilos extra. Desafortunadamente, usualmente no parecemos tener suficiente tiempo para cocinar y preparar comidas, lo que significa que no estamos obteniendo los nutrientes que necesitamos. Además de eso, tener un plan de desintoxicación apropiado es necesario para la pérdida de peso, y esto es casi imposible sin implementar los jugos a su dieta.  Es por ello que la mayoría de los nutricionistas concuerdan en que los jugos son la opción número uno para la pérdida de peso y la desintoxicación completa del cuerpo.  Primero, veamos los beneficios que los jugos tienen en general. Si no es el tipo de persona que disfruta comiendo frutas y vegetales a lo largo del día, los jugos pueden darle grandes cantidades de nutrientes y minerales en solo una bebida. Un jugo simple de col rizada, zanahoria, jengibre, perejil y manzana con su almuerzo le dará los nutrientes necesarios. Incluso, si reemplaza su desayuno o cena con uno de estos jugos ricos en nutrientes, sus resultados de pérdida de peso serán inevitables.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar Sus Problemas de Sobrepeso
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mantenerse en forma y saludable se ha vuelto la prioridad número uno en la vida para la mayoría de las personas. El fin debería ser tener una buena nutrición y un plan de pérdida de peso. Combinar una dieta apropiada con una actividad física bien organizada y una desintoxicación completa del cuerpo ha sido reconocido en ser la forma más efectiva de alcanzar el objetivo de perder los kilos extra. Desafortunadamente, usualmente no parecemos tener suficiente tiempo para cocinar y preparar comidas, lo que significa que no estamos obteniendo los nutrientes que necesitamos. Además de eso, tener un plan de desintoxicación apropiado es necesario para la pérdida de peso, y esto es casi imposible sin implementar los jugos a su dieta.  Es por ello que la mayoría de los nutricionistas concuerdan en que los jugos son la opción número uno para la pérdida de peso y la desintoxicación completa del cuerpo.  Primero, veamos los beneficios que los jugos tienen en general. Si no es el tipo de persona que disfruta comiendo frutas y vegetales a lo largo del día, los jugos pueden darle grandes cantidades de nutrientes y minerales en solo una bebida. Un jugo simple de col rizada, zanahoria, jengibre, perejil y manzana con su almuerzo le dará los nutrientes necesarios. Incluso, si reemplaza su desayuno o cena con uno de estos jugos ricos en nutrientes, sus resultados de pérdida de peso serán inevitables.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Jugos Poderosos para Prevenir el Cáncer by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Jugos Poderosos para Prevenir el Cáncer
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cerca de 10-12 millones de personas contraen cáncer cada año, lo que hace que esta enfermedad sea una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo moderno. En las últimas décadas, el cáncer se ha elevado a proporciones epidémicas, y afecta cerca de 1 de cada dos hombres y 1 de cada 3 mujeres. Con 7-8 millones de vidas tomadas cada año por esta enfermedad, puedo definitivamente decir que prevenir el cáncer debería ser su prioridad número uno. Algunas estadísticas dicen que el cáncer de mama en las mujeres y el de pulmón en hombres son los dos tipos más comunes en el mundo.  Una de las principales causes de esta enfermedad es nuestro estilo de vida moderno, que nos rodea con diferentes toxinas, substancias cancerígenas y estrés. Pero la razón principal es probablemente la mala nutrición para muchas personas. La falta de nutrientes básicos debilita nuestro sistema inmune, lo que conlleva a daños serios y de largo plazo a nuestra salud, y eventualmente se vuelve cáncer.  La mayoría de los alimentos están repletos de sabores artificiales, colores, aditivos, estabilizadores y preservativos. A pesar de que algunas de estas substancias no son dañinas, muchas son extremadamente tóxicas y pueden privar a nuestro organismo de algunos nutrientes importantes. A pesar de que la mayoría de las personas conocen estos hechos, en teoría, no parecen encontrar suficiente tiempo para planificar sus alimentos diariamente, razón por la cual las comidas rápidas se han vuelto tan populares.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745653.mp3" length="833753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745653.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Jugos Poderosos para Prevenir el Cáncer
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cerca de 10-12 millones de personas contraen cáncer cada año, lo que hace que esta enfermedad sea una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo moderno. En las últimas décadas, el cáncer se ha elevado a proporciones epidémicas, y afecta cerca de 1 de cada dos hombres y 1 de cada 3 mujeres. Con 7-8 millones de vidas tomadas cada año por esta enfermedad, puedo definitivamente decir que prevenir el cáncer debería ser su prioridad número uno. Algunas estadísticas dicen que el cáncer de mama en las mujeres y el de pulmón en hombres son los dos tipos más comunes en el mundo.  Una de las principales causes de esta enfermedad es nuestro estilo de vida moderno, que nos rodea con diferentes toxinas, substancias cancerígenas y estrés. Pero la razón principal es probablemente la mala nutrición para muchas personas. La falta de nutrientes básicos debilita nuestro sistema inmune, lo que conlleva a daños serios y de largo plazo a nuestra salud, y eventualmente se vuelve cáncer.  La mayoría de los alimentos están repletos de sabores artificiales, colores, aditivos, estabilizadores y preservativos. A pesar de que algunas de estas substancias no son dañinas, muchas son extremadamente tóxicas y pueden privar a nuestro organismo de algunos nutrientes importantes. A pesar de que la mayoría de las personas conocen estos hechos, en teoría, no parecen encontrar suficiente tiempo para planificar sus alimentos diariamente, razón por la cual las comidas rápidas se han vuelto tan populares.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Jugos Poderosos para Prevenir el Cáncer
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cerca de 10-12 millones de personas contraen cáncer cada año, lo que hace que esta enfermedad sea una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo moderno. En las últimas décadas, el cáncer se ha elevado a proporciones epidémicas, y afecta cerca de 1 de cada dos hombres y 1 de cada 3 mujeres. Con 7-8 millones de vidas tomadas cada año por esta enfermedad, puedo definitivamente decir que prevenir el cáncer debería ser su prioridad número uno. Algunas estadísticas dicen que el cáncer de mama en las mujeres y el de pulmón en hombres son los dos tipos más comunes en el mundo.  Una de las principales causes de esta enfermedad es nuestro estilo de vida moderno, que nos rodea con diferentes toxinas, substancias cancerígenas y estrés. Pero la razón principal es probablemente la mala nutrición para muchas personas. La falta de nutrientes básicos debilita nuestro sistema inmune, lo que conlleva a daños serios y de largo plazo a nuestra salud, y eventualmente se vuelve cáncer.  La mayoría de los alimentos están repletos de sabores artificiales, colores, aditivos, estabilizadores y preservativos. A pesar de que algunas de estas substancias no son dañinas, muchas son extremadamente tóxicas y pueden privar a nuestro organismo de algunos nutrientes importantes. A pesar de que la mayoría de las personas conocen estos hechos, en teoría, no parecen encontrar suficiente tiempo para planificar sus alimentos diariamente, razón por la cual las comidas rápidas se han vuelto tan populares.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Comidas Naturales Para Cáncer de Ovarios by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Comidas Naturales Para Cáncer de Ovarios
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer de ovarios es una enfermedad seria y peligrosa que afecta mayoritariamente a las mujeres. Es la segunda enfermedad ginecológica diagnosticada con más frecuencia y más letal. Es causada por el crecimiento incontrolado de células malignas o cancerígenas en los ovarios. La causa de este crecimiento es aún desconocida, pero es generalmente relacionada con la edad, fertilidad, embarazo tardío, menopausia retrasada, historia familiar de cáncer de ovarios, tratamientos hormonales, infertilidad y obesidad. Sin embargo, algunos estudios han demostrado que el uso de anticonceptivos reduce el riesgo de contraer cáncer de ovarios. Los exámenes ginecológicos regulares y el descubrimiento temprano, hacen que esta enfermedad sea curable en el 90% de los casos, con muchos tratamientos disponibles. Otra cosa importante que puede hacer es mejorar su sistema inmune, lo que ayudará a mantener saludable y resistente a las células cancerígenas. La mejor forma es a través de la alimentación. Comidas saludables como frutas, vegetales, frutos secos, semillas, legumbres y aceites saludables, le darán a su cuerpo la fortaleza para combatir todas las enfermedades, incluyendo el cáncer de ovarios.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745677.mp3" length="873274" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745677.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Comidas Naturales Para Cáncer de Ovarios
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer de ovarios es una enfermedad seria y peligrosa que afecta mayoritariamente a las mujeres. Es la segunda enfermedad ginecológica diagnosticada con más frecuencia y más letal. Es causada por el crecimiento incontrolado de células malignas o cancerígenas en los ovarios. La causa de este crecimiento es aún desconocida, pero es generalmente relacionada con la edad, fertilidad, embarazo tardío, menopausia retrasada, historia familiar de cáncer de ovarios, tratamientos hormonales, infertilidad y obesidad. Sin embargo, algunos estudios han demostrado que el uso de anticonceptivos reduce el riesgo de contraer cáncer de ovarios. Los exámenes ginecológicos regulares y el descubrimiento temprano, hacen que esta enfermedad sea curable en el 90% de los casos, con muchos tratamientos disponibles. Otra cosa importante que puede hacer es mejorar su sistema inmune, lo que ayudará a mantener saludable y resistente a las células cancerígenas. La mejor forma es a través de la alimentación. Comidas saludables como frutas, vegetales, frutos secos, semillas, legumbres y aceites saludables, le darán a su cuerpo la fortaleza para combatir todas las enfermedades, incluyendo el cáncer de ovarios.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 42 Recetas de Comidas Naturales Para Cáncer de Ovarios
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer de ovarios es una enfermedad seria y peligrosa que afecta mayoritariamente a las mujeres. Es la segunda enfermedad ginecológica diagnosticada con más frecuencia y más letal. Es causada por el crecimiento incontrolado de células malignas o cancerígenas en los ovarios. La causa de este crecimiento es aún desconocida, pero es generalmente relacionada con la edad, fertilidad, embarazo tardío, menopausia retrasada, historia familiar de cáncer de ovarios, tratamientos hormonales, infertilidad y obesidad. Sin embargo, algunos estudios han demostrado que el uso de anticonceptivos reduce el riesgo de contraer cáncer de ovarios. Los exámenes ginecológicos regulares y el descubrimiento temprano, hacen que esta enfermedad sea curable en el 90% de los casos, con muchos tratamientos disponibles. Otra cosa importante que puede hacer es mejorar su sistema inmune, lo que ayudará a mantener saludable y resistente a las células cancerígenas. La mejor forma es a través de la alimentación. Comidas saludables como frutas, vegetales, frutos secos, semillas, legumbres y aceites saludables, le darán a su cuerpo la fortaleza para combatir todas las enfermedades, incluyendo el cáncer de ovarios.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar la Pérdida de Cabello by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar la Pérdida de Cabello
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Tener un cabello bello y saludable es algo especial. Nuestro cabello, como todo el resto en nuestro cuerpo, es un organismo vivo que tiene su propio ciclo natural de crecimiento. Su ciclo tiene tres fases - anágena, catágena y telógena. Cada fase es importante. La mayoría de los pelos en su cuero cabelludo están en su fase anágena, o de crecimiento. Esta fase dura de 2 a 8 años, y depende de muchos factores. Las otras dos fases incluyen un periodo de transición y descanso. La mayoría de las personas pierden 50 a 100 mechones de pelo cada día. Esto es considerado normal, y no es para preocuparse. Debe tener en mente que su pelo refleja su salud general. Es crucial rellenar su dieta con nutrientes que fortalezcan el crecimiento capilar y mejorar su salud desde adentro. Una de las primeras super comidas que debería consumir para prevenir la pérdida de cabello es, definitivamente, la espinaca. Por su contenido de nutrientes superior, esta es una de las mejores opciones de hoja verde cuando se trata de la caída de cabello. Algunos otros alimentos que lo ayudarán a tener un pelo sano son: semillas repletas de ácidos grasos con omega 3, guayaba, bok choy, batatas, manzanas, salmón, champiñones shiitake, y huevos. Encontrar el tiempo para consumir estos alimentos durante el día puede ser difícil, y es por ello que puede ser muy útil recurrir a los jugos de frutas y verduras que son beneficiosas para su cabello. Solo lleva algunos minutos preparar la mayoría de los jugos, y los beneficios de salud son sorprendentes. Teniendo esto en mente, he creado una colección de super jugos poderosos que están basados en ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente para mejorar su salud completa y prevenir la pérdida de cabello. Estos jugos fortalecerán su sistema inmune y le darán un cabello brillante y bello.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745615.mp3" length="833932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745615.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar la Pérdida de Cabello
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Tener un cabello bello y saludable es algo especial. Nuestro cabello, como todo el resto en nuestro cuerpo, es un organismo vivo que tiene su propio ciclo natural de crecimiento. Su ciclo tiene tres fases - anágena, catágena y telógena. Cada fase es importante. La mayoría de los pelos en su cuero cabelludo están en su fase anágena, o de crecimiento. Esta fase dura de 2 a 8 años, y depende de muchos factores. Las otras dos fases incluyen un periodo de transición y descanso. La mayoría de las personas pierden 50 a 100 mechones de pelo cada día. Esto es considerado normal, y no es para preocuparse. Debe tener en mente que su pelo refleja su salud general. Es crucial rellenar su dieta con nutrientes que fortalezcan el crecimiento capilar y mejorar su salud desde adentro. Una de las primeras super comidas que debería consumir para prevenir la pérdida de cabello es, definitivamente, la espinaca. Por su contenido de nutrientes superior, esta es una de las mejores opciones de hoja verde cuando se trata de la caída de cabello. Algunos otros alimentos que lo ayudarán a tener un pelo sano son: semillas repletas de ácidos grasos con omega 3, guayaba, bok choy, batatas, manzanas, salmón, champiñones shiitake, y huevos. Encontrar el tiempo para consumir estos alimentos durante el día puede ser difícil, y es por ello que puede ser muy útil recurrir a los jugos de frutas y verduras que son beneficiosas para su cabello. Solo lleva algunos minutos preparar la mayoría de los jugos, y los beneficios de salud son sorprendentes. Teniendo esto en mente, he creado una colección de super jugos poderosos que están basados en ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente para mejorar su salud completa y prevenir la pérdida de cabello. Estos jugos fortalecerán su sistema inmune y le darán un cabello brillante y bello.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 40 Recetas de Jugos Para Solucionar la Pérdida de Cabello
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Tener un cabello bello y saludable es algo especial. Nuestro cabello, como todo el resto en nuestro cuerpo, es un organismo vivo que tiene su propio ciclo natural de crecimiento. Su ciclo tiene tres fases - anágena, catágena y telógena. Cada fase es importante. La mayoría de los pelos en su cuero cabelludo están en su fase anágena, o de crecimiento. Esta fase dura de 2 a 8 años, y depende de muchos factores. Las otras dos fases incluyen un periodo de transición y descanso. La mayoría de las personas pierden 50 a 100 mechones de pelo cada día. Esto es considerado normal, y no es para preocuparse. Debe tener en mente que su pelo refleja su salud general. Es crucial rellenar su dieta con nutrientes que fortalezcan el crecimiento capilar y mejorar su salud desde adentro. Una de las primeras super comidas que debería consumir para prevenir la pérdida de cabello es, definitivamente, la espinaca. Por su contenido de nutrientes superior, esta es una de las mejores opciones de hoja verde cuando se trata de la caída de cabello. Algunos otros alimentos que lo ayudarán a tener un pelo sano son: semillas repletas de ácidos grasos con omega 3, guayaba, bok choy, batatas, manzanas, salmón, champiñones shiitake, y huevos. Encontrar el tiempo para consumir estos alimentos durante el día puede ser difícil, y es por ello que puede ser muy útil recurrir a los jugos de frutas y verduras que son beneficiosas para su cabello. Solo lleva algunos minutos preparar la mayoría de los jugos, y los beneficios de salud son sorprendentes. Teniendo esto en mente, he creado una colección de super jugos poderosos que están basados en ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente para mejorar su salud completa y prevenir la pérdida de cabello. Estos jugos fortalecerán su sistema inmune y le darán un cabello brillante y bello.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 41 Recetas de Comidas Sanadoras del Cáncer de Piel by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 41 Recetas de Comidas Sanadoras del Cáncer de Piel
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La época del año más peligrosa es definitivamente el verano, cuando estamos expuestos al sol la mayor parte del tiempo. Muchas personas usan protector para protegerse de los rayos UV dañinos, lo cual es una gran idea. Sin embargo, la mayoría de estos productos comerciales contienen químicos tóxicos que bloquean la absorción de vitamina D, que necesitamos, del sol. ¿Qué hacemos para proteger nuestra piel y salud?  Bueno, por escucha a este audio libro, ha tomado el primer paso en el cuidado de su piel y su salud general. ¡Felicitaciones! En este momento, probablemente se estará preguntando cómo un simple libro puede cuidar su piel y prevenir las condiciones cancerígenas. La respuesta es simple, los estudios muestran que los mejores resultados para la prevención del cáncer de piel vienen de una dieta saludable que ayudará a su cuerpo a eliminar toxinas. La clave al tratar de prevenir el cáncer de piel nace en comer alimentos ricos en antioxidantes, como frutas y vegetales. ¡Este libro es exactamente eso! Tiene la mejor colección posible de ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente, que ayudarán a prevenir el cáncer de piel y condiciones generales de la salud. Están incluidas algunas súper comidas repletas de antioxidantes, que son perfectas para impulsar su sistema inmune.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745554.mp3" length="774643" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745554.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 41 Recetas de Comidas Sanadoras del Cáncer de Piel
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La época del año más peligrosa es definitivamente el verano, cuando estamos expuestos al sol la mayor parte del tiempo. Muchas personas usan protector para protegerse de los rayos UV dañinos, lo cual es una gran idea. Sin embargo, la mayoría de estos productos comerciales contienen químicos tóxicos que bloquean la absorción de vitamina D, que necesitamos, del sol. ¿Qué hacemos para proteger nuestra piel y salud?  Bueno, por escucha a este audio libro, ha tomado el primer paso en el cuidado de su piel y su salud general. ¡Felicitaciones! En este momento, probablemente se estará preguntando cómo un simple libro puede cuidar su piel y prevenir las condiciones cancerígenas. La respuesta es simple, los estudios muestran que los mejores resultados para la prevención del cáncer de piel vienen de una dieta saludable que ayudará a su cuerpo a eliminar toxinas. La clave al tratar de prevenir el cáncer de piel nace en comer alimentos ricos en antioxidantes, como frutas y vegetales. ¡Este libro es exactamente eso! Tiene la mejor colección posible de ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente, que ayudarán a prevenir el cáncer de piel y condiciones generales de la salud. Están incluidas algunas súper comidas repletas de antioxidantes, que son perfectas para impulsar su sistema inmune.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 41 Recetas de Comidas Sanadoras del Cáncer de Piel
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La época del año más peligrosa es definitivamente el verano, cuando estamos expuestos al sol la mayor parte del tiempo. Muchas personas usan protector para protegerse de los rayos UV dañinos, lo cual es una gran idea. Sin embargo, la mayoría de estos productos comerciales contienen químicos tóxicos que bloquean la absorción de vitamina D, que necesitamos, del sol. ¿Qué hacemos para proteger nuestra piel y salud?  Bueno, por escucha a este audio libro, ha tomado el primer paso en el cuidado de su piel y su salud general. ¡Felicitaciones! En este momento, probablemente se estará preguntando cómo un simple libro puede cuidar su piel y prevenir las condiciones cancerígenas. La respuesta es simple, los estudios muestran que los mejores resultados para la prevención del cáncer de piel vienen de una dieta saludable que ayudará a su cuerpo a eliminar toxinas. La clave al tratar de prevenir el cáncer de piel nace en comer alimentos ricos en antioxidantes, como frutas y vegetales. ¡Este libro es exactamente eso! Tiene la mejor colección posible de ingredientes escogidos cuidadosamente, que ayudarán a prevenir el cáncer de piel y condiciones generales de la salud. Están incluidas algunas súper comidas repletas de antioxidantes, que son perfectas para impulsar su sistema inmune.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 61 Recetas de Comidas Para Asmáticos Que Ayudarán a Reducir Naturalmente Síntomas Crónicos y Problemáticos by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 61 Recetas de Comidas Para Asmáticos Que Ayudarán a Reducir Naturalmente Síntomas Crónicos y Problemáticos
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La mayoría de los doctores concuerdan en que ciertas comidas podrían también ser desencadenantes del asma. Si nota una reacción alérgica a ciertas comidas, debería considerar evitarlas, porque podrían ser de alto riesgo para su condición asmática. Por otro lado, hay una regla general para los asmáticos: cuantas menos frutas y vegetales frescos, mayor frecuencia de asma. ¡Así de simple! Es por ello que quiero darle una solución rápida y sabrosa a su problema. He hecho una colección de recetas deliciosas que ayudarán a tratar y prevenir el asma.  Estas recetas están repletas de nutrientes, vitaminas, minerales y ácidos grasos con omega-3 saludables, y son muy ricas. Están llenas de frutas y vegetales, que tienen antioxidantes naturales que ayudarán a su cuerpo a combatir el proceso inflamatorio por el que está pasando, y protegerán a sus células de condiciones problemáticas futuras.  Este libro está basado en recetas que contienen alimentos antiinflamatorios científicamente comprobados. Estará sorprendido de lo sabroso que es el &amp;#039;Salmón con Vegetales&amp;#039;, y una porción en el almuerzo le dará nutrientes irremplazables. &amp;#039;Ensalada con Nueces&amp;#039;, por otro lado, es una delicadeza y fuente masiva de fibras, vitaminas y minerales. Para la comida más importante del día (el desayuno), dese un gusto con el sorprendente &amp;#039;Omelette de Gouda y Cebolla&amp;#039;. ¡Pero eso no es todo! Este libro ofrece algunas recetas geniales y saludables para el desayuno, almuerzo, cena y postres, que van a fortalecer su sistema inmune. Preparar estas comidas cada día no solo prevendrá el asma, sino que mejorará su salud general y reducirá el exceso de peso que podría tener. Habiendo dicho esto, creo que es momento de probar estas recetas. Deje que este libro sea su nuevo comienzo en la prevención del asma.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745417.mp3" length="1399970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 61 Recetas de Comidas Para Asmáticos Que Ayudarán a Reducir Naturalmente Síntomas Crónicos y Problemáticos
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La mayoría de los doctores concuerdan en que ciertas comidas podrían también ser desencadenantes del asma. Si nota una reacción alérgica a ciertas comidas, debería considerar evitarlas, porque podrían ser de alto riesgo para su condición asmática. Por otro lado, hay una regla general para los asmáticos: cuantas menos frutas y vegetales frescos, mayor frecuencia de asma. ¡Así de simple! Es por ello que quiero darle una solución rápida y sabrosa a su problema. He hecho una colección de recetas deliciosas que ayudarán a tratar y prevenir el asma.  Estas recetas están repletas de nutrientes, vitaminas, minerales y ácidos grasos con omega-3 saludables, y son muy ricas. Están llenas de frutas y vegetales, que tienen antioxidantes naturales que ayudarán a su cuerpo a combatir el proceso inflamatorio por el que está pasando, y protegerán a sus células de condiciones problemáticas futuras.  Este libro está basado en recetas que contienen alimentos antiinflamatorios científicamente comprobados. Estará sorprendido de lo sabroso que es el &amp;#039;Salmón con Vegetales&amp;#039;, y una porción en el almuerzo le dará nutrientes irremplazables. &amp;#039;Ensalada con Nueces&amp;#039;, por otro lado, es una delicadeza y fuente masiva de fibras, vitaminas y minerales. Para la comida más importante del día (el desayuno), dese un gusto con el sorprendente &amp;#039;Omelette de Gouda y Cebolla&amp;#039;. ¡Pero eso no es todo! Este libro ofrece algunas recetas geniales y saludables para el desayuno, almuerzo, cena y postres, que van a fortalecer su sistema inmune. Preparar estas comidas cada día no solo prevendrá el asma, sino que mejorará su salud general y reducirá el exceso de peso que podría tener. Habiendo dicho esto, creo que es momento de probar estas recetas. Deje que este libro sea su nuevo comienzo en la prevención del asma.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 61 Recetas de Comidas Para Asmáticos Que Ayudarán a Reducir Naturalmente Síntomas Crónicos y Problemáticos
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
La mayoría de los doctores concuerdan en que ciertas comidas podrían también ser desencadenantes del asma. Si nota una reacción alérgica a ciertas comidas, debería considerar evitarlas, porque podrían ser de alto riesgo para su condición asmática. Por otro lado, hay una regla general para los asmáticos: cuantas menos frutas y vegetales frescos, mayor frecuencia de asma. ¡Así de simple! Es por ello que quiero darle una solución rápida y sabrosa a su problema. He hecho una colección de recetas deliciosas que ayudarán a tratar y prevenir el asma.  Estas recetas están repletas de nutrientes, vitaminas, minerales y ácidos grasos con omega-3 saludables, y son muy ricas. Están llenas de frutas y vegetales, que tienen antioxidantes naturales que ayudarán a su cuerpo a combatir el proceso inflamatorio por el que está pasando, y protegerán a sus células de condiciones problemáticas futuras.  Este libro está basado en recetas que contienen alimentos antiinflamatorios científicamente comprobados. Estará sorprendido de lo sabroso que es el &amp;#039;Salmón con Vegetales&amp;#039;, y una porción en el almuerzo le dará nutrientes irremplazables. &amp;#039;Ensalada con Nueces&amp;#039;, por otro lado, es una delicadeza y fuente masiva de fibras, vitaminas y minerales. Para la comida más importante del día (el desayuno), dese un gusto con el sorprendente &amp;#039;Omelette de Gouda y Cebolla&amp;#039;. ¡Pero eso no es todo! Este libro ofrece algunas recetas geniales y saludables para el desayuno, almuerzo, cena y postres, que van a fortalecer su sistema inmune. Preparar estas comidas cada día no solo prevendrá el asma, sino que mejorará su salud general y reducirá el exceso de peso que podría tener. Habiendo dicho esto, creo que es momento de probar estas recetas. Deje que este libro sea su nuevo comienzo en la prevención del asma.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos: La Solución a Sobrevivientes De Infartos Para Una Dieta Saludable y Una Vida Larga Por Joe Correa CSN Los infartos son una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo. Los estilos de vida modernos, dietas pobres y empleos sedentarios son la principal causa de estadísticas sorprendentes: en Estados Unidos, cerca de 800,000 personas mueren por infartos cada día. Junto con las enfermedades cardíacas, cáncer y accidentes, los infartos son una de las principales causas de muerte, y deberían ser tomados con seriedad. Teniendo en mente que cada 40 segundos alguien muere por un infarto, es importante empezar a pensar acerca del sistema cardiovascular completo y su salud, incluyendo el corazón. La prevención es clave en la reducción de la posibilidad de contraer esta enfermedad. Sin embargo, debe tener en mente que un infarto puede ser prevenido fácilmente. El problema principal recae en hábitos nutricionales malos que deberían ser reemplazados por hábitos saludables y buenos. Esto incluye primariamente alimentos frescos, crudos, orgánicos y saludables que ayudarán a su cuerpo a lidiar con los retos diarios y curarse a sí mismo. Este libro es una colección excelente de recetas que ayudarán a su sistema cardiovascular a funcionar mejor que nunca y reducir el riesgo de tener un infarto. Estas recetas están basadas en alimentos orgánicos y naturales que están repletos de grasas saludables, carbohidratos, proteínas, vitaminas y minerales. Además, este libro ofrece soluciones deliciosas y formas de preparar estos platos. Numerosas combinaciones reemplazarán rápidamente sus desayunos, almuerzos, bocadillos y cenas usuales y típicos. ¡Pruebe cada una de ellas y disfrute de una vida saludable!</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745189.mp3" length="872567" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745189.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos: La Solución a Sobrevivientes De Infartos Para Una Dieta Saludable y Una Vida Larga Por Joe Correa CSN Los infartos son una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo. Los estilos de vida modernos, dietas pobres y empleos sedentarios son la principal causa de estadísticas sorprendentes: en Estados Unidos, cerca de 800,000 personas mueren por infartos cada día. Junto con las enfermedades cardíacas, cáncer y accidentes, los infartos son una de las principales causas de muerte, y deberían ser tomados con seriedad. Teniendo en mente que cada 40 segundos alguien muere por un infarto, es importante empezar a pensar acerca del sistema cardiovascular completo y su salud, incluyendo el corazón. La prevención es clave en la reducción de la posibilidad de contraer esta enfermedad. Sin embargo, debe tener en mente que un infarto puede ser prevenido fácilmente. El problema principal recae en hábitos nutricionales malos que deberían ser reemplazados por hábitos saludables y buenos. Esto incluye primariamente alimentos frescos, crudos, orgánicos y saludables que ayudarán a su cuerpo a lidiar con los retos diarios y curarse a sí mismo. Este libro es una colección excelente de recetas que ayudarán a su sistema cardiovascular a funcionar mejor que nunca y reducir el riesgo de tener un infarto. Estas recetas están basadas en alimentos orgánicos y naturales que están repletos de grasas saludables, carbohidratos, proteínas, vitaminas y minerales. Además, este libro ofrece soluciones deliciosas y formas de preparar estos platos. Numerosas combinaciones reemplazarán rápidamente sus desayunos, almuerzos, bocadillos y cenas usuales y típicos. ¡Pruebe cada una de ellas y disfrute de una vida saludable!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
58 Recetas De Comidas Para Prevenir Infartos: La Solución a Sobrevivientes De Infartos Para Una Dieta Saludable y Una Vida Larga Por Joe Correa CSN Los infartos son una de las causas principales de muerte en el mundo. Los estilos de vida modernos, dietas pobres y empleos sedentarios son la principal causa de estadísticas sorprendentes: en Estados Unidos, cerca de 800,000 personas mueren por infartos cada día. Junto con las enfermedades cardíacas, cáncer y accidentes, los infartos son una de las principales causas de muerte, y deberían ser tomados con seriedad. Teniendo en mente que cada 40 segundos alguien muere por un infarto, es importante empezar a pensar acerca del sistema cardiovascular completo y su salud, incluyendo el corazón. La prevención es clave en la reducción de la posibilidad de contraer esta enfermedad. Sin embargo, debe tener en mente que un infarto puede ser prevenido fácilmente. El problema principal recae en hábitos nutricionales malos que deberían ser reemplazados por hábitos saludables y buenos. Esto incluye primariamente alimentos frescos, crudos, orgánicos y saludables que ayudarán a su cuerpo a lidiar con los retos diarios y curarse a sí mismo. Este libro es una colección excelente de recetas que ayudarán a su sistema cardiovascular a funcionar mejor que nunca y reducir el riesgo de tener un infarto. Estas recetas están basadas en alimentos orgánicos y naturales que están repletos de grasas saludables, carbohidratos, proteínas, vitaminas y minerales. Además, este libro ofrece soluciones deliciosas y formas de preparar estos platos. Numerosas combinaciones reemplazarán rápidamente sus desayunos, almuerzos, bocadillos y cenas usuales y típicos. ¡Pruebe cada una de ellas y disfrute de una vida saludable!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 58 Recetas de Jugos Para Personas Con Anemia by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas de Jugos Para Personas Con Anemia
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las causas más comunes de pérdida de apetito son la baja presión sanguínea, enfermedad del hígado, enfermedad del estómago, constipación severa, y condiciones mentales variadas. En la mayoría de los casos, se relaciona a la fatiga y el estrés. La pérdida de apetito a largo plazo puede derivar en anemia, una condición de salud causada por la falta de células rojas o hemoglobina en la sangre. La anemia es causada por la falta de hierro en sangre. Como alguien que se alimenta como debería, usted está en peligro de privarse de este mineral importante.  La clave para curar esta condición y ganar un apetito saludable recae en una dieta saludable. La cantidad apropiada de nutrientes es crucial para volver su cuerpo al balance. Además, tendrá que aprender qué y cómo comerlo, tendrá que tomar el tiempo de cada comida para que su metabolismo vuelva a funcionar. Tener un cronograma para comer los alimentos correctos es importante para incrementar el apetito. No significa que tenga que comer mucho cada día. Por el contrario, significa obtener porciones más pequeñas 5-6 veces al día, con un rango amplio de bocadillos saludables incluidos en su dieta. La mejor forma de ingerir los nutrientes correctos de la comida es consumir jugos frescos. Muchas frutas y vegetales, repletos de vitaminas, minerales y fibra, son una solución ideal para limpiar su cuerpo y mejorar su tracto digestivo. Este audiolibro ofrece una colección de recetas de jugos saludables y deliciosos que mejorarán su apetito en nada de tiempo. Además, están repletos de alimentos con hierro, que le ayudarán a deshacerse de la anemia en solo unos días. Asegúrese de probarlos a todos y disfrutarlos.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745202.mp3" length="840613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745202.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas de Jugos Para Personas Con Anemia
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las causas más comunes de pérdida de apetito son la baja presión sanguínea, enfermedad del hígado, enfermedad del estómago, constipación severa, y condiciones mentales variadas. En la mayoría de los casos, se relaciona a la fatiga y el estrés. La pérdida de apetito a largo plazo puede derivar en anemia, una condición de salud causada por la falta de células rojas o hemoglobina en la sangre. La anemia es causada por la falta de hierro en sangre. Como alguien que se alimenta como debería, usted está en peligro de privarse de este mineral importante.  La clave para curar esta condición y ganar un apetito saludable recae en una dieta saludable. La cantidad apropiada de nutrientes es crucial para volver su cuerpo al balance. Además, tendrá que aprender qué y cómo comerlo, tendrá que tomar el tiempo de cada comida para que su metabolismo vuelva a funcionar. Tener un cronograma para comer los alimentos correctos es importante para incrementar el apetito. No significa que tenga que comer mucho cada día. Por el contrario, significa obtener porciones más pequeñas 5-6 veces al día, con un rango amplio de bocadillos saludables incluidos en su dieta. La mejor forma de ingerir los nutrientes correctos de la comida es consumir jugos frescos. Muchas frutas y vegetales, repletos de vitaminas, minerales y fibra, son una solución ideal para limpiar su cuerpo y mejorar su tracto digestivo. Este audiolibro ofrece una colección de recetas de jugos saludables y deliciosos que mejorarán su apetito en nada de tiempo. Además, están repletos de alimentos con hierro, que le ayudarán a deshacerse de la anemia en solo unos días. Asegúrese de probarlos a todos y disfrutarlos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas de Jugos Para Personas Con Anemia
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Las causas más comunes de pérdida de apetito son la baja presión sanguínea, enfermedad del hígado, enfermedad del estómago, constipación severa, y condiciones mentales variadas. En la mayoría de los casos, se relaciona a la fatiga y el estrés. La pérdida de apetito a largo plazo puede derivar en anemia, una condición de salud causada por la falta de células rojas o hemoglobina en la sangre. La anemia es causada por la falta de hierro en sangre. Como alguien que se alimenta como debería, usted está en peligro de privarse de este mineral importante.  La clave para curar esta condición y ganar un apetito saludable recae en una dieta saludable. La cantidad apropiada de nutrientes es crucial para volver su cuerpo al balance. Además, tendrá que aprender qué y cómo comerlo, tendrá que tomar el tiempo de cada comida para que su metabolismo vuelva a funcionar. Tener un cronograma para comer los alimentos correctos es importante para incrementar el apetito. No significa que tenga que comer mucho cada día. Por el contrario, significa obtener porciones más pequeñas 5-6 veces al día, con un rango amplio de bocadillos saludables incluidos en su dieta. La mejor forma de ingerir los nutrientes correctos de la comida es consumir jugos frescos. Muchas frutas y vegetales, repletos de vitaminas, minerales y fibra, son una solución ideal para limpiar su cuerpo y mejorar su tracto digestivo. Este audiolibro ofrece una colección de recetas de jugos saludables y deliciosos que mejorarán su apetito en nada de tiempo. Además, están repletos de alimentos con hierro, que le ayudarán a deshacerse de la anemia en solo unos días. Asegúrese de probarlos a todos y disfrutarlos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 58 Recetas Únicas para el Cáncer de Próstata by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas Únicas para el Cáncer de Próstata
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El hecho de que uno de cada siete hombres será diagnosticado con cáncer de próstata es simplemente sorprendente. Esta enfermedad extremadamente seria es la tercera causa de muerte por cáncer en Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas sugieren que cuidar de su salud reproductiva y reconocer los síntomas del cáncer de próstata es vital para prevenir estas complicaciones.  Los síntomas más comunes de los problemas de próstata y de cáncer incluyen anormalidades al orinar, dolor, eyaculación dolorosa, dolor pélvico o abdominal, disfunción eréctil, inflamación extrema y sangre en la orina o semen. A pesar de que no todos estos síntomas indican cáncer de próstata, podrían ser un signo de condiciones médicas serias que requieran una intervención médica inmediata. El cáncer de próstata sólo puede ser diagnosticado por una biopsia de tejido.  Comer las cantidades correctas de frutas y vegetales reducirá definitivamente el riesgo de contraer cáncer de próstata. La cantidad diaria recomendada de frutas y vegetales frescos es de 4-5 tazas. La mayoría de las personas tienen cronogramas ocupados, y es por ello que definitivamente creo que los jugos son una gran opción.  A pesar de que muchos tipos de frutas y vegetales son extremadamente saludables, saber cuáles combinar para obtener el máximo beneficio es clave. Las frutas y verduras verdes, rojas y naranjas están repletas de carotenoides, que son especialmente beneficiosos para el cáncer de próstata. Algunos de los mejores ingredientes para jugos incluyen: espinaca, col rizada, verdes de diente de león, naranjas, pomelos, bayas, zanahorias y tomates. Estas frutas y verduras sabrosas son la base de las recetas en este audiolibro. La mayoría de estos ingredientes tienen un sabor relativamente neutral, y pueden ser combinados simplemente con hierbas y especies diferentes para un sabor magnífico.  Estos jugos son poderosos para impulsar su sistema inmune en solo unos días y ayudarlo a prevenir el cáncer de próstata.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745226.mp3" length="878220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745226.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas Únicas para el Cáncer de Próstata
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El hecho de que uno de cada siete hombres será diagnosticado con cáncer de próstata es simplemente sorprendente. Esta enfermedad extremadamente seria es la tercera causa de muerte por cáncer en Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas sugieren que cuidar de su salud reproductiva y reconocer los síntomas del cáncer de próstata es vital para prevenir estas complicaciones.  Los síntomas más comunes de los problemas de próstata y de cáncer incluyen anormalidades al orinar, dolor, eyaculación dolorosa, dolor pélvico o abdominal, disfunción eréctil, inflamación extrema y sangre en la orina o semen. A pesar de que no todos estos síntomas indican cáncer de próstata, podrían ser un signo de condiciones médicas serias que requieran una intervención médica inmediata. El cáncer de próstata sólo puede ser diagnosticado por una biopsia de tejido.  Comer las cantidades correctas de frutas y vegetales reducirá definitivamente el riesgo de contraer cáncer de próstata. La cantidad diaria recomendada de frutas y vegetales frescos es de 4-5 tazas. La mayoría de las personas tienen cronogramas ocupados, y es por ello que definitivamente creo que los jugos son una gran opción.  A pesar de que muchos tipos de frutas y vegetales son extremadamente saludables, saber cuáles combinar para obtener el máximo beneficio es clave. Las frutas y verduras verdes, rojas y naranjas están repletas de carotenoides, que son especialmente beneficiosos para el cáncer de próstata. Algunos de los mejores ingredientes para jugos incluyen: espinaca, col rizada, verdes de diente de león, naranjas, pomelos, bayas, zanahorias y tomates. Estas frutas y verduras sabrosas son la base de las recetas en este audiolibro. La mayoría de estos ingredientes tienen un sabor relativamente neutral, y pueden ser combinados simplemente con hierbas y especies diferentes para un sabor magnífico.  Estos jugos son poderosos para impulsar su sistema inmune en solo unos días y ayudarlo a prevenir el cáncer de próstata.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas Únicas para el Cáncer de Próstata
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El hecho de que uno de cada siete hombres será diagnosticado con cáncer de próstata es simplemente sorprendente. Esta enfermedad extremadamente seria es la tercera causa de muerte por cáncer en Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas sugieren que cuidar de su salud reproductiva y reconocer los síntomas del cáncer de próstata es vital para prevenir estas complicaciones.  Los síntomas más comunes de los problemas de próstata y de cáncer incluyen anormalidades al orinar, dolor, eyaculación dolorosa, dolor pélvico o abdominal, disfunción eréctil, inflamación extrema y sangre en la orina o semen. A pesar de que no todos estos síntomas indican cáncer de próstata, podrían ser un signo de condiciones médicas serias que requieran una intervención médica inmediata. El cáncer de próstata sólo puede ser diagnosticado por una biopsia de tejido.  Comer las cantidades correctas de frutas y vegetales reducirá definitivamente el riesgo de contraer cáncer de próstata. La cantidad diaria recomendada de frutas y vegetales frescos es de 4-5 tazas. La mayoría de las personas tienen cronogramas ocupados, y es por ello que definitivamente creo que los jugos son una gran opción.  A pesar de que muchos tipos de frutas y vegetales son extremadamente saludables, saber cuáles combinar para obtener el máximo beneficio es clave. Las frutas y verduras verdes, rojas y naranjas están repletas de carotenoides, que son especialmente beneficiosos para el cáncer de próstata. Algunos de los mejores ingredientes para jugos incluyen: espinaca, col rizada, verdes de diente de león, naranjas, pomelos, bayas, zanahorias y tomates. Estas frutas y verduras sabrosas son la base de las recetas en este audiolibro. La mayoría de estos ingredientes tienen un sabor relativamente neutral, y pueden ser combinados simplemente con hierbas y especies diferentes para un sabor magnífico.  Estos jugos son poderosos para impulsar su sistema inmune en solo unos días y ayudarlo a prevenir el cáncer de próstata.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Cáncer Testicular by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Cáncer Testicular
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer testicular es una condición muy seria y puede tener resultados fatales. Sin embargo, en más del 90% de los casos, el cáncer testicular es totalmente curable. Este libro incluye recetas que contienen todas las súper comidas necesarias para prevenir el cáncer testicular y mejorar su salud general. Debe entender que su cuerpo es una máquina poderosa con una gran capacidad para curarse a sí mismo, razón por la cual debería darle las herramientas apropiadas mediante una nutrición apropiada. Las recetas en este libro están basadas en ingredientes conocidos por sus propiedades antiinflamatorias y anti-bacteriales. Además, todas las recetas están repletas de vitaminas y minerales para ayudarlo a mejorar su sistema inmune. Las frutas y vegetales son conocidas como las comidas más saludables en el mundo. Son la herramienta perfecta para prevenir casi todas las enfermedades. Estudios recientes en Italia mostraron que personas que comen siete porciones de tomate por semana, tienen 60% menos chance de contraer cáncer que aquellos con solo dos porciones. Algunos antioxidantes conocidos como el ajo, cebolla, y albahaca, han sido probados para prevenir diferentes tipos de cáncer, incluyendo el testicular. Sus asombrosas propiedades anti-microbiales son la razón principal por la que los he incluido en tantas recetas en este libro. Además de seguir algunas guías básicas de alimentación al tratar de prevenir el cáncer testicular, debe entender que algunos simples hábitos de vida pueden hacer un cambio enorme en su vida y salud también. Ejercítese al menos 30 minutos por día, deje de fumar y beber alcohol, evite el estrés y coma saludable. Es la combinación perfecta al intentar prevenir el cáncer testicular.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745158.mp3" length="846388" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745158.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Cáncer Testicular
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer testicular es una condición muy seria y puede tener resultados fatales. Sin embargo, en más del 90% de los casos, el cáncer testicular es totalmente curable. Este libro incluye recetas que contienen todas las súper comidas necesarias para prevenir el cáncer testicular y mejorar su salud general. Debe entender que su cuerpo es una máquina poderosa con una gran capacidad para curarse a sí mismo, razón por la cual debería darle las herramientas apropiadas mediante una nutrición apropiada. Las recetas en este libro están basadas en ingredientes conocidos por sus propiedades antiinflamatorias y anti-bacteriales. Además, todas las recetas están repletas de vitaminas y minerales para ayudarlo a mejorar su sistema inmune. Las frutas y vegetales son conocidas como las comidas más saludables en el mundo. Son la herramienta perfecta para prevenir casi todas las enfermedades. Estudios recientes en Italia mostraron que personas que comen siete porciones de tomate por semana, tienen 60% menos chance de contraer cáncer que aquellos con solo dos porciones. Algunos antioxidantes conocidos como el ajo, cebolla, y albahaca, han sido probados para prevenir diferentes tipos de cáncer, incluyendo el testicular. Sus asombrosas propiedades anti-microbiales son la razón principal por la que los he incluido en tantas recetas en este libro. Además de seguir algunas guías básicas de alimentación al tratar de prevenir el cáncer testicular, debe entender que algunos simples hábitos de vida pueden hacer un cambio enorme en su vida y salud también. Ejercítese al menos 30 minutos por día, deje de fumar y beber alcohol, evite el estrés y coma saludable. Es la combinación perfecta al intentar prevenir el cáncer testicular.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 58 Recetas De Comidas Para Cáncer Testicular
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
El cáncer testicular es una condición muy seria y puede tener resultados fatales. Sin embargo, en más del 90% de los casos, el cáncer testicular es totalmente curable. Este libro incluye recetas que contienen todas las súper comidas necesarias para prevenir el cáncer testicular y mejorar su salud general. Debe entender que su cuerpo es una máquina poderosa con una gran capacidad para curarse a sí mismo, razón por la cual debería darle las herramientas apropiadas mediante una nutrición apropiada. Las recetas en este libro están basadas en ingredientes conocidos por sus propiedades antiinflamatorias y anti-bacteriales. Además, todas las recetas están repletas de vitaminas y minerales para ayudarlo a mejorar su sistema inmune. Las frutas y vegetales son conocidas como las comidas más saludables en el mundo. Son la herramienta perfecta para prevenir casi todas las enfermedades. Estudios recientes en Italia mostraron que personas que comen siete porciones de tomate por semana, tienen 60% menos chance de contraer cáncer que aquellos con solo dos porciones. Algunos antioxidantes conocidos como el ajo, cebolla, y albahaca, han sido probados para prevenir diferentes tipos de cáncer, incluyendo el testicular. Sus asombrosas propiedades anti-microbiales son la razón principal por la que los he incluido en tantas recetas en este libro. Además de seguir algunas guías básicas de alimentación al tratar de prevenir el cáncer testicular, debe entender que algunos simples hábitos de vida pueden hacer un cambio enorme en su vida y salud también. Ejercítese al menos 30 minutos por día, deje de fumar y beber alcohol, evite el estrés y coma saludable. Es la combinación perfecta al intentar prevenir el cáncer testicular.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Comidas para un Impulso a Su Sistema Inmune by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Comidas para un Impulso a Su Sistema Inmune
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Si quiere sentirse más fuerte y saludable, y darle un impulso de larga duración a su sistema inmune, es crucial incluir ingredientes naturales a sus comidas diarias. Use un balance de comidas saludables para activar su sistema inmune y obtener lo mejor del mismo. La forma en que usted se siente depende de cómo alimenta a su cuerpo. La mayoría de las dietas se enfocan en un tipo de comida sobre la otra, pero el punto que quiero que entienda es que necesita tener una combinación y balance de ingredientes diferentes para maximizar los nutrientes encontrados en los diferentes alimentos. Piense en su comida como un medio para mejorar su sistema inmune, su salud general y vida, no simplemente una forma de no morir de hambre. Sin una nutrición apropiada, su sistema inmune se debilitará a lo largo del tiempo y su cuerpo sufrirá.  No necesita medicamentos mágicos o un régimen estricto de dieta. La respuesta yace en alimentos simples y anticuados que nuestros abuelos comían. Las comidas basadas en alimentos orgánicos y frescos, vegetales, carnes, frutos secos y semillas, impulsarán su sistema inmune completo en un par de horas.  Estas comidas están diseñadas para ayudar a que su cuerpo combata todas las complicaciones posibles y enfermedades que pueda desarrollar. Este mensaje simple fue la razón principal por la que he creado este libro. Quería compartir con usted el secreto de cocinar alimentos saludables y deliciosos que adorará.  Estas recetas impulsadoras del sistema inmune lo mantendrán fuerte y saludable. Son reconfortantes y dan placer. Es hora de que empiece a disfrutar de la comida y resuelva sus problemas de salud de una vez por todas.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745103.mp3" length="855697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Comidas para un Impulso a Su Sistema Inmune
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Si quiere sentirse más fuerte y saludable, y darle un impulso de larga duración a su sistema inmune, es crucial incluir ingredientes naturales a sus comidas diarias. Use un balance de comidas saludables para activar su sistema inmune y obtener lo mejor del mismo. La forma en que usted se siente depende de cómo alimenta a su cuerpo. La mayoría de las dietas se enfocan en un tipo de comida sobre la otra, pero el punto que quiero que entienda es que necesita tener una combinación y balance de ingredientes diferentes para maximizar los nutrientes encontrados en los diferentes alimentos. Piense en su comida como un medio para mejorar su sistema inmune, su salud general y vida, no simplemente una forma de no morir de hambre. Sin una nutrición apropiada, su sistema inmune se debilitará a lo largo del tiempo y su cuerpo sufrirá.  No necesita medicamentos mágicos o un régimen estricto de dieta. La respuesta yace en alimentos simples y anticuados que nuestros abuelos comían. Las comidas basadas en alimentos orgánicos y frescos, vegetales, carnes, frutos secos y semillas, impulsarán su sistema inmune completo en un par de horas.  Estas comidas están diseñadas para ayudar a que su cuerpo combata todas las complicaciones posibles y enfermedades que pueda desarrollar. Este mensaje simple fue la razón principal por la que he creado este libro. Quería compartir con usted el secreto de cocinar alimentos saludables y deliciosos que adorará.  Estas recetas impulsadoras del sistema inmune lo mantendrán fuerte y saludable. Son reconfortantes y dan placer. Es hora de que empiece a disfrutar de la comida y resuelva sus problemas de salud de una vez por todas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Comidas para un Impulso a Su Sistema Inmune
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Si quiere sentirse más fuerte y saludable, y darle un impulso de larga duración a su sistema inmune, es crucial incluir ingredientes naturales a sus comidas diarias. Use un balance de comidas saludables para activar su sistema inmune y obtener lo mejor del mismo. La forma en que usted se siente depende de cómo alimenta a su cuerpo. La mayoría de las dietas se enfocan en un tipo de comida sobre la otra, pero el punto que quiero que entienda es que necesita tener una combinación y balance de ingredientes diferentes para maximizar los nutrientes encontrados en los diferentes alimentos. Piense en su comida como un medio para mejorar su sistema inmune, su salud general y vida, no simplemente una forma de no morir de hambre. Sin una nutrición apropiada, su sistema inmune se debilitará a lo largo del tiempo y su cuerpo sufrirá.  No necesita medicamentos mágicos o un régimen estricto de dieta. La respuesta yace en alimentos simples y anticuados que nuestros abuelos comían. Las comidas basadas en alimentos orgánicos y frescos, vegetales, carnes, frutos secos y semillas, impulsarán su sistema inmune completo en un par de horas.  Estas comidas están diseñadas para ayudar a que su cuerpo combata todas las complicaciones posibles y enfermedades que pueda desarrollar. Este mensaje simple fue la razón principal por la que he creado este libro. Quería compartir con usted el secreto de cocinar alimentos saludables y deliciosos que adorará.  Estas recetas impulsadoras del sistema inmune lo mantendrán fuerte y saludable. Son reconfortantes y dan placer. Es hora de que empiece a disfrutar de la comida y resuelva sus problemas de salud de una vez por todas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Quantum Doctor: A Quantum Physicist Explains the Healing Power of Integral by Amit Goswami PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Quantum Doctor: A Quantum Physicist Explains the Healing Power of Integral
Author: Amit Goswami PhD
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For quantum physicist Amit Goswami, medicine is a timely area of application for the new science based on the primacy of consciousness. This new science has a spectacular ability to integrate conventional science, spirituality, and healing. If any field needs integration, says Goswami, it is medicine and healing.   Goswami boldly reinterprets the leading methods of alternative medicine—homeopathy, Chinese medicine, acupuncture, Ayurveda, and conventional medicine in this new edition of his popular book. He shows how these seemingly different models can be combined into a new system of integrative medicine and offers profound insights into the relationship between physics and consciousness. This approach offers physicians and patients a whole new way of applying healthcare with a greater potential for healing and could be the basis for a major paradigm shift in medicine.</description>
      <author>Amit Goswami PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541404342.mp3" length="8058161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541404342.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Quantum Doctor: A Quantum Physicist Explains the Healing Power of Integral
Author: Amit Goswami PhD
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For quantum physicist Amit Goswami, medicine is a timely area of application for the new science based on the primacy of consciousness. This new science has a spectacular ability to integrate conventional science, spirituality, and healing. If any field needs integration, says Goswami, it is medicine and healing.   Goswami boldly reinterprets the leading methods of alternative medicine—homeopathy, Chinese medicine, acupuncture, Ayurveda, and conventional medicine in this new edition of his popular book. He shows how these seemingly different models can be combined into a new system of integrative medicine and offers profound insights into the relationship between physics and consciousness. This approach offers physicians and patients a whole new way of applying healthcare with a greater potential for healing and could be the basis for a major paradigm shift in medicine.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Quantum Doctor: A Quantum Physicist Explains the Healing Power of Integral
Author: Amit Goswami PhD
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
For quantum physicist Amit Goswami, medicine is a timely area of application for the new science based on the primacy of consciousness. This new science has a spectacular ability to integrate conventional science, spirituality, and healing. If any field needs integration, says Goswami, it is medicine and healing.   Goswami boldly reinterprets the leading methods of alternative medicine—homeopathy, Chinese medicine, acupuncture, Ayurveda, and conventional medicine in this new edition of his popular book. He shows how these seemingly different models can be combined into a new system of integrative medicine and offers profound insights into the relationship between physics and consciousness. This approach offers physicians and patients a whole new way of applying healthcare with a greater potential for healing and could be the basis for a major paradigm shift in medicine.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology by Deirdre Cooper Owens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology
Author: Deirdre Cooper Owens
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The accomplishments of pioneering doctors such as John Peter Mettauer, James Marion Sims, and Nathan Bozeman are well documented. It is also no secret that these nineteenth-century gynecologists performed experimental caesarean sections, ovariotomies, and obstetric fistula repairs primarily on poor and powerless women. Medical Bondage breaks new ground by exploring how and why physicians denied these women their full humanity yet valued them as &amp;#039;medical superbodies&amp;#039; highly suited for medical experimentation. In Medical Bondage, Cooper Owens examines a wide range of scientific literature and less formal communications in which gynecologists created and disseminated medical fictions about their patients, such as their belief that black enslaved women could withstand pain better than white &amp;#039;ladies.&amp;#039; Even as they were advancing medicine, these doctors were legitimizing, for decades to come, groundless theories related to whiteness and blackness, men and women, and the inferiority of other races or nationalities. Medical Bondage moves between southern plantations and northern urban centers to reveal how nineteenth-century American ideas about race, health, and status influenced doctor-patient relationships in sites of healing like slave cabins, medical colleges, and hospitals.</description>
      <author>Deirdre Cooper Owens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541401419.mp3" length="8143201" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541401419.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology
Author: Deirdre Cooper Owens
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The accomplishments of pioneering doctors such as John Peter Mettauer, James Marion Sims, and Nathan Bozeman are well documented. It is also no secret that these nineteenth-century gynecologists performed experimental caesarean sections, ovariotomies, and obstetric fistula repairs primarily on poor and powerless women. Medical Bondage breaks new ground by exploring how and why physicians denied these women their full humanity yet valued them as &amp;#039;medical superbodies&amp;#039; highly suited for medical experimentation. In Medical Bondage, Cooper Owens examines a wide range of scientific literature and less formal communications in which gynecologists created and disseminated medical fictions about their patients, such as their belief that black enslaved women could withstand pain better than white &amp;#039;ladies.&amp;#039; Even as they were advancing medicine, these doctors were legitimizing, for decades to come, groundless theories related to whiteness and blackness, men and women, and the inferiority of other races or nationalities. Medical Bondage moves between southern plantations and northern urban centers to reveal how nineteenth-century American ideas about race, health, and status influenced doctor-patient relationships in sites of healing like slave cabins, medical colleges, and hospitals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376034</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology
Author: Deirdre Cooper Owens
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The accomplishments of pioneering doctors such as John Peter Mettauer, James Marion Sims, and Nathan Bozeman are well documented. It is also no secret that these nineteenth-century gynecologists performed experimental caesarean sections, ovariotomies, and obstetric fistula repairs primarily on poor and powerless women. Medical Bondage breaks new ground by exploring how and why physicians denied these women their full humanity yet valued them as &amp;#039;medical superbodies&amp;#039; highly suited for medical experimentation. In Medical Bondage, Cooper Owens examines a wide range of scientific literature and less formal communications in which gynecologists created and disseminated medical fictions about their patients, such as their belief that black enslaved women could withstand pain better than white &amp;#039;ladies.&amp;#039; Even as they were advancing medicine, these doctors were legitimizing, for decades to come, groundless theories related to whiteness and blackness, men and women, and the inferiority of other races or nationalities. Medical Bondage moves between southern plantations and northern urban centers to reveal how nineteenth-century American ideas about race, health, and status influenced doctor-patient relationships in sites of healing like slave cabins, medical colleges, and hospitals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living An Orgasmic Life: Heal Yourself and Awaken Your Pleasure by Xanet Pailet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living An Orgasmic Life: Heal Yourself and Awaken Your Pleasure
Author: Xanet Pailet
Narrator: Xanet Pailet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcome your discomfort: Living an Orgasmic Life is written for anyone who finds sex challenging or feels uncomfortable with their sex life. Women who are alienated from their erotic side due to sexual abuse or trauma will find healing balm here. Women who can&amp;#039;t surrender into pleasure, can&amp;#039;t sustain intimacy, or want to reclaim and feel empowered in their sexuality will greatly benefit from this book. Awaken your sexuality: Challenges with sexuality are all too common in our society and not frequently discussed in an open and thoughtful manner. In Living an Orgasmic Life, Xanet Pailet explores the many reasons that cause women to disconnect from their sexuality including: shame, body image issues, sexual abuse and trauma, physical wounding, and fears of intimacy. She teaches practical advice and tools to help women awaken to their sexuality in a healthy way and reclaim their libido. Add sex back into your marriage: The number of reported sexless marriages has quadrupled in the last twenty years. Living an Orgasmic Life is filled with lessons and practical exercises that can take your sex life from non-existent or mediocre to fulfilling on every level.</description>
      <author>Xanet Pailet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349699.mp3" length="7675465" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349699.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living An Orgasmic Life: Heal Yourself and Awaken Your Pleasure
Author: Xanet Pailet
Narrator: Xanet Pailet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcome your discomfort: Living an Orgasmic Life is written for anyone who finds sex challenging or feels uncomfortable with their sex life. Women who are alienated from their erotic side due to sexual abuse or trauma will find healing balm here. Women who can&amp;#039;t surrender into pleasure, can&amp;#039;t sustain intimacy, or want to reclaim and feel empowered in their sexuality will greatly benefit from this book. Awaken your sexuality: Challenges with sexuality are all too common in our society and not frequently discussed in an open and thoughtful manner. In Living an Orgasmic Life, Xanet Pailet explores the many reasons that cause women to disconnect from their sexuality including: shame, body image issues, sexual abuse and trauma, physical wounding, and fears of intimacy. She teaches practical advice and tools to help women awaken to their sexuality in a healthy way and reclaim their libido. Add sex back into your marriage: The number of reported sexless marriages has quadrupled in the last twenty years. Living an Orgasmic Life is filled with lessons and practical exercises that can take your sex life from non-existent or mediocre to fulfilling on every level.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living An Orgasmic Life: Heal Yourself and Awaken Your Pleasure
Author: Xanet Pailet
Narrator: Xanet Pailet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcome your discomfort: Living an Orgasmic Life is written for anyone who finds sex challenging or feels uncomfortable with their sex life. Women who are alienated from their erotic side due to sexual abuse or trauma will find healing balm here. Women who can&amp;#039;t surrender into pleasure, can&amp;#039;t sustain intimacy, or want to reclaim and feel empowered in their sexuality will greatly benefit from this book. Awaken your sexuality: Challenges with sexuality are all too common in our society and not frequently discussed in an open and thoughtful manner. In Living an Orgasmic Life, Xanet Pailet explores the many reasons that cause women to disconnect from their sexuality including: shame, body image issues, sexual abuse and trauma, physical wounding, and fears of intimacy. She teaches practical advice and tools to help women awaken to their sexuality in a healthy way and reclaim their libido. Add sex back into your marriage: The number of reported sexless marriages has quadrupled in the last twenty years. Living an Orgasmic Life is filled with lessons and practical exercises that can take your sex life from non-existent or mediocre to fulfilling on every level.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stronger After Stroke, Third Edition: Your Roadmap to Recovery by Peter G. Levine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stronger After Stroke, Third Edition: Your Roadmap to Recovery
Author: Peter G. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Now in its third edition, Stronger After Stroke gives the power of recovery to the listeners by providing simple-to-follow instructions for reaching the highest possible level of recovery. The book&amp;#039;s neuroplastic recovery model stresses repetition of task-specific practice, proper scheduling of practice, setting goals, and measuring progress to achieve optimal results. Researcher Peter G Levine breaks down the science and gives survivors evidence-based tools to retrain the brain and take charge of recovery. Stronger After Stroke introduces listeners to leading-edge stroke recovery information while simplifying the process to attain specific benchmarks. Also included is a sample recovery schedule, a helpful glossary of frequently used stroke recovery terms, and a list of resources for listeners to research emerging stroke recovery options. The new Third Edition of Stronger After Stroke features: ● Complete update of all chapters to reflect new knowledge about maximizing recovery ● The latest research insights applied to individual recovery programs ● Steps to cope with challenges at each stage of recovery and achieve success ● strategies to save time and money ● New chapters on using electrical stimulation, reducing post-stroke pain, and understanding spasticity</description>
      <author>Peter G. Levine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349132.mp3" length="8473140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349132.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stronger After Stroke, Third Edition: Your Roadmap to Recovery
Author: Peter G. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Now in its third edition, Stronger After Stroke gives the power of recovery to the listeners by providing simple-to-follow instructions for reaching the highest possible level of recovery. The book&amp;#039;s neuroplastic recovery model stresses repetition of task-specific practice, proper scheduling of practice, setting goals, and measuring progress to achieve optimal results. Researcher Peter G Levine breaks down the science and gives survivors evidence-based tools to retrain the brain and take charge of recovery. Stronger After Stroke introduces listeners to leading-edge stroke recovery information while simplifying the process to attain specific benchmarks. Also included is a sample recovery schedule, a helpful glossary of frequently used stroke recovery terms, and a list of resources for listeners to research emerging stroke recovery options. The new Third Edition of Stronger After Stroke features: ● Complete update of all chapters to reflect new knowledge about maximizing recovery ● The latest research insights applied to individual recovery programs ● Steps to cope with challenges at each stage of recovery and achieve success ● strategies to save time and money ● New chapters on using electrical stimulation, reducing post-stroke pain, and understanding spasticity</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stronger After Stroke, Third Edition: Your Roadmap to Recovery
Author: Peter G. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Now in its third edition, Stronger After Stroke gives the power of recovery to the listeners by providing simple-to-follow instructions for reaching the highest possible level of recovery. The book&amp;#039;s neuroplastic recovery model stresses repetition of task-specific practice, proper scheduling of practice, setting goals, and measuring progress to achieve optimal results. Researcher Peter G Levine breaks down the science and gives survivors evidence-based tools to retrain the brain and take charge of recovery. Stronger After Stroke introduces listeners to leading-edge stroke recovery information while simplifying the process to attain specific benchmarks. Also included is a sample recovery schedule, a helpful glossary of frequently used stroke recovery terms, and a list of resources for listeners to research emerging stroke recovery options. The new Third Edition of Stronger After Stroke features: ● Complete update of all chapters to reflect new knowledge about maximizing recovery ● The latest research insights applied to individual recovery programs ● Steps to cope with challenges at each stage of recovery and achieve success ● strategies to save time and money ● New chapters on using electrical stimulation, reducing post-stroke pain, and understanding spasticity</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wild Feminine: Finding Power, Spirit &amp;amp; Joy in the Female Body by Tami Lynn Kent</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Feminine: Finding Power, Spirit &amp;amp; Joy in the Female Body
Author: Tami Lynn Kent
Narrator: Tami Lynn Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Feminine offers a unique, holistic approach to reclaiming the power, spirit, and joy of the female body and to understanding its connection to creative energy flow. By restoring physical and energetic balance in the pelvic bowl, women can learn to care for themselves in a nourishing and respectful manner, heal spiritual fractures, and renew their relationship with the sacred feminine. Although the feminine body is an access point to the greater realm of the spirit, many women have lost their connection to this source. Author Tami Kent, MSPT, has an answer. Drawing from her experiences as a woman&amp;#039;s health physical therapist who works with the physical body and female energy system, Kent provides a framework for healing the body and navigating the realms of feminine spirit. Through pelvic bodywork, healing stories, visualizations, rituals, and creative exercises, women can explore the deep and natural wisdom inherent in the female body. Wild Feminine reveals the amazing potential of the female body: the potential to create, to heal, and to transform the energy of a woman&amp;#039;s everyday life. Journey deep into the heart of your body. Travel the terrain of feminine wounds. Go to your root place, the center of all womanhood and radically shift your relationship with your body and spirit.</description>
      <author>Tami Lynn Kent</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977348968.mp3" length="7643000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977348968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Feminine: Finding Power, Spirit &amp;amp; Joy in the Female Body
Author: Tami Lynn Kent
Narrator: Tami Lynn Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Feminine offers a unique, holistic approach to reclaiming the power, spirit, and joy of the female body and to understanding its connection to creative energy flow. By restoring physical and energetic balance in the pelvic bowl, women can learn to care for themselves in a nourishing and respectful manner, heal spiritual fractures, and renew their relationship with the sacred feminine. Although the feminine body is an access point to the greater realm of the spirit, many women have lost their connection to this source. Author Tami Kent, MSPT, has an answer. Drawing from her experiences as a woman&amp;#039;s health physical therapist who works with the physical body and female energy system, Kent provides a framework for healing the body and navigating the realms of feminine spirit. Through pelvic bodywork, healing stories, visualizations, rituals, and creative exercises, women can explore the deep and natural wisdom inherent in the female body. Wild Feminine reveals the amazing potential of the female body: the potential to create, to heal, and to transform the energy of a woman&amp;#039;s everyday life. Journey deep into the heart of your body. Travel the terrain of feminine wounds. Go to your root place, the center of all womanhood and radically shift your relationship with your body and spirit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Feminine: Finding Power, Spirit &amp;amp; Joy in the Female Body
Author: Tami Lynn Kent
Narrator: Tami Lynn Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Feminine offers a unique, holistic approach to reclaiming the power, spirit, and joy of the female body and to understanding its connection to creative energy flow. By restoring physical and energetic balance in the pelvic bowl, women can learn to care for themselves in a nourishing and respectful manner, heal spiritual fractures, and renew their relationship with the sacred feminine. Although the feminine body is an access point to the greater realm of the spirit, many women have lost their connection to this source. Author Tami Kent, MSPT, has an answer. Drawing from her experiences as a woman&amp;#039;s health physical therapist who works with the physical body and female energy system, Kent provides a framework for healing the body and navigating the realms of feminine spirit. Through pelvic bodywork, healing stories, visualizations, rituals, and creative exercises, women can explore the deep and natural wisdom inherent in the female body. Wild Feminine reveals the amazing potential of the female body: the potential to create, to heal, and to transform the energy of a woman&amp;#039;s everyday life. Journey deep into the heart of your body. Travel the terrain of feminine wounds. Go to your root place, the center of all womanhood and radically shift your relationship with your body and spirit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sleep, Interrupted: A Physician Reveals the #1 Reason Why So Many of Us Are Sick and Tired by Steven Y. Park MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep, Interrupted: A Physician Reveals the #1 Reason Why So Many of Us Are Sick and Tired
Author: Steven Y. Park MD
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you&amp;#039;re stressed out and tired, and have put on a little weight. Or you have persistent pain you and your doctor can&amp;#039;t explain. Man or woman, you may be fighting fluctuating hormone levels. Or maybe you snore like a freight train. Anything that narrows the throat and interrupts sleep, particularly breathing problems brought on by sleep position, illness, life changes, or your anatomy, may be key to understanding a host of common health issues. In this groundbreaking book, Dr. Steven Park outlines a simple, rational explanation for what&amp;#039;s making you sick, and provides guidance for treatment options that address specific health problems.</description>
      <author>Steven Y. Park MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346919.mp3" length="8367488" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346919.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep, Interrupted: A Physician Reveals the #1 Reason Why So Many of Us Are Sick and Tired
Author: Steven Y. Park MD
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you&amp;#039;re stressed out and tired, and have put on a little weight. Or you have persistent pain you and your doctor can&amp;#039;t explain. Man or woman, you may be fighting fluctuating hormone levels. Or maybe you snore like a freight train. Anything that narrows the throat and interrupts sleep, particularly breathing problems brought on by sleep position, illness, life changes, or your anatomy, may be key to understanding a host of common health issues. In this groundbreaking book, Dr. Steven Park outlines a simple, rational explanation for what&amp;#039;s making you sick, and provides guidance for treatment options that address specific health problems.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep, Interrupted: A Physician Reveals the #1 Reason Why So Many of Us Are Sick and Tired
Author: Steven Y. Park MD
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you&amp;#039;re stressed out and tired, and have put on a little weight. Or you have persistent pain you and your doctor can&amp;#039;t explain. Man or woman, you may be fighting fluctuating hormone levels. Or maybe you snore like a freight train. Anything that narrows the throat and interrupts sleep, particularly breathing problems brought on by sleep position, illness, life changes, or your anatomy, may be key to understanding a host of common health issues. In this groundbreaking book, Dr. Steven Park outlines a simple, rational explanation for what&amp;#039;s making you sick, and provides guidance for treatment options that address specific health problems.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Plant Spirit Medicine: A Journey into the Healing Wisdom of Plants by Eliot Cowan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Plant Spirit Medicine: A Journey into the Healing Wisdom of Plants
Author: Eliot Cowan
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you live in a mountain cabin or a city loft, plant spirits present themselves to us everywhere. Since its first edition in 1995, Plant Spirit Medicine has passed among countless readers drawn to indigenous spirituality and all things alive and green. In this updated edition, Eliot Cowan invites us to discover the healing power of plants—not merely their physical medicinal properties, but the deeper wisdom and gifts that they offer. Enriched by many new insights, this guide unfolds as a series of chapters on how plant spirit medicine helped Cowan resolve specific challenges in his own healing journey and in his work with others. In the telling, we learn how plant spirits can directly communicate with and aid all of us, including: ● Plant spirit medicine&amp;#039;s five–element view of healing ● Ways to assess our own states of health and balance ● Receiving guidance from plants, including those found within herbal preparations ● New passages on community and sacred plants such as peyote, marijuana, and tobacco ● Additional interviews with plant shamans across diverse traditions, and more</description>
      <author>Eliot Cowan</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977345295.mp3" length="8137559" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977345295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Plant Spirit Medicine: A Journey into the Healing Wisdom of Plants
Author: Eliot Cowan
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you live in a mountain cabin or a city loft, plant spirits present themselves to us everywhere. Since its first edition in 1995, Plant Spirit Medicine has passed among countless readers drawn to indigenous spirituality and all things alive and green. In this updated edition, Eliot Cowan invites us to discover the healing power of plants—not merely their physical medicinal properties, but the deeper wisdom and gifts that they offer. Enriched by many new insights, this guide unfolds as a series of chapters on how plant spirit medicine helped Cowan resolve specific challenges in his own healing journey and in his work with others. In the telling, we learn how plant spirits can directly communicate with and aid all of us, including: ● Plant spirit medicine&amp;#039;s five–element view of healing ● Ways to assess our own states of health and balance ● Receiving guidance from plants, including those found within herbal preparations ● New passages on community and sacred plants such as peyote, marijuana, and tobacco ● Additional interviews with plant shamans across diverse traditions, and more</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Plant Spirit Medicine: A Journey into the Healing Wisdom of Plants
Author: Eliot Cowan
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you live in a mountain cabin or a city loft, plant spirits present themselves to us everywhere. Since its first edition in 1995, Plant Spirit Medicine has passed among countless readers drawn to indigenous spirituality and all things alive and green. In this updated edition, Eliot Cowan invites us to discover the healing power of plants—not merely their physical medicinal properties, but the deeper wisdom and gifts that they offer. Enriched by many new insights, this guide unfolds as a series of chapters on how plant spirit medicine helped Cowan resolve specific challenges in his own healing journey and in his work with others. In the telling, we learn how plant spirits can directly communicate with and aid all of us, including: ● Plant spirit medicine&amp;#039;s five–element view of healing ● Ways to assess our own states of health and balance ● Receiving guidance from plants, including those found within herbal preparations ● New passages on community and sacred plants such as peyote, marijuana, and tobacco ● Additional interviews with plant shamans across diverse traditions, and more</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom: A Complete Prescription to Optimize Your Health, Prevent Disease, and Live with Vitality and Joy by Acharya Shunya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom: A Complete Prescription to Optimize Your Health, Prevent Disease, and Live with Vitality and Joy
Author: Acharya Shunya
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An empowering guide to finding balance and restoring health in mind, body, and soul. Ayurveda teaches us that true health is our birthright—and that by artfully adapting to the rhythms of nature, we can bring ourselves back into balance and experience optimal well-being. Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom is a groundbreaking work within the field of holistic health and traditional yoga, written by internationally renowned Ayurvedic healer, teacher, and scholar Acharya Shunya. Raised in a distinguished lineage of Vedic mystics and healers, Shunya learned the ancient art of Ayurveda directly from her grandfather, a well-known healer in Northern India. Here, she presents both an engaging narrative of her unique education, as well as a complete encyclopedia of Ayurvedic practices, recipes, and knowledge. With Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom, Shunya maintains the integrity of Ayurveda&amp;#039;s traditional teachings while showing us how to integrate them into our modern lifestyles. Through her in-depth teachings, we learn to live in a way that supports our greatest health through daily ritual, nourishing food, spiritual practice, and self-care.</description>
      <author>Acharya Shunya</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343697.mp3" length="2740072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343697.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom: A Complete Prescription to Optimize Your Health, Prevent Disease, and Live with Vitality and Joy
Author: Acharya Shunya
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An empowering guide to finding balance and restoring health in mind, body, and soul. Ayurveda teaches us that true health is our birthright—and that by artfully adapting to the rhythms of nature, we can bring ourselves back into balance and experience optimal well-being. Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom is a groundbreaking work within the field of holistic health and traditional yoga, written by internationally renowned Ayurvedic healer, teacher, and scholar Acharya Shunya. Raised in a distinguished lineage of Vedic mystics and healers, Shunya learned the ancient art of Ayurveda directly from her grandfather, a well-known healer in Northern India. Here, she presents both an engaging narrative of her unique education, as well as a complete encyclopedia of Ayurvedic practices, recipes, and knowledge. With Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom, Shunya maintains the integrity of Ayurveda&amp;#039;s traditional teachings while showing us how to integrate them into our modern lifestyles. Through her in-depth teachings, we learn to live in a way that supports our greatest health through daily ritual, nourishing food, spiritual practice, and self-care.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom: A Complete Prescription to Optimize Your Health, Prevent Disease, and Live with Vitality and Joy
Author: Acharya Shunya
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An empowering guide to finding balance and restoring health in mind, body, and soul. Ayurveda teaches us that true health is our birthright—and that by artfully adapting to the rhythms of nature, we can bring ourselves back into balance and experience optimal well-being. Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom is a groundbreaking work within the field of holistic health and traditional yoga, written by internationally renowned Ayurvedic healer, teacher, and scholar Acharya Shunya. Raised in a distinguished lineage of Vedic mystics and healers, Shunya learned the ancient art of Ayurveda directly from her grandfather, a well-known healer in Northern India. Here, she presents both an engaging narrative of her unique education, as well as a complete encyclopedia of Ayurvedic practices, recipes, and knowledge. With Ayurveda Lifestyle Wisdom, Shunya maintains the integrity of Ayurveda&amp;#039;s traditional teachings while showing us how to integrate them into our modern lifestyles. Through her in-depth teachings, we learn to live in a way that supports our greatest health through daily ritual, nourishing food, spiritual practice, and self-care.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Doctor Will See You Now: Recognizing and Treating Endometriosis by Tamer Seckin MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Doctor Will See You Now: Recognizing and Treating Endometriosis
Author: Tamer Seckin MD
Narrator: Paul Woodson, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Endometriosis materializes when the endometrium—the tissue that lines the inside of the uterus—sheds, but does not exit a woman&amp;#039;s body during her period. Instead, it grows outside of the uterus, spreading to organs and nerves in and around the pelvic region. The resulting pain is so physically and emotionally insufferable that it can mercilessly dominate a woman&amp;#039;s life. The average woman with endometriosis is twenty-seven years old before she is diagnosed. It is one of the top three causes of female infertility. The pain it emits can affect a woman&amp;#039;s career, social life, relationships, sexual activity, sleep, and diet. It is incurable, but highly treatable. Unfortunately, though, it is rarely treated in a timely manner, if at all, because of misdiagnoses and/or a lack of education among those in the medical community. This book gives hope to everyone connected to endometriosis. That includes every woman and young girl who has it, and the women and men in their lives who know something is wrong, but do not know what it is or what to do about it. This book is written at a level that everyone with ties to this disease can relate to and understand, but it is also for doctors with good intentions who lack the knowledge of how to diagnose or treat it.</description>
      <author>Tamer Seckin MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2017 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541484832.mp3" length="2676257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541484832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Doctor Will See You Now: Recognizing and Treating Endometriosis
Author: Tamer Seckin MD
Narrator: Paul Woodson, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Endometriosis materializes when the endometrium—the tissue that lines the inside of the uterus—sheds, but does not exit a woman&amp;#039;s body during her period. Instead, it grows outside of the uterus, spreading to organs and nerves in and around the pelvic region. The resulting pain is so physically and emotionally insufferable that it can mercilessly dominate a woman&amp;#039;s life. The average woman with endometriosis is twenty-seven years old before she is diagnosed. It is one of the top three causes of female infertility. The pain it emits can affect a woman&amp;#039;s career, social life, relationships, sexual activity, sleep, and diet. It is incurable, but highly treatable. Unfortunately, though, it is rarely treated in a timely manner, if at all, because of misdiagnoses and/or a lack of education among those in the medical community. This book gives hope to everyone connected to endometriosis. That includes every woman and young girl who has it, and the women and men in their lives who know something is wrong, but do not know what it is or what to do about it. This book is written at a level that everyone with ties to this disease can relate to and understand, but it is also for doctors with good intentions who lack the knowledge of how to diagnose or treat it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Doctor Will See You Now: Recognizing and Treating Endometriosis
Author: Tamer Seckin MD
Narrator: Paul Woodson, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Endometriosis materializes when the endometrium—the tissue that lines the inside of the uterus—sheds, but does not exit a woman&amp;#039;s body during her period. Instead, it grows outside of the uterus, spreading to organs and nerves in and around the pelvic region. The resulting pain is so physically and emotionally insufferable that it can mercilessly dominate a woman&amp;#039;s life. The average woman with endometriosis is twenty-seven years old before she is diagnosed. It is one of the top three causes of female infertility. The pain it emits can affect a woman&amp;#039;s career, social life, relationships, sexual activity, sleep, and diet. It is incurable, but highly treatable. Unfortunately, though, it is rarely treated in a timely manner, if at all, because of misdiagnoses and/or a lack of education among those in the medical community. This book gives hope to everyone connected to endometriosis. That includes every woman and young girl who has it, and the women and men in their lives who know something is wrong, but do not know what it is or what to do about it. This book is written at a level that everyone with ties to this disease can relate to and understand, but it is also for doctors with good intentions who lack the knowledge of how to diagnose or treat it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cancer Revolution: A Groundbreaking Program to Reverse and Prevent Cancer by Leigh Erin Connealy MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Revolution: A Groundbreaking Program to Reverse and Prevent Cancer
Author: Leigh Erin Connealy MD
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to cancer, conventional doctors are trained to treat their patients exclusively with surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. These methods are grueling on the whole body—and they don&amp;#039;t treat beyond the tumor or the cancer itself. The focus is on the disease, not the whole person—and because of this, the outcomes in conventional medicine can be bleak. But it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be this way. Dr. Leigh Erin Connealy has developed a whole-person approach to treating cancer—and these treatments have helped thousands of patients through her Cancer Center for Healing. In The Cancer Revolution, Dr. Connealy shows you how to get to the root causes of cancer and the practical steps you can take to get back on the path to healing—from balancing your body&amp;#039;s chemistry with nutritional supplements, following a healthy food plan, detoxifying your body and home, exercising regularly, getting deep restful sleep every night, practicing stress reduction techniques, and putting together a supportive healing team.</description>
      <author>Leigh Erin Connealy MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2017 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541484290.mp3" length="1330936" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541484290.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Revolution: A Groundbreaking Program to Reverse and Prevent Cancer
Author: Leigh Erin Connealy MD
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to cancer, conventional doctors are trained to treat their patients exclusively with surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. These methods are grueling on the whole body—and they don&amp;#039;t treat beyond the tumor or the cancer itself. The focus is on the disease, not the whole person—and because of this, the outcomes in conventional medicine can be bleak. But it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be this way. Dr. Leigh Erin Connealy has developed a whole-person approach to treating cancer—and these treatments have helped thousands of patients through her Cancer Center for Healing. In The Cancer Revolution, Dr. Connealy shows you how to get to the root causes of cancer and the practical steps you can take to get back on the path to healing—from balancing your body&amp;#039;s chemistry with nutritional supplements, following a healthy food plan, detoxifying your body and home, exercising regularly, getting deep restful sleep every night, practicing stress reduction techniques, and putting together a supportive healing team.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Revolution: A Groundbreaking Program to Reverse and Prevent Cancer
Author: Leigh Erin Connealy MD
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2017
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to cancer, conventional doctors are trained to treat their patients exclusively with surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. These methods are grueling on the whole body—and they don&amp;#039;t treat beyond the tumor or the cancer itself. The focus is on the disease, not the whole person—and because of this, the outcomes in conventional medicine can be bleak. But it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be this way. Dr. Leigh Erin Connealy has developed a whole-person approach to treating cancer—and these treatments have helped thousands of patients through her Cancer Center for Healing. In The Cancer Revolution, Dr. Connealy shows you how to get to the root causes of cancer and the practical steps you can take to get back on the path to healing—from balancing your body&amp;#039;s chemistry with nutritional supplements, following a healthy food plan, detoxifying your body and home, exercising regularly, getting deep restful sleep every night, practicing stress reduction techniques, and putting together a supportive healing team.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Plant Paradox: The Hidden Dangers in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Healthy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Foods That Cause Disease and Weight Gain by Steven R. Gundry, M.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plant Paradox: The Hidden Dangers in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Healthy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Foods That Cause Disease and Weight Gain
Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 61 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I read this book... it worked. My autoimmune disease is gone and I&amp;#039;m 37 pounds lighter in my pleather.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kelly Clarkson Most of us have heard of gluten—a protein found in wheat that causes widespread inflammation in the body. Americans spend billions of dollars on gluten-free diets in an effort to protect their health. But what if we’ve been missing the root of the problem? In The Plant Paradox, renowned cardiologist Dr. Steven Gundry reveals that gluten is just one variety of a common, and highly toxic, plant-based protein called lectin. Lectins are found not only in grains like wheat but also in the “gluten-free” foods most of us commonly regard as healthy, including many fruits, vegetables, nuts, beans, and conventional dairy products. These proteins, which are found in the seeds, grains, skins, rinds, and leaves of plants, are designed by nature to protect them from predators (including humans). Once ingested, they incite a kind of chemical warfare in our bodies, causing inflammatory reactions that can lead to weight gain and serious health conditions. At his waitlist-only clinics in California, Dr. Gundry has successfully treated tens of thousands of patients suffering from autoimmune disorders, diabetes, leaky gut syndrome, heart disease, and neurodegenerative diseases with a protocol that detoxes the cells, repairs the gut, and nourishes the body. Now, in The Plant Paradox, he shares this clinically proven program with readers around the world. The simple (and daunting) fact is, lectins are everywhere. Thankfully, Dr. Gundry offers simple hacks we easily can employ to avoid them, including: - Peel your veggies. Most of the lectins are contained in the skin and seeds of plants; simply peeling and de-seeding vegetables (like tomatoes and peppers) reduces their lectin content. - Shop for fruit in season. Fruit contain fewer lectins when ripe, so eating apples, berries, and other lectin-containing fruits at the peak of ripeness helps minimize your lectin consumption. - Swap your brown rice for white. Whole grains and seeds with hard outer coatings are designed by nature to cause digestive distress—and are full of lectins. With a full list of lectin-containing foods and simple substitutes for each, a step-by-step detox and eating plan, and delicious lectin-free recipes, The Plant Paradox illuminates the hidden dangers lurking in your salad bowl—and shows you how to eat whole foods in a whole new way. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Steven R. Gundry, M.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062966629.mp3" length="1371120" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062966629.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plant Paradox: The Hidden Dangers in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Healthy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Foods That Cause Disease and Weight Gain
Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 61 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I read this book... it worked. My autoimmune disease is gone and I&amp;#039;m 37 pounds lighter in my pleather.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kelly Clarkson Most of us have heard of gluten—a protein found in wheat that causes widespread inflammation in the body. Americans spend billions of dollars on gluten-free diets in an effort to protect their health. But what if we’ve been missing the root of the problem? In The Plant Paradox, renowned cardiologist Dr. Steven Gundry reveals that gluten is just one variety of a common, and highly toxic, plant-based protein called lectin. Lectins are found not only in grains like wheat but also in the “gluten-free” foods most of us commonly regard as healthy, including many fruits, vegetables, nuts, beans, and conventional dairy products. These proteins, which are found in the seeds, grains, skins, rinds, and leaves of plants, are designed by nature to protect them from predators (including humans). Once ingested, they incite a kind of chemical warfare in our bodies, causing inflammatory reactions that can lead to weight gain and serious health conditions. At his waitlist-only clinics in California, Dr. Gundry has successfully treated tens of thousands of patients suffering from autoimmune disorders, diabetes, leaky gut syndrome, heart disease, and neurodegenerative diseases with a protocol that detoxes the cells, repairs the gut, and nourishes the body. Now, in The Plant Paradox, he shares this clinically proven program with readers around the world. The simple (and daunting) fact is, lectins are everywhere. Thankfully, Dr. Gundry offers simple hacks we easily can employ to avoid them, including: - Peel your veggies. Most of the lectins are contained in the skin and seeds of plants; simply peeling and de-seeding vegetables (like tomatoes and peppers) reduces their lectin content. - Shop for fruit in season. Fruit contain fewer lectins when ripe, so eating apples, berries, and other lectin-containing fruits at the peak of ripeness helps minimize your lectin consumption. - Swap your brown rice for white. Whole grains and seeds with hard outer coatings are designed by nature to cause digestive distress—and are full of lectins. With a full list of lectin-containing foods and simple substitutes for each, a step-by-step detox and eating plan, and delicious lectin-free recipes, The Plant Paradox illuminates the hidden dangers lurking in your salad bowl—and shows you how to eat whole foods in a whole new way. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plant Paradox: The Hidden Dangers in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Healthy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Foods That Cause Disease and Weight Gain
Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 61 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;I read this book... it worked. My autoimmune disease is gone and I&amp;#039;m 37 pounds lighter in my pleather.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kelly Clarkson Most of us have heard of gluten—a protein found in wheat that causes widespread inflammation in the body. Americans spend billions of dollars on gluten-free diets in an effort to protect their health. But what if we’ve been missing the root of the problem? In The Plant Paradox, renowned cardiologist Dr. Steven Gundry reveals that gluten is just one variety of a common, and highly toxic, plant-based protein called lectin. Lectins are found not only in grains like wheat but also in the “gluten-free” foods most of us commonly regard as healthy, including many fruits, vegetables, nuts, beans, and conventional dairy products. These proteins, which are found in the seeds, grains, skins, rinds, and leaves of plants, are designed by nature to protect them from predators (including humans). Once ingested, they incite a kind of chemical warfare in our bodies, causing inflammatory reactions that can lead to weight gain and serious health conditions. At his waitlist-only clinics in California, Dr. Gundry has successfully treated tens of thousands of patients suffering from autoimmune disorders, diabetes, leaky gut syndrome, heart disease, and neurodegenerative diseases with a protocol that detoxes the cells, repairs the gut, and nourishes the body. Now, in The Plant Paradox, he shares this clinically proven program with readers around the world. The simple (and daunting) fact is, lectins are everywhere. Thankfully, Dr. Gundry offers simple hacks we easily can employ to avoid them, including: - Peel your veggies. Most of the lectins are contained in the skin and seeds of plants; simply peeling and de-seeding vegetables (like tomatoes and peppers) reduces their lectin content. - Shop for fruit in season. Fruit contain fewer lectins when ripe, so eating apples, berries, and other lectin-containing fruits at the peak of ripeness helps minimize your lectin consumption. - Swap your brown rice for white. Whole grains and seeds with hard outer coatings are designed by nature to cause digestive distress—and are full of lectins. With a full list of lectin-containing foods and simple substitutes for each, a step-by-step detox and eating plan, and delicious lectin-free recipes, The Plant Paradox illuminates the hidden dangers lurking in your salad bowl—and shows you how to eat whole foods in a whole new way. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fast800 Diet: Discover the Ideal Fasting Formula to Shed Pounds, Fight Disease, and Boost Your Overall Health by Dr Michael Mosley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast800 Diet: Discover the Ideal Fasting Formula to Shed Pounds, Fight Disease, and Boost Your Overall Health
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to twenty pounds in four weeks! Discover the next major “health revolution” (The New York Times) with this cutting-edge new program that will help you lose weight, beat disease, and live longer with intermittent fasting—from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet. Millions of people worldwide have lost weight and reversed disease using Dr. Mosley’s The FastDiet, which revealed the incredible power of intermittent fasting. Clinical studies show that fasting not only helps you lose weight fast, but also improves blood sugar levels and heart health, boosts brain health and function, and is even proven to reduce the risk of cancer recurrence.    Drawing on the latest research and his personal experience gaining and then losing fourteen pounds, “the world’s top gut health guru” (Dr. Barry Marshall, winner of the Nobel Prize for Medicine) returns with an even more effective—yet easier to follow—diet plan designed to reap maximum fasting benefits. The Fast800 Diet pinpoints the ideal fasting calorie count for health and weight loss: 800. Built around a more manageable 800-calorie fasting day—whether that’s 800 calories every day until you achieve your goals, or 800 calories twice a week—Dr. Mosley’s powerful three-phase program is designed to supercharge weight loss and fast-track a healthier life.    Phase 1: A powerful jumpstart designed to accelerate weight loss.  Phase 2: Fast twice a week to sheds pounds without slowing your metabolism.  Phase 3: Discover how to keep the weight off—without calorie counting.    Complete with over fifty-five delicious recipes, four weeks of meal plans, and inspiring success stories, The Fast800 Diet is a simple and life-changing program that gets you real world results.</description>
      <author>Dr Michael Mosley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508298755.mp3" length="816879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508298755.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast800 Diet: Discover the Ideal Fasting Formula to Shed Pounds, Fight Disease, and Boost Your Overall Health
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to twenty pounds in four weeks! Discover the next major “health revolution” (The New York Times) with this cutting-edge new program that will help you lose weight, beat disease, and live longer with intermittent fasting—from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet. Millions of people worldwide have lost weight and reversed disease using Dr. Mosley’s The FastDiet, which revealed the incredible power of intermittent fasting. Clinical studies show that fasting not only helps you lose weight fast, but also improves blood sugar levels and heart health, boosts brain health and function, and is even proven to reduce the risk of cancer recurrence.    Drawing on the latest research and his personal experience gaining and then losing fourteen pounds, “the world’s top gut health guru” (Dr. Barry Marshall, winner of the Nobel Prize for Medicine) returns with an even more effective—yet easier to follow—diet plan designed to reap maximum fasting benefits. The Fast800 Diet pinpoints the ideal fasting calorie count for health and weight loss: 800. Built around a more manageable 800-calorie fasting day—whether that’s 800 calories every day until you achieve your goals, or 800 calories twice a week—Dr. Mosley’s powerful three-phase program is designed to supercharge weight loss and fast-track a healthier life.    Phase 1: A powerful jumpstart designed to accelerate weight loss.  Phase 2: Fast twice a week to sheds pounds without slowing your metabolism.  Phase 3: Discover how to keep the weight off—without calorie counting.    Complete with over fifty-five delicious recipes, four weeks of meal plans, and inspiring success stories, The Fast800 Diet is a simple and life-changing program that gets you real world results.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast800 Diet: Discover the Ideal Fasting Formula to Shed Pounds, Fight Disease, and Boost Your Overall Health
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to twenty pounds in four weeks! Discover the next major “health revolution” (The New York Times) with this cutting-edge new program that will help you lose weight, beat disease, and live longer with intermittent fasting—from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet. Millions of people worldwide have lost weight and reversed disease using Dr. Mosley’s The FastDiet, which revealed the incredible power of intermittent fasting. Clinical studies show that fasting not only helps you lose weight fast, but also improves blood sugar levels and heart health, boosts brain health and function, and is even proven to reduce the risk of cancer recurrence.    Drawing on the latest research and his personal experience gaining and then losing fourteen pounds, “the world’s top gut health guru” (Dr. Barry Marshall, winner of the Nobel Prize for Medicine) returns with an even more effective—yet easier to follow—diet plan designed to reap maximum fasting benefits. The Fast800 Diet pinpoints the ideal fasting calorie count for health and weight loss: 800. Built around a more manageable 800-calorie fasting day—whether that’s 800 calories every day until you achieve your goals, or 800 calories twice a week—Dr. Mosley’s powerful three-phase program is designed to supercharge weight loss and fast-track a healthier life.    Phase 1: A powerful jumpstart designed to accelerate weight loss.  Phase 2: Fast twice a week to sheds pounds without slowing your metabolism.  Phase 3: Discover how to keep the weight off—without calorie counting.    Complete with over fifty-five delicious recipes, four weeks of meal plans, and inspiring success stories, The Fast800 Diet is a simple and life-changing program that gets you real world results.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El corredor que llevamos dentro: Correr como una filosofía de vida by Jason R. Karp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El corredor que llevamos dentro: Correr como una filosofía de vida
Author: Jason R. Karp
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué cada vez hay más personas interesadas en correr?  ¿Por qué correr es una de las actividades físicas más comunes?  ¿Qué hay en este ejercicio que empodera a tanta gente?   ¿Cómo los corredores pueden sacar ventaja para crear una vida más plena?   El corredor que llevamos&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; dentro desentraña estas y otras preguntas. Este libro no trata de cómo llegar primero o de cómo correr un &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;maratón&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;; más bien explora cómo el simple acto de poner un pie después de otro, a cierto ritmo, desarrolla nuestra &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;creatividad&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. El autor propone cambios básicos de estilo de vida basándose en las últimas &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;investigaciones científicas&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y en los efectos que esta actividad produce a nivel &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;hormonal&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;neurológico&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Como corredor reconocido y coach de fitness, aunado a su doctorado en Fisiología del Ejercicio, Jason R. Karp sintetiza su experiencia y la compara con estudios científicos para los corredores de todos los niveles. Él demuestra que correr nos da la oportunidad de &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;descubrir&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, retar y traer a la luz lo mejor de nosotros. Correr impacta en nuestra creatividad, nuestra concen­tración, imaginación, confianza y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;salud&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Deja que El corredor que llevamos dentro&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te ayude no sólo a ser un mejor corredor, sino a ser una persona más creativa, productiva e imaginativa. Así que hagámoslo, porque la única forma de poner en práctica las enseñanzas del libro es&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; salir a correr&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; por nuestra cuenta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p align=&amp;#039;center&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; Este libro nos muestra los beneficios psicológicos, emocionales, sociales y espirituales de correr. &amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;</description>
      <author>Jason R. Karp</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073176965.mp3" length="1436405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073176965.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El corredor que llevamos dentro: Correr como una filosofía de vida
Author: Jason R. Karp
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué cada vez hay más personas interesadas en correr?  ¿Por qué correr es una de las actividades físicas más comunes?  ¿Qué hay en este ejercicio que empodera a tanta gente?   ¿Cómo los corredores pueden sacar ventaja para crear una vida más plena?   El corredor que llevamos&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; dentro desentraña estas y otras preguntas. Este libro no trata de cómo llegar primero o de cómo correr un &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;maratón&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;; más bien explora cómo el simple acto de poner un pie después de otro, a cierto ritmo, desarrolla nuestra &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;creatividad&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. El autor propone cambios básicos de estilo de vida basándose en las últimas &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;investigaciones científicas&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y en los efectos que esta actividad produce a nivel &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;hormonal&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;neurológico&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Como corredor reconocido y coach de fitness, aunado a su doctorado en Fisiología del Ejercicio, Jason R. Karp sintetiza su experiencia y la compara con estudios científicos para los corredores de todos los niveles. Él demuestra que correr nos da la oportunidad de &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;descubrir&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, retar y traer a la luz lo mejor de nosotros. Correr impacta en nuestra creatividad, nuestra concen­tración, imaginación, confianza y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;salud&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Deja que El corredor que llevamos dentro&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te ayude no sólo a ser un mejor corredor, sino a ser una persona más creativa, productiva e imaginativa. Así que hagámoslo, porque la única forma de poner en práctica las enseñanzas del libro es&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; salir a correr&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; por nuestra cuenta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p align=&amp;#039;center&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; Este libro nos muestra los beneficios psicológicos, emocionales, sociales y espirituales de correr. &amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El corredor que llevamos dentro: Correr como una filosofía de vida
Author: Jason R. Karp
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué cada vez hay más personas interesadas en correr?  ¿Por qué correr es una de las actividades físicas más comunes?  ¿Qué hay en este ejercicio que empodera a tanta gente?   ¿Cómo los corredores pueden sacar ventaja para crear una vida más plena?   El corredor que llevamos&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; dentro desentraña estas y otras preguntas. Este libro no trata de cómo llegar primero o de cómo correr un &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;maratón&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;; más bien explora cómo el simple acto de poner un pie después de otro, a cierto ritmo, desarrolla nuestra &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;creatividad&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. El autor propone cambios básicos de estilo de vida basándose en las últimas &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;investigaciones científicas&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y en los efectos que esta actividad produce a nivel &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;hormonal&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;neurológico&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Como corredor reconocido y coach de fitness, aunado a su doctorado en Fisiología del Ejercicio, Jason R. Karp sintetiza su experiencia y la compara con estudios científicos para los corredores de todos los niveles. Él demuestra que correr nos da la oportunidad de &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;descubrir&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, retar y traer a la luz lo mejor de nosotros. Correr impacta en nuestra creatividad, nuestra concen­tración, imaginación, confianza y &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;salud&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; Deja que El corredor que llevamos dentro&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te ayude no sólo a ser un mejor corredor, sino a ser una persona más creativa, productiva e imaginativa. Así que hagámoslo, porque la única forma de poner en práctica las enseñanzas del libro es&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; salir a correr&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; por nuestra cuenta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p align=&amp;#039;center&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt; Este libro nos muestra los beneficios psicológicos, emocionales, sociales y espirituales de correr. &amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Jugos para Controlar Su Apetito Luego de Dejar de Fumar by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Jugos para Controlar Su Apetito Luego de Dejar de Fumar
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
No es ningún secreto que fumar es una de las principales causas de muerte en el mundo. Este hábito tiene algunos efectos devastadores en todo el cuerpo, su sistema inmunológico, el tracto respiratorio e incluso su sistema cardiovascular. Sin mencionar los efectos que los cigarrillos tienen en su piel, dientes y uñas. Desafortunadamente, todos somos conscientes de estos hechos, pero de alguna manera todavía decidimos comenzar a fumar con la esperanza de que no nos suceda.  Encender un cigarrillo puede parecer un iniciador de conversación perfecto o una buena adición a su café de la mañana. Sin embargo, es un hecho bien conocido que más de 400,000 personas mueren de cáncer de pulmón y enfermedades cardiovasculares solo en los Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas deficientes deberían ser, y probablemente sean, la principal razón por la que decidió dejar de fumar.  La mejor manera de ayudar a su cuerpo a retomar el camino después de haber dejado de fumar es planificar cuidadosamente su nutrición. Las opciones sabias de alimentos, los planes de comidas cuidadosamente planeados y algunos nutrientes adicionales a través del jugo ayudarán a reducir sus antojos y facilitar el proceso de desintoxicación.  Este audiolibro es una fantástica colección de recetas de jugos que lo ayudarán a controlar su alimentación después de haber dejado de fumar. Las recetas en este audiolibro se basan en poderosos ingredientes naturales que tienen la capacidad de desintoxicar su cuerpo y limpiar todo su organismo. Estos jugos sanos y deliciosos le darán la fuerza necesaria que necesita para mantenerse alejado de los cigarrillos de una vez por todas.  Tómese unos minutos cada mañana para preparar uno de estos jugos espectaculares. ¡Empieza ahora!</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982744793.mp3" length="849825" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982744793.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Jugos para Controlar Su Apetito Luego de Dejar de Fumar
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
No es ningún secreto que fumar es una de las principales causas de muerte en el mundo. Este hábito tiene algunos efectos devastadores en todo el cuerpo, su sistema inmunológico, el tracto respiratorio e incluso su sistema cardiovascular. Sin mencionar los efectos que los cigarrillos tienen en su piel, dientes y uñas. Desafortunadamente, todos somos conscientes de estos hechos, pero de alguna manera todavía decidimos comenzar a fumar con la esperanza de que no nos suceda.  Encender un cigarrillo puede parecer un iniciador de conversación perfecto o una buena adición a su café de la mañana. Sin embargo, es un hecho bien conocido que más de 400,000 personas mueren de cáncer de pulmón y enfermedades cardiovasculares solo en los Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas deficientes deberían ser, y probablemente sean, la principal razón por la que decidió dejar de fumar.  La mejor manera de ayudar a su cuerpo a retomar el camino después de haber dejado de fumar es planificar cuidadosamente su nutrición. Las opciones sabias de alimentos, los planes de comidas cuidadosamente planeados y algunos nutrientes adicionales a través del jugo ayudarán a reducir sus antojos y facilitar el proceso de desintoxicación.  Este audiolibro es una fantástica colección de recetas de jugos que lo ayudarán a controlar su alimentación después de haber dejado de fumar. Las recetas en este audiolibro se basan en poderosos ingredientes naturales que tienen la capacidad de desintoxicar su cuerpo y limpiar todo su organismo. Estos jugos sanos y deliciosos le darán la fuerza necesaria que necesita para mantenerse alejado de los cigarrillos de una vez por todas.  Tómese unos minutos cada mañana para preparar uno de estos jugos espectaculares. ¡Empieza ahora!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 55 Recetas de Jugos para Controlar Su Apetito Luego de Dejar de Fumar
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
No es ningún secreto que fumar es una de las principales causas de muerte en el mundo. Este hábito tiene algunos efectos devastadores en todo el cuerpo, su sistema inmunológico, el tracto respiratorio e incluso su sistema cardiovascular. Sin mencionar los efectos que los cigarrillos tienen en su piel, dientes y uñas. Desafortunadamente, todos somos conscientes de estos hechos, pero de alguna manera todavía decidimos comenzar a fumar con la esperanza de que no nos suceda.  Encender un cigarrillo puede parecer un iniciador de conversación perfecto o una buena adición a su café de la mañana. Sin embargo, es un hecho bien conocido que más de 400,000 personas mueren de cáncer de pulmón y enfermedades cardiovasculares solo en los Estados Unidos. Estas estadísticas deficientes deberían ser, y probablemente sean, la principal razón por la que decidió dejar de fumar.  La mejor manera de ayudar a su cuerpo a retomar el camino después de haber dejado de fumar es planificar cuidadosamente su nutrición. Las opciones sabias de alimentos, los planes de comidas cuidadosamente planeados y algunos nutrientes adicionales a través del jugo ayudarán a reducir sus antojos y facilitar el proceso de desintoxicación.  Este audiolibro es una fantástica colección de recetas de jugos que lo ayudarán a controlar su alimentación después de haber dejado de fumar. Las recetas en este audiolibro se basan en poderosos ingredientes naturales que tienen la capacidad de desintoxicar su cuerpo y limpiar todo su organismo. Estos jugos sanos y deliciosos le darán la fuerza necesaria que necesita para mantenerse alejado de los cigarrillos de una vez por todas.  Tómese unos minutos cada mañana para preparar uno de estos jugos espectaculares. ¡Empieza ahora!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Cálculos Renales by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Cálculos Renales
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Los cálculos renales son uno de los problemas urológicos más comunes, afectando a casi 14 por ciento de la población. Los hombres están afectados unas tres veces más que las mujeres. El tamaño del cálculo puede variar desde pequeño (unos milímetros) a uno gigante que ocupe todo el riñón. La mayoría de las veces, los cálculos pasarán a través del tracto urinario por sí solos. Sin embargo, a veces es necesario un tratamiento médico para remover un cálculo que esté trabado en el camino.  La formación de cálculos renales está relacionada directamente con una orina espesa con poca agua. Este tipo de orina contiene substancias que se acumulan en el riñón, y eventualmente forman el cálculo. Una de las razones principales de una orina espesa es una ingesta insuficiente de fluidos y una dieta pobre. Uno de los primeros síntomas de un cálculo en crecimiento es un dolor severo en la espalda, orina frecuente y dolorosa, nausea y vómito, y sangre en la orina. Una de las mejores formas de prevenir la formación de cálculos renales es una dieta apropiada seguida de una ingesta correcta de fluidos, especialmente jugos de frutas y vegetales recientemente exprimidas que están repletos de antioxidantes y otros nutrientes importantes.  He creado una colección maravillosa de jugos que están basados en ingredientes saludables, y que ayudarán a limpiar su tracto urinario y prevenir que los cálculos renales se formen. Encontrarás algunas recetas de jugos con arándanos agrios, que son famosos por los efectos positivos que tienen en el tracto urinario. Los arándanos agrios son una de las curas naturales más comunes que los doctores prescriben para esta condición. Combinados con otras frutas y vegetales valiosos que encontrará en estas recetas, detendrán todas las infecciones potenciales e impulsarán su sistema inmune.  Tome unos minutos cada mañana para prepararse un jugo que le ayudará a lograr una vida feliz y saludable.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982744816.mp3" length="872296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982744816.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Cálculos Renales
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Los cálculos renales son uno de los problemas urológicos más comunes, afectando a casi 14 por ciento de la población. Los hombres están afectados unas tres veces más que las mujeres. El tamaño del cálculo puede variar desde pequeño (unos milímetros) a uno gigante que ocupe todo el riñón. La mayoría de las veces, los cálculos pasarán a través del tracto urinario por sí solos. Sin embargo, a veces es necesario un tratamiento médico para remover un cálculo que esté trabado en el camino.  La formación de cálculos renales está relacionada directamente con una orina espesa con poca agua. Este tipo de orina contiene substancias que se acumulan en el riñón, y eventualmente forman el cálculo. Una de las razones principales de una orina espesa es una ingesta insuficiente de fluidos y una dieta pobre. Uno de los primeros síntomas de un cálculo en crecimiento es un dolor severo en la espalda, orina frecuente y dolorosa, nausea y vómito, y sangre en la orina. Una de las mejores formas de prevenir la formación de cálculos renales es una dieta apropiada seguida de una ingesta correcta de fluidos, especialmente jugos de frutas y vegetales recientemente exprimidas que están repletos de antioxidantes y otros nutrientes importantes.  He creado una colección maravillosa de jugos que están basados en ingredientes saludables, y que ayudarán a limpiar su tracto urinario y prevenir que los cálculos renales se formen. Encontrarás algunas recetas de jugos con arándanos agrios, que son famosos por los efectos positivos que tienen en el tracto urinario. Los arándanos agrios son una de las curas naturales más comunes que los doctores prescriben para esta condición. Combinados con otras frutas y vegetales valiosos que encontrará en estas recetas, detendrán todas las infecciones potenciales e impulsarán su sistema inmune.  Tome unos minutos cada mañana para prepararse un jugo que le ayudará a lograr una vida feliz y saludable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Cálculos Renales
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Los cálculos renales son uno de los problemas urológicos más comunes, afectando a casi 14 por ciento de la población. Los hombres están afectados unas tres veces más que las mujeres. El tamaño del cálculo puede variar desde pequeño (unos milímetros) a uno gigante que ocupe todo el riñón. La mayoría de las veces, los cálculos pasarán a través del tracto urinario por sí solos. Sin embargo, a veces es necesario un tratamiento médico para remover un cálculo que esté trabado en el camino.  La formación de cálculos renales está relacionada directamente con una orina espesa con poca agua. Este tipo de orina contiene substancias que se acumulan en el riñón, y eventualmente forman el cálculo. Una de las razones principales de una orina espesa es una ingesta insuficiente de fluidos y una dieta pobre. Uno de los primeros síntomas de un cálculo en crecimiento es un dolor severo en la espalda, orina frecuente y dolorosa, nausea y vómito, y sangre en la orina. Una de las mejores formas de prevenir la formación de cálculos renales es una dieta apropiada seguida de una ingesta correcta de fluidos, especialmente jugos de frutas y vegetales recientemente exprimidas que están repletos de antioxidantes y otros nutrientes importantes.  He creado una colección maravillosa de jugos que están basados en ingredientes saludables, y que ayudarán a limpiar su tracto urinario y prevenir que los cálculos renales se formen. Encontrarás algunas recetas de jugos con arándanos agrios, que son famosos por los efectos positivos que tienen en el tracto urinario. Los arándanos agrios son una de las curas naturales más comunes que los doctores prescriben para esta condición. Combinados con otras frutas y vegetales valiosos que encontrará en estas recetas, detendrán todas las infecciones potenciales e impulsarán su sistema inmune.  Tome unos minutos cada mañana para prepararse un jugo que le ayudará a lograr una vida feliz y saludable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Caries by Joe Correa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Caries
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una higiene oral mala y una dieta poco saludable, pueden llevar a tener problemas serios, como el riesgo incrementado de sufrir ataques cardíacos, infartos, diabetes, salud mala en bebés recién nacidos, enfermedades pulmonares, sistema inmune debilitado, falla renal y hepática, y otras enfermedades. De esto, podemos fácilmente concluir que una sonrisa saludable es el espejo de nuestra salud en general. Como se dice &amp;quot;más vale prevenir que curar&amp;quot;. Esto es especialmente cierto cuando hablamos de la salud bucal, sobre todo si tiene en mente lo poco que requiere mantener dientes saludables, evitar complicaciones y prevenir procedimientos dentales caros.  El método más simple, y a su vez el más saludable, es cambiar su dieta diaria y tener una higiene bucal apropiada. Una higiene bucal apropiada es algo de lo que todos nos podemos encargar diariamente. Sin embargo, la mayoría de nosotros no considera cómo una nutrición apropiada y buenos hábitos alimenticios pueden afectar la salud a largo plazo de nuestros dientes. Altas cantidades de azúcar, alimentos procesados y químicos en nuestras comidas, afectan directamente y dañan los dientes, lo que conlleva a la aparición de caries.  Esta colección de jugos poderosos será una alternativa excelente a los aperitivos poco saludables, que están repletos de azúcar y causan las caries. He ido un paso más allá y he probado cientos de combinaciones de jugos, hasta que encontré estas recetas deliciosas que le servirán muy bien. Estos jugos están repletos de antioxidantes y nutrientes variados que no solo harán que sus dientes se mantengan saludables, sino que impulsarán todo su sistema inmune y salud.  Este audiolibro le servirá como guía para una sonrisa brillante y saludable. Está a solo unos minutos y algunos ingredientes de estos jugos deliciosos y saludables.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982744830.mp3" length="867235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982744830.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Caries
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una higiene oral mala y una dieta poco saludable, pueden llevar a tener problemas serios, como el riesgo incrementado de sufrir ataques cardíacos, infartos, diabetes, salud mala en bebés recién nacidos, enfermedades pulmonares, sistema inmune debilitado, falla renal y hepática, y otras enfermedades. De esto, podemos fácilmente concluir que una sonrisa saludable es el espejo de nuestra salud en general. Como se dice &amp;quot;más vale prevenir que curar&amp;quot;. Esto es especialmente cierto cuando hablamos de la salud bucal, sobre todo si tiene en mente lo poco que requiere mantener dientes saludables, evitar complicaciones y prevenir procedimientos dentales caros.  El método más simple, y a su vez el más saludable, es cambiar su dieta diaria y tener una higiene bucal apropiada. Una higiene bucal apropiada es algo de lo que todos nos podemos encargar diariamente. Sin embargo, la mayoría de nosotros no considera cómo una nutrición apropiada y buenos hábitos alimenticios pueden afectar la salud a largo plazo de nuestros dientes. Altas cantidades de azúcar, alimentos procesados y químicos en nuestras comidas, afectan directamente y dañan los dientes, lo que conlleva a la aparición de caries.  Esta colección de jugos poderosos será una alternativa excelente a los aperitivos poco saludables, que están repletos de azúcar y causan las caries. He ido un paso más allá y he probado cientos de combinaciones de jugos, hasta que encontré estas recetas deliciosas que le servirán muy bien. Estos jugos están repletos de antioxidantes y nutrientes variados que no solo harán que sus dientes se mantengan saludables, sino que impulsarán todo su sistema inmune y salud.  Este audiolibro le servirá como guía para una sonrisa brillante y saludable. Está a solo unos minutos y algunos ingredientes de estos jugos deliciosos y saludables.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 56 Recetas de Jugos para Prevenir Caries
Author: Joe Correa
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Una higiene oral mala y una dieta poco saludable, pueden llevar a tener problemas serios, como el riesgo incrementado de sufrir ataques cardíacos, infartos, diabetes, salud mala en bebés recién nacidos, enfermedades pulmonares, sistema inmune debilitado, falla renal y hepática, y otras enfermedades. De esto, podemos fácilmente concluir que una sonrisa saludable es el espejo de nuestra salud en general. Como se dice &amp;quot;más vale prevenir que curar&amp;quot;. Esto es especialmente cierto cuando hablamos de la salud bucal, sobre todo si tiene en mente lo poco que requiere mantener dientes saludables, evitar complicaciones y prevenir procedimientos dentales caros.  El método más simple, y a su vez el más saludable, es cambiar su dieta diaria y tener una higiene bucal apropiada. Una higiene bucal apropiada es algo de lo que todos nos podemos encargar diariamente. Sin embargo, la mayoría de nosotros no considera cómo una nutrición apropiada y buenos hábitos alimenticios pueden afectar la salud a largo plazo de nuestros dientes. Altas cantidades de azúcar, alimentos procesados y químicos en nuestras comidas, afectan directamente y dañan los dientes, lo que conlleva a la aparición de caries.  Esta colección de jugos poderosos será una alternativa excelente a los aperitivos poco saludables, que están repletos de azúcar y causan las caries. He ido un paso más allá y he probado cientos de combinaciones de jugos, hasta que encontré estas recetas deliciosas que le servirán muy bien. Estos jugos están repletos de antioxidantes y nutrientes variados que no solo harán que sus dientes se mantengan saludables, sino que impulsarán todo su sistema inmune y salud.  Este audiolibro le servirá como guía para una sonrisa brillante y saludable. Está a solo unos minutos y algunos ingredientes de estos jugos deliciosos y saludables.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine by JJ Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine
Author: JJ Smith
Narrator: JJ Smith, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
JJ Smith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, provides an all-new and accessible detox system that rids the body of unwanted fat and bacteria for renewed energy and lasting weight loss.  In the tradition of certified weight loss expert and nutritionist JJ Smith’s 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, Think Yourself Thin, and Green Smoothies for Life, comes the 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse. This revolutionary cleanse includes meals and drinks that help support the body’s natural detoxification process and promote a healthy environment for good bacteria in the body. All of the new and delicious 25 recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks will effectively help rid of your body of toxins and unwanted fat in just 7 days, jumpstarting your journey to permanent weight loss.</description>
      <author>JJ Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508298410.mp3" length="868677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508298410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine
Author: JJ Smith
Narrator: JJ Smith, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
JJ Smith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, provides an all-new and accessible detox system that rids the body of unwanted fat and bacteria for renewed energy and lasting weight loss.  In the tradition of certified weight loss expert and nutritionist JJ Smith’s 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, Think Yourself Thin, and Green Smoothies for Life, comes the 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse. This revolutionary cleanse includes meals and drinks that help support the body’s natural detoxification process and promote a healthy environment for good bacteria in the body. All of the new and delicious 25 recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks will effectively help rid of your body of toxins and unwanted fat in just 7 days, jumpstarting your journey to permanent weight loss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine
Author: JJ Smith
Narrator: JJ Smith, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
JJ Smith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, provides an all-new and accessible detox system that rids the body of unwanted fat and bacteria for renewed energy and lasting weight loss.  In the tradition of certified weight loss expert and nutritionist JJ Smith’s 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, Think Yourself Thin, and Green Smoothies for Life, comes the 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse. This revolutionary cleanse includes meals and drinks that help support the body’s natural detoxification process and promote a healthy environment for good bacteria in the body. All of the new and delicious 25 recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks will effectively help rid of your body of toxins and unwanted fat in just 7 days, jumpstarting your journey to permanent weight loss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To Love and Let Go: A Memoir of Love, Loss, and Gratitude by Rachel Brathen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Love and Let Go: A Memoir of Love, Loss, and Gratitude
Author: Rachel Brathen
Narrator: Rachel Brathen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“Rachel beautifully illustrates that loving fiercely and grieving deeply are often two halves of the same whole. Her story will break you down and lift you up.” —Glennon Doyle, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Love Warrior and founder of Together Rising While on her way to teach a yoga retreat in March 2014, Rachel Brathen collapses at an airport, brought to her knees by excruciating stomach pains. She is rushed to the hospital on the tiny island of Bonaire, and hours later forced to undergo surgery. When she wakes up from anesthesia, her boyfriend is weeping at her bedside. While Rachel was struck down with seemingly mysterious pain, her best friend, Andrea, sustained fatal injuries as a result of a car accident. Rachel and Andrea had a magical friendship. Though they looked nothing alike—one girl tall, blond, and Swedish, the other short, brunette, and Colombian—everyone called them gemelas: twins.   Over the three years following Andrea’s death, at what might appear from the outside to be the happiest time—with her engagement to the man she loves and a blossoming career that takes her all over the world—Rachel faces a series of trials that have the potential to define her life. Unresolved grief and trauma from her childhood make the weight of her sadness unbearable. At each turn, she is confronted again and again with a choice: Will she lose it all, succumb to grief, and grasp for control that’s beyond her reach? Or can she move through the loss and let go?   When Rachel and her husband conceive a child, pregnancy becomes a time to heal and an opportunity to be reborn herself. As she recounts this transformative period, Rachel shares her hard-won wisdom about life and death, love and fear, what it means to be a mother and a daughter, and how to become someone who walks through the fire of adversity with the never-ending practice of loving hard and letting go.</description>
      <author>Rachel Brathen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508298564.mp3" length="885744" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508298564.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Love and Let Go: A Memoir of Love, Loss, and Gratitude
Author: Rachel Brathen
Narrator: Rachel Brathen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“Rachel beautifully illustrates that loving fiercely and grieving deeply are often two halves of the same whole. Her story will break you down and lift you up.” —Glennon Doyle, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Love Warrior and founder of Together Rising While on her way to teach a yoga retreat in March 2014, Rachel Brathen collapses at an airport, brought to her knees by excruciating stomach pains. She is rushed to the hospital on the tiny island of Bonaire, and hours later forced to undergo surgery. When she wakes up from anesthesia, her boyfriend is weeping at her bedside. While Rachel was struck down with seemingly mysterious pain, her best friend, Andrea, sustained fatal injuries as a result of a car accident. Rachel and Andrea had a magical friendship. Though they looked nothing alike—one girl tall, blond, and Swedish, the other short, brunette, and Colombian—everyone called them gemelas: twins.   Over the three years following Andrea’s death, at what might appear from the outside to be the happiest time—with her engagement to the man she loves and a blossoming career that takes her all over the world—Rachel faces a series of trials that have the potential to define her life. Unresolved grief and trauma from her childhood make the weight of her sadness unbearable. At each turn, she is confronted again and again with a choice: Will she lose it all, succumb to grief, and grasp for control that’s beyond her reach? Or can she move through the loss and let go?   When Rachel and her husband conceive a child, pregnancy becomes a time to heal and an opportunity to be reborn herself. As she recounts this transformative period, Rachel shares her hard-won wisdom about life and death, love and fear, what it means to be a mother and a daughter, and how to become someone who walks through the fire of adversity with the never-ending practice of loving hard and letting go.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Love and Let Go: A Memoir of Love, Loss, and Gratitude
Author: Rachel Brathen
Narrator: Rachel Brathen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
“Rachel beautifully illustrates that loving fiercely and grieving deeply are often two halves of the same whole. Her story will break you down and lift you up.” —Glennon Doyle, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Love Warrior and founder of Together Rising While on her way to teach a yoga retreat in March 2014, Rachel Brathen collapses at an airport, brought to her knees by excruciating stomach pains. She is rushed to the hospital on the tiny island of Bonaire, and hours later forced to undergo surgery. When she wakes up from anesthesia, her boyfriend is weeping at her bedside. While Rachel was struck down with seemingly mysterious pain, her best friend, Andrea, sustained fatal injuries as a result of a car accident. Rachel and Andrea had a magical friendship. Though they looked nothing alike—one girl tall, blond, and Swedish, the other short, brunette, and Colombian—everyone called them gemelas: twins.   Over the three years following Andrea’s death, at what might appear from the outside to be the happiest time—with her engagement to the man she loves and a blossoming career that takes her all over the world—Rachel faces a series of trials that have the potential to define her life. Unresolved grief and trauma from her childhood make the weight of her sadness unbearable. At each turn, she is confronted again and again with a choice: Will she lose it all, succumb to grief, and grasp for control that’s beyond her reach? Or can she move through the loss and let go?   When Rachel and her husband conceive a child, pregnancy becomes a time to heal and an opportunity to be reborn herself. As she recounts this transformative period, Rachel shares her hard-won wisdom about life and death, love and fear, what it means to be a mother and a daughter, and how to become someone who walks through the fire of adversity with the never-ending practice of loving hard and letting go.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon: The New Science and Stories of the Brain by Rahul Jandial</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon: The New Science and Stories of the Brain
Author: Rahul Jandial
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon written by Rahul Jandial, read by Graham Winton. **THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER** &amp;#039;You&amp;#039;re amazing I could talk to you (Rahul) all day&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;This is a gripping new book&amp;#039; The Times World-leading neuroscientist and neurosurgeon Dr Rahul Jandial draws on his years of work with patients suffering from the most extreme cases of brain damage, disorders and illnesses to reveal what they can tell us about the science of the mind.  From a languages teacher who has to choose whether to lose her ability to speak Spanish or English after brain surgery, to a former TV exec, now homeless, who discovers that his life-altering despondency is the result of a tumour, to a fainting teen who learns that deep breathing can mean the difference between life or death, these stories uncover the secret workings of the brain.  Blending cutting-edge research and beautiful storytelling, Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon is a vital resource on the best ways to boost your memory, control stress and emotions, minimize pain, unleash your creativity, raise smart kids and reduce the risk of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. This is a deeply practical and readable book, which will take you on an expedition through the anatomy of the most fascinating - and mysterious - of organs. Rahul&amp;#039;s new book Life on a Knife&amp;#039;s Edge is out June and available to pre-order now.</description>
      <author>Rahul Jandial</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241987513.mp3" length="1357428" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241987513.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon: The New Science and Stories of the Brain
Author: Rahul Jandial
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon written by Rahul Jandial, read by Graham Winton. **THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER** &amp;#039;You&amp;#039;re amazing I could talk to you (Rahul) all day&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;This is a gripping new book&amp;#039; The Times World-leading neuroscientist and neurosurgeon Dr Rahul Jandial draws on his years of work with patients suffering from the most extreme cases of brain damage, disorders and illnesses to reveal what they can tell us about the science of the mind.  From a languages teacher who has to choose whether to lose her ability to speak Spanish or English after brain surgery, to a former TV exec, now homeless, who discovers that his life-altering despondency is the result of a tumour, to a fainting teen who learns that deep breathing can mean the difference between life or death, these stories uncover the secret workings of the brain.  Blending cutting-edge research and beautiful storytelling, Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon is a vital resource on the best ways to boost your memory, control stress and emotions, minimize pain, unleash your creativity, raise smart kids and reduce the risk of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. This is a deeply practical and readable book, which will take you on an expedition through the anatomy of the most fascinating - and mysterious - of organs. Rahul&amp;#039;s new book Life on a Knife&amp;#039;s Edge is out June and available to pre-order now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon: The New Science and Stories of the Brain
Author: Rahul Jandial
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon written by Rahul Jandial, read by Graham Winton. **THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER** &amp;#039;You&amp;#039;re amazing I could talk to you (Rahul) all day&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;This is a gripping new book&amp;#039; The Times World-leading neuroscientist and neurosurgeon Dr Rahul Jandial draws on his years of work with patients suffering from the most extreme cases of brain damage, disorders and illnesses to reveal what they can tell us about the science of the mind.  From a languages teacher who has to choose whether to lose her ability to speak Spanish or English after brain surgery, to a former TV exec, now homeless, who discovers that his life-altering despondency is the result of a tumour, to a fainting teen who learns that deep breathing can mean the difference between life or death, these stories uncover the secret workings of the brain.  Blending cutting-edge research and beautiful storytelling, Life Lessons from a Brain Surgeon is a vital resource on the best ways to boost your memory, control stress and emotions, minimize pain, unleash your creativity, raise smart kids and reduce the risk of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. This is a deeply practical and readable book, which will take you on an expedition through the anatomy of the most fascinating - and mysterious - of organs. Rahul&amp;#039;s new book Life on a Knife&amp;#039;s Edge is out June and available to pre-order now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset: Detoxify, Nourish, and Restore Your Body for Sustained Weight Loss...in Just 5 Days by Kellyann Petrucci</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset: Detoxify, Nourish, and Restore Your Body for Sustained Weight Loss...in Just 5 Days
Author: Kellyann Petrucci
Narrator: Jodie Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and USA Today bestselling author of Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Bone Broth Diet and The 10-Day Belly Slimdown is back with her quickest, most effective plan yet: a detoxifying and nourishing cleanse program that liberates every cell of your body from poisons that make you sick, tired, and overweight     Even when you think you are eating and living healthfully, your body naturally becomes depleted over time, making it even more difficult to lose weight and maintain the energy and vitality you need to get through the day. This is something Dr. Kellyann Petrucci experienced firsthand in 2017 while she was writing her last book, doing nonstop TV appearances, and running her business. She gained 20 pounds, her hormones went haywire, and she was at a loss for how to turn things around. She decided it was time to hit the reset button and created her simplest plan yet, specifically designed to help the millions of women who are overweight, overworked, and overextended get reenergized both physically and mentally.  This is a comfortable, incredibly powerful 5-day cleanse protocol that resets your metabolism, giving you the kind of quick, confidence-boosting results you need to get back on a healthy track. The power ingredient in the Cleanse and Reset is collagen, which improves skin elasticity and brings back that coveted youthful glow, eases joint pain, heals leaky gut, supports weight management, and has anti-inflammatory properties. The healing and reparative smoothies, shakes, soups, and bone broth blends that you’ll enjoy on the 5-day cleanse are packed with collagen and can be adapted to any diet, with a focus on modifying the cleanse for the keto diet (along with great collagen alternatives for vegetarians and vegans!). The program also includes an optional 1-day “keto push” that you can follow for an extra boost the day before you begin your cleanse. Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset will help you slim your body, deep-cleanse your cells, and reclaim your energy and focus so you can start feeling truly good again. This audio edition includes a downloadable PDF of recipes, meal plans, and more.</description>
      <author>Kellyann Petrucci</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593106273.mp3" length="2729555" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593106273.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset: Detoxify, Nourish, and Restore Your Body for Sustained Weight Loss...in Just 5 Days
Author: Kellyann Petrucci
Narrator: Jodie Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and USA Today bestselling author of Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Bone Broth Diet and The 10-Day Belly Slimdown is back with her quickest, most effective plan yet: a detoxifying and nourishing cleanse program that liberates every cell of your body from poisons that make you sick, tired, and overweight     Even when you think you are eating and living healthfully, your body naturally becomes depleted over time, making it even more difficult to lose weight and maintain the energy and vitality you need to get through the day. This is something Dr. Kellyann Petrucci experienced firsthand in 2017 while she was writing her last book, doing nonstop TV appearances, and running her business. She gained 20 pounds, her hormones went haywire, and she was at a loss for how to turn things around. She decided it was time to hit the reset button and created her simplest plan yet, specifically designed to help the millions of women who are overweight, overworked, and overextended get reenergized both physically and mentally.  This is a comfortable, incredibly powerful 5-day cleanse protocol that resets your metabolism, giving you the kind of quick, confidence-boosting results you need to get back on a healthy track. The power ingredient in the Cleanse and Reset is collagen, which improves skin elasticity and brings back that coveted youthful glow, eases joint pain, heals leaky gut, supports weight management, and has anti-inflammatory properties. The healing and reparative smoothies, shakes, soups, and bone broth blends that you’ll enjoy on the 5-day cleanse are packed with collagen and can be adapted to any diet, with a focus on modifying the cleanse for the keto diet (along with great collagen alternatives for vegetarians and vegans!). The program also includes an optional 1-day “keto push” that you can follow for an extra boost the day before you begin your cleanse. Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset will help you slim your body, deep-cleanse your cells, and reclaim your energy and focus so you can start feeling truly good again. This audio edition includes a downloadable PDF of recipes, meal plans, and more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset: Detoxify, Nourish, and Restore Your Body for Sustained Weight Loss...in Just 5 Days
Author: Kellyann Petrucci
Narrator: Jodie Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and USA Today bestselling author of Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Bone Broth Diet and The 10-Day Belly Slimdown is back with her quickest, most effective plan yet: a detoxifying and nourishing cleanse program that liberates every cell of your body from poisons that make you sick, tired, and overweight     Even when you think you are eating and living healthfully, your body naturally becomes depleted over time, making it even more difficult to lose weight and maintain the energy and vitality you need to get through the day. This is something Dr. Kellyann Petrucci experienced firsthand in 2017 while she was writing her last book, doing nonstop TV appearances, and running her business. She gained 20 pounds, her hormones went haywire, and she was at a loss for how to turn things around. She decided it was time to hit the reset button and created her simplest plan yet, specifically designed to help the millions of women who are overweight, overworked, and overextended get reenergized both physically and mentally.  This is a comfortable, incredibly powerful 5-day cleanse protocol that resets your metabolism, giving you the kind of quick, confidence-boosting results you need to get back on a healthy track. The power ingredient in the Cleanse and Reset is collagen, which improves skin elasticity and brings back that coveted youthful glow, eases joint pain, heals leaky gut, supports weight management, and has anti-inflammatory properties. The healing and reparative smoothies, shakes, soups, and bone broth blends that you’ll enjoy on the 5-day cleanse are packed with collagen and can be adapted to any diet, with a focus on modifying the cleanse for the keto diet (along with great collagen alternatives for vegetarians and vegans!). The program also includes an optional 1-day “keto push” that you can follow for an extra boost the day before you begin your cleanse. Dr. Kellyann&amp;#039;s Cleanse and Reset will help you slim your body, deep-cleanse your cells, and reclaim your energy and focus so you can start feeling truly good again. This audio edition includes a downloadable PDF of recipes, meal plans, and more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Superfoods Hacks by Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superfoods Hacks
Author: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Narrator: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock The Keys To Get Healthy And Stay Healthy with Superfoods Let&amp;#039;s face it, keeping up with the demands of life is challenging enough, but at the same time, expecting to always stay healthy and in shape? Seems like a pretty tall order on top of what is already taking a huge toll on us, right? Now there are those who at least try to be healthy. And, then there are many who simply don&amp;#039;t give a crap until something &amp;quot;awful&amp;quot; happens to them...yes, these are the folks who eventually one day decide to change their ways when they finally experience the unhealthy long-term effect catch up to them. Perhaps, they were struggling to breathe after walking up some stairs, or they&amp;#039;ve just found out their cholesterol level was too high during a usual doctor&amp;#039;s visit. Unfortunately, this is the life many of us share. Yet, fortunately, there is a way to combat all of this and keep ourselves healthy. Enter &amp;quot;superfoods&amp;quot; to the rescue! Superfoods? They are the superheroes of the food pyramid, possessing super-like powers to restore, revitalize, and retain our healthy body owning to their exceptional high quantity of vitamins, minerals, and other bodily goodness. Superfoods are the ultimate form of foods as intended by nature to give and sustain life to our body; however, it&amp;#039;s more than just about buying the right types of superfoods but also how to gain the most and best out of them. In &amp;quot;Superfoods Hacks,&amp;quot; discover how to: - Renew and upgrade body - Lose weight and get in shape - Boost brain and mental cognition - Increase energy level and mood - Lower cholesterol and blood sugar - Fight inflammation and bone loss - Combat eye disease and free radicals - Prevent and cure infectious diseases - Promote cardiovascular and circulation health - Incorporate any superfoods into your daily life ...and more for you to unlock! Are ready to eat healthy and be healthy? Are you willing to make superfoods a part of your life? In fact, you are what you eat. Become super now with superfoods!</description>
      <author>Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982743321.mp3" length="1395061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982743321.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superfoods Hacks
Author: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Narrator: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock The Keys To Get Healthy And Stay Healthy with Superfoods Let&amp;#039;s face it, keeping up with the demands of life is challenging enough, but at the same time, expecting to always stay healthy and in shape? Seems like a pretty tall order on top of what is already taking a huge toll on us, right? Now there are those who at least try to be healthy. And, then there are many who simply don&amp;#039;t give a crap until something &amp;quot;awful&amp;quot; happens to them...yes, these are the folks who eventually one day decide to change their ways when they finally experience the unhealthy long-term effect catch up to them. Perhaps, they were struggling to breathe after walking up some stairs, or they&amp;#039;ve just found out their cholesterol level was too high during a usual doctor&amp;#039;s visit. Unfortunately, this is the life many of us share. Yet, fortunately, there is a way to combat all of this and keep ourselves healthy. Enter &amp;quot;superfoods&amp;quot; to the rescue! Superfoods? They are the superheroes of the food pyramid, possessing super-like powers to restore, revitalize, and retain our healthy body owning to their exceptional high quantity of vitamins, minerals, and other bodily goodness. Superfoods are the ultimate form of foods as intended by nature to give and sustain life to our body; however, it&amp;#039;s more than just about buying the right types of superfoods but also how to gain the most and best out of them. In &amp;quot;Superfoods Hacks,&amp;quot; discover how to: - Renew and upgrade body - Lose weight and get in shape - Boost brain and mental cognition - Increase energy level and mood - Lower cholesterol and blood sugar - Fight inflammation and bone loss - Combat eye disease and free radicals - Prevent and cure infectious diseases - Promote cardiovascular and circulation health - Incorporate any superfoods into your daily life ...and more for you to unlock! Are ready to eat healthy and be healthy? Are you willing to make superfoods a part of your life? In fact, you are what you eat. Become super now with superfoods!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superfoods Hacks
Author: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Narrator: Life &amp;#039;n&amp;#039; Hack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock The Keys To Get Healthy And Stay Healthy with Superfoods Let&amp;#039;s face it, keeping up with the demands of life is challenging enough, but at the same time, expecting to always stay healthy and in shape? Seems like a pretty tall order on top of what is already taking a huge toll on us, right? Now there are those who at least try to be healthy. And, then there are many who simply don&amp;#039;t give a crap until something &amp;quot;awful&amp;quot; happens to them...yes, these are the folks who eventually one day decide to change their ways when they finally experience the unhealthy long-term effect catch up to them. Perhaps, they were struggling to breathe after walking up some stairs, or they&amp;#039;ve just found out their cholesterol level was too high during a usual doctor&amp;#039;s visit. Unfortunately, this is the life many of us share. Yet, fortunately, there is a way to combat all of this and keep ourselves healthy. Enter &amp;quot;superfoods&amp;quot; to the rescue! Superfoods? They are the superheroes of the food pyramid, possessing super-like powers to restore, revitalize, and retain our healthy body owning to their exceptional high quantity of vitamins, minerals, and other bodily goodness. Superfoods are the ultimate form of foods as intended by nature to give and sustain life to our body; however, it&amp;#039;s more than just about buying the right types of superfoods but also how to gain the most and best out of them. In &amp;quot;Superfoods Hacks,&amp;quot; discover how to: - Renew and upgrade body - Lose weight and get in shape - Boost brain and mental cognition - Increase energy level and mood - Lower cholesterol and blood sugar - Fight inflammation and bone loss - Combat eye disease and free radicals - Prevent and cure infectious diseases - Promote cardiovascular and circulation health - Incorporate any superfoods into your daily life ...and more for you to unlock! Are ready to eat healthy and be healthy? Are you willing to make superfoods a part of your life? In fact, you are what you eat. Become super now with superfoods!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life by Cristy Hyman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life
Author: Cristy Hyman
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being overweight? Are you tired of looking in the mirror and seeing something you don&amp;#039;t like? Do you want to improve the way you look and feel and enjoy life once again? Many of us feel like we should lose some weight. That moment, every morning, when we look in the mirror and see the excess fat we&amp;#039;ve accumulated, is usually the first point when we make the decision that something has to change. The good news is that you can do it. In this book, Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life, you will find all the information you&amp;#039;ll ever need, to get your weight under control, with chapters on: - Weight Loss Resolutions Basics - Use Walks - Use Fruits Rich in Vitamin C - Switch Out Trans Fat For Healthier Fats - Reprogram Your Mind about Portion Sizes - Change Your Mind about Salt and Use Fresh Herbs - Change Your View about Whole Grains - Don&amp;#039;t Forget the Water - Use Affirmations to Stay on Course - The Benefits of Maintaining A Healthy Weight With this information you can now start to plan your weight loss program in a rounded and methodical way that will give you great results and make you a lot happier. Get a copy now and start today!</description>
      <author>Cristy Hyman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982743406.mp3" length="849085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982743406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life
Author: Cristy Hyman
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being overweight? Are you tired of looking in the mirror and seeing something you don&amp;#039;t like? Do you want to improve the way you look and feel and enjoy life once again? Many of us feel like we should lose some weight. That moment, every morning, when we look in the mirror and see the excess fat we&amp;#039;ve accumulated, is usually the first point when we make the decision that something has to change. The good news is that you can do it. In this book, Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life, you will find all the information you&amp;#039;ll ever need, to get your weight under control, with chapters on: - Weight Loss Resolutions Basics - Use Walks - Use Fruits Rich in Vitamin C - Switch Out Trans Fat For Healthier Fats - Reprogram Your Mind about Portion Sizes - Change Your Mind about Salt and Use Fresh Herbs - Change Your View about Whole Grains - Don&amp;#039;t Forget the Water - Use Affirmations to Stay on Course - The Benefits of Maintaining A Healthy Weight With this information you can now start to plan your weight loss program in a rounded and methodical way that will give you great results and make you a lot happier. Get a copy now and start today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life
Author: Cristy Hyman
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being overweight? Are you tired of looking in the mirror and seeing something you don&amp;#039;t like? Do you want to improve the way you look and feel and enjoy life once again? Many of us feel like we should lose some weight. That moment, every morning, when we look in the mirror and see the excess fat we&amp;#039;ve accumulated, is usually the first point when we make the decision that something has to change. The good news is that you can do it. In this book, Losing Weight: The Ultimate Guide to Improve Your Appearance and Enjoy A Better Life, you will find all the information you&amp;#039;ll ever need, to get your weight under control, with chapters on: - Weight Loss Resolutions Basics - Use Walks - Use Fruits Rich in Vitamin C - Switch Out Trans Fat For Healthier Fats - Reprogram Your Mind about Portion Sizes - Change Your Mind about Salt and Use Fresh Herbs - Change Your View about Whole Grains - Don&amp;#039;t Forget the Water - Use Affirmations to Stay on Course - The Benefits of Maintaining A Healthy Weight With this information you can now start to plan your weight loss program in a rounded and methodical way that will give you great results and make you a lot happier. Get a copy now and start today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life Is a Marathon: A Memoir of Love and Endurance by Matt Fitzgerald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Is a Marathon: A Memoir of Love and Endurance
Author: Matt Fitzgerald
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An endurance athlete and coach reveals how the marathon transforms the lives of everyone who attempts it--and how it has helped his own family cope with serious adversity Step after step for 26.2 miles, hundreds of thousands of people run marathons. But why--what compels people past pain, lost toenails, 5.30 am start times, The Wall? Sports writer Matt Fitzgerald set out to run eight marathons in eight weeks across the country to answer that question. At each race, he meets an array of runners, from first timers, to dad-daughter teams and spouses, to people who&amp;#039;d been running for decades, and asks them what keeps them running. But there is another deeply personal part to Matt&amp;#039;s journey: his own relationship to the sport--and how it helped him overcome his own struggles and cope with his wife Nataki&amp;#039;s severe bipolar disorder.  A combination of Matt&amp;#039;s own How Bad Do You Want It? and What I Talk About When I Talk About Running, Life Is a Marathon captures the magic of those 26.2 miles. At the end of the day--and at the end of the race--the pursuit of a marathon finish line is not unlike the pursuit of happiness. You will pick up the book for a powerful personal story about what running does for the people for whom it does the most. You will put it down with a greater understanding of what it means to be alive in this world.</description>
      <author>Matt Fitzgerald</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549175404.mp3" length="945624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549175404.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Is a Marathon: A Memoir of Love and Endurance
Author: Matt Fitzgerald
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An endurance athlete and coach reveals how the marathon transforms the lives of everyone who attempts it--and how it has helped his own family cope with serious adversity Step after step for 26.2 miles, hundreds of thousands of people run marathons. But why--what compels people past pain, lost toenails, 5.30 am start times, The Wall? Sports writer Matt Fitzgerald set out to run eight marathons in eight weeks across the country to answer that question. At each race, he meets an array of runners, from first timers, to dad-daughter teams and spouses, to people who&amp;#039;d been running for decades, and asks them what keeps them running. But there is another deeply personal part to Matt&amp;#039;s journey: his own relationship to the sport--and how it helped him overcome his own struggles and cope with his wife Nataki&amp;#039;s severe bipolar disorder.  A combination of Matt&amp;#039;s own How Bad Do You Want It? and What I Talk About When I Talk About Running, Life Is a Marathon captures the magic of those 26.2 miles. At the end of the day--and at the end of the race--the pursuit of a marathon finish line is not unlike the pursuit of happiness. You will pick up the book for a powerful personal story about what running does for the people for whom it does the most. You will put it down with a greater understanding of what it means to be alive in this world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Is a Marathon: A Memoir of Love and Endurance
Author: Matt Fitzgerald
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
An endurance athlete and coach reveals how the marathon transforms the lives of everyone who attempts it--and how it has helped his own family cope with serious adversity Step after step for 26.2 miles, hundreds of thousands of people run marathons. But why--what compels people past pain, lost toenails, 5.30 am start times, The Wall? Sports writer Matt Fitzgerald set out to run eight marathons in eight weeks across the country to answer that question. At each race, he meets an array of runners, from first timers, to dad-daughter teams and spouses, to people who&amp;#039;d been running for decades, and asks them what keeps them running. But there is another deeply personal part to Matt&amp;#039;s journey: his own relationship to the sport--and how it helped him overcome his own struggles and cope with his wife Nataki&amp;#039;s severe bipolar disorder.  A combination of Matt&amp;#039;s own How Bad Do You Want It? and What I Talk About When I Talk About Running, Life Is a Marathon captures the magic of those 26.2 miles. At the end of the day--and at the end of the race--the pursuit of a marathon finish line is not unlike the pursuit of happiness. You will pick up the book for a powerful personal story about what running does for the people for whom it does the most. You will put it down with a greater understanding of what it means to be alive in this world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Yoga Nidra: The Art of Transformational Sleep by Kamini Desai PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga Nidra: The Art of Transformational Sleep
Author: Kamini Desai PhD
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga Nidra is the master key to initiating shifts in conscious sleep states where change happens outside of doing. In Yoga Nidra you enter a state of non-doing in which transformation happens from beyond the mind rather than through the mind. In this highly regenerative meditative state you can restore and rejuvenate your body, heal and recover from illness, and re-wire your brain for greater mental and emotional balance and resiliency. This comprehensive guidebook explores the core of Yogic philosophy and modern applications of Yoga Nidra backed by scientific research—affirming what Yogis have known for thousands of years. You will receive instruction on the practice of Yoga Nidra and the use of intention. You will discover how unconscious thinking patterns and resulting biochemical states contribute to ill health, stress, insomnia, depression, anxiety, bad habits, trauma, and addictions and most importantly, how to neutralize them with the Six Tools of Yoga Nidra.</description>
      <author>Kamini Desai PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977342010.mp3" length="8043180" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977342010.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga Nidra: The Art of Transformational Sleep
Author: Kamini Desai PhD
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga Nidra is the master key to initiating shifts in conscious sleep states where change happens outside of doing. In Yoga Nidra you enter a state of non-doing in which transformation happens from beyond the mind rather than through the mind. In this highly regenerative meditative state you can restore and rejuvenate your body, heal and recover from illness, and re-wire your brain for greater mental and emotional balance and resiliency. This comprehensive guidebook explores the core of Yogic philosophy and modern applications of Yoga Nidra backed by scientific research—affirming what Yogis have known for thousands of years. You will receive instruction on the practice of Yoga Nidra and the use of intention. You will discover how unconscious thinking patterns and resulting biochemical states contribute to ill health, stress, insomnia, depression, anxiety, bad habits, trauma, and addictions and most importantly, how to neutralize them with the Six Tools of Yoga Nidra.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Yoga Nidra: The Art of Transformational Sleep
Author: Kamini Desai PhD
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Yoga Nidra is the master key to initiating shifts in conscious sleep states where change happens outside of doing. In Yoga Nidra you enter a state of non-doing in which transformation happens from beyond the mind rather than through the mind. In this highly regenerative meditative state you can restore and rejuvenate your body, heal and recover from illness, and re-wire your brain for greater mental and emotional balance and resiliency. This comprehensive guidebook explores the core of Yogic philosophy and modern applications of Yoga Nidra backed by scientific research—affirming what Yogis have known for thousands of years. You will receive instruction on the practice of Yoga Nidra and the use of intention. You will discover how unconscious thinking patterns and resulting biochemical states contribute to ill health, stress, insomnia, depression, anxiety, bad habits, trauma, and addictions and most importantly, how to neutralize them with the Six Tools of Yoga Nidra.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mindful Vegan: A 30-Day Plan for Finding Health, Balance, Peace, and Happiness by Lani Muelrath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Vegan: A 30-Day Plan for Finding Health, Balance, Peace, and Happiness
Author: Lani Muelrath
Narrator: Lani Muelrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to shed old thinking patterns—and live more joyfully with food. Are you ready to get to the roots of your challenges around food— whether it&amp;#039;s gratuitous snacking, compulsive or emotional eating, indulging cravings, overeating, or other disheartening habits? Be ready to get mindful. Mindfulness can be the deciding factor between your successful adoption of a healthy vegan diet and repeated frustrating attempts. This simple technique goes under the surface of what is hampering your happiness, providing a sought-after solution to many of life&amp;#039;s ups and downs by rewiring your reactivity to challenges. Certified mindfulness meditation facilitator, award winning health educator, and longtime vegan advocate Lani Muelrath has been practicing mindfulness meditation for twenty-five years. In The Mindful Vegan, she teaches you how to practice mindfulness and shows how it can bring freedom and a new joy to your eating—and living—experience. Backed by extensive research, with step-by-step instructions, personal stories, positivity, humor, and a handful of delicious recipes, The Mindful Vegan will help you emancipate yourself from the stranglehold that mindless and compulsive eating have on your weight, health, food choices, and, most of all, peace of mind. With Lani&amp;#039;s guidance, you&amp;#039;ll learn the techniques of mindfulness meditation, opening the door to creating a more resilient vegan lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll discover why eating in a way that lines up with your convictions about health, the environment, and ethics reduces stress and increases happiness. The Mindful Vegan sets you on a path to cultivating your capacity for genuine happiness and a more peaceful life—in a way that is personally satisfying and aligned with your deepest values. This book is for anyone who wants to be free of frustrating and baffling eating behaviors, experience a new ease around eating, and discover their naturally healthy body and weight. What&amp;#039;s more, you&amp;#039;ll learn to navigate conversations with others about eating—and living—vegan with greater clarity and equanimity. Stop stressing. Start living—and eating—mindfully. Your body and mind will thank you.</description>
      <author>Lani Muelrath</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541449619.mp3" length="7514492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541449619.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Vegan: A 30-Day Plan for Finding Health, Balance, Peace, and Happiness
Author: Lani Muelrath
Narrator: Lani Muelrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to shed old thinking patterns—and live more joyfully with food. Are you ready to get to the roots of your challenges around food— whether it&amp;#039;s gratuitous snacking, compulsive or emotional eating, indulging cravings, overeating, or other disheartening habits? Be ready to get mindful. Mindfulness can be the deciding factor between your successful adoption of a healthy vegan diet and repeated frustrating attempts. This simple technique goes under the surface of what is hampering your happiness, providing a sought-after solution to many of life&amp;#039;s ups and downs by rewiring your reactivity to challenges. Certified mindfulness meditation facilitator, award winning health educator, and longtime vegan advocate Lani Muelrath has been practicing mindfulness meditation for twenty-five years. In The Mindful Vegan, she teaches you how to practice mindfulness and shows how it can bring freedom and a new joy to your eating—and living—experience. Backed by extensive research, with step-by-step instructions, personal stories, positivity, humor, and a handful of delicious recipes, The Mindful Vegan will help you emancipate yourself from the stranglehold that mindless and compulsive eating have on your weight, health, food choices, and, most of all, peace of mind. With Lani&amp;#039;s guidance, you&amp;#039;ll learn the techniques of mindfulness meditation, opening the door to creating a more resilient vegan lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll discover why eating in a way that lines up with your convictions about health, the environment, and ethics reduces stress and increases happiness. The Mindful Vegan sets you on a path to cultivating your capacity for genuine happiness and a more peaceful life—in a way that is personally satisfying and aligned with your deepest values. This book is for anyone who wants to be free of frustrating and baffling eating behaviors, experience a new ease around eating, and discover their naturally healthy body and weight. What&amp;#039;s more, you&amp;#039;ll learn to navigate conversations with others about eating—and living—vegan with greater clarity and equanimity. Stop stressing. Start living—and eating—mindfully. Your body and mind will thank you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373728</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Vegan: A 30-Day Plan for Finding Health, Balance, Peace, and Happiness
Author: Lani Muelrath
Narrator: Lani Muelrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to shed old thinking patterns—and live more joyfully with food. Are you ready to get to the roots of your challenges around food— whether it&amp;#039;s gratuitous snacking, compulsive or emotional eating, indulging cravings, overeating, or other disheartening habits? Be ready to get mindful. Mindfulness can be the deciding factor between your successful adoption of a healthy vegan diet and repeated frustrating attempts. This simple technique goes under the surface of what is hampering your happiness, providing a sought-after solution to many of life&amp;#039;s ups and downs by rewiring your reactivity to challenges. Certified mindfulness meditation facilitator, award winning health educator, and longtime vegan advocate Lani Muelrath has been practicing mindfulness meditation for twenty-five years. In The Mindful Vegan, she teaches you how to practice mindfulness and shows how it can bring freedom and a new joy to your eating—and living—experience. Backed by extensive research, with step-by-step instructions, personal stories, positivity, humor, and a handful of delicious recipes, The Mindful Vegan will help you emancipate yourself from the stranglehold that mindless and compulsive eating have on your weight, health, food choices, and, most of all, peace of mind. With Lani&amp;#039;s guidance, you&amp;#039;ll learn the techniques of mindfulness meditation, opening the door to creating a more resilient vegan lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll discover why eating in a way that lines up with your convictions about health, the environment, and ethics reduces stress and increases happiness. The Mindful Vegan sets you on a path to cultivating your capacity for genuine happiness and a more peaceful life—in a way that is personally satisfying and aligned with your deepest values. This book is for anyone who wants to be free of frustrating and baffling eating behaviors, experience a new ease around eating, and discover their naturally healthy body and weight. What&amp;#039;s more, you&amp;#039;ll learn to navigate conversations with others about eating—and living—vegan with greater clarity and equanimity. Stop stressing. Start living—and eating—mindfully. Your body and mind will thank you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Sleep Well: The Science of Sleeping Smarter, Living Better and Being Productive by Dr. Neil Stanley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Sleep Well: The Science of Sleeping Smarter, Living Better and Being Productive
Author: Dr. Neil Stanley
Narrator: Bj Harrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 96 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It has never been more important to sleep well. Stop sabotaging your own sleep and finally wake up energized and refreshed. How to Sleep Well is a guidebook that can change your sleep and help you live your life more fully. Whether you struggle to fall asleep, sleep too lightly, wake too often, or simply cannot wake up, this book can help you get on track to sleeping well and living better. It all starts with the science of sleep: how much you really need, what your body does during sleep, and the causes behind many common sleep problems. Next, you&amp;#039;ll identify the things in your life that are disrupting your sleep cycle and learn how to mitigate the impact; whether it&amp;#039;s the pressure of the workplace or that you simply cannot quiet your own mind, these expert tips and tricks will help you get the sleep you need. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to support healthy sleep during the waking hours—what works with or against your sleep—and you&amp;#039;ll learn when the problem might be best dealt with by your GP.    Don&amp;#039;t spend another restless night waiting for a bleary, groggy morning and sleepy day. Take control of your sleep tonight!</description>
      <author>Dr. Neil Stanley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419647.mp3" length="8507571" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Sleep Well: The Science of Sleeping Smarter, Living Better and Being Productive
Author: Dr. Neil Stanley
Narrator: Bj Harrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 96 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It has never been more important to sleep well. Stop sabotaging your own sleep and finally wake up energized and refreshed. How to Sleep Well is a guidebook that can change your sleep and help you live your life more fully. Whether you struggle to fall asleep, sleep too lightly, wake too often, or simply cannot wake up, this book can help you get on track to sleeping well and living better. It all starts with the science of sleep: how much you really need, what your body does during sleep, and the causes behind many common sleep problems. Next, you&amp;#039;ll identify the things in your life that are disrupting your sleep cycle and learn how to mitigate the impact; whether it&amp;#039;s the pressure of the workplace or that you simply cannot quiet your own mind, these expert tips and tricks will help you get the sleep you need. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to support healthy sleep during the waking hours—what works with or against your sleep—and you&amp;#039;ll learn when the problem might be best dealt with by your GP.    Don&amp;#039;t spend another restless night waiting for a bleary, groggy morning and sleepy day. Take control of your sleep tonight!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Sleep Well: The Science of Sleeping Smarter, Living Better and Being Productive
Author: Dr. Neil Stanley
Narrator: Bj Harrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 96 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
It has never been more important to sleep well. Stop sabotaging your own sleep and finally wake up energized and refreshed. How to Sleep Well is a guidebook that can change your sleep and help you live your life more fully. Whether you struggle to fall asleep, sleep too lightly, wake too often, or simply cannot wake up, this book can help you get on track to sleeping well and living better. It all starts with the science of sleep: how much you really need, what your body does during sleep, and the causes behind many common sleep problems. Next, you&amp;#039;ll identify the things in your life that are disrupting your sleep cycle and learn how to mitigate the impact; whether it&amp;#039;s the pressure of the workplace or that you simply cannot quiet your own mind, these expert tips and tricks will help you get the sleep you need. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to support healthy sleep during the waking hours—what works with or against your sleep—and you&amp;#039;ll learn when the problem might be best dealt with by your GP.    Don&amp;#039;t spend another restless night waiting for a bleary, groggy morning and sleepy day. Take control of your sleep tonight!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Could It Be B12?: An Epidemic of Misdiagnoses, Second Edition by Jeffrey J. Stuart DO, Sally M. Pacholok RN BSN</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Could It Be B12?: An Epidemic of Misdiagnoses, Second Edition
Author: Jeffrey J. Stuart DO, Sally M. Pacholok RN BSN
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Presenting a wide scope of problems caused by B12 deficiency, this comprehensive guide provides up-to-date medical information about symptoms, testing, diagnosis, and treatment. Could it Be B12?, written for both the patient and the interested layperson, outlines how physicians frequently misdiagnose B12 deficiency as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, multiple sclerosis, heart disease, neurodevelopmental disorder, Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, depression, or other mental illnesses. Now in the second edition, this resource has been thoroughly updated with the latest research, diagnostic tests, treatment options, case studies, and testimonials.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey J. Stuart DO, Sally M. Pacholok RN BSN</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343888.mp3" length="8378150" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343888.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Could It Be B12?: An Epidemic of Misdiagnoses, Second Edition
Author: Jeffrey J. Stuart DO, Sally M. Pacholok RN BSN
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Presenting a wide scope of problems caused by B12 deficiency, this comprehensive guide provides up-to-date medical information about symptoms, testing, diagnosis, and treatment. Could it Be B12?, written for both the patient and the interested layperson, outlines how physicians frequently misdiagnose B12 deficiency as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, multiple sclerosis, heart disease, neurodevelopmental disorder, Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, depression, or other mental illnesses. Now in the second edition, this resource has been thoroughly updated with the latest research, diagnostic tests, treatment options, case studies, and testimonials.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Could It Be B12?: An Epidemic of Misdiagnoses, Second Edition
Author: Jeffrey J. Stuart DO, Sally M. Pacholok RN BSN
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Presenting a wide scope of problems caused by B12 deficiency, this comprehensive guide provides up-to-date medical information about symptoms, testing, diagnosis, and treatment. Could it Be B12?, written for both the patient and the interested layperson, outlines how physicians frequently misdiagnose B12 deficiency as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, multiple sclerosis, heart disease, neurodevelopmental disorder, Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease, depression, or other mental illnesses. Now in the second edition, this resource has been thoroughly updated with the latest research, diagnostic tests, treatment options, case studies, and testimonials.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes: Keep Your Body Healthy and Strong through Proper Dieting and Smart Nutritional Habits By Joe Correa CSN The gallbladder is a small sac just below the liver. It stores, concentrates and secretes bile that is essential in digesting fatty foods. Bile also helps absorb fat-soluble vitamins like vitamins A, D, E, and K through the intestinal wall going to the bloodstream where it can be distributed to the different parts of the body.  Gallstones develop when the bile becomes overly concentrated with cholesterol forming crystals that become hard stones in the gallbladder. Healthy bile and a healthy bile flow are essential in the prevention of gallstone formation. A diet high in fat, cholesterol, refined carbohydrates, saturated fats present in processed, fried, and fatty red meat should be avoided, so is a diet low in fiber. In order to promote a healthy bile and bile flow a diet rich in fruits, vegetables, lean meats, low-fat dairy products and whole-grain foods should be part of a well-balanced diet.   These recipes were created to help you to have a healthy gallbladder so get started and give them a try.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982742102.mp3" length="1417116" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982742102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes: Keep Your Body Healthy and Strong through Proper Dieting and Smart Nutritional Habits By Joe Correa CSN The gallbladder is a small sac just below the liver. It stores, concentrates and secretes bile that is essential in digesting fatty foods. Bile also helps absorb fat-soluble vitamins like vitamins A, D, E, and K through the intestinal wall going to the bloodstream where it can be distributed to the different parts of the body.  Gallstones develop when the bile becomes overly concentrated with cholesterol forming crystals that become hard stones in the gallbladder. Healthy bile and a healthy bile flow are essential in the prevention of gallstone formation. A diet high in fat, cholesterol, refined carbohydrates, saturated fats present in processed, fried, and fatty red meat should be avoided, so is a diet low in fiber. In order to promote a healthy bile and bile flow a diet rich in fruits, vegetables, lean meats, low-fat dairy products and whole-grain foods should be part of a well-balanced diet.   These recipes were created to help you to have a healthy gallbladder so get started and give them a try.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370374</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
36 Gallbladder Stone Preventing Meal Recipes: Keep Your Body Healthy and Strong through Proper Dieting and Smart Nutritional Habits By Joe Correa CSN The gallbladder is a small sac just below the liver. It stores, concentrates and secretes bile that is essential in digesting fatty foods. Bile also helps absorb fat-soluble vitamins like vitamins A, D, E, and K through the intestinal wall going to the bloodstream where it can be distributed to the different parts of the body.  Gallstones develop when the bile becomes overly concentrated with cholesterol forming crystals that become hard stones in the gallbladder. Healthy bile and a healthy bile flow are essential in the prevention of gallstone formation. A diet high in fat, cholesterol, refined carbohydrates, saturated fats present in processed, fried, and fatty red meat should be avoided, so is a diet low in fiber. In order to promote a healthy bile and bile flow a diet rich in fruits, vegetables, lean meats, low-fat dairy products and whole-grain foods should be part of a well-balanced diet.   These recipes were created to help you to have a healthy gallbladder so get started and give them a try.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception by Elizabeth A. Stewart, Jani R. Jensen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception
Author: Elizabeth A. Stewart, Jani R. Jensen
Narrator: Suzy Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception is a trusted and essential resourcefor couples wanting to have a family. Inside you’ll find:• Advice on diet, exercise and weight to promote fertility• Answers to questions about age, stress, caffeine and alcohol• Tools to help you determine when you’re most fertile• Guidance on when and how often to have sex• A look at common conditions associated with fertility• Information on when to see a fertility specialist• The latest on various treatments to help you get pregnant• Strategies for dealing with unique circumstances</description>
      <author>Elizabeth A. Stewart, Jani R. Jensen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038689.mp3" length="1363135" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception
Author: Elizabeth A. Stewart, Jani R. Jensen
Narrator: Suzy Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception is a trusted and essential resourcefor couples wanting to have a family. Inside you’ll find:• Advice on diet, exercise and weight to promote fertility• Answers to questions about age, stress, caffeine and alcohol• Tools to help you determine when you’re most fertile• Guidance on when and how often to have sex• A look at common conditions associated with fertility• Information on when to see a fertility specialist• The latest on various treatments to help you get pregnant• Strategies for dealing with unique circumstances</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception
Author: Elizabeth A. Stewart, Jani R. Jensen
Narrator: Suzy Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Fertility and Conception is a trusted and essential resourcefor couples wanting to have a family. Inside you’ll find:• Advice on diet, exercise and weight to promote fertility• Answers to questions about age, stress, caffeine and alcohol• Tools to help you determine when you’re most fertile• Guidance on when and how often to have sex• A look at common conditions associated with fertility• Information on when to see a fertility specialist• The latest on various treatments to help you get pregnant• Strategies for dealing with unique circumstances</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mayo Clinic Menopause Solution: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Guide To Relieving Hot Flashes, Enjoying Better Sex, etc. by Stephanie S. Faubion</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Menopause Solution: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Guide To Relieving Hot Flashes, Enjoying Better Sex, etc.
Author: Stephanie S. Faubion
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Hot flashes? A low sex drive? Weight gain?Women are spending an unprecedented one-third of their life spans in menopause,experiencing these common symptoms and changes in record numbers. This essential guidedebunks the myth that what works for one will work for all. With an in-depth look at lifestylestrategies, over-the-counter medications, nutritional supplements and hormone therapy, you’llfind a reliable and balanced approach for taking charge of your own health and getting the bestcare from your health care provider as you navigate this transition.Inside you’ll find:• A comprehensive guide to the changes that often accompany menopause• The latest evidence on hormone therapy and other conventional and alternative treatments• Advice you can trust on managing symptoms• All the essentials you need to optimize your health and well-being in menopause and beyond</description>
      <author>Stephanie S. Faubion</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038665.mp3" length="1210958" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038665.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Menopause Solution: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Guide To Relieving Hot Flashes, Enjoying Better Sex, etc.
Author: Stephanie S. Faubion
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Hot flashes? A low sex drive? Weight gain?Women are spending an unprecedented one-third of their life spans in menopause,experiencing these common symptoms and changes in record numbers. This essential guidedebunks the myth that what works for one will work for all. With an in-depth look at lifestylestrategies, over-the-counter medications, nutritional supplements and hormone therapy, you’llfind a reliable and balanced approach for taking charge of your own health and getting the bestcare from your health care provider as you navigate this transition.Inside you’ll find:• A comprehensive guide to the changes that often accompany menopause• The latest evidence on hormone therapy and other conventional and alternative treatments• Advice you can trust on managing symptoms• All the essentials you need to optimize your health and well-being in menopause and beyond</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Menopause Solution: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Guide To Relieving Hot Flashes, Enjoying Better Sex, etc.
Author: Stephanie S. Faubion
Narrator: Susan Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Hot flashes? A low sex drive? Weight gain?Women are spending an unprecedented one-third of their life spans in menopause,experiencing these common symptoms and changes in record numbers. This essential guidedebunks the myth that what works for one will work for all. With an in-depth look at lifestylestrategies, over-the-counter medications, nutritional supplements and hormone therapy, you’llfind a reliable and balanced approach for taking charge of your own health and getting the bestcare from your health care provider as you navigate this transition.Inside you’ll find:• A comprehensive guide to the changes that often accompany menopause• The latest evidence on hormone therapy and other conventional and alternative treatments• Advice you can trust on managing symptoms• All the essentials you need to optimize your health and well-being in menopause and beyond</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition by Donald D. Hensrud M.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition
Author: Donald D. Hensrud M.D.
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This #1 New York Times bestseller adapted for people with diabetes is full of tools and menus designed to kick-start weight loss to control your blood sugar. From Mayo Clinic - a leader in health and nutrition and the #1 ranked hospital for Diabetes and Endocrinology according to the 2018 U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report best hospital rankings - comes The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition. This reliable diet plan is designed to prevent and manage prediabetes and type 2 diabetes. The completely revised and updated second edition includes all-new recipes and an additional two weeks of daily menus. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition is divided into two phases - Lose It! and Live It! - designed to help at-risk individuals prevent and control diabetes by losing weight quickly and safely, and then maintaining that weight loss. The Lose It! phase is a simple, straight-forward, two-week plan that encourages quick but safe weight loss that can help lower blood sugar. The Live It! phase of the diet offers basic and manageable steps and lifestyle changes and choices that are designed to help participants lose one to two pounds a week until a healthy weight is reached, and then to keep the pounds off. Mayo Clinic&amp;#039;s weight-loss and nutrition experts have packed this book with meal plans, tools, menus, practical solutions, and specific tips on how to improve health and lose weight safely. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, tackles all the familiar obstacles that get in the way of weight loss-lack of exercise, resistance to healthy food, too little time to cook, a hectic schedule, struggles with cravings, and minimal support from family and friends. It&amp;#039;s a reliable and safe companion for losing weight and controlling diabetes. &amp;#039;This diabetes diet isn&amp;#039;t a fad; it&amp;#039;s about changing your habits for the better,&amp;#039; states Donald Hensrud, M.D., Mayo Clinic nutrition specialist and medical editor. &amp;#039;With The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, people can truly manage diabetes, eat well, lose weight and enjoy life.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Donald D. Hensrud M.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038658.mp3" length="1344121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition
Author: Donald D. Hensrud M.D.
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This #1 New York Times bestseller adapted for people with diabetes is full of tools and menus designed to kick-start weight loss to control your blood sugar. From Mayo Clinic - a leader in health and nutrition and the #1 ranked hospital for Diabetes and Endocrinology according to the 2018 U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report best hospital rankings - comes The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition. This reliable diet plan is designed to prevent and manage prediabetes and type 2 diabetes. The completely revised and updated second edition includes all-new recipes and an additional two weeks of daily menus. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition is divided into two phases - Lose It! and Live It! - designed to help at-risk individuals prevent and control diabetes by losing weight quickly and safely, and then maintaining that weight loss. The Lose It! phase is a simple, straight-forward, two-week plan that encourages quick but safe weight loss that can help lower blood sugar. The Live It! phase of the diet offers basic and manageable steps and lifestyle changes and choices that are designed to help participants lose one to two pounds a week until a healthy weight is reached, and then to keep the pounds off. Mayo Clinic&amp;#039;s weight-loss and nutrition experts have packed this book with meal plans, tools, menus, practical solutions, and specific tips on how to improve health and lose weight safely. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, tackles all the familiar obstacles that get in the way of weight loss-lack of exercise, resistance to healthy food, too little time to cook, a hectic schedule, struggles with cravings, and minimal support from family and friends. It&amp;#039;s a reliable and safe companion for losing weight and controlling diabetes. &amp;#039;This diabetes diet isn&amp;#039;t a fad; it&amp;#039;s about changing your habits for the better,&amp;#039; states Donald Hensrud, M.D., Mayo Clinic nutrition specialist and medical editor. &amp;#039;With The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, people can truly manage diabetes, eat well, lose weight and enjoy life.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, 2nd Edition
Author: Donald D. Hensrud M.D.
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
This #1 New York Times bestseller adapted for people with diabetes is full of tools and menus designed to kick-start weight loss to control your blood sugar. From Mayo Clinic - a leader in health and nutrition and the #1 ranked hospital for Diabetes and Endocrinology according to the 2018 U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report best hospital rankings - comes The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition. This reliable diet plan is designed to prevent and manage prediabetes and type 2 diabetes. The completely revised and updated second edition includes all-new recipes and an additional two weeks of daily menus. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, second edition is divided into two phases - Lose It! and Live It! - designed to help at-risk individuals prevent and control diabetes by losing weight quickly and safely, and then maintaining that weight loss. The Lose It! phase is a simple, straight-forward, two-week plan that encourages quick but safe weight loss that can help lower blood sugar. The Live It! phase of the diet offers basic and manageable steps and lifestyle changes and choices that are designed to help participants lose one to two pounds a week until a healthy weight is reached, and then to keep the pounds off. Mayo Clinic&amp;#039;s weight-loss and nutrition experts have packed this book with meal plans, tools, menus, practical solutions, and specific tips on how to improve health and lose weight safely. The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, tackles all the familiar obstacles that get in the way of weight loss-lack of exercise, resistance to healthy food, too little time to cook, a hectic schedule, struggles with cravings, and minimal support from family and friends. It&amp;#039;s a reliable and safe companion for losing weight and controlling diabetes. &amp;#039;This diabetes diet isn&amp;#039;t a fad; it&amp;#039;s about changing your habits for the better,&amp;#039; states Donald Hensrud, M.D., Mayo Clinic nutrition specialist and medical editor. &amp;#039;With The Mayo Clinic Diabetes Diet, people can truly manage diabetes, eat well, lose weight and enjoy life.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mayo Clinic Guide To Raising A Healthy Child, 1st Edition by Angela C. Mattke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide To Raising A Healthy Child, 1st Edition
Author: Angela C. Mattke
Narrator: Lori Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Raising a Healthy Child offers a trusted guide to parentingyour child through the preschool and early school-age years. Inside you’ll find answersto dilemmas such as feeding a picky eater, resolving sleep problems, addressingbullying, treating common injuries and illnesses, and coping with complex health careneeds. You’ll also get expert insights on shaping your child’s behavior in a positive way,increasing your child’s resilience and cultivating a warm, supportive environment foryour family.</description>
      <author>Angela C. Mattke</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038702.mp3" length="1392398" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide To Raising A Healthy Child, 1st Edition
Author: Angela C. Mattke
Narrator: Lori Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Raising a Healthy Child offers a trusted guide to parentingyour child through the preschool and early school-age years. Inside you’ll find answersto dilemmas such as feeding a picky eater, resolving sleep problems, addressingbullying, treating common injuries and illnesses, and coping with complex health careneeds. You’ll also get expert insights on shaping your child’s behavior in a positive way,increasing your child’s resilience and cultivating a warm, supportive environment foryour family.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide To Raising A Healthy Child, 1st Edition
Author: Angela C. Mattke
Narrator: Lori Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mayo Clinic Guide to Raising a Healthy Child offers a trusted guide to parentingyour child through the preschool and early school-age years. Inside you’ll find answersto dilemmas such as feeding a picky eater, resolving sleep problems, addressingbullying, treating common injuries and illnesses, and coping with complex health careneeds. You’ll also get expert insights on shaping your child’s behavior in a positive way,increasing your child’s resilience and cultivating a warm, supportive environment foryour family.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>33 Prostate Cancer Meal Recipes That Will Help You Fight Cancer, Increase Your Energy, and Feel Better by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 33 Prostate Cancer Meal Recipes That Will Help You Fight Cancer, Increase Your Energy, and Feel Better
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer, in general, is a well-known disease that attacks many organs and other parts of our body, somehow it increases the abnormal growth of cells causing the spread of carcinoma in a process called metastases; although there are many treatments for cancer they are extremely invasive, and can many times kill good cells in the process. Prostate Cancer is a main concern for many men these days. Preventing cancer is all about developing a style of life that involves a healthy diet and physical exercise. Being conscious about your food intake is the first step for a healthier life. To do that you should be aware of the qualities and properties of the foods you eat as well as the best way to cook them to get the maximum positive effects. The purpose of this book is to provide you with newer and better ways to nourish your body with non-processed foods, and in the process, changing your old eating habits for more promising ones. Eating healthier can be delicious if you know what foods to combine and how. Eating smarter will drastically change how your body is able to use the vitamins and minerals you feed it to boost your immune system and prevent you from any kind of disease. Add these recipes to your day-to-day life to prevent and fight prostate cancer.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982741860.mp3" length="1474716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982741860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 33 Prostate Cancer Meal Recipes That Will Help You Fight Cancer, Increase Your Energy, and Feel Better
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer, in general, is a well-known disease that attacks many organs and other parts of our body, somehow it increases the abnormal growth of cells causing the spread of carcinoma in a process called metastases; although there are many treatments for cancer they are extremely invasive, and can many times kill good cells in the process. Prostate Cancer is a main concern for many men these days. Preventing cancer is all about developing a style of life that involves a healthy diet and physical exercise. Being conscious about your food intake is the first step for a healthier life. To do that you should be aware of the qualities and properties of the foods you eat as well as the best way to cook them to get the maximum positive effects. The purpose of this book is to provide you with newer and better ways to nourish your body with non-processed foods, and in the process, changing your old eating habits for more promising ones. Eating healthier can be delicious if you know what foods to combine and how. Eating smarter will drastically change how your body is able to use the vitamins and minerals you feed it to boost your immune system and prevent you from any kind of disease. Add these recipes to your day-to-day life to prevent and fight prostate cancer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 33 Prostate Cancer Meal Recipes That Will Help You Fight Cancer, Increase Your Energy, and Feel Better
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Paul Stefano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer, in general, is a well-known disease that attacks many organs and other parts of our body, somehow it increases the abnormal growth of cells causing the spread of carcinoma in a process called metastases; although there are many treatments for cancer they are extremely invasive, and can many times kill good cells in the process. Prostate Cancer is a main concern for many men these days. Preventing cancer is all about developing a style of life that involves a healthy diet and physical exercise. Being conscious about your food intake is the first step for a healthier life. To do that you should be aware of the qualities and properties of the foods you eat as well as the best way to cook them to get the maximum positive effects. The purpose of this book is to provide you with newer and better ways to nourish your body with non-processed foods, and in the process, changing your old eating habits for more promising ones. Eating healthier can be delicious if you know what foods to combine and how. Eating smarter will drastically change how your body is able to use the vitamins and minerals you feed it to boost your immune system and prevent you from any kind of disease. Add these recipes to your day-to-day life to prevent and fight prostate cancer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Winning in Life Now: How to Break Through to a Happier You! by Michelle Prince</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning in Life Now: How to Break Through to a Happier You!
Author: Michelle Prince
Narrator: Michelle Prince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more for your life? Would you like to be happier, more successful, have stronger relationships, and live an extraordinary life? Then this book is for you! Find your passion in life, believe that you have the power to achieve your goals, abolish negative self-talk that may be holding you back, embrace the uniqueness that is within you, overcome stress by balancing priorities in your life, banish worry, live each day as if it might be your last, and motivate yourself to take action now.</description>
      <author>Michelle Prince</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982677190.mp3" length="825929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982677190.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning in Life Now: How to Break Through to a Happier You!
Author: Michelle Prince
Narrator: Michelle Prince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more for your life? Would you like to be happier, more successful, have stronger relationships, and live an extraordinary life? Then this book is for you! Find your passion in life, believe that you have the power to achieve your goals, abolish negative self-talk that may be holding you back, embrace the uniqueness that is within you, overcome stress by balancing priorities in your life, banish worry, live each day as if it might be your last, and motivate yourself to take action now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning in Life Now: How to Break Through to a Happier You!
Author: Michelle Prince
Narrator: Michelle Prince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more for your life? Would you like to be happier, more successful, have stronger relationships, and live an extraordinary life? Then this book is for you! Find your passion in life, believe that you have the power to achieve your goals, abolish negative self-talk that may be holding you back, embrace the uniqueness that is within you, overcome stress by balancing priorities in your life, banish worry, live each day as if it might be your last, and motivate yourself to take action now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero by Christopher McDougall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero
Author: Christopher McDougall
Narrator: Christopher McDougall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.&amp;#039; --John Grogan, author of Marley &amp;amp; Me: Life and Love with the World&amp;#039;s Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman&amp;#039;s body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He&amp;#039;d heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman&amp;#039;s training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals.</description>
      <author>Christopher McDougall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781524778774.mp3" length="2512489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781524778774.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero
Author: Christopher McDougall
Narrator: Christopher McDougall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.&amp;#039; --John Grogan, author of Marley &amp;amp; Me: Life and Love with the World&amp;#039;s Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman&amp;#039;s body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He&amp;#039;d heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman&amp;#039;s training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero
Author: Christopher McDougall
Narrator: Christopher McDougall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.&amp;#039; --John Grogan, author of Marley &amp;amp; Me: Life and Love with the World&amp;#039;s Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman&amp;#039;s body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He&amp;#039;d heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman&amp;#039;s training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Rest: Stop Striving. Start Being. by James Reeves, Gabrielle Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Rest: Stop Striving. Start Being.
Author: James Reeves, Gabrielle Brown
Narrator: Gabrielle Brown, James Reeves
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Impossibly wonderful’ Daily Telegraph                        Find peace in a restless world.                                   ‘James’s heartfelt gentleness and masterful wisdom shine through in his teachings. His expertise lies in his ability to light the path for others to find their own way.’ Richard Miller, clinical psychologist, researcher and yogic scholar.                      In today’s fast-paced world, we’ve never been busier. We’re surrounded by pressures from work, family, study and social media. It can feel like there’s never time to truly switch off and relax.           But the answer is simpler than you think – and it’s within you.           Through simple, easily learned techniques The Book of Rest reveals how to find a moment of peace even in the busiest of days, and a path to a calmer, happier and more relaxed you.</description>
      <author>James Reeves, Gabrielle Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008321659.mp3" length="1409312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008321659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Rest: Stop Striving. Start Being.
Author: James Reeves, Gabrielle Brown
Narrator: Gabrielle Brown, James Reeves
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Impossibly wonderful’ Daily Telegraph                        Find peace in a restless world.                                   ‘James’s heartfelt gentleness and masterful wisdom shine through in his teachings. His expertise lies in his ability to light the path for others to find their own way.’ Richard Miller, clinical psychologist, researcher and yogic scholar.                      In today’s fast-paced world, we’ve never been busier. We’re surrounded by pressures from work, family, study and social media. It can feel like there’s never time to truly switch off and relax.           But the answer is simpler than you think – and it’s within you.           Through simple, easily learned techniques The Book of Rest reveals how to find a moment of peace even in the busiest of days, and a path to a calmer, happier and more relaxed you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Rest: Stop Striving. Start Being.
Author: James Reeves, Gabrielle Brown
Narrator: Gabrielle Brown, James Reeves
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Impossibly wonderful’ Daily Telegraph                        Find peace in a restless world.                                   ‘James’s heartfelt gentleness and masterful wisdom shine through in his teachings. His expertise lies in his ability to light the path for others to find their own way.’ Richard Miller, clinical psychologist, researcher and yogic scholar.                      In today’s fast-paced world, we’ve never been busier. We’re surrounded by pressures from work, family, study and social media. It can feel like there’s never time to truly switch off and relax.           But the answer is simpler than you think – and it’s within you.           Through simple, easily learned techniques The Book of Rest reveals how to find a moment of peace even in the busiest of days, and a path to a calmer, happier and more relaxed you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nocturnal Brain: Tales of Nightmares and Neuroscience by Guy Leschziner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nocturnal Brain: Tales of Nightmares and Neuroscience
Author: Guy Leschziner
Narrator: Guy Leschziner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast*  For those fascinated by neurology and for fans of The Man Who Mistook His Wife for a Hat comes a powerful exploration of the mind during night time. Here are the mysteries of sleep, explained – from known conditions to the extreme.    ‘The Secret World of Sleep interweaves bizarre real life stories with cutting edge neurological science in the true tradition of Oliver Sacks. A fascinating read.&amp;#039; Martha Kearney, BBC Radio 4     World-renowned neurologist and sleep expert, Doctor Guy Leschziner, takes you through various sleep conditions and how they arise and affect people. Insomnia, narcolepsy, night terrors and apnoea are just some of the conditions afflicting those struggling with sleep.  Then there are the extreme cases. The people frightened into paralysis by hallucinations. The woman in a state of deep sleep who gets dressed and goes for a drive. The teenager with ‘Sleeping Beauty Syndrome’, stuck in a cycle of excessive unconsciousness. The man who cleans out kitchens while &amp;#039;sleep-eating&amp;#039;.    With compassionate stories of his patients and their conditions, Leschziner illustrates the neuroscience behind our sleeping minds, revealing the many biological and psychological factors necessary in getting the rest needed for health and happiness.  Pick of the Best Paperbacks - Sunday Times  Best January Paperbacks - The Times  Must Read Brain Books 2019 - Forbes Magazine  The Best Neuroscience Books of 2019 - The Scientist Magazine  The Best Books of 2019 - New Zealand Herald  Best 100 Summer Reads 2019 - Sunday Times  Week&amp;#039;s best Science Picks - Nature  Books of the Year 2019 - Irish Independent</description>
      <author>Guy Leschziner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781471180392.mp3" length="903931" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781471180392.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nocturnal Brain: Tales of Nightmares and Neuroscience
Author: Guy Leschziner
Narrator: Guy Leschziner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast*  For those fascinated by neurology and for fans of The Man Who Mistook His Wife for a Hat comes a powerful exploration of the mind during night time. Here are the mysteries of sleep, explained – from known conditions to the extreme.    ‘The Secret World of Sleep interweaves bizarre real life stories with cutting edge neurological science in the true tradition of Oliver Sacks. A fascinating read.&amp;#039; Martha Kearney, BBC Radio 4     World-renowned neurologist and sleep expert, Doctor Guy Leschziner, takes you through various sleep conditions and how they arise and affect people. Insomnia, narcolepsy, night terrors and apnoea are just some of the conditions afflicting those struggling with sleep.  Then there are the extreme cases. The people frightened into paralysis by hallucinations. The woman in a state of deep sleep who gets dressed and goes for a drive. The teenager with ‘Sleeping Beauty Syndrome’, stuck in a cycle of excessive unconsciousness. The man who cleans out kitchens while &amp;#039;sleep-eating&amp;#039;.    With compassionate stories of his patients and their conditions, Leschziner illustrates the neuroscience behind our sleeping minds, revealing the many biological and psychological factors necessary in getting the rest needed for health and happiness.  Pick of the Best Paperbacks - Sunday Times  Best January Paperbacks - The Times  Must Read Brain Books 2019 - Forbes Magazine  The Best Neuroscience Books of 2019 - The Scientist Magazine  The Best Books of 2019 - New Zealand Herald  Best 100 Summer Reads 2019 - Sunday Times  Week&amp;#039;s best Science Picks - Nature  Books of the Year 2019 - Irish Independent</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nocturnal Brain: Tales of Nightmares and Neuroscience
Author: Guy Leschziner
Narrator: Guy Leschziner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
*As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast*  For those fascinated by neurology and for fans of The Man Who Mistook His Wife for a Hat comes a powerful exploration of the mind during night time. Here are the mysteries of sleep, explained – from known conditions to the extreme.    ‘The Secret World of Sleep interweaves bizarre real life stories with cutting edge neurological science in the true tradition of Oliver Sacks. A fascinating read.&amp;#039; Martha Kearney, BBC Radio 4     World-renowned neurologist and sleep expert, Doctor Guy Leschziner, takes you through various sleep conditions and how they arise and affect people. Insomnia, narcolepsy, night terrors and apnoea are just some of the conditions afflicting those struggling with sleep.  Then there are the extreme cases. The people frightened into paralysis by hallucinations. The woman in a state of deep sleep who gets dressed and goes for a drive. The teenager with ‘Sleeping Beauty Syndrome’, stuck in a cycle of excessive unconsciousness. The man who cleans out kitchens while &amp;#039;sleep-eating&amp;#039;.    With compassionate stories of his patients and their conditions, Leschziner illustrates the neuroscience behind our sleeping minds, revealing the many biological and psychological factors necessary in getting the rest needed for health and happiness.  Pick of the Best Paperbacks - Sunday Times  Best January Paperbacks - The Times  Must Read Brain Books 2019 - Forbes Magazine  The Best Neuroscience Books of 2019 - The Scientist Magazine  The Best Books of 2019 - New Zealand Herald  Best 100 Summer Reads 2019 - Sunday Times  Week&amp;#039;s best Science Picks - Nature  Books of the Year 2019 - Irish Independent</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Survival of the Prettiest: The Science of Beauty by Nancy Etcoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Prettiest: The Science of Beauty
Author: Nancy Etcoff
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A provocative and thoroughly researched inquiry into what we find beautiful and why, skewering the myth that the pursuit of beauty is a learned behavior.   In Survival of the Prettiest, Nancy Etcoff, a faculty member at Harvard Medical School and a practicing psychologist at Massachusetts General Hospital, argues that beauty is neither a cultural construction, an invention of the fashion industry, nor a backlash against feminism—it&amp;#039;s in our biology.   Beauty, she explains, is an essential and ineradicable part of human nature that is revered and ferociously pursued in nearly every civilization—and for good reason. Those features to which we are most attracted are often signals of fertility and fecundity. When seen in the context of a Darwinian struggle for survival, our sometimes extreme attempts to attain beauty—both to become beautiful ourselves and to acquire an attractive partner—suddenly become much more understandable. Moreover, if we understand how the desire for beauty is innate, then we can begin to work in our own interests, and not just the interests of our genetic tendencies.</description>
      <author>Nancy Etcoff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339546.mp3" length="830199" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Prettiest: The Science of Beauty
Author: Nancy Etcoff
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A provocative and thoroughly researched inquiry into what we find beautiful and why, skewering the myth that the pursuit of beauty is a learned behavior.   In Survival of the Prettiest, Nancy Etcoff, a faculty member at Harvard Medical School and a practicing psychologist at Massachusetts General Hospital, argues that beauty is neither a cultural construction, an invention of the fashion industry, nor a backlash against feminism—it&amp;#039;s in our biology.   Beauty, she explains, is an essential and ineradicable part of human nature that is revered and ferociously pursued in nearly every civilization—and for good reason. Those features to which we are most attracted are often signals of fertility and fecundity. When seen in the context of a Darwinian struggle for survival, our sometimes extreme attempts to attain beauty—both to become beautiful ourselves and to acquire an attractive partner—suddenly become much more understandable. Moreover, if we understand how the desire for beauty is innate, then we can begin to work in our own interests, and not just the interests of our genetic tendencies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Prettiest: The Science of Beauty
Author: Nancy Etcoff
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
A provocative and thoroughly researched inquiry into what we find beautiful and why, skewering the myth that the pursuit of beauty is a learned behavior.   In Survival of the Prettiest, Nancy Etcoff, a faculty member at Harvard Medical School and a practicing psychologist at Massachusetts General Hospital, argues that beauty is neither a cultural construction, an invention of the fashion industry, nor a backlash against feminism—it&amp;#039;s in our biology.   Beauty, she explains, is an essential and ineradicable part of human nature that is revered and ferociously pursued in nearly every civilization—and for good reason. Those features to which we are most attracted are often signals of fertility and fecundity. When seen in the context of a Darwinian struggle for survival, our sometimes extreme attempts to attain beauty—both to become beautiful ourselves and to acquire an attractive partner—suddenly become much more understandable. Moreover, if we understand how the desire for beauty is innate, then we can begin to work in our own interests, and not just the interests of our genetic tendencies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - 90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy by Joe Correa Csn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy le ayudará a perder peso natural y eficientemente. Saber qué comer y cuándo hacerlo hará la diferencia en el mundo. Si no ha sido exitoso en el pasado con la pérdida de esa grasa no querida, ahora es su oportunidad de hacer ese cambio. Eschucha a este libro y empiece a vivir la vida que merece. El calendario y las recetas de comidas son fáciles de seguir y entender. Estar muy ocupado para comer bien puede a veces convertirse en un problema, y es por ello que este libro le ahorrará tiempo y ayudará a nutrir su cuerpo para alcanzar las metas que quiera.  Este libro le ayudará a:  Perder peso rápido comiendo comidas deliciosas. Perder peso sin esfuerzo tomando jugos sabrosos. Tener más energía. Acelerar naturalmente su metabolismo para hacerse más delgado. Mejorar su Sistema digestivo. Joseph Correa es un nutricionista deportivo certificado y un atleta profesional.</description>
      <author>Joe Correa Csn</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982741181.mp3" length="1310344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982741181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy le ayudará a perder peso natural y eficientemente. Saber qué comer y cuándo hacerlo hará la diferencia en el mundo. Si no ha sido exitoso en el pasado con la pérdida de esa grasa no querida, ahora es su oportunidad de hacer ese cambio. Eschucha a este libro y empiece a vivir la vida que merece. El calendario y las recetas de comidas son fáciles de seguir y entender. Estar muy ocupado para comer bien puede a veces convertirse en un problema, y es por ello que este libro le ahorrará tiempo y ayudará a nutrir su cuerpo para alcanzar las metas que quiera.  Este libro le ayudará a:  Perder peso rápido comiendo comidas deliciosas. Perder peso sin esfuerzo tomando jugos sabrosos. Tener más energía. Acelerar naturalmente su metabolismo para hacerse más delgado. Mejorar su Sistema digestivo. Joseph Correa es un nutricionista deportivo certificado y un atleta profesional.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - 90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy
Author: Joe Correa Csn
Narrator: Carlos Mendoza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Recetas de Comidas y Bebidas Adelgazantes Para Deshacerse de la Grasa Hoy le ayudará a perder peso natural y eficientemente. Saber qué comer y cuándo hacerlo hará la diferencia en el mundo. Si no ha sido exitoso en el pasado con la pérdida de esa grasa no querida, ahora es su oportunidad de hacer ese cambio. Eschucha a este libro y empiece a vivir la vida que merece. El calendario y las recetas de comidas son fáciles de seguir y entender. Estar muy ocupado para comer bien puede a veces convertirse en un problema, y es por ello que este libro le ahorrará tiempo y ayudará a nutrir su cuerpo para alcanzar las metas que quiera.  Este libro le ayudará a:  Perder peso rápido comiendo comidas deliciosas. Perder peso sin esfuerzo tomando jugos sabrosos. Tener más energía. Acelerar naturalmente su metabolismo para hacerse más delgado. Mejorar su Sistema digestivo. Joseph Correa es un nutricionista deportivo certificado y un atleta profesional.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grit &amp;amp; Grace: Train the Mind, Train the Body, Own Your Life by Tim Mcgraw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grit &amp;amp; Grace: Train the Mind, Train the Body, Own Your Life
Author: Tim Mcgraw
Narrator: Tim Mcgraw, Eric G. Dove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From Grammy-Award winning music superstar and actor Tim McGraw comes a one-of-a kind lifestyle audiobook that melds his personal fitness transformation story with practical advice to inspire healthy changes in listeners’ lives. Tim McGraw is as well-known for his unparalleled accomplishments in the entertainment industry as he is for his boundless energy—he is the embodiment of vitality and success. But only a decade ago, he found himself struggling with his health. The demands of his meteoric career and life on the road had taken a toll. McGraw came to a crossroads where knew that unless he made his physical health a priority, he would put his personal happiness and professional success at risk. In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw shares his transformation story along with encouragement, inspiration, and real-life, practical advice to help readers become healthy, strong and fit in mind and body. For the first time, McGraw will share the details of the mental and physical routine that got him in the best shape of his life. He suggests that there is no magic formula to getting stronger and healthier: it is about making a commitment to do and be better, and holding yourself accountable each day. McGraw didn’t follow a playbook or have a squad of trainers overseeing his every step. He describes his way of getting into shape as more &amp;#039;&amp;#039;maverick&amp;#039;&amp;#039;--tuning into a vision of what you personally want to achieve, staying focused, and putting in the work. McGraw says his physical transformation has ignited a whole-life transformation. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;My mind is clearer, my sense of purpose is sharper, and my relationships are deeper. Consistent physical exercise helps me bring focus to my life and to the people who mean the most to me.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw makes this transformation accessible to anyone, sharing with readers the physical and mental tools they can use to create the life they deserve. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Tim Mcgraw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062915955.mp3" length="1355871" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062915955.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grit &amp;amp; Grace: Train the Mind, Train the Body, Own Your Life
Author: Tim Mcgraw
Narrator: Tim Mcgraw, Eric G. Dove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From Grammy-Award winning music superstar and actor Tim McGraw comes a one-of-a kind lifestyle audiobook that melds his personal fitness transformation story with practical advice to inspire healthy changes in listeners’ lives. Tim McGraw is as well-known for his unparalleled accomplishments in the entertainment industry as he is for his boundless energy—he is the embodiment of vitality and success. But only a decade ago, he found himself struggling with his health. The demands of his meteoric career and life on the road had taken a toll. McGraw came to a crossroads where knew that unless he made his physical health a priority, he would put his personal happiness and professional success at risk. In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw shares his transformation story along with encouragement, inspiration, and real-life, practical advice to help readers become healthy, strong and fit in mind and body. For the first time, McGraw will share the details of the mental and physical routine that got him in the best shape of his life. He suggests that there is no magic formula to getting stronger and healthier: it is about making a commitment to do and be better, and holding yourself accountable each day. McGraw didn’t follow a playbook or have a squad of trainers overseeing his every step. He describes his way of getting into shape as more &amp;#039;&amp;#039;maverick&amp;#039;&amp;#039;--tuning into a vision of what you personally want to achieve, staying focused, and putting in the work. McGraw says his physical transformation has ignited a whole-life transformation. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;My mind is clearer, my sense of purpose is sharper, and my relationships are deeper. Consistent physical exercise helps me bring focus to my life and to the people who mean the most to me.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw makes this transformation accessible to anyone, sharing with readers the physical and mental tools they can use to create the life they deserve. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grit &amp;amp; Grace: Train the Mind, Train the Body, Own Your Life
Author: Tim Mcgraw
Narrator: Tim Mcgraw, Eric G. Dove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From Grammy-Award winning music superstar and actor Tim McGraw comes a one-of-a kind lifestyle audiobook that melds his personal fitness transformation story with practical advice to inspire healthy changes in listeners’ lives. Tim McGraw is as well-known for his unparalleled accomplishments in the entertainment industry as he is for his boundless energy—he is the embodiment of vitality and success. But only a decade ago, he found himself struggling with his health. The demands of his meteoric career and life on the road had taken a toll. McGraw came to a crossroads where knew that unless he made his physical health a priority, he would put his personal happiness and professional success at risk. In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw shares his transformation story along with encouragement, inspiration, and real-life, practical advice to help readers become healthy, strong and fit in mind and body. For the first time, McGraw will share the details of the mental and physical routine that got him in the best shape of his life. He suggests that there is no magic formula to getting stronger and healthier: it is about making a commitment to do and be better, and holding yourself accountable each day. McGraw didn’t follow a playbook or have a squad of trainers overseeing his every step. He describes his way of getting into shape as more &amp;#039;&amp;#039;maverick&amp;#039;&amp;#039;--tuning into a vision of what you personally want to achieve, staying focused, and putting in the work. McGraw says his physical transformation has ignited a whole-life transformation. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;My mind is clearer, my sense of purpose is sharper, and my relationships are deeper. Consistent physical exercise helps me bring focus to my life and to the people who mean the most to me.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In Grit &amp;amp; Grace, McGraw makes this transformation accessible to anyone, sharing with readers the physical and mental tools they can use to create the life they deserve. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a serial dieter who has tried all the fad diets going? Is your love of food the main thing that holds you back from losing weight? Would you like to learn the facts about losing weight and still eat well? Food, or rather eating the wrong kinds of it, is the main reason most people fail to lose weight. A diet will usually be started with the best of intentions, but slowly the boredom creeps in and it starts to slide, resulting in another failed attempt. In this new book, Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating, you will discover the real reason we don&amp;#039;t lose weight when we diet and how to overcome it, with chapters that examine: - Facts About Diet and Weight Loss - How They Work - Rule of Thumb - Preparation - Eating habit - Food To Avoid - Food Diary With this book to guide you, it will be much easier to pick a diet, make start and keep yourself going. All it takes is the proper knowledge, some willpower and some solid advice about the things to do and the things to avoid. Get a copy now. It could be the best book you&amp;#039;ve ever bought!</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740368.mp3" length="853406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a serial dieter who has tried all the fad diets going? Is your love of food the main thing that holds you back from losing weight? Would you like to learn the facts about losing weight and still eat well? Food, or rather eating the wrong kinds of it, is the main reason most people fail to lose weight. A diet will usually be started with the best of intentions, but slowly the boredom creeps in and it starts to slide, resulting in another failed attempt. In this new book, Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating, you will discover the real reason we don&amp;#039;t lose weight when we diet and how to overcome it, with chapters that examine: - Facts About Diet and Weight Loss - How They Work - Rule of Thumb - Preparation - Eating habit - Food To Avoid - Food Diary With this book to guide you, it will be much easier to pick a diet, make start and keep yourself going. All it takes is the proper knowledge, some willpower and some solid advice about the things to do and the things to avoid. Get a copy now. It could be the best book you&amp;#039;ve ever bought!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a serial dieter who has tried all the fad diets going? Is your love of food the main thing that holds you back from losing weight? Would you like to learn the facts about losing weight and still eat well? Food, or rather eating the wrong kinds of it, is the main reason most people fail to lose weight. A diet will usually be started with the best of intentions, but slowly the boredom creeps in and it starts to slide, resulting in another failed attempt. In this new book, Weight Loss Books: The Ultimate Guide to Losing Weight While Eating, you will discover the real reason we don&amp;#039;t lose weight when we diet and how to overcome it, with chapters that examine: - Facts About Diet and Weight Loss - How They Work - Rule of Thumb - Preparation - Eating habit - Food To Avoid - Food Diary With this book to guide you, it will be much easier to pick a diet, make start and keep yourself going. All it takes is the proper knowledge, some willpower and some solid advice about the things to do and the things to avoid. Get a copy now. It could be the best book you&amp;#039;ve ever bought!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a man who has suddenly found himself out of shape? Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Do you still want to make sure you are getting all the nutrition you require? Losing weight is just as hard for men as it is for women. The same principles apply, the same cravings play a part and you still need to make sure you are losing weight while giving your body what it needs. It&amp;#039;s a fine line to tread but you can do it. And now, in Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men, you have a book that explains exactly what you want; good, honest advice that will get results with chapters on: - Getting Started with a Diet - Low Carb (No Carb) Diets - Women&amp;#039;s Health Look Good Naked Diet - Prevention System&amp;#039;s Flat Belly Diet - Weight Watchers International&amp;#039;s Pro Points Diet Don&amp;#039;t let your weight define you. Don&amp;#039;t think that you can&amp;#039;t succeed and don&amp;#039;t think that the support isn&amp;#039;t there for you when it&amp;#039;s needed most. Losing weight can be achieved and can be done while maintaining your overall health and Weight Loss For Men will be with you every step of the way.</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740382.mp3" length="855003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740382.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a man who has suddenly found himself out of shape? Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Do you still want to make sure you are getting all the nutrition you require? Losing weight is just as hard for men as it is for women. The same principles apply, the same cravings play a part and you still need to make sure you are losing weight while giving your body what it needs. It&amp;#039;s a fine line to tread but you can do it. And now, in Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men, you have a book that explains exactly what you want; good, honest advice that will get results with chapters on: - Getting Started with a Diet - Low Carb (No Carb) Diets - Women&amp;#039;s Health Look Good Naked Diet - Prevention System&amp;#039;s Flat Belly Diet - Weight Watchers International&amp;#039;s Pro Points Diet Don&amp;#039;t let your weight define you. Don&amp;#039;t think that you can&amp;#039;t succeed and don&amp;#039;t think that the support isn&amp;#039;t there for you when it&amp;#039;s needed most. Losing weight can be achieved and can be done while maintaining your overall health and Weight Loss For Men will be with you every step of the way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a man who has suddenly found himself out of shape? Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Do you still want to make sure you are getting all the nutrition you require? Losing weight is just as hard for men as it is for women. The same principles apply, the same cravings play a part and you still need to make sure you are losing weight while giving your body what it needs. It&amp;#039;s a fine line to tread but you can do it. And now, in Weight Loss For Men: Guide On Dieting And Nutrition For Men, you have a book that explains exactly what you want; good, honest advice that will get results with chapters on: - Getting Started with a Diet - Low Carb (No Carb) Diets - Women&amp;#039;s Health Look Good Naked Diet - Prevention System&amp;#039;s Flat Belly Diet - Weight Watchers International&amp;#039;s Pro Points Diet Don&amp;#039;t let your weight define you. Don&amp;#039;t think that you can&amp;#039;t succeed and don&amp;#039;t think that the support isn&amp;#039;t there for you when it&amp;#039;s needed most. Losing weight can be achieved and can be done while maintaining your overall health and Weight Loss For Men will be with you every step of the way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to lose weight but don&amp;#039;t know where to start? Do you eat all the wrong things and need advice on how to stop? Can you incorporate some exercise into your routine? So you&amp;#039;ve decided you want to lose weight and that a diet is the right way for you. You know you&amp;#039;re eating badly and sitting around too much but getting motivated is what&amp;#039;s holding you back. You need inspiration, help and something to keep you going when you falter. It&amp;#039;s here, Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss, a book that provides all of the above in chapters that include: - Tracking Your Current Diet - Starting a Food Journal - Getting Rid of Problem Foods - Slow and Steady Wins the Race - Combining Exercise for Best Results If you&amp;#039;ve ever thought that losing weight was something you&amp;#039;d never achieve then think again. Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss will prove you wrong and have you losing those excess pounds before you know it. Through a combination of great food, sensible eating and fun exercise, you will soon have the body you always wanted. Get a copy now. You&amp;#039;ll thank yourself for your dedication!</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740375.mp3" length="873390" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740375.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to lose weight but don&amp;#039;t know where to start? Do you eat all the wrong things and need advice on how to stop? Can you incorporate some exercise into your routine? So you&amp;#039;ve decided you want to lose weight and that a diet is the right way for you. You know you&amp;#039;re eating badly and sitting around too much but getting motivated is what&amp;#039;s holding you back. You need inspiration, help and something to keep you going when you falter. It&amp;#039;s here, Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss, a book that provides all of the above in chapters that include: - Tracking Your Current Diet - Starting a Food Journal - Getting Rid of Problem Foods - Slow and Steady Wins the Race - Combining Exercise for Best Results If you&amp;#039;ve ever thought that losing weight was something you&amp;#039;d never achieve then think again. Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss will prove you wrong and have you losing those excess pounds before you know it. Through a combination of great food, sensible eating and fun exercise, you will soon have the body you always wanted. Get a copy now. You&amp;#039;ll thank yourself for your dedication!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to lose weight but don&amp;#039;t know where to start? Do you eat all the wrong things and need advice on how to stop? Can you incorporate some exercise into your routine? So you&amp;#039;ve decided you want to lose weight and that a diet is the right way for you. You know you&amp;#039;re eating badly and sitting around too much but getting motivated is what&amp;#039;s holding you back. You need inspiration, help and something to keep you going when you falter. It&amp;#039;s here, Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss, a book that provides all of the above in chapters that include: - Tracking Your Current Diet - Starting a Food Journal - Getting Rid of Problem Foods - Slow and Steady Wins the Race - Combining Exercise for Best Results If you&amp;#039;ve ever thought that losing weight was something you&amp;#039;d never achieve then think again. Diet: The Ultimate Guide to Weight Loss will prove you wrong and have you losing those excess pounds before you know it. Through a combination of great food, sensible eating and fun exercise, you will soon have the body you always wanted. Get a copy now. You&amp;#039;ll thank yourself for your dedication!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease: What If There Was a Cure?: The Story of Ketones by Mary T. Newport MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease: What If There Was a Cure?: The Story of Ketones
Author: Mary T. Newport MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of Dr. Mary T. Newport&amp;#039;s discovery and use of medium-chain fatty acids, which act like alternative fuel in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain, to aid her beloved husband, Steve, created such a stir when the first edition was published in 2011 that a second edition was needed to reflect the most recent developments. Here Dr. Newport, a neonatal practitioner, brings the story of Steve&amp;#039;s progress up to date and details the most recent research on a variety of topics, including possible causes of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and how infection, inflammation, and genetic makeup may affect an individual&amp;#039;s response to fatty acid therapy. She also covers the latest clinical trials aimed at removing beta-amyloid that accumulates in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain.</description>
      <author>Mary T. Newport MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419548.mp3" length="8605783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease: What If There Was a Cure?: The Story of Ketones
Author: Mary T. Newport MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of Dr. Mary T. Newport&amp;#039;s discovery and use of medium-chain fatty acids, which act like alternative fuel in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain, to aid her beloved husband, Steve, created such a stir when the first edition was published in 2011 that a second edition was needed to reflect the most recent developments. Here Dr. Newport, a neonatal practitioner, brings the story of Steve&amp;#039;s progress up to date and details the most recent research on a variety of topics, including possible causes of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and how infection, inflammation, and genetic makeup may affect an individual&amp;#039;s response to fatty acid therapy. She also covers the latest clinical trials aimed at removing beta-amyloid that accumulates in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alzheimer&amp;#039;s Disease: What If There Was a Cure?: The Story of Ketones
Author: Mary T. Newport MD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of Dr. Mary T. Newport&amp;#039;s discovery and use of medium-chain fatty acids, which act like alternative fuel in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain, to aid her beloved husband, Steve, created such a stir when the first edition was published in 2011 that a second edition was needed to reflect the most recent developments. Here Dr. Newport, a neonatal practitioner, brings the story of Steve&amp;#039;s progress up to date and details the most recent research on a variety of topics, including possible causes of Alzheimer&amp;#039;s and how infection, inflammation, and genetic makeup may affect an individual&amp;#039;s response to fatty acid therapy. She also covers the latest clinical trials aimed at removing beta-amyloid that accumulates in the Alzheimer&amp;#039;s brain.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to lose weight fast? Do you still want to remain healthy and not take any risks with your health? This book has a proven system that is perfect for you! Losing weight can be difficult enough but when it comes to losing weight fast it can be even harder. You may be going on holiday and want to slim down, are getting married or are just fed up with being overweight. Losing weight may be your number one priority but if you aren&amp;#039;t careful it could have implications for our health. In this book, Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss, you can discover the secret of losing weight and slimming down, without it affecting your long-tern health and wellbeing, with chapters on: - A Few Simple Tips to Lose Weight - Fat Burning Foods - Am I Lazy? - Do All Diets Work? - A Simple Plan for Weight Loss - Adopting A Low Carb Diet Once you start to lose weight you&amp;#039;ll feel happier and more confident and if you maintain your health at the same time it will mean a longer and happier life too. Get a copy today and start losing weight quickly and safely. What&amp;#039;s not to like about that?</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740184.mp3" length="857341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740184.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to lose weight fast? Do you still want to remain healthy and not take any risks with your health? This book has a proven system that is perfect for you! Losing weight can be difficult enough but when it comes to losing weight fast it can be even harder. You may be going on holiday and want to slim down, are getting married or are just fed up with being overweight. Losing weight may be your number one priority but if you aren&amp;#039;t careful it could have implications for our health. In this book, Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss, you can discover the secret of losing weight and slimming down, without it affecting your long-tern health and wellbeing, with chapters on: - A Few Simple Tips to Lose Weight - Fat Burning Foods - Am I Lazy? - Do All Diets Work? - A Simple Plan for Weight Loss - Adopting A Low Carb Diet Once you start to lose weight you&amp;#039;ll feel happier and more confident and if you maintain your health at the same time it will mean a longer and happier life too. Get a copy today and start losing weight quickly and safely. What&amp;#039;s not to like about that?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to lose weight fast? Do you still want to remain healthy and not take any risks with your health? This book has a proven system that is perfect for you! Losing weight can be difficult enough but when it comes to losing weight fast it can be even harder. You may be going on holiday and want to slim down, are getting married or are just fed up with being overweight. Losing weight may be your number one priority but if you aren&amp;#039;t careful it could have implications for our health. In this book, Fast Weight Loss: A Proven System for Fast, Healthy Weight Loss, you can discover the secret of losing weight and slimming down, without it affecting your long-tern health and wellbeing, with chapters on: - A Few Simple Tips to Lose Weight - Fat Burning Foods - Am I Lazy? - Do All Diets Work? - A Simple Plan for Weight Loss - Adopting A Low Carb Diet Once you start to lose weight you&amp;#039;ll feel happier and more confident and if you maintain your health at the same time it will mean a longer and happier life too. Get a copy today and start losing weight quickly and safely. What&amp;#039;s not to like about that?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to detox your body and lose weight? Do you love the taste of smoothies? Would you like a book that shows you how to make great smoothies that will help you lose weight and get healthy? Smoothies are a delicious treat for anyone but when it comes to those who are losing weight, they can also help you by detoxing your body and ridding it of the accumulated garbage it has stored. Eating a smoothie a day will make an enormous difference to your body while you diet and it&amp;#039;s healthy too. With this book, Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse, you have 4 short chapters on how smoothies can help make you healthier, including@ - How Smoothies Can Transform Your health - Before We Begin - The Downsides and Dangers of Smoothies - How to Make the Perfect Smoothie - Fitting Smoothies Into Your Routine What better way would there be of losing weight while sampling something delicious every day. And with these nutrition-packed smoothies they will provide you with all the valuable food you need to keep your body in top condition. Get a copy today and enjoy a transformation in your body!</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740177.mp3" length="890477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to detox your body and lose weight? Do you love the taste of smoothies? Would you like a book that shows you how to make great smoothies that will help you lose weight and get healthy? Smoothies are a delicious treat for anyone but when it comes to those who are losing weight, they can also help you by detoxing your body and ridding it of the accumulated garbage it has stored. Eating a smoothie a day will make an enormous difference to your body while you diet and it&amp;#039;s healthy too. With this book, Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse, you have 4 short chapters on how smoothies can help make you healthier, including@ - How Smoothies Can Transform Your health - Before We Begin - The Downsides and Dangers of Smoothies - How to Make the Perfect Smoothie - Fitting Smoothies Into Your Routine What better way would there be of losing weight while sampling something delicious every day. And with these nutrition-packed smoothies they will provide you with all the valuable food you need to keep your body in top condition. Get a copy today and enjoy a transformation in your body!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to detox your body and lose weight? Do you love the taste of smoothies? Would you like a book that shows you how to make great smoothies that will help you lose weight and get healthy? Smoothies are a delicious treat for anyone but when it comes to those who are losing weight, they can also help you by detoxing your body and ridding it of the accumulated garbage it has stored. Eating a smoothie a day will make an enormous difference to your body while you diet and it&amp;#039;s healthy too. With this book, Detox Cleanse Weight Loss: A Proven System for Healthy Weight Loss With Green Smoothie Cleanse, you have 4 short chapters on how smoothies can help make you healthier, including@ - How Smoothies Can Transform Your health - Before We Begin - The Downsides and Dangers of Smoothies - How to Make the Perfect Smoothie - Fitting Smoothies Into Your Routine What better way would there be of losing weight while sampling something delicious every day. And with these nutrition-packed smoothies they will provide you with all the valuable food you need to keep your body in top condition. Get a copy today and enjoy a transformation in your body!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Are you ready to be healthier, happier, look better and enjoy life again? Have you decided on the ketogenic diet? The ketogenic diet has transformed the way we lose weight, but it is also a great way of fighting some killer diseases and chronic medical conditions that won&amp;#039;t go away. Millions of people have lost weight with it and feel so much better but is it for you. In this book, Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet, you will discover that there is much more to the ketogenic diet than you maybe first thought, with chapters that look at: - What is the Ketogenic Diet? - The benefits of Keto Diet - Keto Diet and Cancer - Keto Diet and Epilepsy - Keto Diet and Blood Pressure - What Do I Eat on a Keto Diet? You may have tried and failed to lose weight in the past and it&amp;#039;s probably because you chose the wrong diet for you. But the ketogenic diet can work for anyone, of any age, whether you have failed with other diets or not. Get a copy of Keto Weight Loss now and see what it will do for you!</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740191.mp3" length="893767" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Are you ready to be healthier, happier, look better and enjoy life again? Have you decided on the ketogenic diet? The ketogenic diet has transformed the way we lose weight, but it is also a great way of fighting some killer diseases and chronic medical conditions that won&amp;#039;t go away. Millions of people have lost weight with it and feel so much better but is it for you. In this book, Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet, you will discover that there is much more to the ketogenic diet than you maybe first thought, with chapters that look at: - What is the Ketogenic Diet? - The benefits of Keto Diet - Keto Diet and Cancer - Keto Diet and Epilepsy - Keto Diet and Blood Pressure - What Do I Eat on a Keto Diet? You may have tried and failed to lose weight in the past and it&amp;#039;s probably because you chose the wrong diet for you. But the ketogenic diet can work for anyone, of any age, whether you have failed with other diets or not. Get a copy of Keto Weight Loss now and see what it will do for you!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that it&amp;#039;s time to lose weight? Are you ready to be healthier, happier, look better and enjoy life again? Have you decided on the ketogenic diet? The ketogenic diet has transformed the way we lose weight, but it is also a great way of fighting some killer diseases and chronic medical conditions that won&amp;#039;t go away. Millions of people have lost weight with it and feel so much better but is it for you. In this book, Keto Weight Loss: The Step By Step Guide To Fasting On The Ketogenic Diet, you will discover that there is much more to the ketogenic diet than you maybe first thought, with chapters that look at: - What is the Ketogenic Diet? - The benefits of Keto Diet - Keto Diet and Cancer - Keto Diet and Epilepsy - Keto Diet and Blood Pressure - What Do I Eat on a Keto Diet? You may have tried and failed to lose weight in the past and it&amp;#039;s probably because you chose the wrong diet for you. But the ketogenic diet can work for anyone, of any age, whether you have failed with other diets or not. Get a copy of Keto Weight Loss now and see what it will do for you!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results by Mary J. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jessie Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that the time is right for you to lose some weight? Are you fed up with ill-fitting clothes and looking out of shape? Do you need a plan of action? Losing weight is high on most people&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;to do&amp;#039; list. With western diets meaning expanding waistlines and obesity becoming an epidemic, shedding a few pounds is not only desirable, for some it is essential. In this new book, Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results, we will help you find a weight loss program that is ideal for you, one that will keep the pounds off for good, with chapters that give you advice on: - The Reason Goals Are Important in Weight Loss - The Reason Goals Are Important In Maintaining Weight - The Reason Goals Are Important In Body Image - Setting Goals For Eating Right - Setting Goals For Exercise - Setting Goals For Body Image - How To Stick To The Program And more... With this book to help motivate and inspire you, then keep doing it, you will find that losing weight is surprisingly easier than you&amp;#039;ve been led to believe. And a whole lot of fun as well. Get a copy of Weight Loss today and see for yourself how you lose the weight you don&amp;#039;t want!</description>
      <author>Mary J. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740160.mp3" length="902919" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740160.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jessie Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that the time is right for you to lose some weight? Are you fed up with ill-fitting clothes and looking out of shape? Do you need a plan of action? Losing weight is high on most people&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;to do&amp;#039; list. With western diets meaning expanding waistlines and obesity becoming an epidemic, shedding a few pounds is not only desirable, for some it is essential. In this new book, Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results, we will help you find a weight loss program that is ideal for you, one that will keep the pounds off for good, with chapters that give you advice on: - The Reason Goals Are Important in Weight Loss - The Reason Goals Are Important In Maintaining Weight - The Reason Goals Are Important In Body Image - Setting Goals For Eating Right - Setting Goals For Exercise - Setting Goals For Body Image - How To Stick To The Program And more... With this book to help motivate and inspire you, then keep doing it, you will find that losing weight is surprisingly easier than you&amp;#039;ve been led to believe. And a whole lot of fun as well. Get a copy of Weight Loss today and see for yourself how you lose the weight you don&amp;#039;t want!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results
Author: Mary J. Moore
Narrator: Jessie Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you decided that the time is right for you to lose some weight? Are you fed up with ill-fitting clothes and looking out of shape? Do you need a plan of action? Losing weight is high on most people&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;to do&amp;#039; list. With western diets meaning expanding waistlines and obesity becoming an epidemic, shedding a few pounds is not only desirable, for some it is essential. In this new book, Weight Loss: The Proven Plan for Fast Weight Loss Results, we will help you find a weight loss program that is ideal for you, one that will keep the pounds off for good, with chapters that give you advice on: - The Reason Goals Are Important in Weight Loss - The Reason Goals Are Important In Maintaining Weight - The Reason Goals Are Important In Body Image - Setting Goals For Eating Right - Setting Goals For Exercise - Setting Goals For Body Image - How To Stick To The Program And more... With this book to help motivate and inspire you, then keep doing it, you will find that losing weight is surprisingly easier than you&amp;#039;ve been led to believe. And a whole lot of fun as well. Get a copy of Weight Loss today and see for yourself how you lose the weight you don&amp;#039;t want!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Necessary Nutrition: How To Supplement Without Supplements, Nourish Yourself Without A Complete Diet Makeover And Feel Great Everyday by Eric Morrison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Necessary Nutrition: How To Supplement Without Supplements, Nourish Yourself Without A Complete Diet Makeover And Feel Great Everyday
Author: Eric Morrison
Narrator: Eric Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
fff</description>
      <author>Eric Morrison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982739720.mp3" length="1365972" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982739720.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Necessary Nutrition: How To Supplement Without Supplements, Nourish Yourself Without A Complete Diet Makeover And Feel Great Everyday
Author: Eric Morrison
Narrator: Eric Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
fff</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Necessary Nutrition: How To Supplement Without Supplements, Nourish Yourself Without A Complete Diet Makeover And Feel Great Everyday
Author: Eric Morrison
Narrator: Eric Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
fff</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eat to Beat Disease: The New Science of How Your Body Can Heal Itself by William W Li</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat to Beat Disease: The New Science of How Your Body Can Heal Itself
Author: William W Li
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to better health with this New York Times bestseller on food&amp;#039;s ability to help the body heal itself from cancer, dementia, and dozens of other avoidable diseases.  Forget everything you think you know about your body and food, and discover the new science of how the body heals itself. Learn how to identify the strategies and dosages for using food to transform your resilience and health in Eat to Beat Disease. We have radically underestimated our body&amp;#039;s power to transform and restore our health. Pioneering physician scientist, Dr. William Li, empowers readers by showing them the evidence behind over 200 health-boosting foods that can starve cancer, reduce your risk of dementia, and beat dozens of avoidable diseases. Eat to Beat Disease isn&amp;#039;t about what foods to avoid, but rather is a life-changing guide to the hundreds of healing foods to add to your meals that support the body&amp;#039;s defense systems, including:  - Plums - Cinnamon - Jasmine tea - Red wine and beer - Black Beans - San Marzano tomatoes - Olive oil - Pacific oysters - Cheeses like Jarlsberg, Camembert and cheddar - Sourdough bread The book&amp;#039;s plan shows you how to integrate the foods you already love into any diet or health plan to activate your body&amp;#039;s health defense systems-Angiogenesis, Regeneration, Microbiome, DNA Protection, and Immunity-to fight cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular, neurodegenerative autoimmune diseases, and other debilitating conditions. Both informative and practical, Eat to Beat Disease explains the science of healing and prevention, the strategies for using food to actively transform health, and points the science of wellbeing and disease prevention in an exhilarating new direction.</description>
      <author>William W Li</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549117183.mp3" length="917765" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549117183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat to Beat Disease: The New Science of How Your Body Can Heal Itself
Author: William W Li
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to better health with this New York Times bestseller on food&amp;#039;s ability to help the body heal itself from cancer, dementia, and dozens of other avoidable diseases.  Forget everything you think you know about your body and food, and discover the new science of how the body heals itself. Learn how to identify the strategies and dosages for using food to transform your resilience and health in Eat to Beat Disease. We have radically underestimated our body&amp;#039;s power to transform and restore our health. Pioneering physician scientist, Dr. William Li, empowers readers by showing them the evidence behind over 200 health-boosting foods that can starve cancer, reduce your risk of dementia, and beat dozens of avoidable diseases. Eat to Beat Disease isn&amp;#039;t about what foods to avoid, but rather is a life-changing guide to the hundreds of healing foods to add to your meals that support the body&amp;#039;s defense systems, including:  - Plums - Cinnamon - Jasmine tea - Red wine and beer - Black Beans - San Marzano tomatoes - Olive oil - Pacific oysters - Cheeses like Jarlsberg, Camembert and cheddar - Sourdough bread The book&amp;#039;s plan shows you how to integrate the foods you already love into any diet or health plan to activate your body&amp;#039;s health defense systems-Angiogenesis, Regeneration, Microbiome, DNA Protection, and Immunity-to fight cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular, neurodegenerative autoimmune diseases, and other debilitating conditions. Both informative and practical, Eat to Beat Disease explains the science of healing and prevention, the strategies for using food to actively transform health, and points the science of wellbeing and disease prevention in an exhilarating new direction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat to Beat Disease: The New Science of How Your Body Can Heal Itself
Author: William W Li
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to better health with this New York Times bestseller on food&amp;#039;s ability to help the body heal itself from cancer, dementia, and dozens of other avoidable diseases.  Forget everything you think you know about your body and food, and discover the new science of how the body heals itself. Learn how to identify the strategies and dosages for using food to transform your resilience and health in Eat to Beat Disease. We have radically underestimated our body&amp;#039;s power to transform and restore our health. Pioneering physician scientist, Dr. William Li, empowers readers by showing them the evidence behind over 200 health-boosting foods that can starve cancer, reduce your risk of dementia, and beat dozens of avoidable diseases. Eat to Beat Disease isn&amp;#039;t about what foods to avoid, but rather is a life-changing guide to the hundreds of healing foods to add to your meals that support the body&amp;#039;s defense systems, including:  - Plums - Cinnamon - Jasmine tea - Red wine and beer - Black Beans - San Marzano tomatoes - Olive oil - Pacific oysters - Cheeses like Jarlsberg, Camembert and cheddar - Sourdough bread The book&amp;#039;s plan shows you how to integrate the foods you already love into any diet or health plan to activate your body&amp;#039;s health defense systems-Angiogenesis, Regeneration, Microbiome, DNA Protection, and Immunity-to fight cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular, neurodegenerative autoimmune diseases, and other debilitating conditions. Both informative and practical, Eat to Beat Disease explains the science of healing and prevention, the strategies for using food to actively transform health, and points the science of wellbeing and disease prevention in an exhilarating new direction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad Advice: Or Why Celebrities, Politicians, and Activists Aren&amp;#039;t Your Best Source of Health Information by Paul A. Offit MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Advice: Or Why Celebrities, Politicians, and Activists Aren&amp;#039;t Your Best Source of Health Information
Author: Paul A. Offit MD
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Science doesn&amp;#039;t speak for itself. Neck-deep in work that can be messy and confounding and naïve in the ways of public communication, scientists are often unable to package their insights into the neat narratives that the public requires. Enter celebrities, advocates, lobbyists, and the funders behind them, who take advantage of scientists&amp;#039; reluctance to provide easy answers, flooding the media with misleading or incorrect claims about health risks. Amid this onslaught of spurious information, Americans are more confused than ever about what&amp;#039;s good for them and what isn&amp;#039;t. In Bad Advice, Paul A. Offit shares hard-earned wisdom on the dos and don&amp;#039;ts of battling misinformation. For the past twenty years, Offit has been on the front lines in the fight for sound science and public heath. Stepping into the media spotlight as few scientists have done—such as being one of the first to speak out against conspiracy theories linking vaccines to autism—he found himself in the crosshairs of powerful groups intent on promoting pseudoscience. Bad Advice discusses science and its adversaries: not just the manias stoked by slick charlatans and their miracle cures but also corrosive, dangerous ideologies such as Holocaust and climate-change denial.</description>
      <author>Paul A. Offit MD</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339249.mp3" length="8338868" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339249.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Advice: Or Why Celebrities, Politicians, and Activists Aren&amp;#039;t Your Best Source of Health Information
Author: Paul A. Offit MD
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Science doesn&amp;#039;t speak for itself. Neck-deep in work that can be messy and confounding and naïve in the ways of public communication, scientists are often unable to package their insights into the neat narratives that the public requires. Enter celebrities, advocates, lobbyists, and the funders behind them, who take advantage of scientists&amp;#039; reluctance to provide easy answers, flooding the media with misleading or incorrect claims about health risks. Amid this onslaught of spurious information, Americans are more confused than ever about what&amp;#039;s good for them and what isn&amp;#039;t. In Bad Advice, Paul A. Offit shares hard-earned wisdom on the dos and don&amp;#039;ts of battling misinformation. For the past twenty years, Offit has been on the front lines in the fight for sound science and public heath. Stepping into the media spotlight as few scientists have done—such as being one of the first to speak out against conspiracy theories linking vaccines to autism—he found himself in the crosshairs of powerful groups intent on promoting pseudoscience. Bad Advice discusses science and its adversaries: not just the manias stoked by slick charlatans and their miracle cures but also corrosive, dangerous ideologies such as Holocaust and climate-change denial.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Advice: Or Why Celebrities, Politicians, and Activists Aren&amp;#039;t Your Best Source of Health Information
Author: Paul A. Offit MD
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Science doesn&amp;#039;t speak for itself. Neck-deep in work that can be messy and confounding and naïve in the ways of public communication, scientists are often unable to package their insights into the neat narratives that the public requires. Enter celebrities, advocates, lobbyists, and the funders behind them, who take advantage of scientists&amp;#039; reluctance to provide easy answers, flooding the media with misleading or incorrect claims about health risks. Amid this onslaught of spurious information, Americans are more confused than ever about what&amp;#039;s good for them and what isn&amp;#039;t. In Bad Advice, Paul A. Offit shares hard-earned wisdom on the dos and don&amp;#039;ts of battling misinformation. For the past twenty years, Offit has been on the front lines in the fight for sound science and public heath. Stepping into the media spotlight as few scientists have done—such as being one of the first to speak out against conspiracy theories linking vaccines to autism—he found himself in the crosshairs of powerful groups intent on promoting pseudoscience. Bad Advice discusses science and its adversaries: not just the manias stoked by slick charlatans and their miracle cures but also corrosive, dangerous ideologies such as Holocaust and climate-change denial.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts by Mark J. Barret</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts
Author: Mark J. Barret
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit fast? Do you want to burn fat, get leaner and be healthier? These workouts will pave the way! If you are someone who wants or needs to get fit and do it quickly, then High Intensity Interval Training is probably the right thing for you to do. This amazing workout helps burn body fat at an incredible rate, keeping you lean and trim and improving your cardiovascular fitness at the same time. In this book, Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts, you can learn the science of Hiit and prepare a program for yourself which will help you lose the extra weight and build muscle with chapters on: - What is HIIT? - The Science Behind HIIT - The EPOC Effect - Is HIIT Right For You? - Benefits of HIIT - The Essentials of HIIT - HIIT for Fat Loss and Muscle Gain Once you start on a Hiit program you will quickly see a difference in your fitness levels and body shape, giving you additional confidence into the bargain. If you don&amp;#039;t believe it, get a copy of this book and give it a try. You&amp;#039;ll be amazed at the results.</description>
      <author>Mark J. Barret</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982738716.mp3" length="867974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982738716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts
Author: Mark J. Barret
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit fast? Do you want to burn fat, get leaner and be healthier? These workouts will pave the way! If you are someone who wants or needs to get fit and do it quickly, then High Intensity Interval Training is probably the right thing for you to do. This amazing workout helps burn body fat at an incredible rate, keeping you lean and trim and improving your cardiovascular fitness at the same time. In this book, Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts, you can learn the science of Hiit and prepare a program for yourself which will help you lose the extra weight and build muscle with chapters on: - What is HIIT? - The Science Behind HIIT - The EPOC Effect - Is HIIT Right For You? - Benefits of HIIT - The Essentials of HIIT - HIIT for Fat Loss and Muscle Gain Once you start on a Hiit program you will quickly see a difference in your fitness levels and body shape, giving you additional confidence into the bargain. If you don&amp;#039;t believe it, get a copy of this book and give it a try. You&amp;#039;ll be amazed at the results.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts
Author: Mark J. Barret
Narrator: Jesse Gross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit fast? Do you want to burn fat, get leaner and be healthier? These workouts will pave the way! If you are someone who wants or needs to get fit and do it quickly, then High Intensity Interval Training is probably the right thing for you to do. This amazing workout helps burn body fat at an incredible rate, keeping you lean and trim and improving your cardiovascular fitness at the same time. In this book, Hiit: Burn Fat Faster with HIIT Workouts, you can learn the science of Hiit and prepare a program for yourself which will help you lose the extra weight and build muscle with chapters on: - What is HIIT? - The Science Behind HIIT - The EPOC Effect - Is HIIT Right For You? - Benefits of HIIT - The Essentials of HIIT - HIIT for Fat Loss and Muscle Gain Once you start on a Hiit program you will quickly see a difference in your fitness levels and body shape, giving you additional confidence into the bargain. If you don&amp;#039;t believe it, get a copy of this book and give it a try. You&amp;#039;ll be amazed at the results.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan by Mark Berg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan
Author: Mark Berg
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit and shed those excess pounds? Have you dieted in the past and failed every time? Are you ready to try something that is proven to work and will increase your cardio and overall fitness? Being overweight is a huge problem for millions in an era where fast food rules and we are less active than ever before. Fighting back is hard when temptation is everywhere and losing those extra pounds can seem almost impossible. and yet you know you need to do it. Your life depends on it. This book, Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan, will do exactly what it says, with chapters that include: - Why Are You Fat? - Fat Burn Mantra &amp;amp; How To Eat Like A Celebrity (And Not Get Fat!) - Easy Fat Killer Technique - Beginner High-Intensity Workout - The Killer Cardio Plan You may be overweight and out of shape right now, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean you will always be that way. With a little will-power, the right help and plenty of motivation, you can do it. And this book will help you every step of the way!</description>
      <author>Mark Berg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982738648.mp3" length="900393" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982738648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan
Author: Mark Berg
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit and shed those excess pounds? Have you dieted in the past and failed every time? Are you ready to try something that is proven to work and will increase your cardio and overall fitness? Being overweight is a huge problem for millions in an era where fast food rules and we are less active than ever before. Fighting back is hard when temptation is everywhere and losing those extra pounds can seem almost impossible. and yet you know you need to do it. Your life depends on it. This book, Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan, will do exactly what it says, with chapters that include: - Why Are You Fat? - Fat Burn Mantra &amp;amp; How To Eat Like A Celebrity (And Not Get Fat!) - Easy Fat Killer Technique - Beginner High-Intensity Workout - The Killer Cardio Plan You may be overweight and out of shape right now, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean you will always be that way. With a little will-power, the right help and plenty of motivation, you can do it. And this book will help you every step of the way!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan
Author: Mark Berg
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you need to get fit and shed those excess pounds? Have you dieted in the past and failed every time? Are you ready to try something that is proven to work and will increase your cardio and overall fitness? Being overweight is a huge problem for millions in an era where fast food rules and we are less active than ever before. Fighting back is hard when temptation is everywhere and losing those extra pounds can seem almost impossible. and yet you know you need to do it. Your life depends on it. This book, Body Fat: The Ultimate Guide for Burning Fat and Getting Fit with a Proven Diet, Fat Burning Mantra and a Killer Cardio Plan, will do exactly what it says, with chapters that include: - Why Are You Fat? - Fat Burn Mantra &amp;amp; How To Eat Like A Celebrity (And Not Get Fat!) - Easy Fat Killer Technique - Beginner High-Intensity Workout - The Killer Cardio Plan You may be overweight and out of shape right now, but that doesn&amp;#039;t mean you will always be that way. With a little will-power, the right help and plenty of motivation, you can do it. And this book will help you every step of the way!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training by Ben M. Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training
Author: Ben M. Johnson
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you currently on a fitness kick or thinking about starting one? Is weight training part of your daily workout? Have you tried TRX for maximum effect on your body? Many people enjoy gym sessions, building muscle and stamina and keeping their bodies in tip-top condition. There are several different ways to train of course, but TRX is one that uses your own body weight to exercise and develop strength, balance, flexibility and core stability simultaneously. And in TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training you can learn how this amazing training session can work wonders for you, with advice on: - TRX basics - Suspension training - The importance of core strength - Using TRX correctly - Staying hydrated - Body weight vs weight training And more... If you are looking to build up your strength and turn your body into a lean and energetic machine, then TRX is the system that can make it happen. Get a copy of TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training today and see what difference it will make to your fitness regime!</description>
      <author>Ben M. Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982738204.mp3" length="300358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982738204.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training
Author: Ben M. Johnson
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you currently on a fitness kick or thinking about starting one? Is weight training part of your daily workout? Have you tried TRX for maximum effect on your body? Many people enjoy gym sessions, building muscle and stamina and keeping their bodies in tip-top condition. There are several different ways to train of course, but TRX is one that uses your own body weight to exercise and develop strength, balance, flexibility and core stability simultaneously. And in TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training you can learn how this amazing training session can work wonders for you, with advice on: - TRX basics - Suspension training - The importance of core strength - Using TRX correctly - Staying hydrated - Body weight vs weight training And more... If you are looking to build up your strength and turn your body into a lean and energetic machine, then TRX is the system that can make it happen. Get a copy of TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training today and see what difference it will make to your fitness regime!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training
Author: Ben M. Johnson
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you currently on a fitness kick or thinking about starting one? Is weight training part of your daily workout? Have you tried TRX for maximum effect on your body? Many people enjoy gym sessions, building muscle and stamina and keeping their bodies in tip-top condition. There are several different ways to train of course, but TRX is one that uses your own body weight to exercise and develop strength, balance, flexibility and core stability simultaneously. And in TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training you can learn how this amazing training session can work wonders for you, with advice on: - TRX basics - Suspension training - The importance of core strength - Using TRX correctly - Staying hydrated - Body weight vs weight training And more... If you are looking to build up your strength and turn your body into a lean and energetic machine, then TRX is the system that can make it happen. Get a copy of TRX: The Ultimate Fitness Workout Guide to TRX Suspension Weight Training today and see what difference it will make to your fitness regime!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Period Repair Manual: Natural Treatment for Better Hormones and Better Periods, 2nd edition by Lara Briden ND</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Period Repair Manual: Natural Treatment for Better Hormones and Better Periods, 2nd edition
Author: Lara Briden ND
Narrator: Norah Tocci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Period Repair Manual is your guide to better periods using natural treatments such as diet, nutritional supplements, herbal medicine, and bioidentical hormones. It contains advice and tips for women of every age and situation. If you have a period (or want a period), then this book is for you. Topics include: ● How to come off hormonal birth control ● What your period should be like ● What can go wrong ● How to talk to your doctor ● Treatment protocols for all common period problems, including PCOS and endometriosis The second edition contains insights from Dr. Jerilynn Prior and an additional chapter on perimenopause and menopause.   Written by a naturopathic doctor with twenty years of experience, this book is a compilation of everything that works for hormonal health.</description>
      <author>Lara Briden ND</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977335166.mp3" length="7511111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977335166.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Period Repair Manual: Natural Treatment for Better Hormones and Better Periods, 2nd edition
Author: Lara Briden ND
Narrator: Norah Tocci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Period Repair Manual is your guide to better periods using natural treatments such as diet, nutritional supplements, herbal medicine, and bioidentical hormones. It contains advice and tips for women of every age and situation. If you have a period (or want a period), then this book is for you. Topics include: ● How to come off hormonal birth control ● What your period should be like ● What can go wrong ● How to talk to your doctor ● Treatment protocols for all common period problems, including PCOS and endometriosis The second edition contains insights from Dr. Jerilynn Prior and an additional chapter on perimenopause and menopause.   Written by a naturopathic doctor with twenty years of experience, this book is a compilation of everything that works for hormonal health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Period Repair Manual: Natural Treatment for Better Hormones and Better Periods, 2nd edition
Author: Lara Briden ND
Narrator: Norah Tocci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Period Repair Manual is your guide to better periods using natural treatments such as diet, nutritional supplements, herbal medicine, and bioidentical hormones. It contains advice and tips for women of every age and situation. If you have a period (or want a period), then this book is for you. Topics include: ● How to come off hormonal birth control ● What your period should be like ● What can go wrong ● How to talk to your doctor ● Treatment protocols for all common period problems, including PCOS and endometriosis The second edition contains insights from Dr. Jerilynn Prior and an additional chapter on perimenopause and menopause.   Written by a naturopathic doctor with twenty years of experience, this book is a compilation of everything that works for hormonal health.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fertility Diet: Groundbreaking Research Reveals Natural Ways to Boost Ovulation and Improve Your Chances of Getting Pregnant by Walter C. Willett MD DrPH, Jorge E. Chavarro MD ScD, Patrick J. Skerrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fertility Diet: Groundbreaking Research Reveals Natural Ways to Boost Ovulation and Improve Your Chances of Getting Pregnant
Author: Walter C. Willett MD DrPH, Jorge E. Chavarro MD ScD, Patrick J. Skerrett
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get pregnant—naturally! The Fertility Diet reveals startling new research from the landmark Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study, which shows that the food you eat can boost your fertility. The book prescribes ten simple changes in diet and activity that can increase your chances of getting pregnant. These changes include: ● Cutting back on red meat and trans fats ● Getting protein and iron from veggies and nuts ● Choosing whole-fat milk and even ice cream ● Drinking coffee, tea, and alcohol in moderation ● Losing weight (if needed) and exercising The Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study exhaustively examined the effects of diet and other lifestyle changes on fertility among nearly 20,000 female nurses. Two of the study&amp;#039;s lead researchers translate its groundbreaking findings into changes you can put into practice today, setting the stage for a healthy pregnancy and forming the foundation for an eating strategy that will serve you well for the rest of your life. The Fertility Diet also offers a week&amp;#039;s worth of meal plans and delicious recipes that will make following the guidelines easy and tasty.</description>
      <author>Walter C. Willett MD DrPH, Jorge E. Chavarro MD ScD, Patrick J. Skerrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341969.mp3" length="1261006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341969.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fertility Diet: Groundbreaking Research Reveals Natural Ways to Boost Ovulation and Improve Your Chances of Getting Pregnant
Author: Walter C. Willett MD DrPH, Jorge E. Chavarro MD ScD, Patrick J. Skerrett
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get pregnant—naturally! The Fertility Diet reveals startling new research from the landmark Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study, which shows that the food you eat can boost your fertility. The book prescribes ten simple changes in diet and activity that can increase your chances of getting pregnant. These changes include: ● Cutting back on red meat and trans fats ● Getting protein and iron from veggies and nuts ● Choosing whole-fat milk and even ice cream ● Drinking coffee, tea, and alcohol in moderation ● Losing weight (if needed) and exercising The Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study exhaustively examined the effects of diet and other lifestyle changes on fertility among nearly 20,000 female nurses. Two of the study&amp;#039;s lead researchers translate its groundbreaking findings into changes you can put into practice today, setting the stage for a healthy pregnancy and forming the foundation for an eating strategy that will serve you well for the rest of your life. The Fertility Diet also offers a week&amp;#039;s worth of meal plans and delicious recipes that will make following the guidelines easy and tasty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fertility Diet: Groundbreaking Research Reveals Natural Ways to Boost Ovulation and Improve Your Chances of Getting Pregnant
Author: Walter C. Willett MD DrPH, Jorge E. Chavarro MD ScD, Patrick J. Skerrett
Narrator: Vanessa Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Get pregnant—naturally! The Fertility Diet reveals startling new research from the landmark Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study, which shows that the food you eat can boost your fertility. The book prescribes ten simple changes in diet and activity that can increase your chances of getting pregnant. These changes include: ● Cutting back on red meat and trans fats ● Getting protein and iron from veggies and nuts ● Choosing whole-fat milk and even ice cream ● Drinking coffee, tea, and alcohol in moderation ● Losing weight (if needed) and exercising The Nurses&amp;#039; Health Study exhaustively examined the effects of diet and other lifestyle changes on fertility among nearly 20,000 female nurses. Two of the study&amp;#039;s lead researchers translate its groundbreaking findings into changes you can put into practice today, setting the stage for a healthy pregnancy and forming the foundation for an eating strategy that will serve you well for the rest of your life. The Fertility Diet also offers a week&amp;#039;s worth of meal plans and delicious recipes that will make following the guidelines easy and tasty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chakra Balance: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Healing Body and Mind by April Pfender</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chakra Balance: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Healing Body and Mind
Author: April Pfender
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Start healing with effective energy exercises from Chakra Balance and improve your mental and physical wellbeing. Chakra imbalances can manifest in a number of physical and emotional ailments. Chakra Balance is a practical beginner&amp;#039;s guide to identifying energy imbalances, and restoring harmony with powerful, energy healing practices. Chakra Balance offers easy-to-follow guidance for using yoga poses, crystals, and essential oils to harness your energy and heal. With in-depth profiles of each of the seven chakras, you&amp;#039;ll gain a fundamental understanding of the physical, emotional, and spiritual elements of every chakra. Push past blockages and keep your chakras clear and open with: ● Information on how to diagnose which chakra is blocked based on the emotional or physical symptoms you experience ● Effective energy exercises that don&amp;#039;t require previous experience and specifically target the chakra in distress through yoga, crystals, essential oils, and other healing practices ● Straightforward chakra profiles that explain the characteristics and causes of imbalance for each chakra Take a deep breath. Tune into the energy running through you, and feel the connection between your mind and body with this practice-based guide for chakra healing.</description>
      <author>April Pfender</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339706.mp3" length="8021938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339706.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chakra Balance: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Healing Body and Mind
Author: April Pfender
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Start healing with effective energy exercises from Chakra Balance and improve your mental and physical wellbeing. Chakra imbalances can manifest in a number of physical and emotional ailments. Chakra Balance is a practical beginner&amp;#039;s guide to identifying energy imbalances, and restoring harmony with powerful, energy healing practices. Chakra Balance offers easy-to-follow guidance for using yoga poses, crystals, and essential oils to harness your energy and heal. With in-depth profiles of each of the seven chakras, you&amp;#039;ll gain a fundamental understanding of the physical, emotional, and spiritual elements of every chakra. Push past blockages and keep your chakras clear and open with: ● Information on how to diagnose which chakra is blocked based on the emotional or physical symptoms you experience ● Effective energy exercises that don&amp;#039;t require previous experience and specifically target the chakra in distress through yoga, crystals, essential oils, and other healing practices ● Straightforward chakra profiles that explain the characteristics and causes of imbalance for each chakra Take a deep breath. Tune into the energy running through you, and feel the connection between your mind and body with this practice-based guide for chakra healing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chakra Balance: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Healing Body and Mind
Author: April Pfender
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Start healing with effective energy exercises from Chakra Balance and improve your mental and physical wellbeing. Chakra imbalances can manifest in a number of physical and emotional ailments. Chakra Balance is a practical beginner&amp;#039;s guide to identifying energy imbalances, and restoring harmony with powerful, energy healing practices. Chakra Balance offers easy-to-follow guidance for using yoga poses, crystals, and essential oils to harness your energy and heal. With in-depth profiles of each of the seven chakras, you&amp;#039;ll gain a fundamental understanding of the physical, emotional, and spiritual elements of every chakra. Push past blockages and keep your chakras clear and open with: ● Information on how to diagnose which chakra is blocked based on the emotional or physical symptoms you experience ● Effective energy exercises that don&amp;#039;t require previous experience and specifically target the chakra in distress through yoga, crystals, essential oils, and other healing practices ● Straightforward chakra profiles that explain the characteristics and causes of imbalance for each chakra Take a deep breath. Tune into the energy running through you, and feel the connection between your mind and body with this practice-based guide for chakra healing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Keto for Life: Reset Your Biological Clock in 21 Days and Optimize Your Diet for Longevity by Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Keto for Life: Reset Your Biological Clock in 21 Days and Optimize Your Diet for Longevity
Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns
Narrator: Brad Kearns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Sisson, bestselling author of The Keto Reset Diet and publisher of the number one paleo blog, reveals a new ketogenic eating and lifestyle plan that promotes longevity. At age 66, ancestral health movement leader Mark Sisson is still in peak athletic condition and exceptional health. He credits his ketogenic diet and complementary lifestyle practices as the reason, and rightly so - research has confirmed the anti-aging benefits of following a high fat, moderate protein, low carb eating pattern. In Keto for Life, you&amp;#039;ll implement a holistic plan of action to live a long, healthy, and happy life with Sisson&amp;#039;s Four Pillars of Longevity: Metabolic Flexibility, Movement and Physical Fitness, Mental Flexibility, and Rest &amp;amp; Recovery. Through mindful eating, moving, thinking, and resting, you can initiate DNA repair and cellular rejuvenation to actually reverse the aging process and halt cognitive or physical decline. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to escape carbohydrate dependency once and for all, incorporate the most potent ketogenic superfoods and supplements available to boost brain function and protect against heart disease, dial in your sleep habits and recovery patterns for an immediate energy boost, and successfully manage modern life stressors like hyperconnectivity. With the game-changing 21-Day Biological Clock Reset, you&amp;#039;ll create a daily longevity routine that feels natural and easy to permanently maintain. Featuring over 80 delicious, nutrient-dense ketogenic recipes from leading health and gourmet experts, Keto for Life will unlock your full longevity potential and keep you living well. *Includes a PDF of Keto for Life recipes.</description>
      <author>Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593106235.mp3" length="2824213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593106235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Keto for Life: Reset Your Biological Clock in 21 Days and Optimize Your Diet for Longevity
Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns
Narrator: Brad Kearns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Sisson, bestselling author of The Keto Reset Diet and publisher of the number one paleo blog, reveals a new ketogenic eating and lifestyle plan that promotes longevity. At age 66, ancestral health movement leader Mark Sisson is still in peak athletic condition and exceptional health. He credits his ketogenic diet and complementary lifestyle practices as the reason, and rightly so - research has confirmed the anti-aging benefits of following a high fat, moderate protein, low carb eating pattern. In Keto for Life, you&amp;#039;ll implement a holistic plan of action to live a long, healthy, and happy life with Sisson&amp;#039;s Four Pillars of Longevity: Metabolic Flexibility, Movement and Physical Fitness, Mental Flexibility, and Rest &amp;amp; Recovery. Through mindful eating, moving, thinking, and resting, you can initiate DNA repair and cellular rejuvenation to actually reverse the aging process and halt cognitive or physical decline. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to escape carbohydrate dependency once and for all, incorporate the most potent ketogenic superfoods and supplements available to boost brain function and protect against heart disease, dial in your sleep habits and recovery patterns for an immediate energy boost, and successfully manage modern life stressors like hyperconnectivity. With the game-changing 21-Day Biological Clock Reset, you&amp;#039;ll create a daily longevity routine that feels natural and easy to permanently maintain. Featuring over 80 delicious, nutrient-dense ketogenic recipes from leading health and gourmet experts, Keto for Life will unlock your full longevity potential and keep you living well. *Includes a PDF of Keto for Life recipes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Keto for Life: Reset Your Biological Clock in 21 Days and Optimize Your Diet for Longevity
Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns
Narrator: Brad Kearns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Sisson, bestselling author of The Keto Reset Diet and publisher of the number one paleo blog, reveals a new ketogenic eating and lifestyle plan that promotes longevity. At age 66, ancestral health movement leader Mark Sisson is still in peak athletic condition and exceptional health. He credits his ketogenic diet and complementary lifestyle practices as the reason, and rightly so - research has confirmed the anti-aging benefits of following a high fat, moderate protein, low carb eating pattern. In Keto for Life, you&amp;#039;ll implement a holistic plan of action to live a long, healthy, and happy life with Sisson&amp;#039;s Four Pillars of Longevity: Metabolic Flexibility, Movement and Physical Fitness, Mental Flexibility, and Rest &amp;amp; Recovery. Through mindful eating, moving, thinking, and resting, you can initiate DNA repair and cellular rejuvenation to actually reverse the aging process and halt cognitive or physical decline. You&amp;#039;ll discover how to escape carbohydrate dependency once and for all, incorporate the most potent ketogenic superfoods and supplements available to boost brain function and protect against heart disease, dial in your sleep habits and recovery patterns for an immediate energy boost, and successfully manage modern life stressors like hyperconnectivity. With the game-changing 21-Day Biological Clock Reset, you&amp;#039;ll create a daily longevity routine that feels natural and easy to permanently maintain. Featuring over 80 delicious, nutrient-dense ketogenic recipes from leading health and gourmet experts, Keto for Life will unlock your full longevity potential and keep you living well. *Includes a PDF of Keto for Life recipes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keto Diet: Your 30-Day Plan to Lose Weight, Balance Hormones, Boost Brain Health, and Reverse Disease by Josh Axe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Diet: Your 30-Day Plan to Lose Weight, Balance Hormones, Boost Brain Health, and Reverse Disease
Author: Josh Axe
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the national bestseller Eat Dirt, a 30-day healthy plan -- including more than 80 delicious recipes -- to burn fat, fight inflammation, and reverse disease using the keto diet.  Today, the ketogenic diet is the world&amp;#039;s fastest growing diet, and with good reason. When practiced correctly, it has been proven to burn fat, reduce inflammation, fight cancer, balance hormones and gut bacteria, improve neurological diseases, and even increase lifespan. Unfortunately, many people remain unaware of several key factors that are crucial to the diet&amp;#039;s success, setting them up for frustration, failure, and relapse. In Keto Diet, bestselling author Dr. Josh Axe sets the record straight, offering thorough, step-by-step guidance to achieving lifelong health. Unlike other books on the subject, Keto Diet identifies and details five different ketogenic protocols and explains why picking the right one for your body and lifestyle is fundamental to your success.  Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools they need to say goodbye to stubborn fat and chronic disease once and for all, including: - shopping lists - delicious recipes - exercise routines - accessible explanations of the science behind keto&amp;#039;s powerful effects - five different keto plans and a guide to choosing the one that fits you best!</description>
      <author>Josh Axe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549119200.mp3" length="939063" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549119200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Diet: Your 30-Day Plan to Lose Weight, Balance Hormones, Boost Brain Health, and Reverse Disease
Author: Josh Axe
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the national bestseller Eat Dirt, a 30-day healthy plan -- including more than 80 delicious recipes -- to burn fat, fight inflammation, and reverse disease using the keto diet.  Today, the ketogenic diet is the world&amp;#039;s fastest growing diet, and with good reason. When practiced correctly, it has been proven to burn fat, reduce inflammation, fight cancer, balance hormones and gut bacteria, improve neurological diseases, and even increase lifespan. Unfortunately, many people remain unaware of several key factors that are crucial to the diet&amp;#039;s success, setting them up for frustration, failure, and relapse. In Keto Diet, bestselling author Dr. Josh Axe sets the record straight, offering thorough, step-by-step guidance to achieving lifelong health. Unlike other books on the subject, Keto Diet identifies and details five different ketogenic protocols and explains why picking the right one for your body and lifestyle is fundamental to your success.  Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools they need to say goodbye to stubborn fat and chronic disease once and for all, including: - shopping lists - delicious recipes - exercise routines - accessible explanations of the science behind keto&amp;#039;s powerful effects - five different keto plans and a guide to choosing the one that fits you best!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keto Diet: Your 30-Day Plan to Lose Weight, Balance Hormones, Boost Brain Health, and Reverse Disease
Author: Josh Axe
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the national bestseller Eat Dirt, a 30-day healthy plan -- including more than 80 delicious recipes -- to burn fat, fight inflammation, and reverse disease using the keto diet.  Today, the ketogenic diet is the world&amp;#039;s fastest growing diet, and with good reason. When practiced correctly, it has been proven to burn fat, reduce inflammation, fight cancer, balance hormones and gut bacteria, improve neurological diseases, and even increase lifespan. Unfortunately, many people remain unaware of several key factors that are crucial to the diet&amp;#039;s success, setting them up for frustration, failure, and relapse. In Keto Diet, bestselling author Dr. Josh Axe sets the record straight, offering thorough, step-by-step guidance to achieving lifelong health. Unlike other books on the subject, Keto Diet identifies and details five different ketogenic protocols and explains why picking the right one for your body and lifestyle is fundamental to your success.  Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools they need to say goodbye to stubborn fat and chronic disease once and for all, including: - shopping lists - delicious recipes - exercise routines - accessible explanations of the science behind keto&amp;#039;s powerful effects - five different keto plans and a guide to choosing the one that fits you best!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Challenging Operations: Medical Reform and Resistance in Surgery by Katherine C. Kellogg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Challenging Operations: Medical Reform and Resistance in Surgery
Author: Katherine C. Kellogg
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2003, in the face of errors and accidents caused by medical and surgical trainees, the American Council of Graduate Medical Education mandated a reduction in resident work hours to eighty per week. Over the course of two and a half years spent observing residents and staff surgeons trying to implement this new regulation, Katherine C. Kellogg discovered that resistance to it was both strong and successful—in fact, two of the three hospitals she studied failed to make the change. Challenging Operations takes up the apparent paradox of medical professionals resisting reforms designed to help them and their patients. Through vivid anecdotes, interviews, and incisive observation and analysis, Kellogg shows the complex ways that institutional reforms spark resistance when they challenge long-standing beliefs, roles, and systems of authority. At a time when numerous policies have been enacted to address the nation&amp;#039;s soaring medical costs, uneven access to care, and shortage of primary-care physicians, Challenging Operations sheds new light on the difficulty of implementing reforms and offers concrete recommendations for effectively meeting that challenge.</description>
      <author>Katherine C. Kellogg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977340498.mp3" length="8604590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977340498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Challenging Operations: Medical Reform and Resistance in Surgery
Author: Katherine C. Kellogg
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2003, in the face of errors and accidents caused by medical and surgical trainees, the American Council of Graduate Medical Education mandated a reduction in resident work hours to eighty per week. Over the course of two and a half years spent observing residents and staff surgeons trying to implement this new regulation, Katherine C. Kellogg discovered that resistance to it was both strong and successful—in fact, two of the three hospitals she studied failed to make the change. Challenging Operations takes up the apparent paradox of medical professionals resisting reforms designed to help them and their patients. Through vivid anecdotes, interviews, and incisive observation and analysis, Kellogg shows the complex ways that institutional reforms spark resistance when they challenge long-standing beliefs, roles, and systems of authority. At a time when numerous policies have been enacted to address the nation&amp;#039;s soaring medical costs, uneven access to care, and shortage of primary-care physicians, Challenging Operations sheds new light on the difficulty of implementing reforms and offers concrete recommendations for effectively meeting that challenge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Challenging Operations: Medical Reform and Resistance in Surgery
Author: Katherine C. Kellogg
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2003, in the face of errors and accidents caused by medical and surgical trainees, the American Council of Graduate Medical Education mandated a reduction in resident work hours to eighty per week. Over the course of two and a half years spent observing residents and staff surgeons trying to implement this new regulation, Katherine C. Kellogg discovered that resistance to it was both strong and successful—in fact, two of the three hospitals she studied failed to make the change. Challenging Operations takes up the apparent paradox of medical professionals resisting reforms designed to help them and their patients. Through vivid anecdotes, interviews, and incisive observation and analysis, Kellogg shows the complex ways that institutional reforms spark resistance when they challenge long-standing beliefs, roles, and systems of authority. At a time when numerous policies have been enacted to address the nation&amp;#039;s soaring medical costs, uneven access to care, and shortage of primary-care physicians, Challenging Operations sheds new light on the difficulty of implementing reforms and offers concrete recommendations for effectively meeting that challenge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finally Full, Finally Slim: 30 Days to Permanent Weight Loss One Portion at a Time by Lisa R. Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Full, Finally Slim: 30 Days to Permanent Weight Loss One Portion at a Time
Author: Lisa R. Young
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re surrounded by food portions we&amp;#039;ve been led to believe are normal-64-ounce sodas, personal pizzas large enough to feed several people, and steaks and pastas that fill an entire plate. No wonder obesity rates in America have reached an all-time high. We eat oversize portions, gain weight, and try the latest fad diet, which only adds to our confusion about how to lose weight.  Nutritionist and portion-size expert Dr. Lisa R. Young says the solution is simple: Eat foods you love in reasonable portions, and you will lose your excess weight and keep it off for good. Finally Full, Finally Slim shows you how to permanently lose weight by right-sizing your portions without eliminating entire food groups or staring at an empty plate. Within these pages, Dr. Young outlines thirty days&amp;#039; worth of simple changes to help you shed pounds and provides a portion plan that ensures you will feel satisfied. She expertly describes the relevance of diet to health and steers you toward whole foods and away from clever marketing claims that may be secretly sabotaging your weight-loss efforts. You&amp;#039;ll learn useful strategies for how to eat out, enjoy special occasions, and indulge in a favorite treat without tipping the scale.  And because weight loss is about more than food, Dr. Young addresses the whole person-your mind-set, environment, habits, and life-through research-based advice. You&amp;#039;ll learn how relationships, gratitude, self-compassion, and sleep patterns, for instance, can make a difference. Portion control outlives all fad diets because it isn&amp;#039;t a diet. It&amp;#039;s a lifestyle.</description>
      <author>Lisa R. Young</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549199868.mp3" length="888331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549199868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Full, Finally Slim: 30 Days to Permanent Weight Loss One Portion at a Time
Author: Lisa R. Young
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re surrounded by food portions we&amp;#039;ve been led to believe are normal-64-ounce sodas, personal pizzas large enough to feed several people, and steaks and pastas that fill an entire plate. No wonder obesity rates in America have reached an all-time high. We eat oversize portions, gain weight, and try the latest fad diet, which only adds to our confusion about how to lose weight.  Nutritionist and portion-size expert Dr. Lisa R. Young says the solution is simple: Eat foods you love in reasonable portions, and you will lose your excess weight and keep it off for good. Finally Full, Finally Slim shows you how to permanently lose weight by right-sizing your portions without eliminating entire food groups or staring at an empty plate. Within these pages, Dr. Young outlines thirty days&amp;#039; worth of simple changes to help you shed pounds and provides a portion plan that ensures you will feel satisfied. She expertly describes the relevance of diet to health and steers you toward whole foods and away from clever marketing claims that may be secretly sabotaging your weight-loss efforts. You&amp;#039;ll learn useful strategies for how to eat out, enjoy special occasions, and indulge in a favorite treat without tipping the scale.  And because weight loss is about more than food, Dr. Young addresses the whole person-your mind-set, environment, habits, and life-through research-based advice. You&amp;#039;ll learn how relationships, gratitude, self-compassion, and sleep patterns, for instance, can make a difference. Portion control outlives all fad diets because it isn&amp;#039;t a diet. It&amp;#039;s a lifestyle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Full, Finally Slim: 30 Days to Permanent Weight Loss One Portion at a Time
Author: Lisa R. Young
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re surrounded by food portions we&amp;#039;ve been led to believe are normal-64-ounce sodas, personal pizzas large enough to feed several people, and steaks and pastas that fill an entire plate. No wonder obesity rates in America have reached an all-time high. We eat oversize portions, gain weight, and try the latest fad diet, which only adds to our confusion about how to lose weight.  Nutritionist and portion-size expert Dr. Lisa R. Young says the solution is simple: Eat foods you love in reasonable portions, and you will lose your excess weight and keep it off for good. Finally Full, Finally Slim shows you how to permanently lose weight by right-sizing your portions without eliminating entire food groups or staring at an empty plate. Within these pages, Dr. Young outlines thirty days&amp;#039; worth of simple changes to help you shed pounds and provides a portion plan that ensures you will feel satisfied. She expertly describes the relevance of diet to health and steers you toward whole foods and away from clever marketing claims that may be secretly sabotaging your weight-loss efforts. You&amp;#039;ll learn useful strategies for how to eat out, enjoy special occasions, and indulge in a favorite treat without tipping the scale.  And because weight loss is about more than food, Dr. Young addresses the whole person-your mind-set, environment, habits, and life-through research-based advice. You&amp;#039;ll learn how relationships, gratitude, self-compassion, and sleep patterns, for instance, can make a difference. Portion control outlives all fad diets because it isn&amp;#039;t a diet. It&amp;#039;s a lifestyle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Eat When: A Strategic Plan to Improve Your Health and Life through Food by Michael Crupain, Michael F. Roizen, M.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Eat When: A Strategic Plan to Improve Your Health and Life through Food
Author: Michael Crupain, Michael F. Roizen, M.D.
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Dr. Michael Crupain reveal how the food choices you make each day—and when you make them—can affect your health, your energy, your sex life, your waistline, your attitude, and the way you age. What if eating two cups of blueberries a day could prevent cancer? What if drinking a kale-infused smoothie could counteract missing an hour’s worth of sleep? When is the right time of day to eat that chocolate chip cookie? And would you actually drink that glass of water if it meant skipping the gym? This revolutionary guide reveals how to use food to enhance our personal and professional lives—and increase longevity to boot. What to Eat When is not a diet book. Instead, acclaimed internist Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Michael Crupain offer listeners choices that benefit them the most—whether it’s meals to help them look and feel younger or snacks that prevent diseases—based on the science that governs them.</description>
      <author>Michael Crupain, Michael F. Roizen, M.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982653972.mp3" length="828133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982653972.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Eat When: A Strategic Plan to Improve Your Health and Life through Food
Author: Michael Crupain, Michael F. Roizen, M.D.
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Dr. Michael Crupain reveal how the food choices you make each day—and when you make them—can affect your health, your energy, your sex life, your waistline, your attitude, and the way you age. What if eating two cups of blueberries a day could prevent cancer? What if drinking a kale-infused smoothie could counteract missing an hour’s worth of sleep? When is the right time of day to eat that chocolate chip cookie? And would you actually drink that glass of water if it meant skipping the gym? This revolutionary guide reveals how to use food to enhance our personal and professional lives—and increase longevity to boot. What to Eat When is not a diet book. Instead, acclaimed internist Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Michael Crupain offer listeners choices that benefit them the most—whether it’s meals to help them look and feel younger or snacks that prevent diseases—based on the science that governs them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Eat When: A Strategic Plan to Improve Your Health and Life through Food
Author: Michael Crupain, Michael F. Roizen, M.D.
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Dr. Michael Crupain reveal how the food choices you make each day—and when you make them—can affect your health, your energy, your sex life, your waistline, your attitude, and the way you age. What if eating two cups of blueberries a day could prevent cancer? What if drinking a kale-infused smoothie could counteract missing an hour’s worth of sleep? When is the right time of day to eat that chocolate chip cookie? And would you actually drink that glass of water if it meant skipping the gym? This revolutionary guide reveals how to use food to enhance our personal and professional lives—and increase longevity to boot. What to Eat When is not a diet book. Instead, acclaimed internist Michael Roizen and preventive medicine specialist Michael Crupain offer listeners choices that benefit them the most—whether it’s meals to help them look and feel younger or snacks that prevent diseases—based on the science that governs them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dressing on the Side (and Other Diet Myths Debunked): 11 Science-Based Ways to Eat More, Stress Less, and Feel Great about Your Body by Jaclyn London</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dressing on the Side (and Other Diet Myths Debunked): 11 Science-Based Ways to Eat More, Stress Less, and Feel Great about Your Body
Author: Jaclyn London
Narrator: Jaclyn London
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Good Housekeeping Nutrition Director comes a scientifically-based, simple and straightforward guide to healthful habits for weight loss. Whether it&amp;#039;s a new fad, &amp;#039;detox&amp;#039; diet, news report or a celebrity-endorsed supplement, the constant flow of diet information is cluttered, conflicting, and often devoid of scientific research -- leaving millions of us confused, overwhelmed, and feeling totally helpless in taking ownership our health and making better food choices.  In Dressing on the Side, Jaclyn London -- head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Nutrition Director of Good Housekeeping -- debunks the diet myths and mental blocks that keep you from reaching your health and weight-loss goals. Filled with accessible information, simple strategies, and practical application of scientific research, London breaks what&amp;#039;s at the heart of the issue and offers tools, short-cuts, and solutions that work within any scenario, including: - Using your schedule to inform your food choices - Identifying &amp;#039;fake&amp;#039; nutrition news - Eating to feel satisfied, not just &amp;#039;full&amp;#039; - Making the choice to eat dessert -- daily London empowers us to form life-long habits that result in real, long-lasting change -- while meeting the demands of our busier-than-ever lifestyles. Dressing on the Side is the anti-diet book that will completely transform the way you think (and speak!) about food and health -- and help you lose weight for good.</description>
      <author>Jaclyn London</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549143113.mp3" length="878348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549143113.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dressing on the Side (and Other Diet Myths Debunked): 11 Science-Based Ways to Eat More, Stress Less, and Feel Great about Your Body
Author: Jaclyn London
Narrator: Jaclyn London
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Good Housekeeping Nutrition Director comes a scientifically-based, simple and straightforward guide to healthful habits for weight loss. Whether it&amp;#039;s a new fad, &amp;#039;detox&amp;#039; diet, news report or a celebrity-endorsed supplement, the constant flow of diet information is cluttered, conflicting, and often devoid of scientific research -- leaving millions of us confused, overwhelmed, and feeling totally helpless in taking ownership our health and making better food choices.  In Dressing on the Side, Jaclyn London -- head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Nutrition Director of Good Housekeeping -- debunks the diet myths and mental blocks that keep you from reaching your health and weight-loss goals. Filled with accessible information, simple strategies, and practical application of scientific research, London breaks what&amp;#039;s at the heart of the issue and offers tools, short-cuts, and solutions that work within any scenario, including: - Using your schedule to inform your food choices - Identifying &amp;#039;fake&amp;#039; nutrition news - Eating to feel satisfied, not just &amp;#039;full&amp;#039; - Making the choice to eat dessert -- daily London empowers us to form life-long habits that result in real, long-lasting change -- while meeting the demands of our busier-than-ever lifestyles. Dressing on the Side is the anti-diet book that will completely transform the way you think (and speak!) about food and health -- and help you lose weight for good.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dressing on the Side (and Other Diet Myths Debunked): 11 Science-Based Ways to Eat More, Stress Less, and Feel Great about Your Body
Author: Jaclyn London
Narrator: Jaclyn London
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Good Housekeeping Nutrition Director comes a scientifically-based, simple and straightforward guide to healthful habits for weight loss. Whether it&amp;#039;s a new fad, &amp;#039;detox&amp;#039; diet, news report or a celebrity-endorsed supplement, the constant flow of diet information is cluttered, conflicting, and often devoid of scientific research -- leaving millions of us confused, overwhelmed, and feeling totally helpless in taking ownership our health and making better food choices.  In Dressing on the Side, Jaclyn London -- head of Nutrition and Wellness at WW and former Nutrition Director of Good Housekeeping -- debunks the diet myths and mental blocks that keep you from reaching your health and weight-loss goals. Filled with accessible information, simple strategies, and practical application of scientific research, London breaks what&amp;#039;s at the heart of the issue and offers tools, short-cuts, and solutions that work within any scenario, including: - Using your schedule to inform your food choices - Identifying &amp;#039;fake&amp;#039; nutrition news - Eating to feel satisfied, not just &amp;#039;full&amp;#039; - Making the choice to eat dessert -- daily London empowers us to form life-long habits that result in real, long-lasting change -- while meeting the demands of our busier-than-ever lifestyles. Dressing on the Side is the anti-diet book that will completely transform the way you think (and speak!) about food and health -- and help you lose weight for good.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Health Revolution by Maria Borelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Health Revolution
Author: Maria Borelius
Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-inflammatory plan that will change your life.                                     Includes a PDF download of delicious recipes                       Health Revolution is the incredible story of one woman’s quest to banish depression and fatigue, boost her energy and live a healthier, happier life.           When Maria Borelius’ energy and health started to decline, she decided enough was enough and embarked on a personal journey to transform herself. The results were extraordinary…           Bringing together ground-breaking research from across the globe, the ancient wisdom of Ayurveda and a lifetime of experimentation, this book presents a simple five-step plan to bring out the best version of you. You will look younger, and more importantly, you will feel better.           Through delicious recipes, lifestyle tips, and Maria’s own extraordinary journey, Health Revolution is all you need for a stronger, happier, healthier you.</description>
      <author>Maria Borelius</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008321574.mp3" length="1337565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008321574.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Health Revolution
Author: Maria Borelius
Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-inflammatory plan that will change your life.                                     Includes a PDF download of delicious recipes                       Health Revolution is the incredible story of one woman’s quest to banish depression and fatigue, boost her energy and live a healthier, happier life.           When Maria Borelius’ energy and health started to decline, she decided enough was enough and embarked on a personal journey to transform herself. The results were extraordinary…           Bringing together ground-breaking research from across the globe, the ancient wisdom of Ayurveda and a lifetime of experimentation, this book presents a simple five-step plan to bring out the best version of you. You will look younger, and more importantly, you will feel better.           Through delicious recipes, lifestyle tips, and Maria’s own extraordinary journey, Health Revolution is all you need for a stronger, happier, healthier you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Health Revolution
Author: Maria Borelius
Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-inflammatory plan that will change your life.                                     Includes a PDF download of delicious recipes                       Health Revolution is the incredible story of one woman’s quest to banish depression and fatigue, boost her energy and live a healthier, happier life.           When Maria Borelius’ energy and health started to decline, she decided enough was enough and embarked on a personal journey to transform herself. The results were extraordinary…           Bringing together ground-breaking research from across the globe, the ancient wisdom of Ayurveda and a lifetime of experimentation, this book presents a simple five-step plan to bring out the best version of you. You will look younger, and more importantly, you will feel better.           Through delicious recipes, lifestyle tips, and Maria’s own extraordinary journey, Health Revolution is all you need for a stronger, happier, healthier you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diabetes A to Z: What You Need to Know about Diabetes—Simply Put by American Diabetes Association</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diabetes A to Z: What You Need to Know about Diabetes—Simply Put
Author: American Diabetes Association
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Revised and updated, Diabetes A to Z covers everything a person living with diabetes needs to know in simple, direct, and easy-to-understand language. Whether the topic is eye disease, high blood pressure, or skin care, Diabetes A to Z gives the answers curious listeners want to know. This new edition contains a variety of important updates, including information on new medications and insulins, new nutrition recommendations to match the Associations new dietary guidelines, an all new insurance section discussing new coverage options and details brought about by the Affordable Care Act, and much more! Appropriate for all people with diabetes and their caregivers, and backed by the credibility of The American Diabetes Association, this latest edition to Diabetes A to Z is the home reference every person with diabetes should own.</description>
      <author>American Diabetes Association</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414819.mp3" length="7600872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414819.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diabetes A to Z: What You Need to Know about Diabetes—Simply Put
Author: American Diabetes Association
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Revised and updated, Diabetes A to Z covers everything a person living with diabetes needs to know in simple, direct, and easy-to-understand language. Whether the topic is eye disease, high blood pressure, or skin care, Diabetes A to Z gives the answers curious listeners want to know. This new edition contains a variety of important updates, including information on new medications and insulins, new nutrition recommendations to match the Associations new dietary guidelines, an all new insurance section discussing new coverage options and details brought about by the Affordable Care Act, and much more! Appropriate for all people with diabetes and their caregivers, and backed by the credibility of The American Diabetes Association, this latest edition to Diabetes A to Z is the home reference every person with diabetes should own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diabetes A to Z: What You Need to Know about Diabetes—Simply Put
Author: American Diabetes Association
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Revised and updated, Diabetes A to Z covers everything a person living with diabetes needs to know in simple, direct, and easy-to-understand language. Whether the topic is eye disease, high blood pressure, or skin care, Diabetes A to Z gives the answers curious listeners want to know. This new edition contains a variety of important updates, including information on new medications and insulins, new nutrition recommendations to match the Associations new dietary guidelines, an all new insurance section discussing new coverage options and details brought about by the Affordable Care Act, and much more! Appropriate for all people with diabetes and their caregivers, and backed by the credibility of The American Diabetes Association, this latest edition to Diabetes A to Z is the home reference every person with diabetes should own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>31-Day Food Revolution: Heal Your Body, Feel Great, and Transform Your World by Ocean Robbins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 31-Day Food Revolution: Heal Your Body, Feel Great, and Transform Your World
Author: Ocean Robbins
Narrator: Ocean Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Heal your body, lose excess weight, and free yourself from toxic food with this simple guide focusing on sustainable food that has &amp;#039;depth, spirit, and [a] breadth of information&amp;#039; (Rip Esselstyn, New York Times bestselling author). 31-Day Food Revolution is your guide to liberation from a toxic food world. Author Ocean Robbins reveals the secrets the industrialized food industry doesn&amp;#039;t want you to know, how specific ingredients and methods could be making you sick -- and what to do about it. And he shows you how -- in just 31 days -- you can use the amazing power of delicious food to heal your gut, lose excess weight, and lower your risk for disease, all while contributing to a healthier planet. Ocean&amp;#039;s plan includes 31 simple and affordable step-by-step actions that give you a road map to healthy, ethical, and sustainable food. He breaks it down into four parts:  - Detoxify: Get rid of the unhealthy foods and environmental factors making you sick. - Nourish: Fuel your body with the healthy micronutrients you need to thrive. - Gather: Build your community and surround yourself with supportive, positive people. - Transform: YOU can be part of the solution. It&amp;#039;s a lot easier to change the world than you imagine! You&amp;#039;ll discover amazing secrets, such as how to stop food cravings, why nuts are one of the best snack foods, time-saving habits, and how to catch dangerous ingredients hiding in food labels.  In his nonjudgmental and down-to-earth way, Ocean Robbins meets you wherever you are on your personal journey with food. Then, he provides you with tools that make it easy to eat less sugar, processed foods, and unhealthy animal products-and to happily enjoy whole plant foods, and more fair trade, local, organic, and otherwise consciously sourced fare. Ocean helps you make small improvements that lead to big results. If you want to feel better, enjoy your food more, and help sustain the planet, start reading this book today. In just 31 days you can change your health for the better. And your body will thank you for the rest of your life.</description>
      <author>Ocean Robbins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549113581.mp3" length="905116" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549113581.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 31-Day Food Revolution: Heal Your Body, Feel Great, and Transform Your World
Author: Ocean Robbins
Narrator: Ocean Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Heal your body, lose excess weight, and free yourself from toxic food with this simple guide focusing on sustainable food that has &amp;#039;depth, spirit, and [a] breadth of information&amp;#039; (Rip Esselstyn, New York Times bestselling author). 31-Day Food Revolution is your guide to liberation from a toxic food world. Author Ocean Robbins reveals the secrets the industrialized food industry doesn&amp;#039;t want you to know, how specific ingredients and methods could be making you sick -- and what to do about it. And he shows you how -- in just 31 days -- you can use the amazing power of delicious food to heal your gut, lose excess weight, and lower your risk for disease, all while contributing to a healthier planet. Ocean&amp;#039;s plan includes 31 simple and affordable step-by-step actions that give you a road map to healthy, ethical, and sustainable food. He breaks it down into four parts:  - Detoxify: Get rid of the unhealthy foods and environmental factors making you sick. - Nourish: Fuel your body with the healthy micronutrients you need to thrive. - Gather: Build your community and surround yourself with supportive, positive people. - Transform: YOU can be part of the solution. It&amp;#039;s a lot easier to change the world than you imagine! You&amp;#039;ll discover amazing secrets, such as how to stop food cravings, why nuts are one of the best snack foods, time-saving habits, and how to catch dangerous ingredients hiding in food labels.  In his nonjudgmental and down-to-earth way, Ocean Robbins meets you wherever you are on your personal journey with food. Then, he provides you with tools that make it easy to eat less sugar, processed foods, and unhealthy animal products-and to happily enjoy whole plant foods, and more fair trade, local, organic, and otherwise consciously sourced fare. Ocean helps you make small improvements that lead to big results. If you want to feel better, enjoy your food more, and help sustain the planet, start reading this book today. In just 31 days you can change your health for the better. And your body will thank you for the rest of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 31-Day Food Revolution: Heal Your Body, Feel Great, and Transform Your World
Author: Ocean Robbins
Narrator: Ocean Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Heal your body, lose excess weight, and free yourself from toxic food with this simple guide focusing on sustainable food that has &amp;#039;depth, spirit, and [a] breadth of information&amp;#039; (Rip Esselstyn, New York Times bestselling author). 31-Day Food Revolution is your guide to liberation from a toxic food world. Author Ocean Robbins reveals the secrets the industrialized food industry doesn&amp;#039;t want you to know, how specific ingredients and methods could be making you sick -- and what to do about it. And he shows you how -- in just 31 days -- you can use the amazing power of delicious food to heal your gut, lose excess weight, and lower your risk for disease, all while contributing to a healthier planet. Ocean&amp;#039;s plan includes 31 simple and affordable step-by-step actions that give you a road map to healthy, ethical, and sustainable food. He breaks it down into four parts:  - Detoxify: Get rid of the unhealthy foods and environmental factors making you sick. - Nourish: Fuel your body with the healthy micronutrients you need to thrive. - Gather: Build your community and surround yourself with supportive, positive people. - Transform: YOU can be part of the solution. It&amp;#039;s a lot easier to change the world than you imagine! You&amp;#039;ll discover amazing secrets, such as how to stop food cravings, why nuts are one of the best snack foods, time-saving habits, and how to catch dangerous ingredients hiding in food labels.  In his nonjudgmental and down-to-earth way, Ocean Robbins meets you wherever you are on your personal journey with food. Then, he provides you with tools that make it easy to eat less sugar, processed foods, and unhealthy animal products-and to happily enjoy whole plant foods, and more fair trade, local, organic, and otherwise consciously sourced fare. Ocean helps you make small improvements that lead to big results. If you want to feel better, enjoy your food more, and help sustain the planet, start reading this book today. In just 31 days you can change your health for the better. And your body will thank you for the rest of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Editor in Chic: How to Style and Be Your Most Empowered Self by Mikki Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Editor in Chic: How to Style and Be Your Most Empowered Self
Author: Mikki Taylor
Narrator: Mikki Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In this vibrant blend of Marie Kondo and Iyanla Vanzant, the “First Lady of Beauty” and trusted lifestyle expert Mikki Taylor shares uplifting advice for women who want to cultivate their own unique brand of beauty both inside and out in this “master class on beauty, wellness, purpose, and what it means to live in your power zone” (Gabrielle Union, actress and New York Times bestselling author).  From dress code to life code, Mikki Taylor shares hundreds of her favorite secrets, including the five products you need to perfect your complexion; the genius ingredient for living in heels; how to be frugal and look fabulous; unexpected drugstore buys that give your everyday look a wake-up call; rules for mastering eye-catching makeup and the perfect red lips; what really has the power to motivate or defeat you; why being “risk adverse” is to be “success adverse” and much more.   Whether you’re standing in front of the mirror debating what to wear to a last-minute event or trying to hold your peace in the middle of a confrontation, Editor in Chic gives you the tools and confidence to be your best self every single day.   “Mikki Taylor is like that trusted friend who has to remind you of the power that was on you all along. From life-affirming lessons, to beauty, style, and insider secrets every woman will treasure—Editor in Chic is gold” (Tina Knowles-Lawson, designer and philanthropist).</description>
      <author>Mikki Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508286721.mp3" length="848542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508286721.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Editor in Chic: How to Style and Be Your Most Empowered Self
Author: Mikki Taylor
Narrator: Mikki Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In this vibrant blend of Marie Kondo and Iyanla Vanzant, the “First Lady of Beauty” and trusted lifestyle expert Mikki Taylor shares uplifting advice for women who want to cultivate their own unique brand of beauty both inside and out in this “master class on beauty, wellness, purpose, and what it means to live in your power zone” (Gabrielle Union, actress and New York Times bestselling author).  From dress code to life code, Mikki Taylor shares hundreds of her favorite secrets, including the five products you need to perfect your complexion; the genius ingredient for living in heels; how to be frugal and look fabulous; unexpected drugstore buys that give your everyday look a wake-up call; rules for mastering eye-catching makeup and the perfect red lips; what really has the power to motivate or defeat you; why being “risk adverse” is to be “success adverse” and much more.   Whether you’re standing in front of the mirror debating what to wear to a last-minute event or trying to hold your peace in the middle of a confrontation, Editor in Chic gives you the tools and confidence to be your best self every single day.   “Mikki Taylor is like that trusted friend who has to remind you of the power that was on you all along. From life-affirming lessons, to beauty, style, and insider secrets every woman will treasure—Editor in Chic is gold” (Tina Knowles-Lawson, designer and philanthropist).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Editor in Chic: How to Style and Be Your Most Empowered Self
Author: Mikki Taylor
Narrator: Mikki Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
In this vibrant blend of Marie Kondo and Iyanla Vanzant, the “First Lady of Beauty” and trusted lifestyle expert Mikki Taylor shares uplifting advice for women who want to cultivate their own unique brand of beauty both inside and out in this “master class on beauty, wellness, purpose, and what it means to live in your power zone” (Gabrielle Union, actress and New York Times bestselling author).  From dress code to life code, Mikki Taylor shares hundreds of her favorite secrets, including the five products you need to perfect your complexion; the genius ingredient for living in heels; how to be frugal and look fabulous; unexpected drugstore buys that give your everyday look a wake-up call; rules for mastering eye-catching makeup and the perfect red lips; what really has the power to motivate or defeat you; why being “risk adverse” is to be “success adverse” and much more.   Whether you’re standing in front of the mirror debating what to wear to a last-minute event or trying to hold your peace in the middle of a confrontation, Editor in Chic gives you the tools and confidence to be your best self every single day.   “Mikki Taylor is like that trusted friend who has to remind you of the power that was on you all along. From life-affirming lessons, to beauty, style, and insider secrets every woman will treasure—Editor in Chic is gold” (Tina Knowles-Lawson, designer and philanthropist).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good Vices: From Beer to Sex, the Surprising Truth About What&amp;#039;s Actually Good for You by Harry Ofgang, Erik Ofgang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Vices: From Beer to Sex, the Surprising Truth About What&amp;#039;s Actually Good for You
Author: Harry Ofgang, Erik Ofgang
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being healthy is easier, less expensive, and a whole lot more enjoyable than you think. Much of the health advice we receive today tells us that in order to be healthy, we must consume a Spartan diet, exercise with the intensity of an Olympic athlete, and take a drug for every ailment. We constantly worry about the foods we should or shouldn&amp;#039;t be eating and the medical tests we have neglected to take. And all that worry costs us dearly--financially, emotionally, and physically. In The Good Vices, prominent naturopathic physician Dr. Harry Ofgang and health journalist Erik Ofgang tear down decades of myth and prejudice to reveal how some of our guilty pleasures are not only okay but actually good for our health. For example: - Like wine, moderate beer and spirit consumption raises our bodies&amp;#039; level of good cholesterol, which protects against heart disease.  - Egg yolks are an excellent source of important fat-soluble vitamins. - Research suggests that moderate exercisers can be at least as healthy as, and sometimes even healthier than, those who exercise intensively.  Forget what you thought you knew about what&amp;#039;s healthy, and enjoy some good vices instead.</description>
      <author>Harry Ofgang, Erik Ofgang</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984891358.mp3" length="2699754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984891358.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Vices: From Beer to Sex, the Surprising Truth About What&amp;#039;s Actually Good for You
Author: Harry Ofgang, Erik Ofgang
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being healthy is easier, less expensive, and a whole lot more enjoyable than you think. Much of the health advice we receive today tells us that in order to be healthy, we must consume a Spartan diet, exercise with the intensity of an Olympic athlete, and take a drug for every ailment. We constantly worry about the foods we should or shouldn&amp;#039;t be eating and the medical tests we have neglected to take. And all that worry costs us dearly--financially, emotionally, and physically. In The Good Vices, prominent naturopathic physician Dr. Harry Ofgang and health journalist Erik Ofgang tear down decades of myth and prejudice to reveal how some of our guilty pleasures are not only okay but actually good for our health. For example: - Like wine, moderate beer and spirit consumption raises our bodies&amp;#039; level of good cholesterol, which protects against heart disease.  - Egg yolks are an excellent source of important fat-soluble vitamins. - Research suggests that moderate exercisers can be at least as healthy as, and sometimes even healthier than, those who exercise intensively.  Forget what you thought you knew about what&amp;#039;s healthy, and enjoy some good vices instead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Vices: From Beer to Sex, the Surprising Truth About What&amp;#039;s Actually Good for You
Author: Harry Ofgang, Erik Ofgang
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Being healthy is easier, less expensive, and a whole lot more enjoyable than you think. Much of the health advice we receive today tells us that in order to be healthy, we must consume a Spartan diet, exercise with the intensity of an Olympic athlete, and take a drug for every ailment. We constantly worry about the foods we should or shouldn&amp;#039;t be eating and the medical tests we have neglected to take. And all that worry costs us dearly--financially, emotionally, and physically. In The Good Vices, prominent naturopathic physician Dr. Harry Ofgang and health journalist Erik Ofgang tear down decades of myth and prejudice to reveal how some of our guilty pleasures are not only okay but actually good for our health. For example: - Like wine, moderate beer and spirit consumption raises our bodies&amp;#039; level of good cholesterol, which protects against heart disease.  - Egg yolks are an excellent source of important fat-soluble vitamins. - Research suggests that moderate exercisers can be at least as healthy as, and sometimes even healthier than, those who exercise intensively.  Forget what you thought you knew about what&amp;#039;s healthy, and enjoy some good vices instead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning: Training for an Ultramarathon, from 50K to 100 Miles and Beyond by Hal Koerner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning: Training for an Ultramarathon, from 50K to 100 Miles and Beyond
Author: Hal Koerner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ultramarathons don&amp;#039;t leave much room for mistakes. Don&amp;#039;t learn the hard way: get a jump on training for an ultramarathon with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning, a comprehensive handbook to running 30 to 100 miles and beyond, written by one of the most experienced and recognized athletes in the sport. Hal Koerner is among America&amp;#039;s best ultrarunners with podium results in more than 90 ultramarathons. In his smart, down–to–earth handbook, Koerner shares hard–earned wisdom, field–tested habits, and insider tips to help you prepare for your ultra. You&amp;#039;ll find guidance on exactly what you need to know to prepare for ultramarathon, including: ● best gear for ultrarunning ● fueling and hydration guidelines ● choosing an ultra ● trail–running technique ● first–aid advice ● beating altitude, storms, and heat ● race–day game plans ● crew and pacer tips ● mental strategies to get you to the finish line The guide offers three detailed training plans to prepare for 50K, 50–mile to 100K, and 100–mile ultramarathons. Start your ultra with confidence and finish it strong with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning!</description>
      <author>Hal Koerner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977330130.mp3" length="8393875" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977330130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning: Training for an Ultramarathon, from 50K to 100 Miles and Beyond
Author: Hal Koerner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ultramarathons don&amp;#039;t leave much room for mistakes. Don&amp;#039;t learn the hard way: get a jump on training for an ultramarathon with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning, a comprehensive handbook to running 30 to 100 miles and beyond, written by one of the most experienced and recognized athletes in the sport. Hal Koerner is among America&amp;#039;s best ultrarunners with podium results in more than 90 ultramarathons. In his smart, down–to–earth handbook, Koerner shares hard–earned wisdom, field–tested habits, and insider tips to help you prepare for your ultra. You&amp;#039;ll find guidance on exactly what you need to know to prepare for ultramarathon, including: ● best gear for ultrarunning ● fueling and hydration guidelines ● choosing an ultra ● trail–running technique ● first–aid advice ● beating altitude, storms, and heat ● race–day game plans ● crew and pacer tips ● mental strategies to get you to the finish line The guide offers three detailed training plans to prepare for 50K, 50–mile to 100K, and 100–mile ultramarathons. Start your ultra with confidence and finish it strong with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning: Training for an Ultramarathon, from 50K to 100 Miles and Beyond
Author: Hal Koerner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Ultramarathons don&amp;#039;t leave much room for mistakes. Don&amp;#039;t learn the hard way: get a jump on training for an ultramarathon with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning, a comprehensive handbook to running 30 to 100 miles and beyond, written by one of the most experienced and recognized athletes in the sport. Hal Koerner is among America&amp;#039;s best ultrarunners with podium results in more than 90 ultramarathons. In his smart, down–to–earth handbook, Koerner shares hard–earned wisdom, field–tested habits, and insider tips to help you prepare for your ultra. You&amp;#039;ll find guidance on exactly what you need to know to prepare for ultramarathon, including: ● best gear for ultrarunning ● fueling and hydration guidelines ● choosing an ultra ● trail–running technique ● first–aid advice ● beating altitude, storms, and heat ● race–day game plans ● crew and pacer tips ● mental strategies to get you to the finish line The guide offers three detailed training plans to prepare for 50K, 50–mile to 100K, and 100–mile ultramarathons. Start your ultra with confidence and finish it strong with Hal Koerner&amp;#039;s Field Guide to Ultrarunning!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Do I Eat Now?: A Step-by-Step Guide to Eating Right with Type 2 Diabetes by Patti B. Geil MS RDN CDE MLDE FAND FAADE, Tami A. Ross RDN LD CDE MLDE</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Do I Eat Now?: A Step-by-Step Guide to Eating Right with Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Patti B. Geil MS RDN CDE MLDE FAND FAADE, Tami A. Ross RDN LD CDE MLDE
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Any person diagnosed with diabetes has one simple question: What do I eat now? When diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, doctors typically tell their patients to start eating healthy. But what does that mean? If figuring out what to eat seems like taking a test, here&amp;#039;s the solution, the American Diabetes Association book, What Do I Eat Now?. Written in clear, concise, and down-to-earth language that takes the mystery out of confusing nutrition recommendations, this indispensable guide can help listeners make lasting changes in as little as a month. In only four weeks, listeners can eat better, improve their diabetes management, and live a healthier lifestyle. With What Do I Eat Now?, listeners will be able to: ● Start off Fast—quickly turn their diet around ● Do It Right—learn what to eat and when ● Cut to the Chase—follow easy, straightforward advice from diabetes experts ● Leave Confusion Behind—learn essential nutrition tips everyday</description>
      <author>Patti B. Geil MS RDN CDE MLDE FAND FAADE, Tami A. Ross RDN LD CDE MLDE</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414918.mp3" length="8529968" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414918.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Do I Eat Now?: A Step-by-Step Guide to Eating Right with Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Patti B. Geil MS RDN CDE MLDE FAND FAADE, Tami A. Ross RDN LD CDE MLDE
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Any person diagnosed with diabetes has one simple question: What do I eat now? When diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, doctors typically tell their patients to start eating healthy. But what does that mean? If figuring out what to eat seems like taking a test, here&amp;#039;s the solution, the American Diabetes Association book, What Do I Eat Now?. Written in clear, concise, and down-to-earth language that takes the mystery out of confusing nutrition recommendations, this indispensable guide can help listeners make lasting changes in as little as a month. In only four weeks, listeners can eat better, improve their diabetes management, and live a healthier lifestyle. With What Do I Eat Now?, listeners will be able to: ● Start off Fast—quickly turn their diet around ● Do It Right—learn what to eat and when ● Cut to the Chase—follow easy, straightforward advice from diabetes experts ● Leave Confusion Behind—learn essential nutrition tips everyday</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Do I Eat Now?: A Step-by-Step Guide to Eating Right with Type 2 Diabetes
Author: Patti B. Geil MS RDN CDE MLDE FAND FAADE, Tami A. Ross RDN LD CDE MLDE
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Any person diagnosed with diabetes has one simple question: What do I eat now? When diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, doctors typically tell their patients to start eating healthy. But what does that mean? If figuring out what to eat seems like taking a test, here&amp;#039;s the solution, the American Diabetes Association book, What Do I Eat Now?. Written in clear, concise, and down-to-earth language that takes the mystery out of confusing nutrition recommendations, this indispensable guide can help listeners make lasting changes in as little as a month. In only four weeks, listeners can eat better, improve their diabetes management, and live a healthier lifestyle. With What Do I Eat Now?, listeners will be able to: ● Start off Fast—quickly turn their diet around ● Do It Right—learn what to eat and when ● Cut to the Chase—follow easy, straightforward advice from diabetes experts ● Leave Confusion Behind—learn essential nutrition tips everyday</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround: A Safe, Effective, and Scientifically Sound Approach to Getting Your Diabetes Back On Track by Laura Hieronymus CDE BC-ADM, Stacy Griffin PharmD CPT</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround: A Safe, Effective, and Scientifically Sound Approach to Getting Your Diabetes Back On Track
Author: Laura Hieronymus CDE BC-ADM, Stacy Griffin PharmD CPT
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who have just been diagnosed with diabetes, or who are suffering complications for the first time, are motivated to start taking better care of themselves. The problem is that change can be overwhelming or hard to maintain. What they need is a course correction that&amp;#039;s simple, straightforward, and achievable. The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround is the blueprint they need for getting their self-management back in shape safely, quickly, and effectively. Using years of behavioral research, Dr. Laura Hieronymous has created a complete two-month program for people with diabetes who need to get their glucose under control, now and for the long term. Using a week-by-week approach, the book is a total health overhaul that covers everything from medications and supplies to nutrition and exercise. Perfect for those who were just diagnosed or those who have had diabetes for a number of years and simply need to tighten self-care, this simple, effective program is the perfect way to get back in shape.</description>
      <author>Laura Hieronymus CDE BC-ADM, Stacy Griffin PharmD CPT</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414956.mp3" length="8224130" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround: A Safe, Effective, and Scientifically Sound Approach to Getting Your Diabetes Back On Track
Author: Laura Hieronymus CDE BC-ADM, Stacy Griffin PharmD CPT
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who have just been diagnosed with diabetes, or who are suffering complications for the first time, are motivated to start taking better care of themselves. The problem is that change can be overwhelming or hard to maintain. What they need is a course correction that&amp;#039;s simple, straightforward, and achievable. The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround is the blueprint they need for getting their self-management back in shape safely, quickly, and effectively. Using years of behavioral research, Dr. Laura Hieronymous has created a complete two-month program for people with diabetes who need to get their glucose under control, now and for the long term. Using a week-by-week approach, the book is a total health overhaul that covers everything from medications and supplies to nutrition and exercise. Perfect for those who were just diagnosed or those who have had diabetes for a number of years and simply need to tighten self-care, this simple, effective program is the perfect way to get back in shape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround: A Safe, Effective, and Scientifically Sound Approach to Getting Your Diabetes Back On Track
Author: Laura Hieronymus CDE BC-ADM, Stacy Griffin PharmD CPT
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who have just been diagnosed with diabetes, or who are suffering complications for the first time, are motivated to start taking better care of themselves. The problem is that change can be overwhelming or hard to maintain. What they need is a course correction that&amp;#039;s simple, straightforward, and achievable. The Diabetes 2-Month Turnaround is the blueprint they need for getting their self-management back in shape safely, quickly, and effectively. Using years of behavioral research, Dr. Laura Hieronymous has created a complete two-month program for people with diabetes who need to get their glucose under control, now and for the long term. Using a week-by-week approach, the book is a total health overhaul that covers everything from medications and supplies to nutrition and exercise. Perfect for those who were just diagnosed or those who have had diabetes for a number of years and simply need to tighten self-care, this simple, effective program is the perfect way to get back in shape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Detox Clock: Menus, Recipes &amp;amp; More: Jump Start Your Metabolism, Burn Fat Quickly and Lose up to 8 Pounds in 14 Days by Pennie Mae Cartawick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Clock: Menus, Recipes &amp;amp; More: Jump Start Your Metabolism, Burn Fat Quickly and Lose up to 8 Pounds in 14 Days
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Karlin Tessier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to eight pounds in just 14 days with this two week detox menu program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audiobook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.</description>
      <author>Pennie Mae Cartawick</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982734152.mp3" length="1475099" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982734152.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Clock: Menus, Recipes &amp;amp; More: Jump Start Your Metabolism, Burn Fat Quickly and Lose up to 8 Pounds in 14 Days
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Karlin Tessier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to eight pounds in just 14 days with this two week detox menu program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audiobook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Clock: Menus, Recipes &amp;amp; More: Jump Start Your Metabolism, Burn Fat Quickly and Lose up to 8 Pounds in 14 Days
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Karlin Tessier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Lose up to eight pounds in just 14 days with this two week detox menu program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audiobook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Detox Diet Factor: A Weight Loss Cleansing Diet by Pennie Mae Cartawick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Diet Factor: A Weight Loss Cleansing Diet
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Roger Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleanse your body, feel great, and lose weight FAST TWO BOOKS IN ONE. Volume One &amp;amp; Volume Two Book One Lose Up to Eight Pounds in Just 14 Days with This Two-Week Detox Menu Program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audioook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism, and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.     Introduction     Detox Essentials     Week One: Detox Food Menu     Week Two: Detox Food Menu     Lemon Drink Recipe     Green Vegetable Drink Recipe     Dandelion Tea     Detox with Fruit Juice BOOK TWO. Lose up to 10 Pounds in seven Days with this Powerful Detox Smoothie Diet Heal your entire body by flushing away unwanted toxins and shredding fat quickly using these powerful detox recipes. This is a proven combination of nutrient rich fruit and vegetables that melts away stubborn fat while at the same time giving your body amazing levels of natural energy. This book doesn&amp;#039;t just help you to lose weight fast by losing up to 10 pounds in just one week, but also contains the smoothies you need to incorporate in to breaking down a seven day detox diet which is just as important as what you consume during the detox itself.</description>
      <author>Pennie Mae Cartawick</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982734091.mp3" length="1410817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982734091.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Diet Factor: A Weight Loss Cleansing Diet
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Roger Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleanse your body, feel great, and lose weight FAST TWO BOOKS IN ONE. Volume One &amp;amp; Volume Two Book One Lose Up to Eight Pounds in Just 14 Days with This Two-Week Detox Menu Program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audioook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism, and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.     Introduction     Detox Essentials     Week One: Detox Food Menu     Week Two: Detox Food Menu     Lemon Drink Recipe     Green Vegetable Drink Recipe     Dandelion Tea     Detox with Fruit Juice BOOK TWO. Lose up to 10 Pounds in seven Days with this Powerful Detox Smoothie Diet Heal your entire body by flushing away unwanted toxins and shredding fat quickly using these powerful detox recipes. This is a proven combination of nutrient rich fruit and vegetables that melts away stubborn fat while at the same time giving your body amazing levels of natural energy. This book doesn&amp;#039;t just help you to lose weight fast by losing up to 10 pounds in just one week, but also contains the smoothies you need to incorporate in to breaking down a seven day detox diet which is just as important as what you consume during the detox itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Detox Diet Factor: A Weight Loss Cleansing Diet
Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick
Narrator: Roger Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleanse your body, feel great, and lose weight FAST TWO BOOKS IN ONE. Volume One &amp;amp; Volume Two Book One Lose Up to Eight Pounds in Just 14 Days with This Two-Week Detox Menu Program. You want to jump start your body for burning fat quickly, so I&amp;#039;m not going to bore you with a lot of useless information. If you need quick results then this is the audioook to get you there. The Detox Clock has a powerful method that uses a combination of fat detox and metabolism boosters to jump start your body for rapid weight loss so you can drop up to eight pounds in just two weeks. Flush your body of fattening toxins, increase your metabolism, and transform your body the natural way. Lose those diet pills, stop killing yourself with vigorous exercise and use The Detox Clock system to count down the pounds, increase your energy, boost your metabolism, and quickly achieve a healthy and happy state of mind towards a slimmer new you.     Introduction     Detox Essentials     Week One: Detox Food Menu     Week Two: Detox Food Menu     Lemon Drink Recipe     Green Vegetable Drink Recipe     Dandelion Tea     Detox with Fruit Juice BOOK TWO. Lose up to 10 Pounds in seven Days with this Powerful Detox Smoothie Diet Heal your entire body by flushing away unwanted toxins and shredding fat quickly using these powerful detox recipes. This is a proven combination of nutrient rich fruit and vegetables that melts away stubborn fat while at the same time giving your body amazing levels of natural energy. This book doesn&amp;#039;t just help you to lose weight fast by losing up to 10 pounds in just one week, but also contains the smoothies you need to incorporate in to breaking down a seven day detox diet which is just as important as what you consume during the detox itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cruise Control Diet: Automate Your Diet and Conquer Weight Loss Forever by Jorge Cruise</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cruise Control Diet: Automate Your Diet and Conquer Weight Loss Forever
Author: Jorge Cruise
Narrator: Brooke Burke, Jason Fung, Jorge Cruise
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Activate your weight-loss autopilot—use the power of simple intermittent fasting to lose the pounds and keep them off, from Hollywood trainer and #1 New York Times bestselling author Jorge Cruise.  Timing is everything when it comes to losing weight. Or, as celebrity trainer Jorge Cruise explains: When we eat is as important as what we eat. Building on the scientifically proven but hard-to-sustain day-on, day-off technique known as “intermittent fasting,” Cruise has developed a revolutionary masterplan that simplifies your calendar and eliminates between-meal hunger. He divides every day into two easy-to-remember nutritional zones: a 16-hour evening and overnight “burn zone” (semi-fasting) followed by an 8-hour “boost zone” (eating). Ingeniously, his plan also includes “bumper foods” that can be consumed in either zone—around the clock—to keep you satiated and burning fat throughout. You’ll never be hungry if you don’t really ever have to fully fast! Backed by the very latest research and client-tested for optimal results, The Cruise Control Diet unlocks the key to dramatic results with     • recipes for deliciously unexpected boost zone foods, such as Portobello Mini Pizzas, Zoodle Spaghetti &amp;amp; Meatballs, Sheet Pan Salmon &amp;amp; Asparagus, and even Almond Butter Cookies  • high-fat, no-sugar burn-zone recipes for craving-quenching foods like Double Chocolate Fudge Mousse and Vanilla Chai Tea Latte  • weekly menus and handy grocery lists to take the guess work out of the equation  • candid testimonials from Cruise’s clients and test-panel participants  • an optional burn-zone exercise program with instructional photos  With The Cruise Control Diet you’ll automate your diet and finally conquer weight loss forever! Featuring a foreword written and read by Brooke Burke, and an introduction written and read by Dr. Jason Fung. Additional narration provided by Kris Koscheski and Elizabeth Wiley. *Includes a bonus PDF with recipes, shopping lists, meal plans, workout routines, questions &amp;amp; answers, tips for staying on track, and resource lists Praise for Jorge Cruise “Jorge gets it right. His recipes make eating smart easy. I recommend them highly.”—Andrew Weil, M.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Why Our Health Matters   “Jorge knows how to make weight loss simple and easy without feeling hungry.”—Tyra Banks, model, actress, CEO, and New York Times bestselling author   “Recipes from my friend Jorge Cruise—where healthy food meets great flavor.”—Emeril Lagasse, chef, restaurateur, and New York Times bestselling author</description>
      <author>Jorge Cruise</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593150801.mp3" length="2470988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593150801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cruise Control Diet: Automate Your Diet and Conquer Weight Loss Forever
Author: Jorge Cruise
Narrator: Brooke Burke, Jason Fung, Jorge Cruise
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Activate your weight-loss autopilot—use the power of simple intermittent fasting to lose the pounds and keep them off, from Hollywood trainer and #1 New York Times bestselling author Jorge Cruise.  Timing is everything when it comes to losing weight. Or, as celebrity trainer Jorge Cruise explains: When we eat is as important as what we eat. Building on the scientifically proven but hard-to-sustain day-on, day-off technique known as “intermittent fasting,” Cruise has developed a revolutionary masterplan that simplifies your calendar and eliminates between-meal hunger. He divides every day into two easy-to-remember nutritional zones: a 16-hour evening and overnight “burn zone” (semi-fasting) followed by an 8-hour “boost zone” (eating). Ingeniously, his plan also includes “bumper foods” that can be consumed in either zone—around the clock—to keep you satiated and burning fat throughout. You’ll never be hungry if you don’t really ever have to fully fast! Backed by the very latest research and client-tested for optimal results, The Cruise Control Diet unlocks the key to dramatic results with     • recipes for deliciously unexpected boost zone foods, such as Portobello Mini Pizzas, Zoodle Spaghetti &amp;amp; Meatballs, Sheet Pan Salmon &amp;amp; Asparagus, and even Almond Butter Cookies  • high-fat, no-sugar burn-zone recipes for craving-quenching foods like Double Chocolate Fudge Mousse and Vanilla Chai Tea Latte  • weekly menus and handy grocery lists to take the guess work out of the equation  • candid testimonials from Cruise’s clients and test-panel participants  • an optional burn-zone exercise program with instructional photos  With The Cruise Control Diet you’ll automate your diet and finally conquer weight loss forever! Featuring a foreword written and read by Brooke Burke, and an introduction written and read by Dr. Jason Fung. Additional narration provided by Kris Koscheski and Elizabeth Wiley. *Includes a bonus PDF with recipes, shopping lists, meal plans, workout routines, questions &amp;amp; answers, tips for staying on track, and resource lists Praise for Jorge Cruise “Jorge gets it right. His recipes make eating smart easy. I recommend them highly.”—Andrew Weil, M.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Why Our Health Matters   “Jorge knows how to make weight loss simple and easy without feeling hungry.”—Tyra Banks, model, actress, CEO, and New York Times bestselling author   “Recipes from my friend Jorge Cruise—where healthy food meets great flavor.”—Emeril Lagasse, chef, restaurateur, and New York Times bestselling author</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cruise Control Diet: Automate Your Diet and Conquer Weight Loss Forever
Author: Jorge Cruise
Narrator: Brooke Burke, Jason Fung, Jorge Cruise
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Activate your weight-loss autopilot—use the power of simple intermittent fasting to lose the pounds and keep them off, from Hollywood trainer and #1 New York Times bestselling author Jorge Cruise.  Timing is everything when it comes to losing weight. Or, as celebrity trainer Jorge Cruise explains: When we eat is as important as what we eat. Building on the scientifically proven but hard-to-sustain day-on, day-off technique known as “intermittent fasting,” Cruise has developed a revolutionary masterplan that simplifies your calendar and eliminates between-meal hunger. He divides every day into two easy-to-remember nutritional zones: a 16-hour evening and overnight “burn zone” (semi-fasting) followed by an 8-hour “boost zone” (eating). Ingeniously, his plan also includes “bumper foods” that can be consumed in either zone—around the clock—to keep you satiated and burning fat throughout. You’ll never be hungry if you don’t really ever have to fully fast! Backed by the very latest research and client-tested for optimal results, The Cruise Control Diet unlocks the key to dramatic results with     • recipes for deliciously unexpected boost zone foods, such as Portobello Mini Pizzas, Zoodle Spaghetti &amp;amp; Meatballs, Sheet Pan Salmon &amp;amp; Asparagus, and even Almond Butter Cookies  • high-fat, no-sugar burn-zone recipes for craving-quenching foods like Double Chocolate Fudge Mousse and Vanilla Chai Tea Latte  • weekly menus and handy grocery lists to take the guess work out of the equation  • candid testimonials from Cruise’s clients and test-panel participants  • an optional burn-zone exercise program with instructional photos  With The Cruise Control Diet you’ll automate your diet and finally conquer weight loss forever! Featuring a foreword written and read by Brooke Burke, and an introduction written and read by Dr. Jason Fung. Additional narration provided by Kris Koscheski and Elizabeth Wiley. *Includes a bonus PDF with recipes, shopping lists, meal plans, workout routines, questions &amp;amp; answers, tips for staying on track, and resource lists Praise for Jorge Cruise “Jorge gets it right. His recipes make eating smart easy. I recommend them highly.”—Andrew Weil, M.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Why Our Health Matters   “Jorge knows how to make weight loss simple and easy without feeling hungry.”—Tyra Banks, model, actress, CEO, and New York Times bestselling author   “Recipes from my friend Jorge Cruise—where healthy food meets great flavor.”—Emeril Lagasse, chef, restaurateur, and New York Times bestselling author</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers by Jamie Wood MD, Anne Peters MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers
Author: Jamie Wood MD, Anne Peters MD
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers offers practical, evidence-based and common sense help for people with type 1 diabetes and their caregivers. For the close to 1.5 million people with type 1 diabetes in the United States alone and their family and friends, this book will help them understand the effects of type 1 diabetes, not just when diagnosed, but throughout their lifespan. Dr. Jamie Wood and Dr. Anne Peters, two of the most respected and sought-after endocrinologists, provide an easy-to-follow narrative on all aspects of the disease. The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual will be the go-to reference for everyone touched by type 1 diabetes.</description>
      <author>Jamie Wood MD, Anne Peters MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684415151.mp3" length="7674292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684415151.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers
Author: Jamie Wood MD, Anne Peters MD
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers offers practical, evidence-based and common sense help for people with type 1 diabetes and their caregivers. For the close to 1.5 million people with type 1 diabetes in the United States alone and their family and friends, this book will help them understand the effects of type 1 diabetes, not just when diagnosed, but throughout their lifespan. Dr. Jamie Wood and Dr. Anne Peters, two of the most respected and sought-after endocrinologists, provide an easy-to-follow narrative on all aspects of the disease. The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual will be the go-to reference for everyone touched by type 1 diabetes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers
Author: Jamie Wood MD, Anne Peters MD
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual: A Complete Guide to Type 1 Diabetes Across the Lifespan for People with Diabetes, Parents, and Caregivers offers practical, evidence-based and common sense help for people with type 1 diabetes and their caregivers. For the close to 1.5 million people with type 1 diabetes in the United States alone and their family and friends, this book will help them understand the effects of type 1 diabetes, not just when diagnosed, but throughout their lifespan. Dr. Jamie Wood and Dr. Anne Peters, two of the most respected and sought-after endocrinologists, provide an easy-to-follow narrative on all aspects of the disease. The Type 1 Diabetes Self-Care Manual will be the go-to reference for everyone touched by type 1 diabetes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CLEAN 7: Supercharge the Body’s Natural Ability to Heal Itself—The One-Week Breakthrough Detox Program by Alejandro Junger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN 7: Supercharge the Body’s Natural Ability to Heal Itself—The One-Week Breakthrough Detox Program
Author: Alejandro Junger
Narrator: Alejandro Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling doctor and author of Clean shows us that it doesn’t matter where you live, how old you are, or what symptoms you suffer from, in 7 days you can change the course of your health forever. The culmination of over thirty years of research, education, and practice, Dr. Alejandro Junger’s revolutionary, seven-day program is based around the core principles of Functional Medicine, Ayurvedic Medicine, and Intermittent Fasting. Each one of these practices alone can have positive and lasting effects, but when used together, they propel the body to health, weight-loss, symptom-reversal, and restoration.  The air we breathe, the water we drink and bathe in, the skin products we use, the detergents we clean with, the medications we take, but mostly the foods we eat, are loaded with toxic chemicals that cause all kinds of dysfunctions. We know this, but we feel powerless to control the effects - constipation, body aches and pains, allergies, migraines, stubborn weight, sleeplessness, depression and anxiety to name a few. In time and left unabated, these symptoms develop into full blown diseases, many of them life-altering, but even in the best-case scenario, they leave us uncomfortable and unwell. CLEAN7 is the medically-proven seven-day answer to this toxic overload. The one-week program you’ll discover in this audiobook offers day-by-day, hour-by-hour guidance with easy-to-follow meal plans and delicious recipes that guarantee success.   “Everything you need to know is in these pages and within one week you will not only feel amazing, look better, be mentally sharper, but you will also have a firm understanding of which foods work best for you and which foods work against you. And you will be able to discover this for yourself without expensive and often inaccurate food allergy tests. CLEAN7 is the health jumpstart that you have been waiting for.” Alejandro Junger, MD If you have been searching for a book or program to help you take that next step for your overall health, CLEAN7 is the answer. Discover what it truly means to be healthy.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Alejandro Junger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062848925.mp3" length="1320936" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062848925.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN 7: Supercharge the Body’s Natural Ability to Heal Itself—The One-Week Breakthrough Detox Program
Author: Alejandro Junger
Narrator: Alejandro Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling doctor and author of Clean shows us that it doesn’t matter where you live, how old you are, or what symptoms you suffer from, in 7 days you can change the course of your health forever. The culmination of over thirty years of research, education, and practice, Dr. Alejandro Junger’s revolutionary, seven-day program is based around the core principles of Functional Medicine, Ayurvedic Medicine, and Intermittent Fasting. Each one of these practices alone can have positive and lasting effects, but when used together, they propel the body to health, weight-loss, symptom-reversal, and restoration.  The air we breathe, the water we drink and bathe in, the skin products we use, the detergents we clean with, the medications we take, but mostly the foods we eat, are loaded with toxic chemicals that cause all kinds of dysfunctions. We know this, but we feel powerless to control the effects - constipation, body aches and pains, allergies, migraines, stubborn weight, sleeplessness, depression and anxiety to name a few. In time and left unabated, these symptoms develop into full blown diseases, many of them life-altering, but even in the best-case scenario, they leave us uncomfortable and unwell. CLEAN7 is the medically-proven seven-day answer to this toxic overload. The one-week program you’ll discover in this audiobook offers day-by-day, hour-by-hour guidance with easy-to-follow meal plans and delicious recipes that guarantee success.   “Everything you need to know is in these pages and within one week you will not only feel amazing, look better, be mentally sharper, but you will also have a firm understanding of which foods work best for you and which foods work against you. And you will be able to discover this for yourself without expensive and often inaccurate food allergy tests. CLEAN7 is the health jumpstart that you have been waiting for.” Alejandro Junger, MD If you have been searching for a book or program to help you take that next step for your overall health, CLEAN7 is the answer. Discover what it truly means to be healthy.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN 7: Supercharge the Body’s Natural Ability to Heal Itself—The One-Week Breakthrough Detox Program
Author: Alejandro Junger
Narrator: Alejandro Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling doctor and author of Clean shows us that it doesn’t matter where you live, how old you are, or what symptoms you suffer from, in 7 days you can change the course of your health forever. The culmination of over thirty years of research, education, and practice, Dr. Alejandro Junger’s revolutionary, seven-day program is based around the core principles of Functional Medicine, Ayurvedic Medicine, and Intermittent Fasting. Each one of these practices alone can have positive and lasting effects, but when used together, they propel the body to health, weight-loss, symptom-reversal, and restoration.  The air we breathe, the water we drink and bathe in, the skin products we use, the detergents we clean with, the medications we take, but mostly the foods we eat, are loaded with toxic chemicals that cause all kinds of dysfunctions. We know this, but we feel powerless to control the effects - constipation, body aches and pains, allergies, migraines, stubborn weight, sleeplessness, depression and anxiety to name a few. In time and left unabated, these symptoms develop into full blown diseases, many of them life-altering, but even in the best-case scenario, they leave us uncomfortable and unwell. CLEAN7 is the medically-proven seven-day answer to this toxic overload. The one-week program you’ll discover in this audiobook offers day-by-day, hour-by-hour guidance with easy-to-follow meal plans and delicious recipes that guarantee success.   “Everything you need to know is in these pages and within one week you will not only feel amazing, look better, be mentally sharper, but you will also have a firm understanding of which foods work best for you and which foods work against you. And you will be able to discover this for yourself without expensive and often inaccurate food allergy tests. CLEAN7 is the health jumpstart that you have been waiting for.” Alejandro Junger, MD If you have been searching for a book or program to help you take that next step for your overall health, CLEAN7 is the answer. Discover what it truly means to be healthy.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undo It!: How Simple Lifestyle Changes Can Reverse Most Chronic Diseases by Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undo It!: How Simple Lifestyle Changes Can Reverse Most Chronic Diseases
Author: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Narrator: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • By the pioneer of lifestyle medicine, a simple, scientifically program proven to often reverse the progression of the most common and costly chronic diseases. Long rated “#1 for Heart Health” by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, Dr. Ornish’s Program has recently been shown to often improve cognition and function in patients with early-stage Alzheimer’s disease. Dr. Ornish’s program for reversing heart disease is now covered by Medicare when offered virtually at home. “The Ornishes’ work is elegant and simple and deserving of a Nobel Prize since it can change the world!”—Richard Carmona, MD, MPH, 17th Surgeon General of the U.S.  Dean Ornish, M.D., has directed revolutionary research proving, for the first time, that lifestyle changes can often reverse—undo!—the progression of many of the most common and costly chronic diseases.  Medicare and many insurance companies now cover Dr. Ornish’s lifestyle medicine program for reversing chronic disease because it consistently achieves bigger changes in lifestyle, better clinical outcomes, larger cost savings, and greater adherence than have ever been reported—based on over forty years of research published in the leading peer-reviewed medical and scientific journals.  Now, in this landmark book, he and Anne Ornish present a simple yet powerful new unifying theory explaining why these same lifestyle changes can reverse so many different chronic diseases and how quickly these benefits occur. They describe what it is, why it works, and how you can do it:  • Eat well: a whole foods, plant-based diet naturally low in fat and sugar and high in flavor  • Move more: moderate exercise such as walking  • Stress less: including meditation and gentle yoga practices  • Love more: how love and intimacy transform loneliness into healing With seventy recipes, easy-to-follow meal plans, tips for stocking your kitchen and eating out, recommended exercises, stress-reduction advice, and inspiring patient stories of life-transforming benefits—for example, several people improved so much after only nine weeks they were able to avoid a heart transplant—Undo It! empowers readers with new hope and new choices.</description>
      <author>Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593149683.mp3" length="2811225" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593149683.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undo It!: How Simple Lifestyle Changes Can Reverse Most Chronic Diseases
Author: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Narrator: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • By the pioneer of lifestyle medicine, a simple, scientifically program proven to often reverse the progression of the most common and costly chronic diseases. Long rated “#1 for Heart Health” by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, Dr. Ornish’s Program has recently been shown to often improve cognition and function in patients with early-stage Alzheimer’s disease. Dr. Ornish’s program for reversing heart disease is now covered by Medicare when offered virtually at home. “The Ornishes’ work is elegant and simple and deserving of a Nobel Prize since it can change the world!”—Richard Carmona, MD, MPH, 17th Surgeon General of the U.S.  Dean Ornish, M.D., has directed revolutionary research proving, for the first time, that lifestyle changes can often reverse—undo!—the progression of many of the most common and costly chronic diseases.  Medicare and many insurance companies now cover Dr. Ornish’s lifestyle medicine program for reversing chronic disease because it consistently achieves bigger changes in lifestyle, better clinical outcomes, larger cost savings, and greater adherence than have ever been reported—based on over forty years of research published in the leading peer-reviewed medical and scientific journals.  Now, in this landmark book, he and Anne Ornish present a simple yet powerful new unifying theory explaining why these same lifestyle changes can reverse so many different chronic diseases and how quickly these benefits occur. They describe what it is, why it works, and how you can do it:  • Eat well: a whole foods, plant-based diet naturally low in fat and sugar and high in flavor  • Move more: moderate exercise such as walking  • Stress less: including meditation and gentle yoga practices  • Love more: how love and intimacy transform loneliness into healing With seventy recipes, easy-to-follow meal plans, tips for stocking your kitchen and eating out, recommended exercises, stress-reduction advice, and inspiring patient stories of life-transforming benefits—for example, several people improved so much after only nine weeks they were able to avoid a heart transplant—Undo It! empowers readers with new hope and new choices.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undo It!: How Simple Lifestyle Changes Can Reverse Most Chronic Diseases
Author: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Narrator: Dean Ornish, M.D., Anne Ornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • By the pioneer of lifestyle medicine, a simple, scientifically program proven to often reverse the progression of the most common and costly chronic diseases. Long rated “#1 for Heart Health” by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, Dr. Ornish’s Program has recently been shown to often improve cognition and function in patients with early-stage Alzheimer’s disease. Dr. Ornish’s program for reversing heart disease is now covered by Medicare when offered virtually at home. “The Ornishes’ work is elegant and simple and deserving of a Nobel Prize since it can change the world!”—Richard Carmona, MD, MPH, 17th Surgeon General of the U.S.  Dean Ornish, M.D., has directed revolutionary research proving, for the first time, that lifestyle changes can often reverse—undo!—the progression of many of the most common and costly chronic diseases.  Medicare and many insurance companies now cover Dr. Ornish’s lifestyle medicine program for reversing chronic disease because it consistently achieves bigger changes in lifestyle, better clinical outcomes, larger cost savings, and greater adherence than have ever been reported—based on over forty years of research published in the leading peer-reviewed medical and scientific journals.  Now, in this landmark book, he and Anne Ornish present a simple yet powerful new unifying theory explaining why these same lifestyle changes can reverse so many different chronic diseases and how quickly these benefits occur. They describe what it is, why it works, and how you can do it:  • Eat well: a whole foods, plant-based diet naturally low in fat and sugar and high in flavor  • Move more: moderate exercise such as walking  • Stress less: including meditation and gentle yoga practices  • Love more: how love and intimacy transform loneliness into healing With seventy recipes, easy-to-follow meal plans, tips for stocking your kitchen and eating out, recommended exercises, stress-reduction advice, and inspiring patient stories of life-transforming benefits—for example, several people improved so much after only nine weeks they were able to avoid a heart transplant—Undo It! empowers readers with new hope and new choices.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Setpoint Diet: The 21-Day Program to Permanently Change What Your Body &amp;#039;Wants&amp;#039; to Weigh by Jonathan Bailor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Setpoint Diet: The 21-Day Program to Permanently Change What Your Body &amp;#039;Wants&amp;#039; to Weigh
Author: Jonathan Bailor
Narrator: Jonathan Bailor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the 27,000 people who have achieved dramatic and long-term weight loss with The Setpoint Diet, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Calorie Myth.  Your body fights to keep you within a range of about 15 pounds -- also known as your &amp;#039;setpoint weight.&amp;#039; New research reveals that you can lower your setpoint and end that battle for good by focusing on the quality of calories you eat, not the quantity. With The Setpoint Diet, you will reprogram your body with a 21-day plan to rev up your metabolism, eliminate inflammation, heal your hormones, repair your gut, and get your body working like that of a naturally thin person -- permanently.  The Setpoint Diet is a lower-carb menu that focuses on specific anti-inflammatory whole foods, including tons of produce, nutritious proteins, and therapeutic fats. Its creator, Jonathan Bailor, founded SANESolution, a weight loss company that has reached millions of people. Proven to help you lose weight naturally and maintain it, The SetpointDiet is your new blueprint for healthy living.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Bailor</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549141263.mp3" length="895086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549141263.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Setpoint Diet: The 21-Day Program to Permanently Change What Your Body &amp;#039;Wants&amp;#039; to Weigh
Author: Jonathan Bailor
Narrator: Jonathan Bailor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the 27,000 people who have achieved dramatic and long-term weight loss with The Setpoint Diet, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Calorie Myth.  Your body fights to keep you within a range of about 15 pounds -- also known as your &amp;#039;setpoint weight.&amp;#039; New research reveals that you can lower your setpoint and end that battle for good by focusing on the quality of calories you eat, not the quantity. With The Setpoint Diet, you will reprogram your body with a 21-day plan to rev up your metabolism, eliminate inflammation, heal your hormones, repair your gut, and get your body working like that of a naturally thin person -- permanently.  The Setpoint Diet is a lower-carb menu that focuses on specific anti-inflammatory whole foods, including tons of produce, nutritious proteins, and therapeutic fats. Its creator, Jonathan Bailor, founded SANESolution, a weight loss company that has reached millions of people. Proven to help you lose weight naturally and maintain it, The SetpointDiet is your new blueprint for healthy living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Setpoint Diet: The 21-Day Program to Permanently Change What Your Body &amp;#039;Wants&amp;#039; to Weigh
Author: Jonathan Bailor
Narrator: Jonathan Bailor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the 27,000 people who have achieved dramatic and long-term weight loss with The Setpoint Diet, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Calorie Myth.  Your body fights to keep you within a range of about 15 pounds -- also known as your &amp;#039;setpoint weight.&amp;#039; New research reveals that you can lower your setpoint and end that battle for good by focusing on the quality of calories you eat, not the quantity. With The Setpoint Diet, you will reprogram your body with a 21-day plan to rev up your metabolism, eliminate inflammation, heal your hormones, repair your gut, and get your body working like that of a naturally thin person -- permanently.  The Setpoint Diet is a lower-carb menu that focuses on specific anti-inflammatory whole foods, including tons of produce, nutritious proteins, and therapeutic fats. Its creator, Jonathan Bailor, founded SANESolution, a weight loss company that has reached millions of people. Proven to help you lose weight naturally and maintain it, The SetpointDiet is your new blueprint for healthy living.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The DASH Diet Mediterranean Solution: The Best Eating Plan to Control Your Weight and Improve Your Health for Life by Marla Heller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The DASH Diet Mediterranean Solution: The Best Eating Plan to Control Your Weight and Improve Your Health for Life
Author: Marla Heller
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, this guide to healthy living features the latest science and research and a Mediterranean diet-inspired meal plan to make this the most healthy and effective DASH diet ever. The DASH diet has been a staple of the dieting world, recommended by doctors, nutritionists, and crowned the US News and World Report&amp;#039;s #1 best diet for 8 years in a row. But popular tastes and medical guidelines have evolved, and The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution presents a new approach to the time tested diet program that highlights the benefits of whole foods.  Marla Heller, MS RD has overhauled the DASH plan to reflect the latest, cutting-edge research on hypertension, diabetes, depression, and other health issues that impact millions of Americans. Meal planning gets a new focus on unprocessed foods (less sugar free jello, more fresh fruits!), seafood options, and even a whole section examining vegan and vegetarian choices. Filled with four weeks of menus and tons of strategies and research, The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution offers readers a new approach to their best health the DASH diet way.</description>
      <author>Marla Heller</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549199820.mp3" length="888609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549199820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The DASH Diet Mediterranean Solution: The Best Eating Plan to Control Your Weight and Improve Your Health for Life
Author: Marla Heller
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, this guide to healthy living features the latest science and research and a Mediterranean diet-inspired meal plan to make this the most healthy and effective DASH diet ever. The DASH diet has been a staple of the dieting world, recommended by doctors, nutritionists, and crowned the US News and World Report&amp;#039;s #1 best diet for 8 years in a row. But popular tastes and medical guidelines have evolved, and The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution presents a new approach to the time tested diet program that highlights the benefits of whole foods.  Marla Heller, MS RD has overhauled the DASH plan to reflect the latest, cutting-edge research on hypertension, diabetes, depression, and other health issues that impact millions of Americans. Meal planning gets a new focus on unprocessed foods (less sugar free jello, more fresh fruits!), seafood options, and even a whole section examining vegan and vegetarian choices. Filled with four weeks of menus and tons of strategies and research, The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution offers readers a new approach to their best health the DASH diet way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The DASH Diet Mediterranean Solution: The Best Eating Plan to Control Your Weight and Improve Your Health for Life
Author: Marla Heller
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, this guide to healthy living features the latest science and research and a Mediterranean diet-inspired meal plan to make this the most healthy and effective DASH diet ever. The DASH diet has been a staple of the dieting world, recommended by doctors, nutritionists, and crowned the US News and World Report&amp;#039;s #1 best diet for 8 years in a row. But popular tastes and medical guidelines have evolved, and The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution presents a new approach to the time tested diet program that highlights the benefits of whole foods.  Marla Heller, MS RD has overhauled the DASH plan to reflect the latest, cutting-edge research on hypertension, diabetes, depression, and other health issues that impact millions of Americans. Meal planning gets a new focus on unprocessed foods (less sugar free jello, more fresh fruits!), seafood options, and even a whole section examining vegan and vegetarian choices. Filled with four weeks of menus and tons of strategies and research, The Dash Diet Mediterranean Solution offers readers a new approach to their best health the DASH diet way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vegan Starter Kit: Everything You Need to Know About Plant-Based Eating by Neal D Barnard MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vegan Starter Kit: Everything You Need to Know About Plant-Based Eating
Author: Neal D Barnard MD
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading medical authority Neal Barnard, MD, FACC, shows you how to put the power of a vegan diet to work with an easy, step-by-step approach.  Many are looking to adopt a more healthful diet but may have questions, like: How do I plan a vegan meal? Is protein an issue? How do I make it work if I don&amp;#039;t cook? Which are the best choices at restaurants?     In The Vegan Starter Kit Dr. Neal Barnard, perhaps the world&amp;#039;s most respected authority on vegan diets, answers your questions and gives you everything you need to put vegan power to work. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to ensure complete nutrition, and get quick-reference charts for calcium sources, tips for modifying your favorite recipes, and examples of quick and easy meals. Everything you need for permanent weight control and dramatically better health is presented. The Vegan Starter Kit also includes information on healthy eating in childhood, pregnancy, and other stages of life, and a complete set of basic meals, holiday feasts, snacks, among many other features.</description>
      <author>Neal D Barnard MD</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549171222.mp3" length="894742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549171222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vegan Starter Kit: Everything You Need to Know About Plant-Based Eating
Author: Neal D Barnard MD
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading medical authority Neal Barnard, MD, FACC, shows you how to put the power of a vegan diet to work with an easy, step-by-step approach.  Many are looking to adopt a more healthful diet but may have questions, like: How do I plan a vegan meal? Is protein an issue? How do I make it work if I don&amp;#039;t cook? Which are the best choices at restaurants?     In The Vegan Starter Kit Dr. Neal Barnard, perhaps the world&amp;#039;s most respected authority on vegan diets, answers your questions and gives you everything you need to put vegan power to work. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to ensure complete nutrition, and get quick-reference charts for calcium sources, tips for modifying your favorite recipes, and examples of quick and easy meals. Everything you need for permanent weight control and dramatically better health is presented. The Vegan Starter Kit also includes information on healthy eating in childhood, pregnancy, and other stages of life, and a complete set of basic meals, holiday feasts, snacks, among many other features.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vegan Starter Kit: Everything You Need to Know About Plant-Based Eating
Author: Neal D Barnard MD
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading medical authority Neal Barnard, MD, FACC, shows you how to put the power of a vegan diet to work with an easy, step-by-step approach.  Many are looking to adopt a more healthful diet but may have questions, like: How do I plan a vegan meal? Is protein an issue? How do I make it work if I don&amp;#039;t cook? Which are the best choices at restaurants?     In The Vegan Starter Kit Dr. Neal Barnard, perhaps the world&amp;#039;s most respected authority on vegan diets, answers your questions and gives you everything you need to put vegan power to work. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to ensure complete nutrition, and get quick-reference charts for calcium sources, tips for modifying your favorite recipes, and examples of quick and easy meals. Everything you need for permanent weight control and dramatically better health is presented. The Vegan Starter Kit also includes information on healthy eating in childhood, pregnancy, and other stages of life, and a complete set of basic meals, holiday feasts, snacks, among many other features.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your First Year with Diabetes: What to Do, Month by Month by Theresa Garnero APRN BC-ADM MSN CDE</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your First Year with Diabetes: What to Do, Month by Month
Author: Theresa Garnero APRN BC-ADM MSN CDE
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your First Year with Diabetes is the twelve-month plan for anyone recently diagnosed with diabetes or for those wanting an inspired self-management plan. Taking listeners step-by-step through the first year, this practical guide provides the perfect blend of easy-to-digest information presented in a positive light, builds on need-to-know skills and offers reasonable action items from which to choose for personal goal setting. Your First Year is a health road map for people with diabetes, regardless of type. It reviews in-depth topics such as the vast array of medications (including insulin and insulin adjustment), ongoing nutrition education, physical activity and weight management strategies, and comprehensive resources including websites and apps. In addition to her clinical expertise, author and cartoonist Theresa Garnero brings some much-needed levity to a very serious topic. The science provided in this book is balanced out with patient-inspired, therapeutic humor. This unique approach is a breath of fresh air to diabetes self-care. It resonates well with people who thrive on messages of hope in a disease state that is often disheartening and overwhelming.</description>
      <author>Theresa Garnero APRN BC-ADM MSN CDE</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414895.mp3" length="7409087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414895.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your First Year with Diabetes: What to Do, Month by Month
Author: Theresa Garnero APRN BC-ADM MSN CDE
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your First Year with Diabetes is the twelve-month plan for anyone recently diagnosed with diabetes or for those wanting an inspired self-management plan. Taking listeners step-by-step through the first year, this practical guide provides the perfect blend of easy-to-digest information presented in a positive light, builds on need-to-know skills and offers reasonable action items from which to choose for personal goal setting. Your First Year is a health road map for people with diabetes, regardless of type. It reviews in-depth topics such as the vast array of medications (including insulin and insulin adjustment), ongoing nutrition education, physical activity and weight management strategies, and comprehensive resources including websites and apps. In addition to her clinical expertise, author and cartoonist Theresa Garnero brings some much-needed levity to a very serious topic. The science provided in this book is balanced out with patient-inspired, therapeutic humor. This unique approach is a breath of fresh air to diabetes self-care. It resonates well with people who thrive on messages of hope in a disease state that is often disheartening and overwhelming.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your First Year with Diabetes: What to Do, Month by Month
Author: Theresa Garnero APRN BC-ADM MSN CDE
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Your First Year with Diabetes is the twelve-month plan for anyone recently diagnosed with diabetes or for those wanting an inspired self-management plan. Taking listeners step-by-step through the first year, this practical guide provides the perfect blend of easy-to-digest information presented in a positive light, builds on need-to-know skills and offers reasonable action items from which to choose for personal goal setting. Your First Year is a health road map for people with diabetes, regardless of type. It reviews in-depth topics such as the vast array of medications (including insulin and insulin adjustment), ongoing nutrition education, physical activity and weight management strategies, and comprehensive resources including websites and apps. In addition to her clinical expertise, author and cartoonist Theresa Garnero brings some much-needed levity to a very serious topic. The science provided in this book is balanced out with patient-inspired, therapeutic humor. This unique approach is a breath of fresh air to diabetes self-care. It resonates well with people who thrive on messages of hope in a disease state that is often disheartening and overwhelming.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The F*ck It Diet by Caroline Dooner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The F*ck It Diet
Author: Caroline Dooner
Narrator: Caroline Dooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-diet bible that calls time’s up to poisonous beliefs about food, weight and worth.           DIETING DOESN’T WORK           Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us.           But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So f*ck it.           Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself.           Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat.</description>
      <author>Caroline Dooner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008339852.mp3" length="1448909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008339852.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The F*ck It Diet
Author: Caroline Dooner
Narrator: Caroline Dooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-diet bible that calls time’s up to poisonous beliefs about food, weight and worth.           DIETING DOESN’T WORK           Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us.           But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So f*ck it.           Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself.           Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The F*ck It Diet
Author: Caroline Dooner
Narrator: Caroline Dooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
The anti-diet bible that calls time’s up to poisonous beliefs about food, weight and worth.           DIETING DOESN’T WORK           Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us.           But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So f*ck it.           Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself.           Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Correr para vivir, vivir para correr: Intimidad, claves y secretos del running by Santiago García</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Correr para vivir, vivir para correr: Intimidad, claves y secretos del running
Author: Santiago García
Narrator: Pedro Labattaglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un manual de instrucciones para quienes quieran iniciarse en el  running, y para que los ya iniciados disfruten cada vez más de su experiencia.     «Creí que era una aventura y en realidad era la vida.» Joseph Conrad  Desde que publicó su primer libro sobre el running, Santiago García es uno de los más apasionados divulgadores de esta disciplina que no deja de crecer en la Argentina y en el mundo, y que ha  cambiado la experiencia de millones de personas. Con auténtica  convicción y desde una dimensión íntima, García nos invita a calzarnos  las zapatillas y sumarnos a una aventura destinada a transformarnos física y espiritualmente.    Este audiolibro contiene el testimonio personal de alguien que encontró  en el running una energía única para enfrentar los retos del día. No es  la mirada de un atleta de elite ni la de un entrenador, sino un  audiolibro completo y motivador pensado para todos los corredores. Para  animar a aquellos que aún no han empezado su camino; para ayudar a  progresar a quienes recién se inician, y para que los más experimentados  aprovechen al máximo aquello que más placer les da en la vida.    Reseñas:  «El periodista-runner Santiago García ensaya, en primera persona, un  manual de instrucciones para empezar a correr. Y para empezar a vivir una vida más sana y mucho más divertida.» Terra    «Santiago García se distancia de su oficio periodístico para construir  un relato íntimo sobre el furor de los maratones desde una mirada que,  al margen de lo deportivo, posiciona a esta disciplina como una herramienta de introspección.» Diario Popular    «Muchas veces se habla de la pasión por el running, y aun aceptando que  apasionados somos muchos, es difícil llegar al nivel de Santiago García.» iloverunn.com.ar    «Correr para vivir, vivir para correr está destinado a todos aquellos  que buscan una forma de felicidad en sus vidas. Para el autor, correr significó eso: el acceso a la felicidad.» endondecorrer.com</description>
      <author>Santiago García</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Sep 2018 01:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789873752988.mp3" length="1222971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789873752988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Correr para vivir, vivir para correr: Intimidad, claves y secretos del running
Author: Santiago García
Narrator: Pedro Labattaglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un manual de instrucciones para quienes quieran iniciarse en el  running, y para que los ya iniciados disfruten cada vez más de su experiencia.     «Creí que era una aventura y en realidad era la vida.» Joseph Conrad  Desde que publicó su primer libro sobre el running, Santiago García es uno de los más apasionados divulgadores de esta disciplina que no deja de crecer en la Argentina y en el mundo, y que ha  cambiado la experiencia de millones de personas. Con auténtica  convicción y desde una dimensión íntima, García nos invita a calzarnos  las zapatillas y sumarnos a una aventura destinada a transformarnos física y espiritualmente.    Este audiolibro contiene el testimonio personal de alguien que encontró  en el running una energía única para enfrentar los retos del día. No es  la mirada de un atleta de elite ni la de un entrenador, sino un  audiolibro completo y motivador pensado para todos los corredores. Para  animar a aquellos que aún no han empezado su camino; para ayudar a  progresar a quienes recién se inician, y para que los más experimentados  aprovechen al máximo aquello que más placer les da en la vida.    Reseñas:  «El periodista-runner Santiago García ensaya, en primera persona, un  manual de instrucciones para empezar a correr. Y para empezar a vivir una vida más sana y mucho más divertida.» Terra    «Santiago García se distancia de su oficio periodístico para construir  un relato íntimo sobre el furor de los maratones desde una mirada que,  al margen de lo deportivo, posiciona a esta disciplina como una herramienta de introspección.» Diario Popular    «Muchas veces se habla de la pasión por el running, y aun aceptando que  apasionados somos muchos, es difícil llegar al nivel de Santiago García.» iloverunn.com.ar    «Correr para vivir, vivir para correr está destinado a todos aquellos  que buscan una forma de felicidad en sus vidas. Para el autor, correr significó eso: el acceso a la felicidad.» endondecorrer.com</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Correr para vivir, vivir para correr: Intimidad, claves y secretos del running
Author: Santiago García
Narrator: Pedro Labattaglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Fitness, Diet &amp; Nutrition
Publisher's Summary: 
Un manual de instrucciones para quienes quieran iniciarse en el  running, y para que los ya iniciados disfruten cada vez más de su experiencia.     «Creí que era una aventura y en realidad era la vida.» Joseph Conrad  Desde que publicó su primer libro sobre el running, Santiago García es uno de los más apasionados divulgadores de esta disciplina que no deja de crecer en la Argentina y en el mundo, y que ha  cambiado la experiencia de millones de personas. Con auténtica  convicción y desde una dimensión íntima, García nos invita a calzarnos  las zapatillas y sumarnos a una aventura destinada a transformarnos física y espiritualmente.    Este audiolibro contiene el testimonio personal de alguien que encontró  en el running una energía única para enfrentar los retos del día. No es  la mirada de un atleta de elite ni la de un entrenador, sino un  audiolibro completo y motivador pensado para todos los corredores. Para  animar a aquellos que aún no han empezado su camino; para ayudar a  progresar a quienes recién se inician, y para que los más experimentados  aprovechen al máximo aquello que más placer les da en la vida.    Reseñas:  «El periodista-runner Santiago García ensaya, en primera persona, un  manual de instrucciones para empezar a correr. Y para empezar a vivir una vida más sana y mucho más divertida.» Terra    «Santiago García se distancia de su oficio periodístico para construir  un relato íntimo sobre el furor de los maratones desde una mirada que,  al margen de lo deportivo, posiciona a esta disciplina como una herramienta de introspección.» Diario Popular    «Muchas veces se habla de la pasión por el running, y aun aceptando que  apasionados somos muchos, es difícil llegar al nivel de Santiago García.» iloverunn.com.ar    «Correr para vivir, vivir para correr está destinado a todos aquellos  que buscan una forma de felicidad en sus vidas. Para el autor, correr significó eso: el acceso a la felicidad.» endondecorrer.com</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
